diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'xorg-server')
74 files changed, 19530 insertions, 19713 deletions
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiX.c b/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiX.c index e26aadc95..65af9a71f 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiX.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiX.c @@ -519,6 +519,10 @@ void PanoramiXExtensionInit(int argc, char *argv[]) panoramiXGeneration = serverGeneration;
success = TRUE;
}
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_WINDOW, BadWindow);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_PIXMAP, BadPixmap);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_GC, BadGC);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_COLORMAP, BadColor);
}
if (!success) {
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiXprocs.c b/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiXprocs.c index 369744c8c..2fe329886 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiXprocs.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/panoramiXprocs.c @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&parent, stuff->parent,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
if(stuff->class == CopyFromParent)
stuff->class = parent->u.win.class;
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&backPix, tmp,
XRT_PIXMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & CWBorderPixmap) {
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&bordPix, tmp,
XRT_PIXMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & CWColormap) {
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, tmp,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
}
}
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
if((win->u.win.class == InputOnly) &&
(stuff->valueMask & (~INPUTONLY_LEGAL_MASK)))
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&backPix, tmp,
XRT_PIXMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->valueMask & CWBorderPixmap) {
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&bordPix, tmp,
XRT_PIXMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->valueMask & CWColormap) {
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeWindowAttributes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, tmp,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
}
}
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ int PanoramiXDestroyWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ int PanoramiXDestroySubwindows(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeSaveSet(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->window = win->info[j].id;
@@ -319,12 +319,12 @@ int PanoramiXReparentWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&parent, stuff->parent,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
x = stuff->x;
y = stuff->y;
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ int PanoramiXMapWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ int PanoramiXMapSubwindows(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ int PanoramiXUnmapWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ int PanoramiXUnmapSubwindows(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->id,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
stuff->id = win->info[j].id;
@@ -457,12 +457,12 @@ int PanoramiXConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pWin, stuff->window,
RT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & CWSibling) {
XID tmp;
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ int PanoramiXConfigureWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&sib, tmp, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
}
}
@@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ int PanoramiXCirculateWindow(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
stuff->window = win->info[j].id;
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ int PanoramiXFreePixmap(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pix, stuff->id, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = pix->info[j].id;
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&tile, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & GCStipple) {
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&stip, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & GCClipMask) {
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&clip, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & GCTile) {
tile_offset = Ones((Mask)stuff->mask & (GCTile - 1));
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&tile, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & GCStipple) {
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&stip, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
if ((Mask)stuff->mask & GCClipMask) {
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ int PanoramiXChangeGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&clip, tmp, XRT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
}
}
@@ -871,12 +871,12 @@ int PanoramiXCopyGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&srcGC, stuff->srcGC, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&dstGC, stuff->dstGC, XRT_GC,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS(j) {
stuff->srcGC = srcGC->info[j].id;
@@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ int PanoramiXSetDashes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->gc = gc->info[j].id;
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ int PanoramiXSetClipRectangles(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->gc = gc->info[j].id;
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@ int PanoramiXFreeGC(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->id, XRT_GC,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = gc->info[j].id;
@@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ int PanoramiXClearToBackground(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
x = stuff->x;
y = stuff->y;
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ int PanoramiXCopyArea(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
if((dst->type == XRT_WINDOW) && dst->u.win.root)
dstIsRoot = TRUE;
@@ -1188,7 +1188,7 @@ int PanoramiXCopyPlane(ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadGC : rc;
+ return rc;
if((dst->type == XRT_WINDOW) && dst->u.win.root)
dstIsRoot = TRUE;
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyPoint(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyPointReq));
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyLine(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
npoint = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xPolyLineReq));
@@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolySegment(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyRectangle(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1530,7 +1530,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyArc(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ int PanoramiXFillPoly(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyFillRectangle(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ int PanoramiXPolyFillArc(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ int PanoramiXPutImage(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1973,7 +1973,7 @@ PanoramiXPolyText8(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@ PanoramiXPolyText16(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -2055,7 +2055,7 @@ int PanoramiXImageText8(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -2096,7 +2096,7 @@ int PanoramiXImageText16(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc, XRT_GC,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -2128,7 +2128,7 @@ int PanoramiXCreateColormap(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->window,
XRT_WINDOW, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
if(!(newCmap = malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
return BadAlloc;
@@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@ int PanoramiXFreeColormap(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->id, XRT_COLORMAP,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@ PanoramiXCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client) XRT_COLORMAP, client,
DixReadAccess | DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
if(!(newCmap = malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
return BadAlloc;
@@ -2238,7 +2238,7 @@ int PanoramiXInstallColormap(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->id, XRT_COLORMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->id = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2262,7 +2262,7 @@ int PanoramiXUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->id, XRT_COLORMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->id = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2286,7 +2286,7 @@ int PanoramiXAllocColor(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ int PanoramiXAllocNamedColor(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2334,7 +2334,7 @@ int PanoramiXAllocColorCells(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2358,7 +2358,7 @@ int PanoramiXAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ int PanoramiXFreeColors(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2406,7 +2406,7 @@ int PanoramiXStoreColors(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ int PanoramiXStoreNamedColor(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap,
XRT_COLORMAP, client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadColor : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j){
stuff->cmap = cmap->info[j].id;
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/saver.c b/xorg-server/Xext/saver.c index f82b4b51b..0efe5bf2a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/saver.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/saver.c @@ -480,7 +480,6 @@ SendScreenSaverNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen, int state, Bool forced) ScreenSaverEventPtr pEv;
unsigned long mask;
xScreenSaverNotifyEvent ev;
- ClientPtr client;
int kind;
UpdateCurrentTimeIf ();
@@ -499,20 +498,16 @@ SendScreenSaverNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen, int state, Bool forced) kind = ScreenSaverInternal;
for (pEv = pPriv->events; pEv; pEv = pEv->next)
{
- client = pEv->client;
- if (client->clientGone)
- continue;
if (!(pEv->mask & mask))
continue;
ev.type = ScreenSaverNotify + ScreenSaverEventBase;
ev.state = state;
- ev.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
ev.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
ev.root = WindowTable[pScreen->myNum]->drawable.id;
ev.window = savedScreenInfo[pScreen->myNum].wid;
ev.kind = kind;
ev.forced = forced;
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pEv->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
}
}
@@ -1048,7 +1043,6 @@ ScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) }
else
{
- ret = (ret == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : ret;
client->errorValue = pixID;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1086,7 +1080,6 @@ ScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) }
else
{
- ret = (ret == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : ret;
client->errorValue = pixID;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1168,7 +1161,6 @@ ScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) client, DixUseAccess);
if (ret != Success)
{
- ret = (ret == BadValue) ? BadColor : ret;
client->errorValue = cmap;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1192,7 +1184,6 @@ ScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
if (ret != Success)
{
- ret = (ret == BadValue) ? BadCursor : ret;
client->errorValue = cursorID;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1281,7 +1272,7 @@ ProcScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) XRT_PIXMAP, client,
DixReadAccess);
if (status != Success)
- return (status == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : status;
+ return status;
}
}
@@ -1293,7 +1284,7 @@ ProcScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) XRT_PIXMAP, client,
DixReadAccess);
if (status != Success)
- return (status == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : status;
+ return status;
}
}
@@ -1305,7 +1296,7 @@ ProcScreenSaverSetAttributes (ClientPtr client) XRT_COLORMAP, client,
DixReadAccess);
if (status != Success)
- return (status == BadValue) ? BadColor : status;
+ return status;
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/security.c b/xorg-server/Xext/security.c index 289f9597d..4201e583d 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/security.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/security.c @@ -198,16 +198,10 @@ SecurityDeleteAuthorization( while ((pEventClient = pAuth->eventClients))
{
/* send revocation event event */
- ClientPtr client = rClient(pEventClient);
-
- if (!client->clientGone)
- {
- xSecurityAuthorizationRevokedEvent are;
- are.type = SecurityEventBase + XSecurityAuthorizationRevoked;
- are.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- are.authId = pAuth->id;
- WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *)&are);
- }
+ xSecurityAuthorizationRevokedEvent are;
+ are.type = SecurityEventBase + XSecurityAuthorizationRevoked;
+ are.authId = pAuth->id;
+ WriteEventsToClient(rClient(pEventClient), 1, (xEvent *)&are);
FreeResource(pEventClient->resource, RT_NONE);
}
@@ -629,8 +623,7 @@ ProcSecurityRevokeAuthorization( SecurityAuthorizationResType, client,
DixDestroyAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ?
- SecurityErrorBase + XSecurityBadAuthorization : rc;
+ return rc;
FreeResource(stuff->authId, RT_NONE);
return Success;
@@ -1146,6 +1139,8 @@ SecurityExtensionInit(INITARGS) EventSwapVector[SecurityEventBase + XSecurityAuthorizationRevoked] =
(EventSwapPtr)SwapSecurityAuthorizationRevokedEvent;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(SecurityAuthorizationResType, SecurityErrorBase + XSecurityBadAuthorization);
+
/* Label objects that were created before we could register ourself */
SecurityLabelInitial();
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/shape.c b/xorg-server/Xext/shape.c index edecc51ed..f57a20cbf 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/shape.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/shape.c @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ ProcPanoramiXShapeRectangles( result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->dest, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS(j) {
stuff->dest = win->info[j].id;
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ ProcShapeMask (ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pPixmap, stuff->src, RT_PIXMAP,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ return rc;
if (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pScreen ||
pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1)
return BadMatch;
@@ -459,13 +459,13 @@ ProcPanoramiXShapeMask( result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->dest, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
if(stuff->src != None) {
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pmap, stuff->src,
XRT_PIXMAP, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : result;
+ return result;
} else
pmap = NULL;
@@ -589,12 +589,12 @@ ProcPanoramiXShapeCombine( result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->dest, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win2, stuff->src, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS(j) {
stuff->dest = win->info[j].id;
@@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ ProcPanoramiXShapeOffset( result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&win, stuff->dest, XRT_WINDOW,
client, DixWriteAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadWindow : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS(j) {
stuff->dest = win->info[j].id;
@@ -885,7 +885,6 @@ void SendShapeNotify (WindowPtr pWin, int which)
{
ShapeEventPtr *pHead, pShapeEvent;
- ClientPtr client;
xShapeNotifyEvent se;
BoxRec extents;
RegionPtr region;
@@ -940,20 +939,16 @@ SendShapeNotify (WindowPtr pWin, int which) return;
}
for (pShapeEvent = *pHead; pShapeEvent; pShapeEvent = pShapeEvent->next) {
- client = pShapeEvent->client;
- if (client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
- continue;
se.type = ShapeNotify + ShapeEventBase;
se.kind = which;
se.window = pWin->drawable.id;
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.x = extents.x1;
se.y = extents.y1;
se.width = extents.x2 - extents.x1;
se.height = extents.y2 - extents.y1;
se.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
se.shaped = shaped;
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pShapeEvent->client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/shm.c b/xorg-server/Xext/shm.c index 0d78fbc06..885fd61ef 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/shm.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/shm.c @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ static ShmFuncs fbFuncs = {fbShmCreatePixmap, NULL}; rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(shmdesc), shmseg, ShmSegType, \
client, DixReadAccess); \
if (rc != Success) \
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadShmSegCode : rc; \
+ return rc; \
}
#define VERIFY_SHMPTR(shmseg,offset,needwrite,shmdesc,client) \
@@ -286,6 +286,7 @@ ShmExtensionInit(INITARGS) ShmReqCode = (unsigned char)extEntry->base;
ShmCompletionCode = extEntry->eventBase;
BadShmSegCode = extEntry->errorBase;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(ShmSegType, BadShmSegCode);
EventSwapVector[ShmCompletionCode] = (EventSwapPtr) SShmCompletionEvent;
}
}
@@ -584,7 +585,7 @@ ProcPanoramiXShmPutImage(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc,
XRT_GC, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -943,7 +944,6 @@ ProcShmPutImage(ClientPtr client) ev.type = ShmCompletionCode;
ev.drawable = stuff->drawable;
- ev.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
ev.minorEvent = X_ShmPutImage;
ev.majorEvent = ShmReqCode;
ev.shmseg = stuff->shmseg;
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c b/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c index d46087a68..8eb228bf1 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/sync.c @@ -1,2399 +1,2394 @@ -/* - -Copyright 1991, 1993, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included -in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS -OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. -IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR -OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, -ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR -OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall -not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or -other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization -from The Open Group. - - -Copyright 1991, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, -and Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti -not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. Digital and Olivetti -make no representations about the suitability of this software -for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. - -DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS -SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND -FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR -CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF -USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR -OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR -PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - -*/ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <string.h> - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include <X11/Xmd.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "opaque.h" -#include <X11/extensions/syncproto.h> -#include "syncsrv.h" - -#include <stdio.h> -#if !defined(WIN32) -#include <sys/time.h> -#endif - -#include "modinit.h" - -/* - * Local Global Variables - */ -static int SyncEventBase; -static int SyncErrorBase; -static RESTYPE RTCounter = 0; -static RESTYPE RTAwait; -static RESTYPE RTAlarm; -static RESTYPE RTAlarmClient; -static int SyncNumSystemCounters = 0; -static SyncCounter **SysCounterList = NULL; - -#define IsSystemCounter(pCounter) \ - (pCounter && (pCounter->client == NULL)) - -/* these are all the alarm attributes that pertain to the alarm's trigger */ -#define XSyncCAAllTrigger \ - (XSyncCACounter | XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue | XSyncCATestType) - -static void SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *); - -static void SyncInitServerTime(void); - -static void SyncInitIdleTime(void); - -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncAwait); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncChangeAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncChangeCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncCreateAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncCreateCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDestroyAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDestroyCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDispatch); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncGetPriority); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncInitialize); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncListSystemCounters); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncQueryAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncQueryCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncSetCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncSetPriority); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncAwait); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncChangeAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncChangeCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncCreateAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncCreateCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDestroyAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDestroyCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDispatch); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncGetPriority); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncInitialize); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncListSystemCounters); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncQueryAlarm); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncQueryCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncSetCounter); -static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncSetPriority); - -/* Each counter maintains a simple linked list of triggers that are - * interested in the counter. The two functions below are used to - * delete and add triggers on this list. - */ -static void -SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(SyncTrigger *pTrigger) -{ - SyncTriggerList *pCur; - SyncTriggerList *pPrev; - - /* pCounter needs to be stored in pTrigger before calling here. */ - - if (!pTrigger->pCounter) - return; - - pPrev = NULL; - pCur = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist; - - while (pCur) - { - if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger) - { - if (pPrev) - pPrev->next = pCur->next; - else - pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist = pCur->next; - - free(pCur); - break; - } - - pPrev = pCur; - pCur = pCur->next; - } - - if (IsSystemCounter(pTrigger->pCounter)) - SyncComputeBracketValues(pTrigger->pCounter); -} - - -static int -SyncAddTriggerToCounter(SyncTrigger *pTrigger) -{ - SyncTriggerList *pCur; - - if (!pTrigger->pCounter) - return Success; - - /* don't do anything if it's already there */ - for (pCur = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next) - { - if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger) - return Success; - } - - if (!(pCur = malloc(sizeof(SyncTriggerList)))) - return BadAlloc; - - pCur->pTrigger = pTrigger; - pCur->next = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist; - pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist = pCur; - - if (IsSystemCounter(pTrigger->pCounter)) - SyncComputeBracketValues(pTrigger->pCounter); - - return Success; -} - - -/* Below are four possible functions that can be plugged into - * pTrigger->CheckTrigger, corresponding to the four possible - * test-types. These functions are called after the counter's - * value changes but are also passed the old counter value - * so they can inspect both the old and new values. - * (PositiveTransition and NegativeTransition need to see both - * pieces of information.) These functions return the truth value - * of the trigger. - * - * All of them include the condition pTrigger->pCounter == NULL. - * This is because the spec says that a trigger with a counter value - * of None is always TRUE. - */ - -static Bool -SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval) -{ - return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL || - XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value, - pTrigger->test_value)); -} - -static Bool -SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval) -{ - return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL || - XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value, - pTrigger->test_value)); -} - -static Bool -SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval) -{ - return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL || - (XSyncValueLessThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value, - pTrigger->test_value))); -} - -static Bool -SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval) -{ - return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL || - (XSyncValueGreaterThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value, - pTrigger->test_value))); -} - -static int -SyncInitTrigger(ClientPtr client, SyncTrigger *pTrigger, XSyncCounter counter, - Mask changes) -{ - SyncCounter *pCounter = pTrigger->pCounter; - int rc; - Bool newcounter = FALSE; - - if (changes & XSyncCACounter) - { - if (counter == None) - pCounter = NULL; - else if (Success != (rc = dixLookupResourceByType ((pointer *)&pCounter, - counter, RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess))) - { - client->errorValue = counter; - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter : rc; - } - if (pCounter != pTrigger->pCounter) - { /* new counter for trigger */ - SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(pTrigger); - pTrigger->pCounter = pCounter; - newcounter = TRUE; - } - } - - /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */ - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter, - &pCounter->value); - } - - if (changes & XSyncCAValueType) - { - if (pTrigger->value_type != XSyncRelative && - pTrigger->value_type != XSyncAbsolute) - { - client->errorValue = pTrigger->value_type; - return BadValue; - } - } - - if (changes & XSyncCATestType) - { - if (pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveTransition && - pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeTransition && - pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveComparison && - pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeComparison) - { - client->errorValue = pTrigger->test_type; - return BadValue; - } - /* select appropriate CheckTrigger function */ - - switch (pTrigger->test_type) - { - case XSyncPositiveTransition: - pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition; - break; - case XSyncNegativeTransition: - pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition; - break; - case XSyncPositiveComparison: - pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison; - break; - case XSyncNegativeComparison: - pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison; - break; - } - } - - if (changes & (XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue)) - { - if (pTrigger->value_type == XSyncAbsolute) - pTrigger->test_value = pTrigger->wait_value; - else /* relative */ - { - Bool overflow; - if (pCounter == NULL) - return BadMatch; - - XSyncValueAdd(&pTrigger->test_value, pCounter->value, - pTrigger->wait_value, &overflow); - if (overflow) - { - client->errorValue = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value); - return BadValue; - } - } - } - - /* we wait until we're sure there are no errors before registering - * a new counter on a trigger - */ - if (newcounter) - { - if ((rc = SyncAddTriggerToCounter(pTrigger)) != Success) - return rc; - } - else if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter); - } - - return Success; -} - -/* AlarmNotify events happen in response to actions taken on an Alarm or - * the counter used by the alarm. AlarmNotify may be sent to multiple - * clients. The alarm maintains a list of clients interested in events. - */ -static void -SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(SyncAlarm *pAlarm) -{ - SyncAlarmClientList *pcl; - xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent ane; - SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger; - - UpdateCurrentTime(); - - ane.type = SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify; - ane.kind = XSyncAlarmNotify; - ane.sequenceNumber = pAlarm->client->sequence; - ane.alarm = pAlarm->alarm_id; - if (pTrigger->pCounter) - { - ane.counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->pCounter->value); - ane.counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->pCounter->value); - } - else - { /* XXX what else can we do if there's no counter? */ - ane.counter_value_hi = ane.counter_value_lo = 0; - } - - ane.alarm_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value); - ane.alarm_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value); - ane.time = currentTime.milliseconds; - ane.state = pAlarm->state; - - /* send to owner */ - if (pAlarm->events && !pAlarm->client->clientGone) - WriteEventsToClient(pAlarm->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane); - - /* send to other interested clients */ - for (pcl = pAlarm->pEventClients; pcl; pcl = pcl->next) - { - if (!pcl->client->clientGone) - { - ane.sequenceNumber = pcl->client->sequence; - WriteEventsToClient(pcl->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane); - } - } -} - - -/* CounterNotify events only occur in response to an Await. The events - * go only to the Awaiting client. - */ -static void -SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(ClientPtr client, SyncAwait **ppAwait, - int num_events) -{ - xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *pEvents, *pev; - int i; - - if (client->clientGone) - return; - pev = pEvents = malloc(num_events * sizeof(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent)); - if (!pEvents) - return; - UpdateCurrentTime(); - for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++, ppAwait++, pev++) - { - SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &(*ppAwait)->trigger; - pev->type = SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify; - pev->kind = XSyncCounterNotify; - pev->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - pev->counter = pTrigger->pCounter->id; - pev->wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value); - pev->wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value); - pev->counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->pCounter->value); - pev->counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->pCounter->value); - pev->time = currentTime.milliseconds; - pev->count = num_events - i - 1; /* events remaining */ - pev->destroyed = pTrigger->pCounter->beingDestroyed; - } - /* swapping will be taken care of by this */ - WriteEventsToClient(client, num_events, (xEvent *)pEvents); - free(pEvents); -} - - -/* This function is called when an alarm's counter is destroyed. - * It is plugged into pTrigger->CounterDestroyed (for alarm triggers). - */ -static void -SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed(SyncTrigger *pTrigger) -{ - SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger; - - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; - SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm); - pTrigger->pCounter = NULL; -} - - -/* This function is called when an alarm "goes off." - * It is plugged into pTrigger->TriggerFired (for alarm triggers). - */ -static void -SyncAlarmTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger) -{ - SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger; - CARD64 new_test_value; - - /* no need to check alarm unless it's active */ - if (pAlarm->state != XSyncAlarmActive) - return; - - /* " if the counter value is None, or if the delta is 0 and - * the test-type is PositiveComparison or NegativeComparison, - * no change is made to value (test-value) and the alarm - * state is changed to Inactive before the event is generated." - */ - if (pAlarm->trigger.pCounter == NULL - || (XSyncValueIsZero(pAlarm->delta) - && (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison - || pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison))) - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; - - new_test_value = pAlarm->trigger.test_value; - - if (pAlarm->state == XSyncAlarmActive) - { - Bool overflow; - CARD64 oldvalue; - SyncTrigger *paTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger; - - /* "The alarm is updated by repeatedly adding delta to the - * value of the trigger and re-initializing it until it - * becomes FALSE." - */ - oldvalue = paTrigger->test_value; - - /* XXX really should do something smarter here */ - - do - { - XSyncValueAdd(&paTrigger->test_value, paTrigger->test_value, - pAlarm->delta, &overflow); - } while (!overflow && - (*paTrigger->CheckTrigger)(paTrigger, - paTrigger->pCounter->value)); - - new_test_value = paTrigger->test_value; - paTrigger->test_value = oldvalue; - - /* "If this update would cause value to fall outside the range - * for an INT64...no change is made to value (test-value) and - * the alarm state is changed to Inactive before the event is - * generated." - */ - if (overflow) - { - new_test_value = oldvalue; - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; - } - } - /* The AlarmNotify event has to have the "new state of the alarm" - * which we can't be sure of until this point. However, it has - * to have the "old" trigger test value. That's the reason for - * all the newvalue/oldvalue shuffling above. After we send the - * events, give the trigger its new test value. - */ - SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm); - pTrigger->test_value = new_test_value; -} - - -/* This function is called when an Await unblocks, either as a result - * of the trigger firing OR the counter being destroyed. - * It goes into pTrigger->TriggerFired AND pTrigger->CounterDestroyed - * (for Await triggers). - */ -static void -SyncAwaitTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger) -{ - SyncAwait *pAwait = (SyncAwait *)pTrigger; - int numwaits; - SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion; - SyncAwait **ppAwait; - int num_events = 0; - - pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *)pAwait->pHeader; - numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions; - ppAwait = malloc(numwaits * sizeof(SyncAwait *)); - if (!ppAwait) - goto bail; - - pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; - - /* "When a client is unblocked, all the CounterNotify events for - * the Await request are generated contiguously. If count is 0 - * there are no more events to follow for this request. If - * count is n, there are at least n more events to follow." - * - * Thus, it is best to find all the counters for which events - * need to be sent first, so that an accurate count field can - * be stored in the events. - */ - for ( ; numwaits; numwaits--, pAwait++) - { - CARD64 diff; - Bool overflow, diffgreater, diffequal; - - /* "A CounterNotify event with the destroyed flag set to TRUE is - * always generated if the counter for one of the triggers is - * destroyed." - */ - if (pAwait->trigger.pCounter->beingDestroyed) - { - ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait; - continue; - } - - /* "The difference between the counter and the test value is - * calculated by subtracting the test value from the value of - * the counter." - */ - XSyncValueSubtract(&diff, pAwait->trigger.pCounter->value, - pAwait->trigger.test_value, &overflow); - - /* "If the difference lies outside the range for an INT64, an - * event is not generated." - */ - if (overflow) - continue; - diffgreater = XSyncValueGreaterThan(diff, pAwait->event_threshold); - diffequal = XSyncValueEqual(diff, pAwait->event_threshold); - - /* "If the test-type is PositiveTransition or - * PositiveComparison, a CounterNotify event is generated if - * the difference is at least event-threshold. If the test-type - * is NegativeTransition or NegativeComparison, a CounterNotify - * event is generated if the difference is at most - * event-threshold." - */ - - if ( ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison || - pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition) - && (diffgreater || diffequal)) - || - ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison || - pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition) - && (!diffgreater) /* less or equal */ - ) - ) - { - ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait; - } - } - if (num_events) - SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(pAwaitUnion->header.client, ppAwait, - num_events); - free(ppAwait); - -bail: - /* unblock the client */ - AttendClient(pAwaitUnion->header.client); - /* delete the await */ - FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE); -} - - -/* This function should always be used to change a counter's value so that - * any triggers depending on the counter will be checked. - */ -void -SyncChangeCounter(SyncCounter *pCounter, CARD64 newval) -{ - SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext; - CARD64 oldval; - - oldval = pCounter->value; - pCounter->value = newval; - - /* run through triggers to see if any become true */ - for (ptl = pCounter->pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext) - { - pnext = ptl->next; - if ((*ptl->pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(ptl->pTrigger, oldval)) - (*ptl->pTrigger->TriggerFired)(ptl->pTrigger); - } - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter); - } -} - - -/* loosely based on dix/events.c/EventSelectForWindow */ -static Bool -SyncEventSelectForAlarm(SyncAlarm *pAlarm, ClientPtr client, Bool wantevents) -{ - SyncAlarmClientList *pClients; - - if (client == pAlarm->client) /* alarm owner */ - { - pAlarm->events = wantevents; - return Success; - } - - /* see if the client is already on the list (has events selected) */ - - for (pClients = pAlarm->pEventClients; pClients; - pClients = pClients->next) - { - if (pClients->client == client) - { - /* client's presence on the list indicates desire for - * events. If the client doesn't want events, remove it - * from the list. If the client does want events, do - * nothing, since it's already got them. - */ - if (!wantevents) - { - FreeResource(pClients->delete_id, RT_NONE); - } - return Success; - } - } - - /* if we get here, this client does not currently have - * events selected on the alarm - */ - - if (!wantevents) - /* client doesn't want events, and we just discovered that it - * doesn't have them, so there's nothing to do. - */ - return Success; - - /* add new client to pAlarm->pEventClients */ - - pClients = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarmClientList)); - if (!pClients) - return BadAlloc; - - /* register it as a resource so it will be cleaned up - * if the client dies - */ - - pClients->delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index); - if (!AddResource(pClients->delete_id, RTAlarmClient, pAlarm)) - { - free(pClients); - return BadAlloc; - } - - /* link it into list after we know all the allocations succeed */ - - pClients->next = pAlarm->pEventClients; - pAlarm->pEventClients = pClients; - pClients->client = client; - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** SyncChangeAlarmAttributes ** This is used by CreateAlarm and ChangeAlarm - */ -static int -SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(ClientPtr client, SyncAlarm *pAlarm, Mask mask, - CARD32 *values) -{ - int status; - XSyncCounter counter; - Mask origmask = mask; - - counter = pAlarm->trigger.pCounter ? pAlarm->trigger.pCounter->id : None; - - while (mask) - { - int index2 = lowbit(mask); - mask &= ~index2; - switch (index2) - { - case XSyncCACounter: - mask &= ~XSyncCACounter; - /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */ - counter = *values++; - break; - - case XSyncCAValueType: - mask &= ~XSyncCAValueType; - /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */ - pAlarm->trigger.value_type = *values++; - break; - - case XSyncCAValue: - mask &= ~XSyncCAValue; - XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->trigger.wait_value, values[1], values[0]); - values += 2; - break; - - case XSyncCATestType: - mask &= ~XSyncCATestType; - /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */ - pAlarm->trigger.test_type = *values++; - break; - - case XSyncCADelta: - mask &= ~XSyncCADelta; - XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->delta, values[1], values[0]); - values += 2; - break; - - case XSyncCAEvents: - mask &= ~XSyncCAEvents; - if ((*values != xTrue) && (*values != xFalse)) - { - client->errorValue = *values; - return BadValue; - } - status = SyncEventSelectForAlarm(pAlarm, client, - (Bool)(*values++)); - if (status != Success) - return status; - break; - - default: - client->errorValue = mask; - return BadValue; - } - } - - /* "If the test-type is PositiveComparison or PositiveTransition - * and delta is less than zero, or if the test-type is - * NegativeComparison or NegativeTransition and delta is - * greater than zero, a Match error is generated." - */ - if (origmask & (XSyncCADelta|XSyncCATestType)) - { - CARD64 zero; - XSyncIntToValue(&zero, 0); - if ((((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison) || - (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition)) - && XSyncValueLessThan(pAlarm->delta, zero)) - || - (((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison) || - (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition)) - && XSyncValueGreaterThan(pAlarm->delta, zero)) - ) - { - return BadMatch; - } - } - - /* postpone this until now, when we're sure nothing else can go wrong */ - if ((status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAlarm->trigger, counter, - origmask & XSyncCAAllTrigger)) != Success) - return status; - - /* XXX spec does not really say to do this - needs clarification */ - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmActive; - return Success; -} - - -static SyncCounter * -SyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client, XSyncCounter id, CARD64 initialvalue) -{ - SyncCounter *pCounter; - - if (!(pCounter = malloc(sizeof(SyncCounter)))) - return NULL; - - if (!AddResource(id, RTCounter, (pointer) pCounter)) - { - free(pCounter); - return NULL; - } - - pCounter->client = client; - pCounter->id = id; - pCounter->value = initialvalue; - pCounter->pTriglist = NULL; - pCounter->beingDestroyed = FALSE; - pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = NULL; - return pCounter; -} - -static int FreeCounter(void *, XID); - -/* - * ***** System Counter utilities - */ - -pointer -SyncCreateSystemCounter( - char *name, - CARD64 initial, - CARD64 resolution, - SyncCounterType counterType, - void (*QueryValue)(pointer /* pCounter */, - CARD64 * /* pValue_return */), - void (*BracketValues)(pointer /* pCounter */, - CARD64 * /* pbracket_less */, - CARD64 * /* pbracket_greater */) - ) -{ - SyncCounter *pCounter; - - SysCounterList = realloc(SysCounterList, - (SyncNumSystemCounters+1)*sizeof(SyncCounter *)); - if (!SysCounterList) - return NULL; - - /* this function may be called before SYNC has been initialized, so we - * have to make sure RTCounter is created. - */ - if (RTCounter == 0) - { - RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter"); - if (RTCounter == 0) - { - return NULL; - } - } - - pCounter = SyncCreateCounter(NULL, FakeClientID(0), initial); - - if (pCounter) - { - SysCounterInfo *psci; - - psci = malloc(sizeof(SysCounterInfo)); - if (!psci) - { - FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE); - return pCounter; - } - pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = psci; - psci->name = name; - psci->resolution = resolution; - psci->counterType = counterType; - psci->QueryValue = QueryValue; - psci->BracketValues = BracketValues; - XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater); - XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less); - SysCounterList[SyncNumSystemCounters++] = pCounter; - } - return pCounter; -} - -void -SyncDestroySystemCounter(pointer pSysCounter) -{ - SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSysCounter; - FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE); -} - -static void -SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *pCounter) -{ - SyncTriggerList *pCur; - SyncTrigger *pTrigger; - SysCounterInfo *psci; - CARD64 *pnewgtval = NULL; - CARD64 *pnewltval = NULL; - SyncCounterType ct; - - if (!pCounter) - return; - - psci = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo; - ct = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->counterType; - if (ct == XSyncCounterNeverChanges) - return; - - XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater); - XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less); - - for (pCur = pCounter->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next) - { - pTrigger = pCur->pTrigger; - - if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison && - ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases) - { - if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value, - psci->bracket_greater)) - { - psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value; - pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater; - } - } - else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison && - ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases) - { - if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value, - psci->bracket_less)) - { - psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value; - pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less; - } - } - else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition && - ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases) - { - if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_less)) - { - psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value; - pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less; - } - } - else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition && - ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases) - { - if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) && - XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_greater)) - { - psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value; - pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater; - } - } - } /* end for each trigger */ - - if (pnewgtval || pnewltval) - { - (*psci->BracketValues)((pointer)pCounter, pnewltval, pnewgtval); - } -} - -/* - * ***** Resource delete functions - */ - -/* ARGSUSED */ -static int -FreeAlarm(void *addr, XID id) -{ - SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *) addr; - - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmDestroyed; - - SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm); - - /* delete event selections */ - - while (pAlarm->pEventClients) - FreeResource(pAlarm->pEventClients->delete_id, RT_NONE); - - SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(&pAlarm->trigger); - - free(pAlarm); - return Success; -} - - -/* - * ** Cleanup after the destruction of a Counter - */ -/* ARGSUSED */ -static int -FreeCounter(void *env, XID id) -{ - SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) env; - SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext; - - pCounter->beingDestroyed = TRUE; - /* tell all the counter's triggers that the counter has been destroyed */ - for (ptl = pCounter->pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext) - { - (*ptl->pTrigger->CounterDestroyed)(ptl->pTrigger); - pnext = ptl->next; - free(ptl); /* destroy the trigger list as we go */ - } - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - int i, found = 0; - - free(pCounter->pSysCounterInfo); - - /* find the counter in the list of system counters and remove it */ - - if (SysCounterList) - { - for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++) - { - if (SysCounterList[i] == pCounter) - { - found = i; - break; - } - } - if (found < (SyncNumSystemCounters-1)) - { - for (i = found; i < SyncNumSystemCounters-1; i++) - { - SysCounterList[i] = SysCounterList[i+1]; - } - } - } - SyncNumSystemCounters--; - } - free(pCounter); - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Cleanup after Await - */ -/* ARGSUSED */ -static int -FreeAwait(void *addr, XID id) -{ - SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *) addr; - SyncAwait *pAwait; - int numwaits; - - pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* first await on list */ - - /* remove triggers from counters */ - - for (numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions; numwaits; - numwaits--, pAwait++) - { - /* If the counter is being destroyed, FreeCounter will delete - * the trigger list itself, so don't do it here. - */ - SyncCounter *pCounter = pAwait->trigger.pCounter; - if (pCounter && !pCounter->beingDestroyed) - SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(&pAwait->trigger); - } - free(pAwaitUnion); - return Success; -} - -/* loosely based on dix/events.c/OtherClientGone */ -static int -FreeAlarmClient(void *value, XID id) -{ - SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)value; - SyncAlarmClientList *pCur, *pPrev; - - for (pPrev = NULL, pCur = pAlarm->pEventClients; - pCur; - pPrev = pCur, pCur = pCur->next) - { - if (pCur->delete_id == id) - { - if (pPrev) - pPrev->next = pCur->next; - else - pAlarm->pEventClients = pCur->next; - free(pCur); - return Success; - } - } - FatalError("alarm client not on event list"); - /*NOTREACHED*/ -} - - -/* - * ***** Proc functions - */ - - -/* - * ** Initialize the extension - */ -static int -ProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client) -{ - xSyncInitializeReply rep; - int n; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncInitializeReq); - - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xSyncInitializeReply)); - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.majorVersion = SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION; - rep.minorVersion = SYNC_MINOR_VERSION; - rep.length = 0; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - } - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep); - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Get list of system counters available through the extension - */ -static int -ProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client) -{ - xSyncListSystemCountersReply rep; - int i, len; - xSyncSystemCounter *list = NULL, *walklist = NULL; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncListSystemCountersReq); - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.nCounters = SyncNumSystemCounters; - - for (i = len = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++) - { - char *name = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo->name; - /* pad to 4 byte boundary */ - len += pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + strlen(name)); - } - - if (len) - { - walklist = list = malloc(len); - if (!list) - return BadAlloc; - } - - rep.length = bytes_to_int32(len); - - if (client->swapped) - { - char n; - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.nCounters, n); - } - - for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++) - { - int namelen; - char *pname_in_reply; - SysCounterInfo *psci = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo; - - walklist->counter = SysCounterList[i]->id; - walklist->resolution_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(psci->resolution); - walklist->resolution_lo = XSyncValueLow32(psci->resolution); - namelen = strlen(psci->name); - walklist->name_length = namelen; - - if (client->swapped) - { - char n; - swapl(&walklist->counter, n); - swapl(&walklist->resolution_hi, n); - swapl(&walklist->resolution_lo, n); - swaps(&walklist->name_length, n); - } - - pname_in_reply = ((char *)walklist) + sz_xSyncSystemCounter; - strncpy(pname_in_reply, psci->name, namelen); - walklist = (xSyncSystemCounter *) (((char *)walklist) + - pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + namelen)); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep); - if (len) - { - WriteToClient(client, len, (char *) list); - free(list); - } - - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Set client Priority - */ -static int -ProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq); - ClientPtr priorityclient; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetPriorityReq); - - if (stuff->id == None) - priorityclient = client; - else { - rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client, - DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - - if (priorityclient->priority != stuff->priority) - { - priorityclient->priority = stuff->priority; - - /* The following will force the server back into WaitForSomething - * so that the change in this client's priority is immediately - * reflected. - */ - isItTimeToYield = TRUE; - dispatchException |= DE_PRIORITYCHANGE; - } - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Get client Priority - */ -static int -ProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq); - xSyncGetPriorityReply rep; - ClientPtr priorityclient; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncGetPriorityReq); - - if (stuff->id == None) - priorityclient = client; - else { - rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client, - DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = 0; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.priority = priorityclient->priority; - - if (client->swapped) - { - char n; - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.priority, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncGetPriorityReply), (char *) &rep); - - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Create a new counter - */ -static int -ProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq); - CARD64 initial; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateCounterReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client); - - XSyncIntsToValue(&initial, stuff->initial_value_lo, stuff->initial_value_hi); - if (!SyncCreateCounter(client, stuff->cid, initial)) - return BadAlloc; - - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Set Counter value - */ -static int -ProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq); - SyncCounter *pCounter; - CARD64 newvalue; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetCounterReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter, - client, DixWriteAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter : rc; - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->cid; - return BadAccess; - } - - XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi); - SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue); - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Change Counter value - */ -static int -ProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq); - SyncCounter *pCounter; - CARD64 newvalue; - Bool overflow; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncChangeCounterReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter, - client, DixWriteAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter : rc; - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->cid; - return BadAccess; - } - - XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi); - XSyncValueAdd(&newvalue, pCounter->value, newvalue, &overflow); - if (overflow) - { - /* XXX 64 bit value can't fit in 32 bits; do the best we can */ - client->errorValue = stuff->value_hi; - return BadValue; - } - SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue); - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Destroy a counter - */ -static int -ProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq); - SyncCounter *pCounter; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyCounterReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter, RTCounter, - client, DixDestroyAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter : rc; - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->counter; - return BadAccess; - } - FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE); - return Success; -} - - -/* - * ** Await - */ -static int -ProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq); - int len, items; - int i; - xSyncWaitCondition *pProtocolWaitConds; - SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion; - SyncAwait *pAwait; - int status; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq); - - len = client->req_len << 2; - len -= sz_xSyncAwaitReq; - items = len / sz_xSyncWaitCondition; - - if (items * sz_xSyncWaitCondition != len) - { - return BadLength; - } - if (items == 0) - { - client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */ - return BadValue; - } - - pProtocolWaitConds = (xSyncWaitCondition *) & stuff[1]; - - /* all the memory for the entire await list is allocated - * here in one chunk - */ - pAwaitUnion = malloc((items+1) * sizeof(SyncAwaitUnion)); - if (!pAwaitUnion) - return BadAlloc; - - /* first item is the header, remainder are real wait conditions */ - - pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index); - if (!AddResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RTAwait, pAwaitUnion)) - { - free(pAwaitUnion); - return BadAlloc; - } - - /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */ - - pAwaitUnion->header.client = client; - pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions = 0; - - pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */ - for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolWaitConds++, pAwait++) - { - if (pProtocolWaitConds->counter == None) /* XXX protocol change */ - { - /* this should take care of removing any triggers created by - * this request that have already been registered on counters - */ - FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE); - client->errorValue = pProtocolWaitConds->counter; - return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter; - } - - /* sanity checks are in SyncInitTrigger */ - pAwait->trigger.pCounter = NULL; - pAwait->trigger.value_type = pProtocolWaitConds->value_type; - XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value, - pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_lo, - pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_hi); - pAwait->trigger.test_type = pProtocolWaitConds->test_type; - - status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger, - pProtocolWaitConds->counter, XSyncCAAllTrigger); - if (status != Success) - { - /* this should take care of removing any triggers created by - * this request that have already been registered on counters - */ - FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE); - return status; - } - /* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */ - pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired; - pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired; - XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold, - pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_lo, - pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_hi); - pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header; - pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++; - } - - IgnoreClient(client); - - /* see if any of the triggers are already true */ - - pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */ - for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pAwait++) - { - /* don't have to worry about NULL counters because the request - * errors before we get here out if they occur - */ - if ((*pAwait->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAwait->trigger, - pAwait->trigger.pCounter->value)) - { - (*pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAwait->trigger); - break; /* once is enough */ - } - } - return Success; -} - - -/* - * ** Query a counter - */ -static int -ProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq); - xSyncQueryCounterReply rep; - SyncCounter *pCounter; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryCounterReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter, - RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter : rc; - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = 0; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - - /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */ - - if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter)) - { - (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter, - &pCounter->value); - } - - rep.value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value); - rep.value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value); - if (client->swapped) - { - char n; - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.value_hi, n); - swapl(&rep.value_lo, n); - } - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryCounterReply), (char *) &rep); - return Success; -} - - -/* - * ** Create Alarm - */ -static int -ProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq); - SyncAlarm *pAlarm; - int status; - unsigned long len, vmask; - SyncTrigger *pTrigger; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->id, client); - - vmask = stuff->valueMask; - len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncCreateAlarmReq)); - /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */ - if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta)))) - return BadLength; - - if (!(pAlarm = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarm)))) - { - return BadAlloc; - } - - /* set up defaults */ - - pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger; - pTrigger->pCounter = NULL; - pTrigger->value_type = XSyncAbsolute; - XSyncIntToValue(&pTrigger->wait_value, 0L); - pTrigger->test_type = XSyncPositiveComparison; - pTrigger->TriggerFired = SyncAlarmTriggerFired; - pTrigger->CounterDestroyed = SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed; - status = SyncInitTrigger(client, pTrigger, None, XSyncCAAllTrigger); - if (status != Success) - { - free(pAlarm); - return status; - } - - pAlarm->client = client; - pAlarm->alarm_id = stuff->id; - XSyncIntToValue(&pAlarm->delta, 1L); - pAlarm->events = TRUE; - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; - pAlarm->pEventClients = NULL; - status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask, - (CARD32 *)&stuff[1]); - if (status != Success) - { - free(pAlarm); - return status; - } - - if (!AddResource(stuff->id, RTAlarm, pAlarm)) - { - free(pAlarm); - return BadAlloc; - } - - /* see if alarm already triggered. NULL counter will not trigger - * in CreateAlarm and sets alarm state to Inactive. - */ - - if (!pTrigger->pCounter) - { - pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; /* XXX protocol change */ - } - else if ((*pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(pTrigger, pTrigger->pCounter->value)) - { - (*pTrigger->TriggerFired)(pTrigger); - } - - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Change Alarm - */ -static int -ProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq); - SyncAlarm *pAlarm; - long vmask; - int len, status; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq); - - status = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm, - client, DixWriteAccess); - if (status != Success) - return (status == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm : status; - - vmask = stuff->valueMask; - len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncChangeAlarmReq)); - /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */ - if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta)))) - return BadLength; - - if ((status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask, - (CARD32 *)&stuff[1])) != Success) - return status; - - /* see if alarm already triggered. NULL counter WILL trigger - * in ChangeAlarm. - */ - - if (!pAlarm->trigger.pCounter || - (*pAlarm->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAlarm->trigger, - pAlarm->trigger.pCounter->value)) - { - (*pAlarm->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAlarm->trigger); - } - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq); - SyncAlarm *pAlarm; - xSyncQueryAlarmReply rep; - SyncTrigger *pTrigger; - int rc; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryAlarmReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm, - client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm : rc; - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply)); - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - - pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger; - rep.counter = (pTrigger->pCounter) ? pTrigger->pCounter->id : None; - -#if 0 /* XXX unclear what to do, depends on whether relative value-types - * are "consumed" immediately and are considered absolute from then - * on. - */ - rep.value_type = pTrigger->value_type; - rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value); - rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->wait_value); -#else - rep.value_type = XSyncAbsolute; - rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value); - rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value); -#endif - - rep.test_type = pTrigger->test_type; - rep.delta_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pAlarm->delta); - rep.delta_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pAlarm->delta); - rep.events = pAlarm->events; - rep.state = pAlarm->state; - - if (client->swapped) - { - char n; - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.counter, n); - swapl(&rep.wait_value_hi, n); - swapl(&rep.wait_value_lo, n); - swapl(&rep.test_type, n); - swapl(&rep.delta_hi, n); - swapl(&rep.delta_lo, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply), (char *) &rep); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - SyncAlarm *pAlarm; - int rc; - REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm, - client, DixDestroyAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm : rc; - - FreeResource(stuff->alarm, RT_NONE); - return Success; -} - -/* - * ** Given an extension request, call the appropriate request procedure - */ -static int -ProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - switch (stuff->data) - { - case X_SyncInitialize: - return ProcSyncInitialize(client); - case X_SyncListSystemCounters: - return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client); - case X_SyncCreateCounter: - return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client); - case X_SyncSetCounter: - return ProcSyncSetCounter(client); - case X_SyncChangeCounter: - return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client); - case X_SyncQueryCounter: - return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client); - case X_SyncDestroyCounter: - return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client); - case X_SyncAwait: - return ProcSyncAwait(client); - case X_SyncCreateAlarm: - return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client); - case X_SyncChangeAlarm: - return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client); - case X_SyncQueryAlarm: - return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client); - case X_SyncDestroyAlarm: - return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client); - case X_SyncSetPriority: - return ProcSyncSetPriority(client); - case X_SyncGetPriority: - return ProcSyncGetPriority(client); - default: - return BadRequest; - } -} - -/* - * Boring Swapping stuff ... - */ - -static int -SProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncInitializeReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncInitializeReq); - - return ProcSyncInitialize(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncListSystemCountersReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncListSystemCountersReq); - - return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateCounterReq); - swapl(&stuff->cid, n); - swapl(&stuff->initial_value_lo, n); - swapl(&stuff->initial_value_hi, n); - - return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetCounterReq); - swapl(&stuff->cid, n); - swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n); - swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n); - - return ProcSyncSetCounter(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncChangeCounterReq); - swapl(&stuff->cid, n); - swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n); - swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n); - - return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryCounterReq); - swapl(&stuff->counter, n); - - return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyCounterReq); - swapl(&stuff->counter, n); - - return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq); - SwapRestL(stuff); - - return ProcSyncAwait(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq); - swapl(&stuff->id, n); - swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - - return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq); - swapl(&stuff->alarm, n); - swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryAlarmReq); - swapl(&stuff->alarm, n); - - return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyAlarmReq); - swapl(&stuff->alarm, n); - - return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetPriorityReq); - swapl(&stuff->id, n); - swapl(&stuff->priority, n); - - return ProcSyncSetPriority(client); -} - -static int -SProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq); - char n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncGetPriorityReq); - swapl(&stuff->id, n); - - return ProcSyncGetPriority(client); -} - - -static int -SProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - switch (stuff->data) - { - case X_SyncInitialize: - return SProcSyncInitialize(client); - case X_SyncListSystemCounters: - return SProcSyncListSystemCounters(client); - case X_SyncCreateCounter: - return SProcSyncCreateCounter(client); - case X_SyncSetCounter: - return SProcSyncSetCounter(client); - case X_SyncChangeCounter: - return SProcSyncChangeCounter(client); - case X_SyncQueryCounter: - return SProcSyncQueryCounter(client); - case X_SyncDestroyCounter: - return SProcSyncDestroyCounter(client); - case X_SyncAwait: - return SProcSyncAwait(client); - case X_SyncCreateAlarm: - return SProcSyncCreateAlarm(client); - case X_SyncChangeAlarm: - return SProcSyncChangeAlarm(client); - case X_SyncQueryAlarm: - return SProcSyncQueryAlarm(client); - case X_SyncDestroyAlarm: - return SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client); - case X_SyncSetPriority: - return SProcSyncSetPriority(client); - case X_SyncGetPriority: - return SProcSyncGetPriority(client); - default: - return BadRequest; - } -} - -/* - * Event Swapping - */ - -static void -SCounterNotifyEvent(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *from, xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *to) -{ - to->type = from->type; - to->kind = from->kind; - cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber); - cpswapl(from->counter, to->counter); - cpswapl(from->wait_value_lo, to->wait_value_lo); - cpswapl(from->wait_value_hi, to->wait_value_hi); - cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo); - cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi); - cpswapl(from->time, to->time); - cpswaps(from->count, to->count); - to->destroyed = from->destroyed; -} - - -static void -SAlarmNotifyEvent(xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *from, xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *to) -{ - to->type = from->type; - to->kind = from->kind; - cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber); - cpswapl(from->alarm, to->alarm); - cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo); - cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi); - cpswapl(from->alarm_value_lo, to->alarm_value_lo); - cpswapl(from->alarm_value_hi, to->alarm_value_hi); - cpswapl(from->time, to->time); - to->state = from->state; -} - -/* - * ** Close everything down. ** This is fairly simple for now. - */ -/* ARGSUSED */ -static void -SyncResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry) -{ - free(SysCounterList); - SysCounterList = NULL; - RTCounter = 0; -} - - -/* - * ** Initialise the extension. - */ -void -SyncExtensionInit(void) -{ - ExtensionEntry *extEntry; - - if (RTCounter == 0) - { - RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter"); - } - RTAlarm = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarm, "SyncAlarm"); - RTAwait = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAwait, "SyncAwait"); - if (RTAwait) - RTAwait |= RC_NEVERRETAIN; - RTAlarmClient = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarmClient, "SyncAlarmClient"); - if (RTAlarmClient) - RTAlarmClient |= RC_NEVERRETAIN; - - if (RTCounter == 0 || RTAwait == 0 || RTAlarm == 0 || - RTAlarmClient == 0 || - (extEntry = AddExtension(SYNC_NAME, - XSyncNumberEvents, XSyncNumberErrors, - ProcSyncDispatch, SProcSyncDispatch, - SyncResetProc, - StandardMinorOpcode)) == NULL) - { - ErrorF("Sync Extension %d.%d failed to Initialise\n", - SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION); - return; - } - - SyncEventBase = extEntry->eventBase; - SyncErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase; - EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SCounterNotifyEvent; - EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SAlarmNotifyEvent; - - /* - * Although SERVERTIME is implemented by the OS layer, we initialise it - * here because doing it in OsInit() is too early. The resource database - * is not initialised when OsInit() is called. This is just about OK - * because there is always a servertime counter. - */ - SyncInitServerTime(); - SyncInitIdleTime(); - -#ifdef DEBUG - fprintf(stderr, "Sync Extension %d.%d\n", - SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION); -#endif -} - - -/* - * ***** SERVERTIME implementation - should go in its own file in OS directory? - */ - - - -static pointer ServertimeCounter; -static XSyncValue Now; -static XSyncValue *pnext_time; - -#define GetTime()\ -{\ - unsigned long millis = GetTimeInMillis();\ - unsigned long maxis = XSyncValueHigh32(Now);\ - if (millis < XSyncValueLow32(Now)) maxis++;\ - XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, millis, maxis);\ -} - -/* -*** Server Block Handler -*** code inspired by multibuffer extension (now deprecated) - */ -/*ARGSUSED*/ -static void -ServertimeBlockHandler(void *env, struct timeval **wt, void *LastSelectMask) -{ - XSyncValue delay; - unsigned long timeout; - - if (pnext_time) - { - GetTime(); - - if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time)) - { - timeout = 0; - } - else - { - Bool overflow; - XSyncValueSubtract(&delay, *pnext_time, Now, &overflow); - (void)overflow; - timeout = XSyncValueLow32(delay); - } - AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, timeout); /* os/utils.c */ - } -} - -/* -*** Wakeup Handler - */ -/*ARGSUSED*/ -static void -ServertimeWakeupHandler(void *env, int rc, void *LastSelectMask) -{ - if (pnext_time) - { - GetTime(); - - if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time)) - { - SyncChangeCounter(ServertimeCounter, Now); - } - } -} - -static void -ServertimeQueryValue(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return) -{ - GetTime(); - *pValue_return = Now; -} - -static void -ServertimeBracketValues(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less, - CARD64 *pbracket_greater) -{ - if (!pnext_time && pbracket_greater) - { - RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler, - ServertimeWakeupHandler, - NULL); - } - else if (pnext_time && !pbracket_greater) - { - RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler, - ServertimeWakeupHandler, - NULL); - } - pnext_time = pbracket_greater; -} - -static void -SyncInitServerTime(void) -{ - CARD64 resolution; - - XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, GetTimeInMillis(), 0); - XSyncIntToValue(&resolution, 4); - ServertimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter("SERVERTIME", Now, resolution, - XSyncCounterNeverDecreases, - ServertimeQueryValue, ServertimeBracketValues); - pnext_time = NULL; -} - - - -/* - * IDLETIME implementation - */ - -static SyncCounter *IdleTimeCounter; -static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueLess; -static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueGreater; - -static void -IdleTimeQueryValue (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return) -{ - CARD32 idle = GetTimeInMillis() - lastDeviceEventTime.milliseconds; - XSyncIntsToValue (pValue_return, idle, 0); -} - -static void -IdleTimeBlockHandler(pointer env, struct timeval **wt, pointer LastSelectMask) -{ - XSyncValue idle, old_idle; - SyncTriggerList *list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist; - SyncTrigger *trig; - - if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater) - return; - - old_idle = IdleTimeCounter->value; - IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle); - IdleTimeCounter->value = idle; /* push, so CheckTrigger works */ - - if (pIdleTimeValueLess && - XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess)) - { - /* - * We've been idle for less than the threshold value, and someone - * wants to know about that, but now we need to know whether they - * want level or edge trigger. Check the trigger list against the - * current idle time, and if any succeed, bomb out of select() - * immediately so we can reschedule. - */ - - for (list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist; list; list = list->next) { - trig = list->pTrigger; - if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) { - AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, 0); - break; - } - } - } - else if (pIdleTimeValueGreater) - { - /* - * There's a threshold in the positive direction. If we've been - * idle less than it, schedule a wakeup for sometime in the future. - * If we've been idle more than it, and someone wants to know about - * that level-triggered, schedule an immediate wakeup. - */ - unsigned long timeout = -1; - - if (XSyncValueLessThan (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) { - XSyncValue value; - Bool overflow; - - XSyncValueSubtract (&value, *pIdleTimeValueGreater, - idle, &overflow); - timeout = min(timeout, XSyncValueLow32 (value)); - } else { - for (list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist; list; list = list->next) { - trig = list->pTrigger; - if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) { - timeout = min(timeout, 0); - break; - } - } - } - - AdjustWaitForDelay (wt, timeout); - } - - IdleTimeCounter->value = old_idle; /* pop */ -} - -static void -IdleTimeWakeupHandler (pointer env, int rc, pointer LastSelectMask) -{ - XSyncValue idle; - - if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater) - return; - - IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle); - - if ((pIdleTimeValueGreater && - XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) || - (pIdleTimeValueLess && - XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess))) - { - SyncChangeCounter (IdleTimeCounter, idle); - } -} - -static void -IdleTimeBracketValues (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less, - CARD64 *pbracket_greater) -{ - Bool registered = (pIdleTimeValueLess || pIdleTimeValueGreater); - - if (registered && !pbracket_less && !pbracket_greater) - { - RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler, - IdleTimeWakeupHandler, - NULL); - } - else if (!registered && (pbracket_less || pbracket_greater)) - { - RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler, - IdleTimeWakeupHandler, - NULL); - } - - pIdleTimeValueGreater = pbracket_greater; - pIdleTimeValueLess = pbracket_less; -} - -static void -SyncInitIdleTime (void) -{ - CARD64 resolution; - XSyncValue idle; - - IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle); - XSyncIntToValue (&resolution, 4); - - IdleTimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter ("IDLETIME", idle, resolution, - XSyncCounterUnrestricted, - IdleTimeQueryValue, - IdleTimeBracketValues); - - pIdleTimeValueLess = pIdleTimeValueGreater = NULL; -} +/*
+
+Copyright 1991, 1993, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
+not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
+other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1991, 1993 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+and Olivetti Research Limited, Cambridge, England.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or Olivetti
+not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission. Digital and Olivetti
+make no representations about the suitability of this software
+for any purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+DIGITAL AND OLIVETTI DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS
+SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
+FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL THEY BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF
+USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR
+OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "opaque.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/syncproto.h>
+#include "syncsrv.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if !defined(WIN32)
+#include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "modinit.h"
+
+/*
+ * Local Global Variables
+ */
+static int SyncEventBase;
+static int SyncErrorBase;
+static RESTYPE RTCounter = 0;
+static RESTYPE RTAwait;
+static RESTYPE RTAlarm;
+static RESTYPE RTAlarmClient;
+static int SyncNumSystemCounters = 0;
+static SyncCounter **SysCounterList = NULL;
+
+#define IsSystemCounter(pCounter) \
+ (pCounter && (pCounter->client == NULL))
+
+/* these are all the alarm attributes that pertain to the alarm's trigger */
+#define XSyncCAAllTrigger \
+ (XSyncCACounter | XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue | XSyncCATestType)
+
+static void SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *);
+
+static void SyncInitServerTime(void);
+
+static void SyncInitIdleTime(void);
+
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncAwait);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncChangeAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncChangeCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncCreateAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncCreateCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDestroyAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDestroyCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncDispatch);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncGetPriority);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncInitialize);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncListSystemCounters);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncQueryAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncQueryCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncSetCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(ProcSyncSetPriority);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncAwait);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncChangeAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncChangeCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncCreateAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncCreateCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDestroyAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDestroyCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncDispatch);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncGetPriority);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncInitialize);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncListSystemCounters);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncQueryAlarm);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncQueryCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncSetCounter);
+static DISPATCH_PROC(SProcSyncSetPriority);
+
+/* Each counter maintains a simple linked list of triggers that are
+ * interested in the counter. The two functions below are used to
+ * delete and add triggers on this list.
+ */
+static void
+SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+ SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+ SyncTriggerList *pPrev;
+
+ /* pCounter needs to be stored in pTrigger before calling here. */
+
+ if (!pTrigger->pCounter)
+ return;
+
+ pPrev = NULL;
+ pCur = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist;
+
+ while (pCur)
+ {
+ if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)
+ {
+ if (pPrev)
+ pPrev->next = pCur->next;
+ else
+ pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist = pCur->next;
+
+ free(pCur);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ pPrev = pCur;
+ pCur = pCur->next;
+ }
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pTrigger->pCounter))
+ SyncComputeBracketValues(pTrigger->pCounter);
+}
+
+
+static int
+SyncAddTriggerToCounter(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+ SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+
+ if (!pTrigger->pCounter)
+ return Success;
+
+ /* don't do anything if it's already there */
+ for (pCur = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)
+ {
+ if (pCur->pTrigger == pTrigger)
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ if (!(pCur = malloc(sizeof(SyncTriggerList))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ pCur->pTrigger = pTrigger;
+ pCur->next = pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist;
+ pTrigger->pCounter->pTriglist = pCur;
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pTrigger->pCounter))
+ SyncComputeBracketValues(pTrigger->pCounter);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/* Below are four possible functions that can be plugged into
+ * pTrigger->CheckTrigger, corresponding to the four possible
+ * test-types. These functions are called after the counter's
+ * value changes but are also passed the old counter value
+ * so they can inspect both the old and new values.
+ * (PositiveTransition and NegativeTransition need to see both
+ * pieces of information.) These functions return the truth value
+ * of the trigger.
+ *
+ * All of them include the condition pTrigger->pCounter == NULL.
+ * This is because the spec says that a trigger with a counter value
+ * of None is always TRUE.
+ */
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+ return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL ||
+ XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value,
+ pTrigger->test_value));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+ return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL ||
+ XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value,
+ pTrigger->test_value));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+ return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL ||
+ (XSyncValueLessThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value,
+ pTrigger->test_value)));
+}
+
+static Bool
+SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition(SyncTrigger *pTrigger, CARD64 oldval)
+{
+ return (pTrigger->pCounter == NULL ||
+ (XSyncValueGreaterThan(oldval, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueLessOrEqual(pTrigger->pCounter->value,
+ pTrigger->test_value)));
+}
+
+static int
+SyncInitTrigger(ClientPtr client, SyncTrigger *pTrigger, XSyncCounter counter,
+ Mask changes)
+{
+ SyncCounter *pCounter = pTrigger->pCounter;
+ int rc;
+ Bool newcounter = FALSE;
+
+ if (changes & XSyncCACounter)
+ {
+ if (counter == None)
+ pCounter = NULL;
+ else if (Success != (rc = dixLookupResourceByType ((pointer *)&pCounter,
+ counter, RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess)))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = counter;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ if (pCounter != pTrigger->pCounter)
+ { /* new counter for trigger */
+ SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(pTrigger);
+ pTrigger->pCounter = pCounter;
+ newcounter = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,
+ &pCounter->value);
+ }
+
+ if (changes & XSyncCAValueType)
+ {
+ if (pTrigger->value_type != XSyncRelative &&
+ pTrigger->value_type != XSyncAbsolute)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pTrigger->value_type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (changes & XSyncCATestType)
+ {
+ if (pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveTransition &&
+ pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeTransition &&
+ pTrigger->test_type != XSyncPositiveComparison &&
+ pTrigger->test_type != XSyncNegativeComparison)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = pTrigger->test_type;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ /* select appropriate CheckTrigger function */
+
+ switch (pTrigger->test_type)
+ {
+ case XSyncPositiveTransition:
+ pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveTransition;
+ break;
+ case XSyncNegativeTransition:
+ pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeTransition;
+ break;
+ case XSyncPositiveComparison:
+ pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerPositiveComparison;
+ break;
+ case XSyncNegativeComparison:
+ pTrigger->CheckTrigger = SyncCheckTriggerNegativeComparison;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (changes & (XSyncCAValueType | XSyncCAValue))
+ {
+ if (pTrigger->value_type == XSyncAbsolute)
+ pTrigger->test_value = pTrigger->wait_value;
+ else /* relative */
+ {
+ Bool overflow;
+ if (pCounter == NULL)
+ return BadMatch;
+
+ XSyncValueAdd(&pTrigger->test_value, pCounter->value,
+ pTrigger->wait_value, &overflow);
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* we wait until we're sure there are no errors before registering
+ * a new counter on a trigger
+ */
+ if (newcounter)
+ {
+ if ((rc = SyncAddTriggerToCounter(pTrigger)) != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* AlarmNotify events happen in response to actions taken on an Alarm or
+ * the counter used by the alarm. AlarmNotify may be sent to multiple
+ * clients. The alarm maintains a list of clients interested in events.
+ */
+static void
+SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(SyncAlarm *pAlarm)
+{
+ SyncAlarmClientList *pcl;
+ xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent ane;
+ SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+
+ ane.type = SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify;
+ ane.kind = XSyncAlarmNotify;
+ ane.alarm = pAlarm->alarm_id;
+ if (pTrigger->pCounter)
+ {
+ ane.counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->pCounter->value);
+ ane.counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->pCounter->value);
+ }
+ else
+ { /* XXX what else can we do if there's no counter? */
+ ane.counter_value_hi = ane.counter_value_lo = 0;
+ }
+
+ ane.alarm_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+ ane.alarm_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+ ane.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ ane.state = pAlarm->state;
+
+ /* send to owner */
+ if (pAlarm->events)
+ WriteEventsToClient(pAlarm->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);
+
+ /* send to other interested clients */
+ for (pcl = pAlarm->pEventClients; pcl; pcl = pcl->next)
+ WriteEventsToClient(pcl->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ane);
+}
+
+
+/* CounterNotify events only occur in response to an Await. The events
+ * go only to the Awaiting client.
+ */
+static void
+SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(ClientPtr client, SyncAwait **ppAwait,
+ int num_events)
+{
+ xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *pEvents, *pev;
+ int i;
+
+ if (client->clientGone)
+ return;
+ pev = pEvents = malloc(num_events * sizeof(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent));
+ if (!pEvents)
+ return;
+ UpdateCurrentTime();
+ for (i = 0; i < num_events; i++, ppAwait++, pev++)
+ {
+ SyncTrigger *pTrigger = &(*ppAwait)->trigger;
+ pev->type = SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify;
+ pev->kind = XSyncCounterNotify;
+ pev->counter = pTrigger->pCounter->id;
+ pev->wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+ pev->wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+ pev->counter_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->pCounter->value);
+ pev->counter_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->pCounter->value);
+ pev->time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ pev->count = num_events - i - 1; /* events remaining */
+ pev->destroyed = pTrigger->pCounter->beingDestroyed;
+ }
+ /* swapping will be taken care of by this */
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, num_events, (xEvent *)pEvents);
+ free(pEvents);
+}
+
+
+/* This function is called when an alarm's counter is destroyed.
+ * It is plugged into pTrigger->CounterDestroyed (for alarm triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;
+
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+ SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+ pTrigger->pCounter = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/* This function is called when an alarm "goes off."
+ * It is plugged into pTrigger->TriggerFired (for alarm triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAlarmTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)pTrigger;
+ CARD64 new_test_value;
+
+ /* no need to check alarm unless it's active */
+ if (pAlarm->state != XSyncAlarmActive)
+ return;
+
+ /* " if the counter value is None, or if the delta is 0 and
+ * the test-type is PositiveComparison or NegativeComparison,
+ * no change is made to value (test-value) and the alarm
+ * state is changed to Inactive before the event is generated."
+ */
+ if (pAlarm->trigger.pCounter == NULL
+ || (XSyncValueIsZero(pAlarm->delta)
+ && (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison
+ || pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison)))
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+
+ new_test_value = pAlarm->trigger.test_value;
+
+ if (pAlarm->state == XSyncAlarmActive)
+ {
+ Bool overflow;
+ CARD64 oldvalue;
+ SyncTrigger *paTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+
+ /* "The alarm is updated by repeatedly adding delta to the
+ * value of the trigger and re-initializing it until it
+ * becomes FALSE."
+ */
+ oldvalue = paTrigger->test_value;
+
+ /* XXX really should do something smarter here */
+
+ do
+ {
+ XSyncValueAdd(&paTrigger->test_value, paTrigger->test_value,
+ pAlarm->delta, &overflow);
+ } while (!overflow &&
+ (*paTrigger->CheckTrigger)(paTrigger,
+ paTrigger->pCounter->value));
+
+ new_test_value = paTrigger->test_value;
+ paTrigger->test_value = oldvalue;
+
+ /* "If this update would cause value to fall outside the range
+ * for an INT64...no change is made to value (test-value) and
+ * the alarm state is changed to Inactive before the event is
+ * generated."
+ */
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ new_test_value = oldvalue;
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+ }
+ }
+ /* The AlarmNotify event has to have the "new state of the alarm"
+ * which we can't be sure of until this point. However, it has
+ * to have the "old" trigger test value. That's the reason for
+ * all the newvalue/oldvalue shuffling above. After we send the
+ * events, give the trigger its new test value.
+ */
+ SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+ pTrigger->test_value = new_test_value;
+}
+
+
+/* This function is called when an Await unblocks, either as a result
+ * of the trigger firing OR the counter being destroyed.
+ * It goes into pTrigger->TriggerFired AND pTrigger->CounterDestroyed
+ * (for Await triggers).
+ */
+static void
+SyncAwaitTriggerFired(SyncTrigger *pTrigger)
+{
+ SyncAwait *pAwait = (SyncAwait *)pTrigger;
+ int numwaits;
+ SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+ SyncAwait **ppAwait;
+ int num_events = 0;
+
+ pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *)pAwait->pHeader;
+ numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions;
+ ppAwait = malloc(numwaits * sizeof(SyncAwait *));
+ if (!ppAwait)
+ goto bail;
+
+ pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await;
+
+ /* "When a client is unblocked, all the CounterNotify events for
+ * the Await request are generated contiguously. If count is 0
+ * there are no more events to follow for this request. If
+ * count is n, there are at least n more events to follow."
+ *
+ * Thus, it is best to find all the counters for which events
+ * need to be sent first, so that an accurate count field can
+ * be stored in the events.
+ */
+ for ( ; numwaits; numwaits--, pAwait++)
+ {
+ CARD64 diff;
+ Bool overflow, diffgreater, diffequal;
+
+ /* "A CounterNotify event with the destroyed flag set to TRUE is
+ * always generated if the counter for one of the triggers is
+ * destroyed."
+ */
+ if (pAwait->trigger.pCounter->beingDestroyed)
+ {
+ ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* "The difference between the counter and the test value is
+ * calculated by subtracting the test value from the value of
+ * the counter."
+ */
+ XSyncValueSubtract(&diff, pAwait->trigger.pCounter->value,
+ pAwait->trigger.test_value, &overflow);
+
+ /* "If the difference lies outside the range for an INT64, an
+ * event is not generated."
+ */
+ if (overflow)
+ continue;
+ diffgreater = XSyncValueGreaterThan(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);
+ diffequal = XSyncValueEqual(diff, pAwait->event_threshold);
+
+ /* "If the test-type is PositiveTransition or
+ * PositiveComparison, a CounterNotify event is generated if
+ * the difference is at least event-threshold. If the test-type
+ * is NegativeTransition or NegativeComparison, a CounterNotify
+ * event is generated if the difference is at most
+ * event-threshold."
+ */
+
+ if ( ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison ||
+ pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition)
+ && (diffgreater || diffequal))
+ ||
+ ((pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison ||
+ pAwait->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition)
+ && (!diffgreater) /* less or equal */
+ )
+ )
+ {
+ ppAwait[num_events++] = pAwait;
+ }
+ }
+ if (num_events)
+ SyncSendCounterNotifyEvents(pAwaitUnion->header.client, ppAwait,
+ num_events);
+ free(ppAwait);
+
+bail:
+ /* unblock the client */
+ AttendClient(pAwaitUnion->header.client);
+ /* delete the await */
+ FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/* This function should always be used to change a counter's value so that
+ * any triggers depending on the counter will be checked.
+ */
+void
+SyncChangeCounter(SyncCounter *pCounter, CARD64 newval)
+{
+ SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext;
+ CARD64 oldval;
+
+ oldval = pCounter->value;
+ pCounter->value = newval;
+
+ /* run through triggers to see if any become true */
+ for (ptl = pCounter->pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)
+ {
+ pnext = ptl->next;
+ if ((*ptl->pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(ptl->pTrigger, oldval))
+ (*ptl->pTrigger->TriggerFired)(ptl->pTrigger);
+ }
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ SyncComputeBracketValues(pCounter);
+ }
+}
+
+
+/* loosely based on dix/events.c/EventSelectForWindow */
+static Bool
+SyncEventSelectForAlarm(SyncAlarm *pAlarm, ClientPtr client, Bool wantevents)
+{
+ SyncAlarmClientList *pClients;
+
+ if (client == pAlarm->client) /* alarm owner */
+ {
+ pAlarm->events = wantevents;
+ return Success;
+ }
+
+ /* see if the client is already on the list (has events selected) */
+
+ for (pClients = pAlarm->pEventClients; pClients;
+ pClients = pClients->next)
+ {
+ if (pClients->client == client)
+ {
+ /* client's presence on the list indicates desire for
+ * events. If the client doesn't want events, remove it
+ * from the list. If the client does want events, do
+ * nothing, since it's already got them.
+ */
+ if (!wantevents)
+ {
+ FreeResource(pClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);
+ }
+ return Success;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* if we get here, this client does not currently have
+ * events selected on the alarm
+ */
+
+ if (!wantevents)
+ /* client doesn't want events, and we just discovered that it
+ * doesn't have them, so there's nothing to do.
+ */
+ return Success;
+
+ /* add new client to pAlarm->pEventClients */
+
+ pClients = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarmClientList));
+ if (!pClients)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* register it as a resource so it will be cleaned up
+ * if the client dies
+ */
+
+ pClients->delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ if (!AddResource(pClients->delete_id, RTAlarmClient, pAlarm))
+ {
+ free(pClients);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /* link it into list after we know all the allocations succeed */
+
+ pClients->next = pAlarm->pEventClients;
+ pAlarm->pEventClients = pClients;
+ pClients->client = client;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** SyncChangeAlarmAttributes ** This is used by CreateAlarm and ChangeAlarm
+ */
+static int
+SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(ClientPtr client, SyncAlarm *pAlarm, Mask mask,
+ CARD32 *values)
+{
+ int status;
+ XSyncCounter counter;
+ Mask origmask = mask;
+
+ counter = pAlarm->trigger.pCounter ? pAlarm->trigger.pCounter->id : None;
+
+ while (mask)
+ {
+ int index2 = lowbit(mask);
+ mask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2)
+ {
+ case XSyncCACounter:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCACounter;
+ /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+ counter = *values++;
+ break;
+
+ case XSyncCAValueType:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCAValueType;
+ /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+ pAlarm->trigger.value_type = *values++;
+ break;
+
+ case XSyncCAValue:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCAValue;
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->trigger.wait_value, values[1], values[0]);
+ values += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case XSyncCATestType:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCATestType;
+ /* sanity check in SyncInitTrigger */
+ pAlarm->trigger.test_type = *values++;
+ break;
+
+ case XSyncCADelta:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCADelta;
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&pAlarm->delta, values[1], values[0]);
+ values += 2;
+ break;
+
+ case XSyncCAEvents:
+ mask &= ~XSyncCAEvents;
+ if ((*values != xTrue) && (*values != xFalse))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = *values;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ status = SyncEventSelectForAlarm(pAlarm, client,
+ (Bool)(*values++));
+ if (status != Success)
+ return status;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* "If the test-type is PositiveComparison or PositiveTransition
+ * and delta is less than zero, or if the test-type is
+ * NegativeComparison or NegativeTransition and delta is
+ * greater than zero, a Match error is generated."
+ */
+ if (origmask & (XSyncCADelta|XSyncCATestType))
+ {
+ CARD64 zero;
+ XSyncIntToValue(&zero, 0);
+ if ((((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison) ||
+ (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition))
+ && XSyncValueLessThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))
+ ||
+ (((pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison) ||
+ (pAlarm->trigger.test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition))
+ && XSyncValueGreaterThan(pAlarm->delta, zero))
+ )
+ {
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* postpone this until now, when we're sure nothing else can go wrong */
+ if ((status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAlarm->trigger, counter,
+ origmask & XSyncCAAllTrigger)) != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ /* XXX spec does not really say to do this - needs clarification */
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmActive;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+static SyncCounter *
+SyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client, XSyncCounter id, CARD64 initialvalue)
+{
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+ if (!(pCounter = malloc(sizeof(SyncCounter))))
+ return NULL;
+
+ if (!AddResource(id, RTCounter, (pointer) pCounter))
+ {
+ free(pCounter);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ pCounter->client = client;
+ pCounter->id = id;
+ pCounter->value = initialvalue;
+ pCounter->pTriglist = NULL;
+ pCounter->beingDestroyed = FALSE;
+ pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = NULL;
+ return pCounter;
+}
+
+static int FreeCounter(void *, XID);
+
+/*
+ * ***** System Counter utilities
+ */
+
+pointer
+SyncCreateSystemCounter(
+ char *name,
+ CARD64 initial,
+ CARD64 resolution,
+ SyncCounterType counterType,
+ void (*QueryValue)(pointer /* pCounter */,
+ CARD64 * /* pValue_return */),
+ void (*BracketValues)(pointer /* pCounter */,
+ CARD64 * /* pbracket_less */,
+ CARD64 * /* pbracket_greater */)
+ )
+{
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+
+ SysCounterList = realloc(SysCounterList,
+ (SyncNumSystemCounters+1)*sizeof(SyncCounter *));
+ if (!SysCounterList)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* this function may be called before SYNC has been initialized, so we
+ * have to make sure RTCounter is created.
+ */
+ if (RTCounter == 0)
+ {
+ RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");
+ if (RTCounter == 0)
+ {
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pCounter = SyncCreateCounter(NULL, FakeClientID(0), initial);
+
+ if (pCounter)
+ {
+ SysCounterInfo *psci;
+
+ psci = malloc(sizeof(SysCounterInfo));
+ if (!psci)
+ {
+ FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE);
+ return pCounter;
+ }
+ pCounter->pSysCounterInfo = psci;
+ psci->name = name;
+ psci->resolution = resolution;
+ psci->counterType = counterType;
+ psci->QueryValue = QueryValue;
+ psci->BracketValues = BracketValues;
+ XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);
+ XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);
+ SysCounterList[SyncNumSystemCounters++] = pCounter;
+ }
+ return pCounter;
+}
+
+void
+SyncDestroySystemCounter(pointer pSysCounter)
+{
+ SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *)pSysCounter;
+ FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE);
+}
+
+static void
+SyncComputeBracketValues(SyncCounter *pCounter)
+{
+ SyncTriggerList *pCur;
+ SyncTrigger *pTrigger;
+ SysCounterInfo *psci;
+ CARD64 *pnewgtval = NULL;
+ CARD64 *pnewltval = NULL;
+ SyncCounterType ct;
+
+ if (!pCounter)
+ return;
+
+ psci = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo;
+ ct = pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->counterType;
+ if (ct == XSyncCounterNeverChanges)
+ return;
+
+ XSyncMaxValue(&psci->bracket_greater);
+ XSyncMinValue(&psci->bracket_less);
+
+ for (pCur = pCounter->pTriglist; pCur; pCur = pCur->next)
+ {
+ pTrigger = pCur->pTrigger;
+
+ if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveComparison &&
+ ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)
+ {
+ if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+ psci->bracket_greater))
+ {
+ psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;
+ pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeComparison &&
+ ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)
+ {
+ if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value,
+ psci->bracket_less))
+ {
+ psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;
+ pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncNegativeTransition &&
+ ct != XSyncCounterNeverIncreases)
+ {
+ if (XSyncValueGreaterThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueGreaterThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_less))
+ {
+ psci->bracket_less = pTrigger->test_value;
+ pnewltval = &psci->bracket_less;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pTrigger->test_type == XSyncPositiveTransition &&
+ ct != XSyncCounterNeverDecreases)
+ {
+ if (XSyncValueLessThan(pCounter->value, pTrigger->test_value) &&
+ XSyncValueLessThan(pTrigger->test_value, psci->bracket_greater))
+ {
+ psci->bracket_greater = pTrigger->test_value;
+ pnewgtval = &psci->bracket_greater;
+ }
+ }
+ } /* end for each trigger */
+
+ if (pnewgtval || pnewltval)
+ {
+ (*psci->BracketValues)((pointer)pCounter, pnewltval, pnewgtval);
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * ***** Resource delete functions
+ */
+
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeAlarm(void *addr, XID id)
+{
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *) addr;
+
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmDestroyed;
+
+ SyncSendAlarmNotifyEvents(pAlarm);
+
+ /* delete event selections */
+
+ while (pAlarm->pEventClients)
+ FreeResource(pAlarm->pEventClients->delete_id, RT_NONE);
+
+ SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(&pAlarm->trigger);
+
+ free(pAlarm);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Cleanup after the destruction of a Counter
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeCounter(void *env, XID id)
+{
+ SyncCounter *pCounter = (SyncCounter *) env;
+ SyncTriggerList *ptl, *pnext;
+
+ pCounter->beingDestroyed = TRUE;
+ /* tell all the counter's triggers that the counter has been destroyed */
+ for (ptl = pCounter->pTriglist; ptl; ptl = pnext)
+ {
+ (*ptl->pTrigger->CounterDestroyed)(ptl->pTrigger);
+ pnext = ptl->next;
+ free(ptl); /* destroy the trigger list as we go */
+ }
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ int i, found = 0;
+
+ free(pCounter->pSysCounterInfo);
+
+ /* find the counter in the list of system counters and remove it */
+
+ if (SysCounterList)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+ {
+ if (SysCounterList[i] == pCounter)
+ {
+ found = i;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (found < (SyncNumSystemCounters-1))
+ {
+ for (i = found; i < SyncNumSystemCounters-1; i++)
+ {
+ SysCounterList[i] = SysCounterList[i+1];
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ SyncNumSystemCounters--;
+ }
+ free(pCounter);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Cleanup after Await
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static int
+FreeAwait(void *addr, XID id)
+{
+ SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion = (SyncAwaitUnion *) addr;
+ SyncAwait *pAwait;
+ int numwaits;
+
+ pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* first await on list */
+
+ /* remove triggers from counters */
+
+ for (numwaits = pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions; numwaits;
+ numwaits--, pAwait++)
+ {
+ /* If the counter is being destroyed, FreeCounter will delete
+ * the trigger list itself, so don't do it here.
+ */
+ SyncCounter *pCounter = pAwait->trigger.pCounter;
+ if (pCounter && !pCounter->beingDestroyed)
+ SyncDeleteTriggerFromCounter(&pAwait->trigger);
+ }
+ free(pAwaitUnion);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/* loosely based on dix/events.c/OtherClientGone */
+static int
+FreeAlarmClient(void *value, XID id)
+{
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm = (SyncAlarm *)value;
+ SyncAlarmClientList *pCur, *pPrev;
+
+ for (pPrev = NULL, pCur = pAlarm->pEventClients;
+ pCur;
+ pPrev = pCur, pCur = pCur->next)
+ {
+ if (pCur->delete_id == id)
+ {
+ if (pPrev)
+ pPrev->next = pCur->next;
+ else
+ pAlarm->pEventClients = pCur->next;
+ free(pCur);
+ return Success;
+ }
+ }
+ FatalError("alarm client not on event list");
+ /*NOTREACHED*/
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ***** Proc functions
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Initialize the extension
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xSyncInitializeReply rep;
+ int n;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncInitializeReq);
+
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xSyncInitializeReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.majorVersion = SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = SYNC_MINOR_VERSION;
+ rep.length = 0;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Get list of system counters available through the extension
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ xSyncListSystemCountersReply rep;
+ int i, len;
+ xSyncSystemCounter *list = NULL, *walklist = NULL;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.nCounters = SyncNumSystemCounters;
+
+ for (i = len = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+ {
+ char *name = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo->name;
+ /* pad to 4 byte boundary */
+ len += pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + strlen(name));
+ }
+
+ if (len)
+ {
+ walklist = list = malloc(len);
+ if (!list)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32(len);
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ char n;
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.nCounters, n);
+ }
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SyncNumSystemCounters; i++)
+ {
+ int namelen;
+ char *pname_in_reply;
+ SysCounterInfo *psci = SysCounterList[i]->pSysCounterInfo;
+
+ walklist->counter = SysCounterList[i]->id;
+ walklist->resolution_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(psci->resolution);
+ walklist->resolution_lo = XSyncValueLow32(psci->resolution);
+ namelen = strlen(psci->name);
+ walklist->name_length = namelen;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ char n;
+ swapl(&walklist->counter, n);
+ swapl(&walklist->resolution_hi, n);
+ swapl(&walklist->resolution_lo, n);
+ swaps(&walklist->name_length, n);
+ }
+
+ pname_in_reply = ((char *)walklist) + sz_xSyncSystemCounter;
+ strncpy(pname_in_reply, psci->name, namelen);
+ walklist = (xSyncSystemCounter *) (((char *)walklist) +
+ pad_to_int32(sz_xSyncSystemCounter + namelen));
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(rep), (char *) &rep);
+ if (len)
+ {
+ WriteToClient(client, len, (char *) list);
+ free(list);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Set client Priority
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+ ClientPtr priorityclient;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+
+ if (stuff->id == None)
+ priorityclient = client;
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,
+ DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if (priorityclient->priority != stuff->priority)
+ {
+ priorityclient->priority = stuff->priority;
+
+ /* The following will force the server back into WaitForSomething
+ * so that the change in this client's priority is immediately
+ * reflected.
+ */
+ isItTimeToYield = TRUE;
+ dispatchException |= DE_PRIORITYCHANGE;
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Get client Priority
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+ xSyncGetPriorityReply rep;
+ ClientPtr priorityclient;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+
+ if (stuff->id == None)
+ priorityclient = client;
+ else {
+ rc = dixLookupClient(&priorityclient, stuff->id, client,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.priority = priorityclient->priority;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ char n;
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.priority, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncGetPriorityReply), (char *) &rep);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Create a new counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+ CARD64 initial;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&initial, stuff->initial_value_lo, stuff->initial_value_hi);
+ if (!SyncCreateCounter(client, stuff->cid, initial))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Set Counter value
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+ CARD64 newvalue;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,
+ client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cid;
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);
+ SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Change Counter value
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+ CARD64 newvalue;
+ Bool overflow;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->cid, RTCounter,
+ client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->cid;
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&newvalue, stuff->value_lo, stuff->value_hi);
+ XSyncValueAdd(&newvalue, pCounter->value, newvalue, &overflow);
+ if (overflow)
+ {
+ /* XXX 64 bit value can't fit in 32 bits; do the best we can */
+ client->errorValue = stuff->value_hi;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ SyncChangeCounter(pCounter, newvalue);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Destroy a counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter, RTCounter,
+ client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->counter;
+ return BadAccess;
+ }
+ FreeResource(pCounter->id, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Await
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);
+ int len, items;
+ int i;
+ xSyncWaitCondition *pProtocolWaitConds;
+ SyncAwaitUnion *pAwaitUnion;
+ SyncAwait *pAwait;
+ int status;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);
+
+ len = client->req_len << 2;
+ len -= sz_xSyncAwaitReq;
+ items = len / sz_xSyncWaitCondition;
+
+ if (items * sz_xSyncWaitCondition != len)
+ {
+ return BadLength;
+ }
+ if (items == 0)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = items; /* XXX protocol change */
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+
+ pProtocolWaitConds = (xSyncWaitCondition *) & stuff[1];
+
+ /* all the memory for the entire await list is allocated
+ * here in one chunk
+ */
+ pAwaitUnion = malloc((items+1) * sizeof(SyncAwaitUnion));
+ if (!pAwaitUnion)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* first item is the header, remainder are real wait conditions */
+
+ pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+ if (!AddResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RTAwait, pAwaitUnion))
+ {
+ free(pAwaitUnion);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /* don't need to do any more memory allocation for this request! */
+
+ pAwaitUnion->header.client = client;
+ pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions = 0;
+
+ pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */
+ for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pProtocolWaitConds++, pAwait++)
+ {
+ if (pProtocolWaitConds->counter == None) /* XXX protocol change */
+ {
+ /* this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+ * this request that have already been registered on counters
+ */
+ FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+ client->errorValue = pProtocolWaitConds->counter;
+ return SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter;
+ }
+
+ /* sanity checks are in SyncInitTrigger */
+ pAwait->trigger.pCounter = NULL;
+ pAwait->trigger.value_type = pProtocolWaitConds->value_type;
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->trigger.wait_value,
+ pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_lo,
+ pProtocolWaitConds->wait_value_hi);
+ pAwait->trigger.test_type = pProtocolWaitConds->test_type;
+
+ status = SyncInitTrigger(client, &pAwait->trigger,
+ pProtocolWaitConds->counter, XSyncCAAllTrigger);
+ if (status != Success)
+ {
+ /* this should take care of removing any triggers created by
+ * this request that have already been registered on counters
+ */
+ FreeResource(pAwaitUnion->header.delete_id, RT_NONE);
+ return status;
+ }
+ /* this is not a mistake -- same function works for both cases */
+ pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+ pAwait->trigger.CounterDestroyed = SyncAwaitTriggerFired;
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&pAwait->event_threshold,
+ pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_lo,
+ pProtocolWaitConds->event_threshold_hi);
+ pAwait->pHeader = &pAwaitUnion->header;
+ pAwaitUnion->header.num_waitconditions++;
+ }
+
+ IgnoreClient(client);
+
+ /* see if any of the triggers are already true */
+
+ pAwait = &(pAwaitUnion+1)->await; /* skip over header */
+ for (i = 0; i < items; i++, pAwait++)
+ {
+ /* don't have to worry about NULL counters because the request
+ * errors before we get here out if they occur
+ */
+ if ((*pAwait->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAwait->trigger,
+ pAwait->trigger.pCounter->value))
+ {
+ (*pAwait->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAwait->trigger);
+ break; /* once is enough */
+ }
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Query a counter
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+ xSyncQueryCounterReply rep;
+ SyncCounter *pCounter;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCounter, stuff->counter,
+ RTCounter, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ /* if system counter, ask it what the current value is */
+
+ if (IsSystemCounter(pCounter))
+ {
+ (*pCounter->pSysCounterInfo->QueryValue) ((pointer) pCounter,
+ &pCounter->value);
+ }
+
+ rep.value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pCounter->value);
+ rep.value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pCounter->value);
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ char n;
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.value_hi, n);
+ swapl(&rep.value_lo, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryCounterReply), (char *) &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Create Alarm
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm;
+ int status;
+ unsigned long len, vmask;
+ SyncTrigger *pTrigger;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->id, client);
+
+ vmask = stuff->valueMask;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncCreateAlarmReq));
+ /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */
+ if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if (!(pAlarm = malloc(sizeof(SyncAlarm))))
+ {
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /* set up defaults */
+
+ pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+ pTrigger->pCounter = NULL;
+ pTrigger->value_type = XSyncAbsolute;
+ XSyncIntToValue(&pTrigger->wait_value, 0L);
+ pTrigger->test_type = XSyncPositiveComparison;
+ pTrigger->TriggerFired = SyncAlarmTriggerFired;
+ pTrigger->CounterDestroyed = SyncAlarmCounterDestroyed;
+ status = SyncInitTrigger(client, pTrigger, None, XSyncCAAllTrigger);
+ if (status != Success)
+ {
+ free(pAlarm);
+ return status;
+ }
+
+ pAlarm->client = client;
+ pAlarm->alarm_id = stuff->id;
+ XSyncIntToValue(&pAlarm->delta, 1L);
+ pAlarm->events = TRUE;
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive;
+ pAlarm->pEventClients = NULL;
+ status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,
+ (CARD32 *)&stuff[1]);
+ if (status != Success)
+ {
+ free(pAlarm);
+ return status;
+ }
+
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->id, RTAlarm, pAlarm))
+ {
+ free(pAlarm);
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ /* see if alarm already triggered. NULL counter will not trigger
+ * in CreateAlarm and sets alarm state to Inactive.
+ */
+
+ if (!pTrigger->pCounter)
+ {
+ pAlarm->state = XSyncAlarmInactive; /* XXX protocol change */
+ }
+ else if ((*pTrigger->CheckTrigger)(pTrigger, pTrigger->pCounter->value))
+ {
+ (*pTrigger->TriggerFired)(pTrigger);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Change Alarm
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm;
+ long vmask;
+ int len, status;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+
+ status = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+ client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (status != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ vmask = stuff->valueMask;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncChangeAlarmReq));
+ /* the "extra" call to Ones accounts for the presence of 64 bit values */
+ if (len != (Ones(vmask) + Ones(vmask & (XSyncCAValue|XSyncCADelta))))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ if ((status = SyncChangeAlarmAttributes(client, pAlarm, vmask,
+ (CARD32 *)&stuff[1])) != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ /* see if alarm already triggered. NULL counter WILL trigger
+ * in ChangeAlarm.
+ */
+
+ if (!pAlarm->trigger.pCounter ||
+ (*pAlarm->trigger.CheckTrigger)(&pAlarm->trigger,
+ pAlarm->trigger.pCounter->value))
+ {
+ (*pAlarm->trigger.TriggerFired)(&pAlarm->trigger);
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm;
+ xSyncQueryAlarmReply rep;
+ SyncTrigger *pTrigger;
+ int rc;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+ client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply) - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ pTrigger = &pAlarm->trigger;
+ rep.counter = (pTrigger->pCounter) ? pTrigger->pCounter->id : None;
+
+#if 0 /* XXX unclear what to do, depends on whether relative value-types
+ * are "consumed" immediately and are considered absolute from then
+ * on.
+ */
+ rep.value_type = pTrigger->value_type;
+ rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+ rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->wait_value);
+#else
+ rep.value_type = XSyncAbsolute;
+ rep.wait_value_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pTrigger->test_value);
+ rep.wait_value_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pTrigger->test_value);
+#endif
+
+ rep.test_type = pTrigger->test_type;
+ rep.delta_hi = XSyncValueHigh32(pAlarm->delta);
+ rep.delta_lo = XSyncValueLow32(pAlarm->delta);
+ rep.events = pAlarm->events;
+ rep.state = pAlarm->state;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ char n;
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.counter, n);
+ swapl(&rep.wait_value_hi, n);
+ swapl(&rep.wait_value_lo, n);
+ swapl(&rep.test_type, n);
+ swapl(&rep.delta_hi, n);
+ swapl(&rep.delta_lo, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xSyncQueryAlarmReply), (char *) &rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ SyncAlarm *pAlarm;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pAlarm, stuff->alarm, RTAlarm,
+ client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ FreeResource(stuff->alarm, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Given an extension request, call the appropriate request procedure
+ */
+static int
+ProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_SyncInitialize:
+ return ProcSyncInitialize(client);
+ case X_SyncListSystemCounters:
+ return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+ case X_SyncCreateCounter:
+ return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncSetCounter:
+ return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncChangeCounter:
+ return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncQueryCounter:
+ return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncDestroyCounter:
+ return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncAwait:
+ return ProcSyncAwait(client);
+ case X_SyncCreateAlarm:
+ return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncChangeAlarm:
+ return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncQueryAlarm:
+ return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:
+ return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncSetPriority:
+ return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+ case X_SyncGetPriority:
+ return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+ default:
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Boring Swapping stuff ...
+ */
+
+static int
+SProcSyncInitialize(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncInitializeReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncInitializeReq);
+
+ return ProcSyncInitialize(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncListSystemCounters(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncListSystemCountersReq);
+
+ return ProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncCreateCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncCreateCounterReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->initial_value_lo, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->initial_value_hi, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncSetCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncSetCounterReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetCounterReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncChangeCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncChangeCounterReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->value_lo, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->value_hi, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncQueryCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryCounterReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->counter, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDestroyCounter(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyCounterReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->counter, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncAwait(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncAwaitReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncAwaitReq);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+ return ProcSyncAwait(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncCreateAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncCreateAlarmReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+ return ProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncChangeAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xSyncChangeAlarmReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->valueMask, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return ProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncQueryAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncQueryAlarmReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncDestroyAlarmReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->alarm, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncSetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncSetPriorityReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->priority, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcSyncGetPriority(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+ char n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xSyncGetPriorityReq);
+ swapl(&stuff->id, n);
+
+ return ProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+}
+
+
+static int
+SProcSyncDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_SyncInitialize:
+ return SProcSyncInitialize(client);
+ case X_SyncListSystemCounters:
+ return SProcSyncListSystemCounters(client);
+ case X_SyncCreateCounter:
+ return SProcSyncCreateCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncSetCounter:
+ return SProcSyncSetCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncChangeCounter:
+ return SProcSyncChangeCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncQueryCounter:
+ return SProcSyncQueryCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncDestroyCounter:
+ return SProcSyncDestroyCounter(client);
+ case X_SyncAwait:
+ return SProcSyncAwait(client);
+ case X_SyncCreateAlarm:
+ return SProcSyncCreateAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncChangeAlarm:
+ return SProcSyncChangeAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncQueryAlarm:
+ return SProcSyncQueryAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncDestroyAlarm:
+ return SProcSyncDestroyAlarm(client);
+ case X_SyncSetPriority:
+ return SProcSyncSetPriority(client);
+ case X_SyncGetPriority:
+ return SProcSyncGetPriority(client);
+ default:
+ return BadRequest;
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+ * Event Swapping
+ */
+
+static void
+SCounterNotifyEvent(xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *from, xSyncCounterNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->kind = from->kind;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->counter, to->counter);
+ cpswapl(from->wait_value_lo, to->wait_value_lo);
+ cpswapl(from->wait_value_hi, to->wait_value_hi);
+ cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);
+ cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);
+ cpswapl(from->time, to->time);
+ cpswaps(from->count, to->count);
+ to->destroyed = from->destroyed;
+}
+
+
+static void
+SAlarmNotifyEvent(xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *from, xSyncAlarmNotifyEvent *to)
+{
+ to->type = from->type;
+ to->kind = from->kind;
+ cpswaps(from->sequenceNumber, to->sequenceNumber);
+ cpswapl(from->alarm, to->alarm);
+ cpswapl(from->counter_value_lo, to->counter_value_lo);
+ cpswapl(from->counter_value_hi, to->counter_value_hi);
+ cpswapl(from->alarm_value_lo, to->alarm_value_lo);
+ cpswapl(from->alarm_value_hi, to->alarm_value_hi);
+ cpswapl(from->time, to->time);
+ to->state = from->state;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ** Close everything down. ** This is fairly simple for now.
+ */
+/* ARGSUSED */
+static void
+SyncResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)
+{
+ free(SysCounterList);
+ SysCounterList = NULL;
+ RTCounter = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ** Initialise the extension.
+ */
+void
+SyncExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+ if (RTCounter == 0)
+ {
+ RTCounter = CreateNewResourceType(FreeCounter, "SyncCounter");
+ }
+ RTAlarm = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarm, "SyncAlarm");
+ RTAwait = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAwait, "SyncAwait");
+ if (RTAwait)
+ RTAwait |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;
+ RTAlarmClient = CreateNewResourceType(FreeAlarmClient, "SyncAlarmClient");
+ if (RTAlarmClient)
+ RTAlarmClient |= RC_NEVERRETAIN;
+
+ if (RTCounter == 0 || RTAwait == 0 || RTAlarm == 0 ||
+ RTAlarmClient == 0 ||
+ (extEntry = AddExtension(SYNC_NAME,
+ XSyncNumberEvents, XSyncNumberErrors,
+ ProcSyncDispatch, SProcSyncDispatch,
+ SyncResetProc,
+ StandardMinorOpcode)) == NULL)
+ {
+ ErrorF("Sync Extension %d.%d failed to Initialise\n",
+ SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ SyncEventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
+ SyncErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+ EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncCounterNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SCounterNotifyEvent;
+ EventSwapVector[SyncEventBase + XSyncAlarmNotify] = (EventSwapPtr) SAlarmNotifyEvent;
+
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTCounter, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadCounter);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTAlarm, SyncErrorBase + XSyncBadAlarm);
+
+ /*
+ * Although SERVERTIME is implemented by the OS layer, we initialise it
+ * here because doing it in OsInit() is too early. The resource database
+ * is not initialised when OsInit() is called. This is just about OK
+ * because there is always a servertime counter.
+ */
+ SyncInitServerTime();
+ SyncInitIdleTime();
+
+#ifdef DEBUG
+ fprintf(stderr, "Sync Extension %d.%d\n",
+ SYNC_MAJOR_VERSION, SYNC_MINOR_VERSION);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ***** SERVERTIME implementation - should go in its own file in OS directory?
+ */
+
+
+
+static pointer ServertimeCounter;
+static XSyncValue Now;
+static XSyncValue *pnext_time;
+
+#define GetTime()\
+{\
+ unsigned long millis = GetTimeInMillis();\
+ unsigned long maxis = XSyncValueHigh32(Now);\
+ if (millis < XSyncValueLow32(Now)) maxis++;\
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, millis, maxis);\
+}
+
+/*
+*** Server Block Handler
+*** code inspired by multibuffer extension (now deprecated)
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ServertimeBlockHandler(void *env, struct timeval **wt, void *LastSelectMask)
+{
+ XSyncValue delay;
+ unsigned long timeout;
+
+ if (pnext_time)
+ {
+ GetTime();
+
+ if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))
+ {
+ timeout = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ Bool overflow;
+ XSyncValueSubtract(&delay, *pnext_time, Now, &overflow);
+ (void)overflow;
+ timeout = XSyncValueLow32(delay);
+ }
+ AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, timeout); /* os/utils.c */
+ }
+}
+
+/*
+*** Wakeup Handler
+ */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
+static void
+ServertimeWakeupHandler(void *env, int rc, void *LastSelectMask)
+{
+ if (pnext_time)
+ {
+ GetTime();
+
+ if (XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual(Now, *pnext_time))
+ {
+ SyncChangeCounter(ServertimeCounter, Now);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+ServertimeQueryValue(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)
+{
+ GetTime();
+ *pValue_return = Now;
+}
+
+static void
+ServertimeBracketValues(void *pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,
+ CARD64 *pbracket_greater)
+{
+ if (!pnext_time && pbracket_greater)
+ {
+ RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,
+ ServertimeWakeupHandler,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ else if (pnext_time && !pbracket_greater)
+ {
+ RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(ServertimeBlockHandler,
+ ServertimeWakeupHandler,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ pnext_time = pbracket_greater;
+}
+
+static void
+SyncInitServerTime(void)
+{
+ CARD64 resolution;
+
+ XSyncIntsToValue(&Now, GetTimeInMillis(), 0);
+ XSyncIntToValue(&resolution, 4);
+ ServertimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter("SERVERTIME", Now, resolution,
+ XSyncCounterNeverDecreases,
+ ServertimeQueryValue, ServertimeBracketValues);
+ pnext_time = NULL;
+}
+
+
+
+/*
+ * IDLETIME implementation
+ */
+
+static SyncCounter *IdleTimeCounter;
+static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueLess;
+static XSyncValue *pIdleTimeValueGreater;
+
+static void
+IdleTimeQueryValue (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pValue_return)
+{
+ CARD32 idle = GetTimeInMillis() - lastDeviceEventTime.milliseconds;
+ XSyncIntsToValue (pValue_return, idle, 0);
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeBlockHandler(pointer env, struct timeval **wt, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+ XSyncValue idle, old_idle;
+ SyncTriggerList *list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist;
+ SyncTrigger *trig;
+
+ if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+ return;
+
+ old_idle = IdleTimeCounter->value;
+ IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+ IdleTimeCounter->value = idle; /* push, so CheckTrigger works */
+
+ if (pIdleTimeValueLess &&
+ XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess))
+ {
+ /*
+ * We've been idle for less than the threshold value, and someone
+ * wants to know about that, but now we need to know whether they
+ * want level or edge trigger. Check the trigger list against the
+ * current idle time, and if any succeed, bomb out of select()
+ * immediately so we can reschedule.
+ */
+
+ for (list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {
+ trig = list->pTrigger;
+ if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {
+ AdjustWaitForDelay(wt, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ else if (pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+ {
+ /*
+ * There's a threshold in the positive direction. If we've been
+ * idle less than it, schedule a wakeup for sometime in the future.
+ * If we've been idle more than it, and someone wants to know about
+ * that level-triggered, schedule an immediate wakeup.
+ */
+ unsigned long timeout = -1;
+
+ if (XSyncValueLessThan (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) {
+ XSyncValue value;
+ Bool overflow;
+
+ XSyncValueSubtract (&value, *pIdleTimeValueGreater,
+ idle, &overflow);
+ timeout = min(timeout, XSyncValueLow32 (value));
+ } else {
+ for (list = IdleTimeCounter->pTriglist; list; list = list->next) {
+ trig = list->pTrigger;
+ if (trig->CheckTrigger(trig, old_idle)) {
+ timeout = min(timeout, 0);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ AdjustWaitForDelay (wt, timeout);
+ }
+
+ IdleTimeCounter->value = old_idle; /* pop */
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeWakeupHandler (pointer env, int rc, pointer LastSelectMask)
+{
+ XSyncValue idle;
+
+ if (!pIdleTimeValueLess && !pIdleTimeValueGreater)
+ return;
+
+ IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+
+ if ((pIdleTimeValueGreater &&
+ XSyncValueGreaterOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueGreater)) ||
+ (pIdleTimeValueLess &&
+ XSyncValueLessOrEqual (idle, *pIdleTimeValueLess)))
+ {
+ SyncChangeCounter (IdleTimeCounter, idle);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+IdleTimeBracketValues (pointer pCounter, CARD64 *pbracket_less,
+ CARD64 *pbracket_greater)
+{
+ Bool registered = (pIdleTimeValueLess || pIdleTimeValueGreater);
+
+ if (registered && !pbracket_less && !pbracket_greater)
+ {
+ RemoveBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,
+ IdleTimeWakeupHandler,
+ NULL);
+ }
+ else if (!registered && (pbracket_less || pbracket_greater))
+ {
+ RegisterBlockAndWakeupHandlers(IdleTimeBlockHandler,
+ IdleTimeWakeupHandler,
+ NULL);
+ }
+
+ pIdleTimeValueGreater = pbracket_greater;
+ pIdleTimeValueLess = pbracket_less;
+}
+
+static void
+SyncInitIdleTime (void)
+{
+ CARD64 resolution;
+ XSyncValue idle;
+
+ IdleTimeQueryValue (NULL, &idle);
+ XSyncIntToValue (&resolution, 4);
+
+ IdleTimeCounter = SyncCreateSystemCounter ("IDLETIME", idle, resolution,
+ XSyncCounterUnrestricted,
+ IdleTimeQueryValue,
+ IdleTimeBracketValues);
+
+ pIdleTimeValueLess = pIdleTimeValueGreater = NULL;
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xcalibrate.c b/xorg-server/Xext/xcalibrate.c index 029154fa0..a16c11bab 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xcalibrate.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xcalibrate.c @@ -54,13 +54,11 @@ xcalibrate_event_hook (int x, int y, int pressure, void *closure) xXCalibrateRawTouchscreenEvent ev;
ev.type = XCalibrateEventBase + X_XCalibrateRawTouchscreen;
- ev.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
ev.x = x;
ev.y = y;
ev.pressure = pressure;
- if (!pClient->clientGone)
- WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
}
static int
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xtest.c b/xorg-server/Xext/xtest.c index 05395a7c1..b8f5e86d8 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xtest.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xtest.c @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ProcXTestCompareCursor(ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
rep.type = X_Reply;
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xvdisp.c b/xorg-server/Xext/xvdisp.c index 34ea61ad3..f346b6cea 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xvdisp.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xvdisp.c @@ -1025,7 +1025,6 @@ typedef struct _ShmDesc { } ShmDescRec, *ShmDescPtr;
extern RESTYPE ShmSegType;
-extern int BadShmSegCode;
extern int ShmCompletionCode;
static int
@@ -1077,7 +1076,7 @@ ProcXvShmPutImage(ClientPtr client) status = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&shmdesc, stuff->shmseg,
ShmSegType, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
if (status != Success)
- return (status == BadValue) ? BadShmSegCode : status;
+ return status;
width = stuff->width;
height = stuff->height;
@@ -1100,7 +1099,6 @@ ProcXvShmPutImage(ClientPtr client) ev.type = ShmCompletionCode;
ev.drawable = stuff->drawable;
- ev.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
ev.minorEvent = xv_ShmPutImage;
ev.majorEvent = XvReqCode;
ev.shmseg = stuff->shmseg;
@@ -1616,7 +1614,7 @@ XineramaXvStopVideo(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(i) {
if(port->info[i].id) {
@@ -1641,7 +1639,7 @@ XineramaXvSetPortAttribute(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(i) {
if(port->info[i].id) {
@@ -1672,12 +1670,12 @@ XineramaXvShmPutImage(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc,
XRT_GC, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1724,12 +1722,12 @@ XineramaXvPutImage(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc,
XRT_GC, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1772,12 +1770,12 @@ XineramaXvPutVideo(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc,
XRT_GC, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1820,12 +1818,12 @@ XineramaXvPutStill(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&gc, stuff->gc,
XRT_GC, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? BadGC : result;
+ return result;
result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&port, stuff->port,
XvXRTPort, client, DixReadAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : result;
+ return result;
isRoot = (draw->type == XRT_WINDOW) && draw->u.win.root;
@@ -1911,6 +1909,7 @@ void XineramifyXv(void) XvXRTPort = CreateNewResourceType(XineramaDeleteResource, "XvXRTPort");
if (!xvsp0 || !XvXRTPort) return;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XvXRTPort, _XvBadPort);
for(i = 0; i < xvsp0->nAdaptors; i++) {
Bool isOverlay;
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xvdix.h b/xorg-server/Xext/xvdix.h index 44f8f6b18..5104a4def 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xvdix.h +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xvdix.h @@ -1,275 +1,275 @@ -/*********************************************************** -Copyright 1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts, -and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - -#ifndef XVDIX_H -#define XVDIX_H -/* -** File: -** -** xvdix.h --- Xv device independent header file -** -** Author: -** -** David Carver (Digital Workstation Engineering/Project Athena) -** -** Revisions: -** -** 29.08.91 Carver -** - removed UnrealizeWindow wrapper unrealizing windows no longer -** preempts video -** -** 11.06.91 Carver -** - changed SetPortControl to SetPortAttribute -** - changed GetPortControl to GetPortAttribute -** - changed QueryBestSize -** -** 15.05.91 Carver -** - version 2.0 upgrade -** -** 24.01.91 Carver -** - version 1.4 upgrade -** -*/ - -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include <X11/extensions/Xvproto.h> - -#ifndef XorgLoader -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvExtensionGeneration; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvScreenGeneration; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvResourceGeneration; - -extern _X_EXPORT int XvReqCode; -extern _X_EXPORT int XvEventBase; -extern _X_EXPORT int XvErrorBase; - -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTPort; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTEncoding; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTGrab; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTVideoNotify; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTVideoNotifyList; -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTPortNotify; -#endif - -typedef struct { - int numerator; - int denominator; -} XvRationalRec, *XvRationalPtr; - -typedef struct { - char depth; - unsigned long visual; -} XvFormatRec, *XvFormatPtr; - -typedef struct { - unsigned long id; - ClientPtr client; -} XvGrabRec, *XvGrabPtr; - -typedef struct _XvVideoNotifyRec { - struct _XvVideoNotifyRec *next; - ClientPtr client; - unsigned long id; - unsigned long mask; -} XvVideoNotifyRec, *XvVideoNotifyPtr; - -typedef struct _XvPortNotifyRec { - struct _XvPortNotifyRec *next; - ClientPtr client; - unsigned long id; -} XvPortNotifyRec, *XvPortNotifyPtr; - -typedef struct { - int id; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - char *name; - unsigned short width, height; - XvRationalRec rate; -} XvEncodingRec, *XvEncodingPtr; - -typedef struct _XvAttributeRec { - int flags; - int min_value; - int max_value; - char *name; -} XvAttributeRec, *XvAttributePtr; - -typedef struct { - int id; - int type; - int byte_order; - char guid[16]; - int bits_per_pixel; - int format; - int num_planes; - - /* for RGB formats only */ - int depth; - unsigned int red_mask; - unsigned int green_mask; - unsigned int blue_mask; - - /* for YUV formats only */ - unsigned int y_sample_bits; - unsigned int u_sample_bits; - unsigned int v_sample_bits; - unsigned int horz_y_period; - unsigned int horz_u_period; - unsigned int horz_v_period; - unsigned int vert_y_period; - unsigned int vert_u_period; - unsigned int vert_v_period; - char component_order[32]; - int scanline_order; -} XvImageRec, *XvImagePtr; - -typedef struct { - unsigned long base_id; - unsigned char type; - char *name; - int nEncodings; - XvEncodingPtr pEncodings; - int nFormats; - XvFormatPtr pFormats; - int nAttributes; - XvAttributePtr pAttributes; - int nImages; - XvImagePtr pImages; - int nPorts; - struct _XvPortRec *pPorts; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - int (* ddAllocatePort)(unsigned long, struct _XvPortRec*, - struct _XvPortRec**); - int (* ddFreePort)(struct _XvPortRec*); - int (* ddPutVideo)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); - int (* ddPutStill)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); - int (* ddGetVideo)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); - int (* ddGetStill)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); - int (* ddStopVideo)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, DrawablePtr); - int (* ddSetPortAttribute)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, Atom, INT32); - int (* ddGetPortAttribute)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, Atom, INT32*); - int (* ddQueryBestSize)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, CARD8, - CARD16, CARD16,CARD16, CARD16, - unsigned int*, unsigned int*); - int (* ddPutImage)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - XvImagePtr, unsigned char*, Bool, - CARD16, CARD16); - int (* ddQueryImageAttributes)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, XvImagePtr, - CARD16*, CARD16*, int*, int*); - DevUnion devPriv; -} XvAdaptorRec, *XvAdaptorPtr; - -typedef struct _XvPortRec { - unsigned long id; - XvAdaptorPtr pAdaptor; - XvPortNotifyPtr pNotify; - DrawablePtr pDraw; - ClientPtr client; - XvGrabRec grab; - TimeStamp time; - DevUnion devPriv; -} XvPortRec, *XvPortPtr; - -#define VALIDATE_XV_PORT(portID, pPort, mode)\ - {\ - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(pPort), portID,\ - XvRTPort, client, mode);\ - if (rc != Success)\ - return (rc == BadValue) ? _XvBadPort : rc;\ - } - -typedef struct { - int version, revision; - int nAdaptors; - XvAdaptorPtr pAdaptors; - DestroyWindowProcPtr DestroyWindow; - DestroyPixmapProcPtr DestroyPixmap; - CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - Bool (* ddCloseScreen)(int, ScreenPtr); - int (* ddQueryAdaptors)(ScreenPtr, XvAdaptorPtr*, int*); - DevUnion devPriv; -} XvScreenRec, *XvScreenPtr; - -#define SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pScreen, field) ((pScreen)->field = ((XvScreenPtr) \ - dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, XvScreenKey))->field) - -#define SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pScreen, field, wrapper)\ - ((pScreen)->field = wrapper) - -/* Errors */ - -#define _XvBadPort (XvBadPort+XvErrorBase) -#define _XvBadEncoding (XvBadEncoding+XvErrorBase) - -#ifndef XorgLoader -extern _X_EXPORT int ProcXvDispatch(ClientPtr); -extern _X_EXPORT int SProcXvDispatch(ClientPtr); - -extern _X_EXPORT void XvExtensionInit(void); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvScreenInit(ScreenPtr); -extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey XvGetScreenKey(void); -extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvGetRTPort(void); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSendPortNotify(XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiVideoStopped(XvPortPtr, int); - -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutVideo(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutStill(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetVideo(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetStill(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutImage(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16, - XvImagePtr, unsigned char*, Bool, - CARD16, CARD16); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSelectVideoNotify(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, BOOL); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSelectPortNotify(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, BOOL); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSetPortAttribute(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetPortAttribute(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32*); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiStopVideo(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPreemptVideo(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiMatchPort(XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGrabPort(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Time, int *); -extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiUngrabPort( ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Time); -#endif /* XorgLoader */ - -#endif /* XVDIX_H */ - +/***********************************************************
+Copyright 1991 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts,
+and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the names of Digital or MIT not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef XVDIX_H
+#define XVDIX_H
+/*
+** File:
+**
+** xvdix.h --- Xv device independent header file
+**
+** Author:
+**
+** David Carver (Digital Workstation Engineering/Project Athena)
+**
+** Revisions:
+**
+** 29.08.91 Carver
+** - removed UnrealizeWindow wrapper unrealizing windows no longer
+** preempts video
+**
+** 11.06.91 Carver
+** - changed SetPortControl to SetPortAttribute
+** - changed GetPortControl to GetPortAttribute
+** - changed QueryBestSize
+**
+** 15.05.91 Carver
+** - version 2.0 upgrade
+**
+** 24.01.91 Carver
+** - version 1.4 upgrade
+**
+*/
+
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/Xvproto.h>
+
+#ifndef XorgLoader
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvExtensionGeneration;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvScreenGeneration;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvResourceGeneration;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvReqCode;
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvEventBase;
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvErrorBase;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTPort;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTEncoding;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTGrab;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTVideoNotify;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTVideoNotifyList;
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvRTPortNotify;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct {
+ int numerator;
+ int denominator;
+} XvRationalRec, *XvRationalPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ char depth;
+ unsigned long visual;
+} XvFormatRec, *XvFormatPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned long id;
+ ClientPtr client;
+} XvGrabRec, *XvGrabPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XvVideoNotifyRec {
+ struct _XvVideoNotifyRec *next;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ unsigned long id;
+ unsigned long mask;
+} XvVideoNotifyRec, *XvVideoNotifyPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XvPortNotifyRec {
+ struct _XvPortNotifyRec *next;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ unsigned long id;
+} XvPortNotifyRec, *XvPortNotifyPtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int id;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ char *name;
+ unsigned short width, height;
+ XvRationalRec rate;
+} XvEncodingRec, *XvEncodingPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XvAttributeRec {
+ int flags;
+ int min_value;
+ int max_value;
+ char *name;
+} XvAttributeRec, *XvAttributePtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int id;
+ int type;
+ int byte_order;
+ char guid[16];
+ int bits_per_pixel;
+ int format;
+ int num_planes;
+
+ /* for RGB formats only */
+ int depth;
+ unsigned int red_mask;
+ unsigned int green_mask;
+ unsigned int blue_mask;
+
+ /* for YUV formats only */
+ unsigned int y_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int u_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int v_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int horz_y_period;
+ unsigned int horz_u_period;
+ unsigned int horz_v_period;
+ unsigned int vert_y_period;
+ unsigned int vert_u_period;
+ unsigned int vert_v_period;
+ char component_order[32];
+ int scanline_order;
+} XvImageRec, *XvImagePtr;
+
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned long base_id;
+ unsigned char type;
+ char *name;
+ int nEncodings;
+ XvEncodingPtr pEncodings;
+ int nFormats;
+ XvFormatPtr pFormats;
+ int nAttributes;
+ XvAttributePtr pAttributes;
+ int nImages;
+ XvImagePtr pImages;
+ int nPorts;
+ struct _XvPortRec *pPorts;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ int (* ddAllocatePort)(unsigned long, struct _XvPortRec*,
+ struct _XvPortRec**);
+ int (* ddFreePort)(struct _XvPortRec*);
+ int (* ddPutVideo)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+ int (* ddPutStill)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+ int (* ddGetVideo)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+ int (* ddGetStill)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr,struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+ int (* ddStopVideo)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, DrawablePtr);
+ int (* ddSetPortAttribute)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, Atom, INT32);
+ int (* ddGetPortAttribute)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, Atom, INT32*);
+ int (* ddQueryBestSize)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, CARD8,
+ CARD16, CARD16,CARD16, CARD16,
+ unsigned int*, unsigned int*);
+ int (* ddPutImage)(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, struct _XvPortRec*, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ XvImagePtr, unsigned char*, Bool,
+ CARD16, CARD16);
+ int (* ddQueryImageAttributes)(ClientPtr, struct _XvPortRec*, XvImagePtr,
+ CARD16*, CARD16*, int*, int*);
+ DevUnion devPriv;
+} XvAdaptorRec, *XvAdaptorPtr;
+
+typedef struct _XvPortRec {
+ unsigned long id;
+ XvAdaptorPtr pAdaptor;
+ XvPortNotifyPtr pNotify;
+ DrawablePtr pDraw;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ XvGrabRec grab;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ DevUnion devPriv;
+} XvPortRec, *XvPortPtr;
+
+#define VALIDATE_XV_PORT(portID, pPort, mode)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(pPort), portID,\
+ XvRTPort, client, mode);\
+ if (rc != Success)\
+ return rc;\
+ }
+
+typedef struct {
+ int version, revision;
+ int nAdaptors;
+ XvAdaptorPtr pAdaptors;
+ DestroyWindowProcPtr DestroyWindow;
+ DestroyPixmapProcPtr DestroyPixmap;
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+ Bool (* ddCloseScreen)(int, ScreenPtr);
+ int (* ddQueryAdaptors)(ScreenPtr, XvAdaptorPtr*, int*);
+ DevUnion devPriv;
+} XvScreenRec, *XvScreenPtr;
+
+#define SCREEN_PROLOGUE(pScreen, field) ((pScreen)->field = ((XvScreenPtr) \
+ dixLookupPrivate(&(pScreen)->devPrivates, XvScreenKey))->field)
+
+#define SCREEN_EPILOGUE(pScreen, field, wrapper)\
+ ((pScreen)->field = wrapper)
+
+/* Errors */
+
+#define _XvBadPort (XvBadPort+XvErrorBase)
+#define _XvBadEncoding (XvBadEncoding+XvErrorBase)
+
+#ifndef XorgLoader
+extern _X_EXPORT int ProcXvDispatch(ClientPtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int SProcXvDispatch(ClientPtr);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void XvExtensionInit(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvScreenInit(ScreenPtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey XvGetScreenKey(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT unsigned long XvGetRTPort(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSendPortNotify(XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiVideoStopped(XvPortPtr, int);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutVideo(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutStill(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetVideo(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetStill(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPutImage(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, XvPortPtr, GCPtr,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ INT16, INT16, CARD16, CARD16,
+ XvImagePtr, unsigned char*, Bool,
+ CARD16, CARD16);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSelectVideoNotify(ClientPtr, DrawablePtr, BOOL);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSelectPortNotify(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, BOOL);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiSetPortAttribute(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGetPortAttribute(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Atom, INT32*);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiStopVideo(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiPreemptVideo(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiMatchPort(XvPortPtr, DrawablePtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiGrabPort(ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Time, int *);
+extern _X_EXPORT int XvdiUngrabPort( ClientPtr, XvPortPtr, Time);
+#endif /* XorgLoader */
+
+#endif /* XVDIX_H */
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xvmain.c b/xorg-server/Xext/xvmain.c index 413b94015..58574b956 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xvmain.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xvmain.c @@ -192,6 +192,7 @@ XvExtensionInit(void) EventSwapVector[XvEventBase+XvPortNotify] =
(EventSwapPtr)WriteSwappedPortNotifyEvent;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XvRTPort, _XvBadPort);
(void)MakeAtom(XvName, strlen(XvName), xTrue);
}
@@ -530,17 +531,12 @@ XvdiSendVideoNotify(XvPortPtr pPort, DrawablePtr pDraw, int reason) while (pn)
{
- if (pn->client)
- {
- event.u.u.type = XvEventBase + XvVideoNotify;
- event.u.u.sequenceNumber = pn->client->sequence;
- event.u.videoNotify.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event.u.videoNotify.drawable = pDraw->id;
- event.u.videoNotify.port = pPort->id;
- event.u.videoNotify.reason = reason;
- TryClientEvents(pn->client, NULL, (xEventPtr)&event, 1,
- NoEventMask, NoEventMask, NullGrab);
- }
+ event.u.u.type = XvEventBase + XvVideoNotify;
+ event.u.videoNotify.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event.u.videoNotify.drawable = pDraw->id;
+ event.u.videoNotify.port = pPort->id;
+ event.u.videoNotify.reason = reason;
+ WriteEventsToClient(pn->client, 1, (xEventPtr)&event);
pn = pn->next;
}
@@ -562,17 +558,12 @@ XvdiSendPortNotify( while (pn)
{
- if (pn->client)
- {
- event.u.u.type = XvEventBase + XvPortNotify;
- event.u.u.sequenceNumber = pn->client->sequence;
- event.u.portNotify.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- event.u.portNotify.port = pPort->id;
- event.u.portNotify.attribute = attribute;
- event.u.portNotify.value = value;
- TryClientEvents(pn->client, NULL, (xEventPtr)&event, 1,
- NoEventMask, NoEventMask, NullGrab);
- }
+ event.u.u.type = XvEventBase + XvPortNotify;
+ event.u.portNotify.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
+ event.u.portNotify.port = pPort->id;
+ event.u.portNotify.attribute = attribute;
+ event.u.portNotify.value = value;
+ WriteEventsToClient(pn->client, 1, (xEventPtr)&event);
pn = pn->next;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xext/xvmc.c b/xorg-server/Xext/xvmc.c index 18a81c76b..4866d1d45 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xext/xvmc.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xext/xvmc.c @@ -40,7 +40,6 @@ unsigned long XvMCGeneration = 0; int XvMCReqCode;
int XvMCEventBase;
-int XvMCErrorBase;
unsigned long XvMCRTContext;
unsigned long XvMCRTSurface;
@@ -276,7 +275,7 @@ ProcXvMCDestroyContext(ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&val, stuff->context_id, XvMCRTContext,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? XvMCBadContext + XvMCErrorBase : rc;
+ return rc;
FreeResource(stuff->context_id, RT_NONE);
@@ -299,7 +298,7 @@ ProcXvMCCreateSurface(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pContext, stuff->context_id,
XvMCRTContext, client, DixUseAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? XvMCBadContext + XvMCErrorBase : result;
+ return result;
pScreenPriv = XVMC_GET_PRIVATE(pContext->pScreen);
@@ -346,7 +345,7 @@ ProcXvMCDestroySurface(ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&val, stuff->surface_id, XvMCRTSurface,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? XvMCBadSurface + XvMCErrorBase : rc;
+ return rc;
FreeResource(stuff->surface_id, RT_NONE);
@@ -371,7 +370,7 @@ ProcXvMCCreateSubpicture(ClientPtr client) result = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pContext, stuff->context_id,
XvMCRTContext, client, DixUseAccess);
if (result != Success)
- return (result == BadValue) ? XvMCBadContext + XvMCErrorBase : result;
+ return result;
pScreenPriv = XVMC_GET_PRIVATE(pContext->pScreen);
@@ -463,7 +462,7 @@ ProcXvMCDestroySubpicture(ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&val, stuff->subpicture_id, XvMCRTSubpicture,
client, DixDestroyAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? XvMCBadSubpicture + XvMCErrorBase : rc;
+ return rc;
FreeResource(stuff->subpicture_id, RT_NONE);
@@ -694,7 +693,9 @@ XvMCExtensionInit(void) XvMCReqCode = extEntry->base;
XvMCEventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
- XvMCErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XvMCRTContext, extEntry->errorBase + XvMCBadContext);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XvMCRTSurface, extEntry->errorBase + XvMCBadSurface);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XvMCRTSubpicture, extEntry->errorBase + XvMCBadSubpicture);
}
static Bool
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xi/exevents.c b/xorg-server/Xi/exevents.c index 97ad6fdd2..de1048ed4 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xi/exevents.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xi/exevents.c @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ GrabButton(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, DeviceIntPtr modifier_device, if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = param->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
}
@@ -1543,7 +1543,7 @@ GrabWindow(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, int type, if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = param->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xi/xichangecursor.c b/xorg-server/Xi/xichangecursor.c index f071e8406..825f8227a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xi/xichangecursor.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xi/xichangecursor.c @@ -1,113 +1,113 @@ -/* - * Copyright 2007-2008 Peter Hutterer - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next - * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the - * Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER - * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING - * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Author: Peter Hutterer, University of South Australia, NICTA - */ - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * Request to change a given device pointer's cursor. - * - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> /* for inputstr.h */ -#include <X11/Xproto.h> /* Request macro */ -#include "inputstr.h" /* DeviceIntPtr */ -#include "windowstr.h" /* window structure */ -#include "scrnintstr.h" /* screen structure */ -#include <X11/extensions/XI.h> -#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h> -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "exevents.h" -#include "exglobals.h" -#include "input.h" - -#include "xichangecursor.h" - -/*********************************************************************** - * - * This procedure allows a client to set one pointer's cursor. - * - */ - -int -SProcXIChangeCursor(ClientPtr client) -{ - char n; - - REQUEST(xXIChangeCursorReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->win, n); - swapl(&stuff->cursor, n); - swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xXIChangeCursorReq); - return (ProcXIChangeCursor(client)); -} - -int ProcXIChangeCursor(ClientPtr client) -{ - int rc; - WindowPtr pWin = NULL; - DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL; - CursorPtr pCursor = NULL; - - REQUEST(xXIChangeCursorReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xXIChangeCursorReq); - - rc = dixLookupDevice(&pDev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - if (!IsMaster(pDev) || !IsPointerDevice(pDev)) - return BadDevice; - - if (stuff->win != None) - { - rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->win, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - } - - if (stuff->cursor == None) - { - if (pWin == WindowTable[pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum]) - pCursor = rootCursor; - else - pCursor = (CursorPtr)None; - } - else - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor, - RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc; - } - - ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor); - - return Success; -} - +/*
+ * Copyright 2007-2008 Peter Hutterer
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice (including the next
+ * paragraph) shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
+ * Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+ * LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
+ * FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
+ * DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Peter Hutterer, University of South Australia, NICTA
+ */
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * Request to change a given device pointer's cursor.
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h> /* for inputstr.h */
+#include <X11/Xproto.h> /* Request macro */
+#include "inputstr.h" /* DeviceIntPtr */
+#include "windowstr.h" /* window structure */
+#include "scrnintstr.h" /* screen structure */
+#include <X11/extensions/XI.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/XI2proto.h>
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "exevents.h"
+#include "exglobals.h"
+#include "input.h"
+
+#include "xichangecursor.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************
+ *
+ * This procedure allows a client to set one pointer's cursor.
+ *
+ */
+
+int
+SProcXIChangeCursor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ char n;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIChangeCursorReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->win, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->cursor, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->deviceid, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xXIChangeCursorReq);
+ return (ProcXIChangeCursor(client));
+}
+
+int ProcXIChangeCursor(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc;
+ WindowPtr pWin = NULL;
+ DeviceIntPtr pDev = NULL;
+ CursorPtr pCursor = NULL;
+
+ REQUEST(xXIChangeCursorReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xXIChangeCursorReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupDevice(&pDev, stuff->deviceid, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (!IsMaster(pDev) || !IsPointerDevice(pDev))
+ return BadDevice;
+
+ if (stuff->win != None)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->win, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ if (stuff->cursor == None)
+ {
+ if (pWin == WindowTable[pWin->drawable.pScreen->myNum])
+ pCursor = rootCursor;
+ else
+ pCursor = (CursorPtr)None;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pCursor, stuff->cursor,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+
+ ChangeWindowDeviceCursor(pWin, pDev, pCursor);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c b/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c index 4a79ed497..fc3b9e7eb 100644 --- a/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c +++ b/xorg-server/Xi/xipassivegrab.c @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ ProcXIPassiveGrabDevice(ClientPtr client) if (status != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return (status == BadValue) ? BadCursor : status;
+ return status;
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/composite/compext.c b/xorg-server/composite/compext.c index 664b0fcc3..5e557dd0b 100644 --- a/xorg-server/composite/compext.c +++ b/xorg-server/composite/compext.c @@ -140,10 +140,7 @@ ProcCompositeQueryVersion (ClientPtr client) int err; \
err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) &pWindow, wid, \
RT_WINDOW, client, mode); \
- if (err == BadValue) { \
- client->errorValue = wid; \
- return BadWindow; \
- } else if (err != Success) { \
+ if (err != Success) { \
client->errorValue = wid; \
return err; \
} \
diff --git a/xorg-server/damageext/damageext.c b/xorg-server/damageext/damageext.c index dfb26c7d7..dc9c2e8e2 100644 --- a/xorg-server/damageext/damageext.c +++ b/xorg-server/damageext/damageext.c @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ static unsigned char DamageReqCode;
static int DamageEventBase;
-static int DamageErrorBase;
static RESTYPE DamageExtType;
static RESTYPE DamageExtWinType;
@@ -50,7 +49,6 @@ DamageExtNotify (DamageExtPtr pDamageExt, BoxPtr pBoxes, int nBoxes) UpdateCurrentTimeIf ();
ev.type = DamageEventBase + XDamageNotify;
ev.level = pDamageExt->level;
- ev.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
ev.drawable = pDamageExt->drawable;
ev.damage = pDamageExt->id;
ev.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
@@ -69,8 +67,7 @@ DamageExtNotify (DamageExtPtr pDamageExt, BoxPtr pBoxes, int nBoxes) ev.area.y = pBoxes[i].y1;
ev.area.width = pBoxes[i].x2 - pBoxes[i].x1;
ev.area.height = pBoxes[i].y2 - pBoxes[i].y1;
- if (!pClient->clientGone)
- WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
}
}
else
@@ -79,8 +76,7 @@ DamageExtNotify (DamageExtPtr pDamageExt, BoxPtr pBoxes, int nBoxes) ev.area.y = 0;
ev.area.width = pDrawable->width;
ev.area.height = pDrawable->height;
- if (!pClient->clientGone)
- WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pClient, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
}
/* Composite extension marks clients with manual Subwindows as critical */
if (pDamageClient->critical > 0)
@@ -518,8 +514,8 @@ DamageExtensionInit(void) {
DamageReqCode = (unsigned char)extEntry->base;
DamageEventBase = extEntry->eventBase;
- DamageErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
EventSwapVector[DamageEventBase + XDamageNotify] =
(EventSwapPtr) SDamageNotifyEvent;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(DamageExtType, extEntry->errorBase + BadDamage);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/damageext/damageextint.h b/xorg-server/damageext/damageextint.h index 99bc57499..f291f043c 100644 --- a/xorg-server/damageext/damageextint.h +++ b/xorg-server/damageext/damageextint.h @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ typedef struct _DamageExt { int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(pDamageExt), rid, \
DamageExtType, client, mode); \
if (rc != Success) \
- return (rc == BadValue) ? DamageErrorBase + BadDamage : rc; \
+ return rc; \
}
void
diff --git a/xorg-server/dbe/dbe.c b/xorg-server/dbe/dbe.c index a49a46d69..80383bfc9 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dbe/dbe.c +++ b/xorg-server/dbe/dbe.c @@ -1,1677 +1,1679 @@ -/****************************************************************************** - * - * Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - * the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS - * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. - * IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, - * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR - * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR - * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Hewlett-Packard - * Company shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the - * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the Hewlett-Packard Company. - * - * DIX DBE code - * - *****************************************************************************/ - - -/* INCLUDES */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <string.h> -#if HAVE_STDINT_H -#include <stdint.h> -#elif !defined(UINT32_MAX) -#define UINT32_MAX 0xffffffffU -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "gcstruct.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#define NEED_DBE_PROTOCOL -#include "dbestruct.h" -#include "midbe.h" -#include "xace.h" - -/* GLOBALS */ - -/* These are static globals copied to DBE's screen private for use by DDX */ -static int dbeScreenPrivKeyIndex; -static DevPrivateKey dbeScreenPrivKey = &dbeScreenPrivKeyIndex; -static int dbeWindowPrivKeyIndex; -static DevPrivateKey dbeWindowPrivKey = &dbeWindowPrivKeyIndex; - -/* These are static globals copied to DBE's screen private for use by DDX */ -static RESTYPE dbeDrawableResType; -static RESTYPE dbeWindowPrivResType; - -/* Used to generate DBE's BadBuffer error. */ -static int dbeErrorBase; - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeStubScreen - * - * Description: - * - * This is function stubs the function pointers in the given DBE screen - * private and increments the number of stubbed screens. - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static void -DbeStubScreen(DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv, int *nStubbedScreens) -{ - /* Stub DIX. */ - pDbeScreenPriv->SetupBackgroundPainter = NULL; - - /* Do not unwrap PositionWindow nor DestroyWindow. If the DDX - * initialization function failed, we assume that it did not wrap - * PositionWindow. Also, DestroyWindow is only wrapped if the DDX - * initialization function succeeded. - */ - - /* Stub DDX. */ - pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->AllocBackBufferName = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->SwapBuffers = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->EndIdiom = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->WinPrivDelete = NULL; - pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc = NULL; - - (*nStubbedScreens)++; - -} /* DbeStubScreen() */ - - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetVersion - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeGetVersion request. - * This request returns the major and minor version numbers of this - * extension. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeGetVersion(ClientPtr client) -{ - /* REQUEST(xDbeGetVersionReq); */ - xDbeGetVersionReply rep; - register int n; - - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetVersionReq); - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = 0; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.majorVersion = DBE_MAJOR_VERSION; - rep.minorVersion = DBE_MINOR_VERSION; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetVersionReply), (char *)&rep); - - return Success; - -} /* ProcDbeGetVersion() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request. - * This request allocates a drawable ID used to refer to the back buffer - * of a window. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadAlloc - server can not allocate resources - * BadIDChoice - id is out of range for client; id is already in use - * BadMatch - window is not an InputOutput window; - * visual of window is not on list returned by - * DBEGetVisualInfo; - * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified - * BadWindow - window is not a valid window - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq); - WindowPtr pWin; - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv; - XdbeScreenVisualInfo scrVisInfo; - register int i; - Bool visualMatched = FALSE; - xDbeSwapAction swapAction; - VisualID visual; - int status; - int add_index; - - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq); - - /* The window must be valid. */ - status = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess); - if (status != Success) - return status; - - /* The window must be InputOutput. */ - if (pWin->drawable.class != InputOutput) - { - return(BadMatch); - } - - /* The swap action must be valid. */ - swapAction = stuff->swapAction; /* use local var for performance. */ - if ((swapAction != XdbeUndefined ) && - (swapAction != XdbeBackground) && - (swapAction != XdbeUntouched ) && - (swapAction != XdbeCopied )) - { - return(BadValue); - } - - /* The id must be in range and not already in use. */ - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->buffer, client); - - /* The visual of the window must be in the list returned by - * GetVisualInfo. - */ - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin); - if (!pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo) - return(BadMatch); /* screen doesn't support double buffering */ - - if (!(*pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo)(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &scrVisInfo)) - { - /* GetVisualInfo() failed to allocate visual info data. */ - return(BadAlloc); - } - - /* See if the window's visual is on the list. */ - visual = wVisual(pWin); - for (i = 0; (i < scrVisInfo.count) && !visualMatched; i++) - { - if (scrVisInfo.visinfo[i].visual == visual) - { - visualMatched = TRUE; - } - } - - /* Free what was allocated by the GetVisualInfo() call above. */ - free(scrVisInfo.visinfo); - - if (!visualMatched) - { - return(BadMatch); - } - - if ((pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin)) == NULL) - { - /* There is no buffer associated with the window. - * Allocate a window priv. - */ - - pDbeWindowPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(DbeWindowPrivRec)); - if (!pDbeWindowPriv) - return(BadAlloc); - - /* Fill out window priv information. */ - pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow = pWin; - pDbeWindowPriv->width = pWin->drawable.width; - pDbeWindowPriv->height = pWin->drawable.height; - pDbeWindowPriv->x = pWin->drawable.x; - pDbeWindowPriv->y = pWin->drawable.y; - pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs = 0; - - /* Set the buffer ID array pointer to the initial (static) array). */ - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs; - - /* Initialize the buffer ID list. */ - pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs = DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS; - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[0] = stuff->buffer; - - add_index = 0; - for (i = 0; i < DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS; i++) - { - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT; - } - - /* Actually connect the window priv to the window. */ - dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey, pDbeWindowPriv); - - } /* if -- There is no buffer associated with the window. */ - - else - { - /* A buffer is already associated with the window. - * Add the new buffer ID to the array, reallocating the array memory - * if necessary. - */ - - /* Determine if there is a free element in the ID array. */ - for (i = 0; i < pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs; i++) - { - if (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] == DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT) - { - /* There is still room in the ID array. */ - break; - } - } - - if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs) - { - /* No more room in the ID array -- reallocate another array. */ - XID *pIDs; - - /* Setup an array pointer for the realloc operation below. */ - if (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS) - { - /* We will malloc a new array. */ - pIDs = NULL; - } - else - { - /* We will realloc a new array. */ - pIDs = pDbeWindowPriv->IDs; - } - - /* malloc/realloc a new array and initialize all elements to 0. */ - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = (XID *)realloc(pIDs, - (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs+DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS)*sizeof(XID)); - if (!pDbeWindowPriv->IDs) - { - return(BadAlloc); - } - memset(&pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs], 0, - (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs + DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS - - pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) * sizeof(XID)); - - if (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS) - { - /* We just went from using the initial (static) array to a - * newly allocated array. Copy the IDs from the initial array - * to the new array. - */ - memcpy(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs, pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs, - DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS * sizeof(XID)); - } - - pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs += DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS; - } - - add_index = i; - - } /* else -- A buffer is already associated with the window. */ - - - /* Call the DDX routine to allocate the back buffer. */ - status = (*pDbeScreenPriv->AllocBackBufferName)(pWin, stuff->buffer, - stuff->swapAction); - - if (status == Success) - { - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[add_index] = stuff->buffer; - if (!AddResource(stuff->buffer, dbeWindowPrivResType, - (pointer)pDbeWindowPriv)) - { - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[add_index] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT; - - if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0) { - status = BadAlloc; - goto out_free; - } - } - } else { - /* The DDX buffer allocation routine failed for the first buffer of - * this window. - */ - if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0) { - goto out_free; - } - } - - /* Increment the number of buffers (XIDs) associated with this window. */ - pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs++; - - /* Set swap action on all calls. */ - pDbeWindowPriv->swapAction = stuff->swapAction; - - return(status); - -out_free: - dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey, NULL); - free(pDbeWindowPriv); - return (status); - -} /* ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeDeallocateBackBufferName request. - * This request frees a drawable ID that was obtained by a - * DbeAllocateBackBufferName request. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadBuffer - buffer to deallocate is not associated with a window - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq); - DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv; - int rc, i; - pointer val; - - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq); - - /* Buffer name must be valid */ - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pDbeWindowPriv, stuff->buffer, - dbeWindowPrivResType, client, - DixDestroyAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer : rc; - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&val, stuff->buffer, dbeDrawableResType, - client, DixDestroyAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer : rc; - - /* Make sure that the id is valid for the window. - * This is paranoid code since we already looked up the ID by type - * above. - */ - - for (i = 0; i < pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs; i++) - { - /* Loop through the ID list to find the ID. */ - if (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] == stuff->buffer) - { - break; - } - } - - if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) - { - /* We did not find the ID in the ID list. */ - client->errorValue = stuff->buffer; - return(dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer); - } - - FreeResource(stuff->buffer, RT_NONE); - - return(Success); - -} /* ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeSwapBuffers - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeSwapBuffers request. - * This request swaps the buffers for all windows listed, applying the - * appropriate swap action for each window. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadAlloc - local allocation failed; this return value is not defined - * by the protocol - * BadMatch - a window in request is not double-buffered; a window in - * request is listed more than once - * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified; no swap action is - * specified - * BadWindow - a window in request is not valid - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeSwapBuffers(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeSwapBuffersReq); - WindowPtr pWin; - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - DbeSwapInfoPtr swapInfo; - xDbeSwapInfo *dbeSwapInfo; - int error; - register int i, j; - int nStuff; - - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeSwapBuffersReq); - nStuff = stuff->n; /* use local variable for performance. */ - - if (nStuff == 0) - { - return(Success); - } - - if (nStuff > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(DbeSwapInfoRec)) - return BadAlloc; - - /* Get to the swap info appended to the end of the request. */ - dbeSwapInfo = (xDbeSwapInfo *)&stuff[1]; - - /* Allocate array to record swap information. */ - swapInfo = (DbeSwapInfoPtr)malloc(nStuff * sizeof(DbeSwapInfoRec)); - if (swapInfo == NULL) - { - return(BadAlloc); - } - - - for (i = 0; i < nStuff; i++) - { - /* Check all windows to swap. */ - - /* Each window must be a valid window - BadWindow. */ - error = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, dbeSwapInfo[i].window, client, - DixWriteAccess); - if (error != Success) { - free(swapInfo); - return error; - } - - /* Each window must be double-buffered - BadMatch. */ - if (DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin) == NULL) - { - free(swapInfo); - return(BadMatch); - } - - /* Each window must only be specified once - BadMatch. */ - for (j = i + 1; j < nStuff; j++) - { - if (dbeSwapInfo[i].window == dbeSwapInfo[j].window) - { - free(swapInfo); - return(BadMatch); - } - } - - /* Each swap action must be valid - BadValue. */ - if ((dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeUndefined ) && - (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeBackground) && - (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeUntouched ) && - (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeCopied )) - { - free(swapInfo); - return(BadValue); - } - - /* Everything checks out OK. Fill in the swap info array. */ - swapInfo[i].pWindow = pWin; - swapInfo[i].swapAction = dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction; - - } /* for (i = 0; i < nStuff; i++) */ - - - /* Call the DDX routine to perform the swap(s). The DDX routine should - * scan the swap list (swap info), swap any buffers that it knows how to - * handle, delete them from the list, and update nStuff to indicate how - * many windows it did not handle. - * - * This scheme allows a range of sophistication in the DDX SwapBuffers() - * implementation. Naive implementations could just swap the first buffer - * in the list, move the last buffer to the front, decrement nStuff, and - * return. The next level of sophistication could be to scan the whole - * list for windows on the same screen. Up another level, the DDX routine - * could deal with cross-screen synchronization. - */ - - while (nStuff > 0) - { - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(swapInfo[0].pWindow); - error = (*pDbeScreenPriv->SwapBuffers)(client, &nStuff, swapInfo); - if (error != Success) - { - free(swapInfo); - return(error); - } - } - - free(swapInfo); - return(Success); - -} /* ProcDbeSwapBuffers() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeBeginIdiom - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeBeginIdiom request. - * This request informs the server that a complex swap will immediately - * follow this request. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeBeginIdiom(ClientPtr client) -{ - /* REQUEST(xDbeBeginIdiomReq); */ - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - register int i; - - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeBeginIdiomReq); - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) - { - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(screenInfo.screens[i]); - - /* Call the DDX begin idiom procedure if there is one. */ - if (pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom) - { - (*pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom)(client); - } - } - - return(Success); - -} /* ProcDbeBeginIdiom() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetVisualInfo - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetVisualInfo request. - * This request returns information about which visuals support - * double buffering. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadDrawable - value in screen specifiers is not a valid drawable - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq); - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - xDbeGetVisualInfoReply rep; - Drawable *drawables; - DrawablePtr *pDrawables = NULL; - register int i, j, n, rc; - register int count; /* number of visual infos in reply */ - register int length; /* length of reply */ - ScreenPtr pScreen; - XdbeScreenVisualInfo *pScrVisInfo; - - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq); - - if (stuff->n > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(DrawablePtr)) - return BadAlloc; - /* Make sure any specified drawables are valid. */ - if (stuff->n != 0) - { - if (!(pDrawables = (DrawablePtr *)malloc(stuff->n * - sizeof(DrawablePtr)))) - { - return(BadAlloc); - } - - drawables = (Drawable *)&stuff[1]; - - for (i = 0; i < stuff->n; i++) - { - rc = dixLookupDrawable(pDrawables+i, drawables[i], client, 0, - DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) { - free(pDrawables); - return rc; - } - } - } - - count = (stuff->n == 0) ? screenInfo.numScreens : stuff->n; - if (!(pScrVisInfo = (XdbeScreenVisualInfo *)malloc(count * - sizeof(XdbeScreenVisualInfo)))) - { - if (pDrawables) - { - free(pDrawables); - } - - return(BadAlloc); - } - - length = 0; - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - pScreen = (stuff->n == 0) ? screenInfo.screens[i] : - pDrawables[i]->pScreen; - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess); - if ((rc != Success) || - !(*pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo)(pScreen, &pScrVisInfo[i])) - { - /* We failed to alloc pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo. */ - - /* Free visinfos that we allocated for previous screen infos.*/ - for (j = 0; j < i; j++) - { - free(pScrVisInfo[j].visinfo); - } - - /* Free pDrawables if we needed to allocate it above. */ - if (pDrawables) - { - free(pDrawables); - } - - return (rc == Success) ? BadAlloc : rc; - } - - /* Account for n, number of xDbeVisInfo items in list. */ - length += sizeof(CARD32); - - /* Account for n xDbeVisInfo items */ - length += pScrVisInfo[i].count * sizeof(xDbeVisInfo); - } - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.length = bytes_to_int32(length); - rep.m = count; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.m, n); - } - - /* Send off reply. */ - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetVisualInfoReply), (char *)&rep); - - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - CARD32 data32; - - /* For each screen in the reply, send off the visual info */ - - /* Send off number of visuals. */ - data32 = (CARD32)pScrVisInfo[i].count; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl(&data32, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(CARD32), (char *)&data32); - - /* Now send off visual info items. */ - for (j = 0; j < pScrVisInfo[i].count; j++) - { - xDbeVisInfo visInfo; - - /* Copy the data in the client data structure to a protocol - * data structure. We will send data to the client from the - * protocol data structure. - */ - - visInfo.visualID = (CARD32)pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].visual; - visInfo.depth = (CARD8) pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].depth; - visInfo.perfLevel = (CARD8) pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].perflevel; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl(&visInfo.visualID, n); - - /* We do not need to swap depth and perfLevel since they are - * already 1 byte quantities. - */ - } - - /* Write visualID(32), depth(8), perfLevel(8), and pad(16). */ - WriteToClient(client, 2*sizeof(CARD32), (char *)&visInfo.visualID); - } - } - - /* Clean up memory. */ - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - free(pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo); - } - free(pScrVisInfo); - - if (pDrawables) - { - free(pDrawables); - } - - return Success; - -} /* ProcDbeGetVisualInfo() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes - * request. This request returns information about a back buffer. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq); - xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReply rep; - DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv; - int rc, n; - - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pDbeWindowPriv, stuff->buffer, - dbeWindowPrivResType, client, - DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc == Success) - { - rep.attributes = pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow->drawable.id; - } - else - { - rep.attributes = None; - } - - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - rep.length = 0; - - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.attributes, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReply), - (char *)&rep); - return Success; - -} /* ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeDispatch - * - * Description: - * - * This function dispatches DBE requests. - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -ProcDbeDispatch(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - - switch (stuff->data) - { - case X_DbeGetVersion: - return(ProcDbeGetVersion(client)); - - case X_DbeAllocateBackBufferName: - return(ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client)); - - case X_DbeDeallocateBackBufferName: - return(ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client)); - - case X_DbeSwapBuffers: - return(ProcDbeSwapBuffers(client)); - - case X_DbeBeginIdiom: - return(ProcDbeBeginIdiom(client)); - - case X_DbeEndIdiom: - return(Success); - - case X_DbeGetVisualInfo: - return(ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client)); - - case X_DbeGetBackBufferAttributes: - return(ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client)); - - default: - return(BadRequest); - } - -} /* ProcDbeDispatch() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetVersion - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeGetVersion request on a swapped - * server. This request returns the major and minor version numbers of - * this extension. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeGetVersion(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeGetVersionReq); - register int n; - - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - return(ProcDbeGetVersion(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeGetVersion() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request on - * a swapped server. This request allocates a drawable ID used to refer - * to the back buffer of a window. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadAlloc - server can not allocate resources - * BadIDChoice - id is out of range for client; id is already in use - * BadMatch - window is not an InputOutput window; - * visual of window is not on list returned by - * DBEGetVisualInfo; - * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified - * BadWindow - window is not a valid window - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq); - register int n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq); - - swapl(&stuff->window, n); - swapl(&stuff->buffer, n); - /* stuff->swapAction is a byte. We do not need to swap this field. */ - - return(ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeDeallocateBackBufferName request - * on a swapped server. This request frees a drawable ID that was - * obtained by a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadBuffer - buffer to deallocate is not associated with a window - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST (xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq); - register int n; - - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq); - - swapl(&stuff->buffer, n); - - return(ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeSwapBuffers - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeSwapBuffers request on a swapped - * server. This request swaps the buffers for all windows listed, - * applying the appropriate swap action for each window. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadMatch - a window in request is not double-buffered; a window in - * request is listed more than once; all windows in request do - * not have the same root - * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified - * BadWindow - a window in request is not valid - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeSwapBuffers(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeSwapBuffersReq); - register int i, n; - xDbeSwapInfo *pSwapInfo; - - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeSwapBuffersReq); - - swapl(&stuff->n, n); - - if (stuff->n != 0) - { - pSwapInfo = (xDbeSwapInfo *)stuff+1; - - /* The swap info following the fix part of this request is a window(32) - * followed by a 1 byte swap action and then 3 pad bytes. We only need - * to swap the window information. - */ - for (i = 0; i < stuff->n; i++) - { - swapl(&pSwapInfo->window, n); - } - } - - return(ProcDbeSwapBuffers(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeSwapBuffers() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeBeginIdiom - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a DbeBeginIdiom request on a swapped - * server. This request informs the server that a complex swap will - * immediately follow this request. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeBeginIdiom(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeBeginIdiomReq); - register int n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - return(ProcDbeBeginIdiom(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeBeginIdiom() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetVisualInfo - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetVisualInfo request on a - * swapped server. This request returns information about which visuals - * support double buffering. - * - * Return Values: - * - * BadDrawable - value in screen specifiers is not a valid drawable - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeGetVisualInfo(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq); - register int n; - - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq); - - swapl(&stuff->n, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - - return(ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeGetVisualInfo() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes - * - * Description: - * - * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes - * request on a swapped server. This request returns information about a - * back buffer. - * - * Return Values: - * - * Success - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST (xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq); - register int n; - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq); - - swapl(&stuff->buffer, n); - - return(ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client)); - -} /* SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeDispatch - * - * Description: - * - * This function dispatches DBE requests on a swapped server. - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static int -SProcDbeDispatch(ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - - switch (stuff->data) - { - case X_DbeGetVersion: - return(SProcDbeGetVersion(client)); - - case X_DbeAllocateBackBufferName: - return(SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client)); - - case X_DbeDeallocateBackBufferName: - return(SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client)); - - case X_DbeSwapBuffers: - return(SProcDbeSwapBuffers(client)); - - case X_DbeBeginIdiom: - return(SProcDbeBeginIdiom(client)); - - case X_DbeEndIdiom: - return(Success); - - case X_DbeGetVisualInfo: - return(SProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client)); - - case X_DbeGetBackBufferAttributes: - return(SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client)); - - default: - return (BadRequest); - } - -} /* SProcDbeDispatch() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeSetupBackgroundPainter - * - * Description: - * - * This function sets up pGC to clear pixmaps. - * - * Return Values: - * - * TRUE - setup was successful - * FALSE - the window's background state is NONE - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static Bool -DbeSetupBackgroundPainter(WindowPtr pWin, GCPtr pGC) -{ - ChangeGCVal gcvalues[4]; - int ts_x_origin, ts_y_origin; - PixUnion background; - int backgroundState; - Mask gcmask; - - - /* First take care of any ParentRelative stuff by altering the - * tile/stipple origin to match the coordinates of the upper-left - * corner of the first ancestor without a ParentRelative background. - * This coordinate is, of course, negative. - */ - ts_x_origin = ts_y_origin = 0; - while (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative) - { - ts_x_origin -= pWin->origin.x; - ts_y_origin -= pWin->origin.y; - - pWin = pWin->parent; - } - backgroundState = pWin->backgroundState; - background = pWin->background; - - switch (backgroundState) - { - case BackgroundPixel: - gcvalues[0].val = background.pixel; - gcvalues[1].val = FillSolid; - gcmask = GCForeground|GCFillStyle; - break; - - case BackgroundPixmap: - gcvalues[0].val = FillTiled; - gcvalues[1].ptr = background.pixmap; - gcvalues[2].val = ts_x_origin; - gcvalues[3].val = ts_y_origin; - gcmask = GCFillStyle|GCTile|GCTileStipXOrigin|GCTileStipYOrigin; - break; - - default: - /* pWin->backgroundState == None */ - return(FALSE); - } - - return ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, gcmask, gcvalues) == 0; -} /* DbeSetupBackgroundPainter() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeDrawableDelete - * - * Description: - * - * This is the resource delete function for dbeDrawableResType. - * It is registered when the drawable resource type is created in - * DbeExtensionInit(). - * - * To make resource deletion simple, we do not do anything in this function - * and leave all resource deleteion to DbeWindowPrivDelete(), which will - * eventually be called or already has been called. Deletion functions are - * not guaranteed to be called in any particular order. - * - *****************************************************************************/ -static int -DbeDrawableDelete(pointer pDrawable, XID id) -{ - return(Success); - -} /* DbeDrawableDelete() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeWindowPrivDelete - * - * Description: - * - * This is the resource delete function for dbeWindowPrivResType. - * It is registered when the drawable resource type is created in - * DbeExtensionInit(). - * - *****************************************************************************/ -static int -DbeWindowPrivDelete(pointer pDbeWinPriv, XID id) -{ - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv = (DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWinPriv; - int i; - - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** Remove the buffer ID from the ID array. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - /* Find the ID in the ID array. */ - i = 0; - while ((i < pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) && (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] != id)) - { - i++; - } - - if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) - { - /* We did not find the ID in the array. We should never get here. */ - return(BadValue); - } - - /* Remove the ID from the array. */ - - if (i < (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - 1)) - { - /* Compress the buffer ID array, overwriting the ID in the process. */ - memmove(&pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i], &pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i+1], - (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - i - 1) * sizeof(XID)); - } - else - { - /* We are removing the last ID in the array, in which case, the - * assignement below is all that we need to do. - */ - } - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - 1] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT; - - pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs--; - - /* If an extended array was allocated, then check to see if the remaining - * buffer IDs will fit in the static array. - */ - - if ((pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs > DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS) && - (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS)) - { - /* Copy the IDs back into the static array. */ - memcpy(pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs, pDbeWindowPriv->IDs, - DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS * sizeof(XID)); - - /* Free the extended array; use the static array. */ - free(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs); - pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs; - pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs = DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS; - } - - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** Perform DDX level tasks. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW_PRIV( - (DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWindowPriv); - (*pDbeScreenPriv->WinPrivDelete)((DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWindowPriv, id); - - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** Perform miscellaneous tasks if this is the last buffer associated - ** with the window. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0) - { - /* Reset the DBE window priv pointer. */ - dixSetPrivate(&pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey, - NULL); - - /* We are done with the window priv. */ - dixFreePrivates(pDbeWindowPriv->devPrivates); - free(pDbeWindowPriv); - } - - return(Success); - -} /* DbeWindowPrivDelete() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeResetProc - * - * Description: - * - * This routine is called at the end of every server generation. - * It deallocates any memory reserved for the extension and performs any - * other tasks related to shutting down the extension. - * - *****************************************************************************/ -static void -DbeResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry) -{ - int i; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (pDbeScreenPriv) - { - /* Unwrap DestroyWindow, which was wrapped in DbeExtensionInit().*/ - pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow; - - if (pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc) - (*pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc)(pScreen); - - free(pDbeScreenPriv); - } - } -} /* DbeResetProc() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeDestroyWindow - * - * Description: - * - * This is the wrapper for pScreen->DestroyWindow. - * This function frees buffer resources for a window before it is - * destroyed. - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -static Bool -DbeDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin) -{ - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - Bool ret; - - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** 1. Unwrap the member routine. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen; - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow; - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** 2. Do any work necessary before the member routine is called. - ** - ** Call the window priv delete function for all buffer IDs associated - ** with this window. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - if ((pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin))) - { - while (pDbeWindowPriv) - { - /* *DbeWinPrivDelete() will free the window private and set it to - * NULL if there are no more buffer IDs associated with this - * window. - */ - FreeResource(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[0], RT_NONE); - pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin); - } - } - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** 3. Call the member routine, saving its result if necessary. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - ret = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin); - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** 4. Rewrap the member routine, restoring the wrapper value first in case - ** the wrapper (or something that it wrapped) change this value. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow; - pScreen->DestroyWindow = DbeDestroyWindow; - - /* - ************************************************************************** - ** 5. Do any work necessary after the member routine has been called. - ** - ** In this case we do not need to do anything. - ************************************************************************** - */ - - return(ret); - -} /* DbeDestroyWindow() */ - - -/****************************************************************************** - * - * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeExtensionInit - * - * Description: - * - * Called from InitExtensions in main() - * - *****************************************************************************/ - -void -DbeExtensionInit(void) -{ - ExtensionEntry *extEntry; - register int i, j; - ScreenPtr pScreen = NULL; - DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv; - int nStubbedScreens = 0; - Bool ddxInitSuccess; - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if(!noPanoramiXExtension) return; -#endif - - /* Create the resource types. */ - dbeDrawableResType = - CreateNewResourceType(DbeDrawableDelete, "dbeDrawable"); - if (!dbeDrawableResType) - return; - dbeDrawableResType |= RC_DRAWABLE; - - dbeWindowPrivResType = - CreateNewResourceType(DbeWindowPrivDelete, "dbeWindow"); - if (!dbeWindowPrivResType) - return; - - if (!dixRegisterPrivateOffset(dbeDrawableResType, - offsetof(PixmapRec, devPrivates))) - return; - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) - { - /* For each screen, set up DBE screen privates and init DIX and DDX - * interface. - */ - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i]; - - if (!(pDbeScreenPriv = malloc (sizeof (DbeScreenPrivRec)))) - { - /* If we can not alloc a window or screen private, - * then free any privates that we already alloc'ed and return - */ - - for (j = 0; j < i; j++) - { - free(dixLookupPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[j]->devPrivates, - dbeScreenPrivKey)); - dixSetPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[j]->devPrivates, - dbeScreenPrivKey, NULL); - } - return; - } - - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, dbeScreenPrivKey, pDbeScreenPriv); - - /* Copy the resource types */ - pDbeScreenPriv->dbeDrawableResType = dbeDrawableResType; - pDbeScreenPriv->dbeWindowPrivResType = dbeWindowPrivResType; - - /* Copy the private indices */ - pDbeScreenPriv->dbeScreenPrivKey = dbeScreenPrivKey; - pDbeScreenPriv->dbeWindowPrivKey = dbeWindowPrivKey; - - { - /* We don't have DDX support for DBE anymore */ - -#ifndef DISABLE_MI_DBE_BY_DEFAULT - /* Setup DIX. */ - pDbeScreenPriv->SetupBackgroundPainter = DbeSetupBackgroundPainter; - - /* Setup DDX. */ - ddxInitSuccess = miDbeInit(pScreen, pDbeScreenPriv); - - /* DDX DBE initialization may have the side affect of - * reallocating pDbeScreenPriv, so we need to update it. - */ - pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen); - - if (ddxInitSuccess) - { - /* Wrap DestroyWindow. The DDX initialization function - * already wrapped PositionWindow for us. - */ - - pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow; - pScreen->DestroyWindow = DbeDestroyWindow; - } - else - { - /* DDX initialization failed. Stub the screen. */ - DbeStubScreen(pDbeScreenPriv, &nStubbedScreens); - } -#else - DbeStubScreen(pDbeScreenPriv, &nStubbedScreens); -#endif - - } - - } /* for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) */ - - - if (nStubbedScreens == screenInfo.numScreens) - { - /* All screens stubbed. Clean up and return. */ - - for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) - { - free(dixLookupPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates, - dbeScreenPrivKey)); - dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, dbeScreenPrivKey, NULL); - } - return; - } - - - /* Now add the extension. */ - extEntry = AddExtension(DBE_PROTOCOL_NAME, DbeNumberEvents, - DbeNumberErrors, ProcDbeDispatch, SProcDbeDispatch, - DbeResetProc, StandardMinorOpcode); - - dbeErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase; - -} /* DbeExtensionInit() */ - +/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ * "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ * without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ * distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ * permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ * the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
+ * in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
+ * OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ * MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
+ * IN NO EVENT SHALL HEWLETT-PACKARD COMPANY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
+ * DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
+ * OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR
+ * THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the Hewlett-Packard
+ * Company shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the
+ * sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the Hewlett-Packard Company.
+ *
+ * DIX DBE code
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+
+/* INCLUDES */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <string.h>
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#elif !defined(UINT32_MAX)
+#define UINT32_MAX 0xffffffffU
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#define NEED_DBE_PROTOCOL
+#include "dbestruct.h"
+#include "midbe.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+
+/* GLOBALS */
+
+/* These are static globals copied to DBE's screen private for use by DDX */
+static int dbeScreenPrivKeyIndex;
+static DevPrivateKey dbeScreenPrivKey = &dbeScreenPrivKeyIndex;
+static int dbeWindowPrivKeyIndex;
+static DevPrivateKey dbeWindowPrivKey = &dbeWindowPrivKeyIndex;
+
+/* These are static globals copied to DBE's screen private for use by DDX */
+static RESTYPE dbeDrawableResType;
+static RESTYPE dbeWindowPrivResType;
+
+/* Used to generate DBE's BadBuffer error. */
+static int dbeErrorBase;
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeStubScreen
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This is function stubs the function pointers in the given DBE screen
+ * private and increments the number of stubbed screens.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static void
+DbeStubScreen(DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv, int *nStubbedScreens)
+{
+ /* Stub DIX. */
+ pDbeScreenPriv->SetupBackgroundPainter = NULL;
+
+ /* Do not unwrap PositionWindow nor DestroyWindow. If the DDX
+ * initialization function failed, we assume that it did not wrap
+ * PositionWindow. Also, DestroyWindow is only wrapped if the DDX
+ * initialization function succeeded.
+ */
+
+ /* Stub DDX. */
+ pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->AllocBackBufferName = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->SwapBuffers = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->EndIdiom = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->WinPrivDelete = NULL;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc = NULL;
+
+ (*nStubbedScreens)++;
+
+} /* DbeStubScreen() */
+
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetVersion
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeGetVersion request.
+ * This request returns the major and minor version numbers of this
+ * extension.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeGetVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ /* REQUEST(xDbeGetVersionReq); */
+ xDbeGetVersionReply rep;
+ register int n;
+
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetVersionReq);
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.majorVersion = DBE_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = DBE_MINOR_VERSION;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
+
+ return Success;
+
+} /* ProcDbeGetVersion() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request.
+ * This request allocates a drawable ID used to refer to the back buffer
+ * of a window.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadAlloc - server can not allocate resources
+ * BadIDChoice - id is out of range for client; id is already in use
+ * BadMatch - window is not an InputOutput window;
+ * visual of window is not on list returned by
+ * DBEGetVisualInfo;
+ * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified
+ * BadWindow - window is not a valid window
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv;
+ XdbeScreenVisualInfo scrVisInfo;
+ register int i;
+ Bool visualMatched = FALSE;
+ xDbeSwapAction swapAction;
+ VisualID visual;
+ int status;
+ int add_index;
+
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq);
+
+ /* The window must be valid. */
+ status = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, stuff->window, client, DixManageAccess);
+ if (status != Success)
+ return status;
+
+ /* The window must be InputOutput. */
+ if (pWin->drawable.class != InputOutput)
+ {
+ return(BadMatch);
+ }
+
+ /* The swap action must be valid. */
+ swapAction = stuff->swapAction; /* use local var for performance. */
+ if ((swapAction != XdbeUndefined ) &&
+ (swapAction != XdbeBackground) &&
+ (swapAction != XdbeUntouched ) &&
+ (swapAction != XdbeCopied ))
+ {
+ return(BadValue);
+ }
+
+ /* The id must be in range and not already in use. */
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->buffer, client);
+
+ /* The visual of the window must be in the list returned by
+ * GetVisualInfo.
+ */
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(pWin);
+ if (!pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo)
+ return(BadMatch); /* screen doesn't support double buffering */
+
+ if (!(*pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo)(pWin->drawable.pScreen, &scrVisInfo))
+ {
+ /* GetVisualInfo() failed to allocate visual info data. */
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ /* See if the window's visual is on the list. */
+ visual = wVisual(pWin);
+ for (i = 0; (i < scrVisInfo.count) && !visualMatched; i++)
+ {
+ if (scrVisInfo.visinfo[i].visual == visual)
+ {
+ visualMatched = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Free what was allocated by the GetVisualInfo() call above. */
+ free(scrVisInfo.visinfo);
+
+ if (!visualMatched)
+ {
+ return(BadMatch);
+ }
+
+ if ((pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin)) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* There is no buffer associated with the window.
+ * Allocate a window priv.
+ */
+
+ pDbeWindowPriv = calloc(1, sizeof(DbeWindowPrivRec));
+ if (!pDbeWindowPriv)
+ return(BadAlloc);
+
+ /* Fill out window priv information. */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow = pWin;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->width = pWin->drawable.width;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->height = pWin->drawable.height;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->x = pWin->drawable.x;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->y = pWin->drawable.y;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs = 0;
+
+ /* Set the buffer ID array pointer to the initial (static) array). */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs;
+
+ /* Initialize the buffer ID list. */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs = DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[0] = stuff->buffer;
+
+ add_index = 0;
+ for (i = 0; i < DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS; i++)
+ {
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT;
+ }
+
+ /* Actually connect the window priv to the window. */
+ dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey, pDbeWindowPriv);
+
+ } /* if -- There is no buffer associated with the window. */
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* A buffer is already associated with the window.
+ * Add the new buffer ID to the array, reallocating the array memory
+ * if necessary.
+ */
+
+ /* Determine if there is a free element in the ID array. */
+ for (i = 0; i < pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs; i++)
+ {
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] == DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT)
+ {
+ /* There is still room in the ID array. */
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs)
+ {
+ /* No more room in the ID array -- reallocate another array. */
+ XID *pIDs;
+
+ /* Setup an array pointer for the realloc operation below. */
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS)
+ {
+ /* We will malloc a new array. */
+ pIDs = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We will realloc a new array. */
+ pIDs = pDbeWindowPriv->IDs;
+ }
+
+ /* malloc/realloc a new array and initialize all elements to 0. */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = (XID *)realloc(pIDs,
+ (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs+DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS)*sizeof(XID));
+ if (!pDbeWindowPriv->IDs)
+ {
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+ memset(&pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs], 0,
+ (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs + DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS -
+ pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) * sizeof(XID));
+
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS)
+ {
+ /* We just went from using the initial (static) array to a
+ * newly allocated array. Copy the IDs from the initial array
+ * to the new array.
+ */
+ memcpy(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs, pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs,
+ DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS * sizeof(XID));
+ }
+
+ pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs += DBE_INCR_MAX_IDS;
+ }
+
+ add_index = i;
+
+ } /* else -- A buffer is already associated with the window. */
+
+
+ /* Call the DDX routine to allocate the back buffer. */
+ status = (*pDbeScreenPriv->AllocBackBufferName)(pWin, stuff->buffer,
+ stuff->swapAction);
+
+ if (status == Success)
+ {
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[add_index] = stuff->buffer;
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->buffer, dbeWindowPrivResType,
+ (pointer)pDbeWindowPriv))
+ {
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[add_index] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT;
+
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0) {
+ status = BadAlloc;
+ goto out_free;
+ }
+ }
+ } else {
+ /* The DDX buffer allocation routine failed for the first buffer of
+ * this window.
+ */
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0) {
+ goto out_free;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Increment the number of buffers (XIDs) associated with this window. */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs++;
+
+ /* Set swap action on all calls. */
+ pDbeWindowPriv->swapAction = stuff->swapAction;
+
+ return(status);
+
+out_free:
+ dixSetPrivate(&pWin->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey, NULL);
+ free(pDbeWindowPriv);
+ return (status);
+
+} /* ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeDeallocateBackBufferName request.
+ * This request frees a drawable ID that was obtained by a
+ * DbeAllocateBackBufferName request.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadBuffer - buffer to deallocate is not associated with a window
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq);
+ DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv;
+ int rc, i;
+ pointer val;
+
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq);
+
+ /* Buffer name must be valid */
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pDbeWindowPriv, stuff->buffer,
+ dbeWindowPrivResType, client,
+ DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&val, stuff->buffer, dbeDrawableResType,
+ client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ /* Make sure that the id is valid for the window.
+ * This is paranoid code since we already looked up the ID by type
+ * above.
+ */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs; i++)
+ {
+ /* Loop through the ID list to find the ID. */
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] == stuff->buffer)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs)
+ {
+ /* We did not find the ID in the ID list. */
+ client->errorValue = stuff->buffer;
+ return(dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer);
+ }
+
+ FreeResource(stuff->buffer, RT_NONE);
+
+ return(Success);
+
+} /* ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeSwapBuffers
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeSwapBuffers request.
+ * This request swaps the buffers for all windows listed, applying the
+ * appropriate swap action for each window.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadAlloc - local allocation failed; this return value is not defined
+ * by the protocol
+ * BadMatch - a window in request is not double-buffered; a window in
+ * request is listed more than once
+ * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified; no swap action is
+ * specified
+ * BadWindow - a window in request is not valid
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeSwapBuffers(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeSwapBuffersReq);
+ WindowPtr pWin;
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ DbeSwapInfoPtr swapInfo;
+ xDbeSwapInfo *dbeSwapInfo;
+ int error;
+ register int i, j;
+ int nStuff;
+
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeSwapBuffersReq);
+ nStuff = stuff->n; /* use local variable for performance. */
+
+ if (nStuff == 0)
+ {
+ return(Success);
+ }
+
+ if (nStuff > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(DbeSwapInfoRec))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ /* Get to the swap info appended to the end of the request. */
+ dbeSwapInfo = (xDbeSwapInfo *)&stuff[1];
+
+ /* Allocate array to record swap information. */
+ swapInfo = (DbeSwapInfoPtr)malloc(nStuff * sizeof(DbeSwapInfoRec));
+ if (swapInfo == NULL)
+ {
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+
+ for (i = 0; i < nStuff; i++)
+ {
+ /* Check all windows to swap. */
+
+ /* Each window must be a valid window - BadWindow. */
+ error = dixLookupWindow(&pWin, dbeSwapInfo[i].window, client,
+ DixWriteAccess);
+ if (error != Success) {
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return error;
+ }
+
+ /* Each window must be double-buffered - BadMatch. */
+ if (DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin) == NULL)
+ {
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return(BadMatch);
+ }
+
+ /* Each window must only be specified once - BadMatch. */
+ for (j = i + 1; j < nStuff; j++)
+ {
+ if (dbeSwapInfo[i].window == dbeSwapInfo[j].window)
+ {
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return(BadMatch);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Each swap action must be valid - BadValue. */
+ if ((dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeUndefined ) &&
+ (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeBackground) &&
+ (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeUntouched ) &&
+ (dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction != XdbeCopied ))
+ {
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return(BadValue);
+ }
+
+ /* Everything checks out OK. Fill in the swap info array. */
+ swapInfo[i].pWindow = pWin;
+ swapInfo[i].swapAction = dbeSwapInfo[i].swapAction;
+
+ } /* for (i = 0; i < nStuff; i++) */
+
+
+ /* Call the DDX routine to perform the swap(s). The DDX routine should
+ * scan the swap list (swap info), swap any buffers that it knows how to
+ * handle, delete them from the list, and update nStuff to indicate how
+ * many windows it did not handle.
+ *
+ * This scheme allows a range of sophistication in the DDX SwapBuffers()
+ * implementation. Naive implementations could just swap the first buffer
+ * in the list, move the last buffer to the front, decrement nStuff, and
+ * return. The next level of sophistication could be to scan the whole
+ * list for windows on the same screen. Up another level, the DDX routine
+ * could deal with cross-screen synchronization.
+ */
+
+ while (nStuff > 0)
+ {
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW(swapInfo[0].pWindow);
+ error = (*pDbeScreenPriv->SwapBuffers)(client, &nStuff, swapInfo);
+ if (error != Success)
+ {
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return(error);
+ }
+ }
+
+ free(swapInfo);
+ return(Success);
+
+} /* ProcDbeSwapBuffers() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeBeginIdiom
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeBeginIdiom request.
+ * This request informs the server that a complex swap will immediately
+ * follow this request.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeBeginIdiom(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ /* REQUEST(xDbeBeginIdiomReq); */
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ register int i;
+
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeBeginIdiomReq);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(screenInfo.screens[i]);
+
+ /* Call the DDX begin idiom procedure if there is one. */
+ if (pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom)
+ {
+ (*pDbeScreenPriv->BeginIdiom)(client);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(Success);
+
+} /* ProcDbeBeginIdiom() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetVisualInfo
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetVisualInfo request.
+ * This request returns information about which visuals support
+ * double buffering.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadDrawable - value in screen specifiers is not a valid drawable
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq);
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ xDbeGetVisualInfoReply rep;
+ Drawable *drawables;
+ DrawablePtr *pDrawables = NULL;
+ register int i, j, n, rc;
+ register int count; /* number of visual infos in reply */
+ register int length; /* length of reply */
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ XdbeScreenVisualInfo *pScrVisInfo;
+
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq);
+
+ if (stuff->n > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(DrawablePtr))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ /* Make sure any specified drawables are valid. */
+ if (stuff->n != 0)
+ {
+ if (!(pDrawables = (DrawablePtr *)malloc(stuff->n *
+ sizeof(DrawablePtr))))
+ {
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ drawables = (Drawable *)&stuff[1];
+
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->n; i++)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(pDrawables+i, drawables[i], client, 0,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ free(pDrawables);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ count = (stuff->n == 0) ? screenInfo.numScreens : stuff->n;
+ if (!(pScrVisInfo = (XdbeScreenVisualInfo *)malloc(count *
+ sizeof(XdbeScreenVisualInfo))))
+ {
+ if (pDrawables)
+ {
+ free(pDrawables);
+ }
+
+ return(BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ length = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ pScreen = (stuff->n == 0) ? screenInfo.screens[i] :
+ pDrawables[i]->pScreen;
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pScreen, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if ((rc != Success) ||
+ !(*pDbeScreenPriv->GetVisualInfo)(pScreen, &pScrVisInfo[i]))
+ {
+ /* We failed to alloc pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo. */
+
+ /* Free visinfos that we allocated for previous screen infos.*/
+ for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
+ {
+ free(pScrVisInfo[j].visinfo);
+ }
+
+ /* Free pDrawables if we needed to allocate it above. */
+ if (pDrawables)
+ {
+ free(pDrawables);
+ }
+
+ return (rc == Success) ? BadAlloc : rc;
+ }
+
+ /* Account for n, number of xDbeVisInfo items in list. */
+ length += sizeof(CARD32);
+
+ /* Account for n xDbeVisInfo items */
+ length += pScrVisInfo[i].count * sizeof(xDbeVisInfo);
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = bytes_to_int32(length);
+ rep.m = count;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.m, n);
+ }
+
+ /* Send off reply. */
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetVisualInfoReply), (char *)&rep);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ CARD32 data32;
+
+ /* For each screen in the reply, send off the visual info */
+
+ /* Send off number of visuals. */
+ data32 = (CARD32)pScrVisInfo[i].count;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl(&data32, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(CARD32), (char *)&data32);
+
+ /* Now send off visual info items. */
+ for (j = 0; j < pScrVisInfo[i].count; j++)
+ {
+ xDbeVisInfo visInfo;
+
+ /* Copy the data in the client data structure to a protocol
+ * data structure. We will send data to the client from the
+ * protocol data structure.
+ */
+
+ visInfo.visualID = (CARD32)pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].visual;
+ visInfo.depth = (CARD8) pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].depth;
+ visInfo.perfLevel = (CARD8) pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo[j].perflevel;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl(&visInfo.visualID, n);
+
+ /* We do not need to swap depth and perfLevel since they are
+ * already 1 byte quantities.
+ */
+ }
+
+ /* Write visualID(32), depth(8), perfLevel(8), and pad(16). */
+ WriteToClient(client, 2*sizeof(CARD32), (char *)&visInfo.visualID);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Clean up memory. */
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ free(pScrVisInfo[i].visinfo);
+ }
+ free(pScrVisInfo);
+
+ if (pDrawables)
+ {
+ free(pDrawables);
+ }
+
+ return Success;
+
+} /* ProcDbeGetVisualInfo() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes
+ * request. This request returns information about a back buffer.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq);
+ xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReply rep;
+ DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv;
+ int rc, n;
+
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pDbeWindowPriv, stuff->buffer,
+ dbeWindowPrivResType, client,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc == Success)
+ {
+ rep.attributes = pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow->drawable.id;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rep.attributes = None;
+ }
+
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ rep.length = 0;
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.attributes, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReply),
+ (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+
+} /* ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: ProcDbeDispatch
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function dispatches DBE requests.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+ProcDbeDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_DbeGetVersion:
+ return(ProcDbeGetVersion(client));
+
+ case X_DbeAllocateBackBufferName:
+ return(ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+ case X_DbeDeallocateBackBufferName:
+ return(ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+ case X_DbeSwapBuffers:
+ return(ProcDbeSwapBuffers(client));
+
+ case X_DbeBeginIdiom:
+ return(ProcDbeBeginIdiom(client));
+
+ case X_DbeEndIdiom:
+ return(Success);
+
+ case X_DbeGetVisualInfo:
+ return(ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client));
+
+ case X_DbeGetBackBufferAttributes:
+ return(ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client));
+
+ default:
+ return(BadRequest);
+ }
+
+} /* ProcDbeDispatch() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetVersion
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeGetVersion request on a swapped
+ * server. This request returns the major and minor version numbers of
+ * this extension.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeGetVersion(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeGetVersionReq);
+ register int n;
+
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ return(ProcDbeGetVersion(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeGetVersion() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request on
+ * a swapped server. This request allocates a drawable ID used to refer
+ * to the back buffer of a window.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadAlloc - server can not allocate resources
+ * BadIDChoice - id is out of range for client; id is already in use
+ * BadMatch - window is not an InputOutput window;
+ * visual of window is not on list returned by
+ * DBEGetVisualInfo;
+ * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified
+ * BadWindow - window is not a valid window
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq);
+ register int n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeAllocateBackBufferNameReq);
+
+ swapl(&stuff->window, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->buffer, n);
+ /* stuff->swapAction is a byte. We do not need to swap this field. */
+
+ return(ProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeDeallocateBackBufferName request
+ * on a swapped server. This request frees a drawable ID that was
+ * obtained by a DbeAllocateBackBufferName request.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadBuffer - buffer to deallocate is not associated with a window
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST (xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq);
+ register int n;
+
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeDeallocateBackBufferNameReq);
+
+ swapl(&stuff->buffer, n);
+
+ return(ProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeSwapBuffers
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeSwapBuffers request on a swapped
+ * server. This request swaps the buffers for all windows listed,
+ * applying the appropriate swap action for each window.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadMatch - a window in request is not double-buffered; a window in
+ * request is listed more than once; all windows in request do
+ * not have the same root
+ * BadValue - invalid swap action is specified
+ * BadWindow - a window in request is not valid
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeSwapBuffers(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeSwapBuffersReq);
+ register int i, n;
+ xDbeSwapInfo *pSwapInfo;
+
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeSwapBuffersReq);
+
+ swapl(&stuff->n, n);
+
+ if (stuff->n != 0)
+ {
+ pSwapInfo = (xDbeSwapInfo *)stuff+1;
+
+ /* The swap info following the fix part of this request is a window(32)
+ * followed by a 1 byte swap action and then 3 pad bytes. We only need
+ * to swap the window information.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->n; i++)
+ {
+ swapl(&pSwapInfo->window, n);
+ }
+ }
+
+ return(ProcDbeSwapBuffers(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeSwapBuffers() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeBeginIdiom
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a DbeBeginIdiom request on a swapped
+ * server. This request informs the server that a complex swap will
+ * immediately follow this request.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeBeginIdiom(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeBeginIdiomReq);
+ register int n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ return(ProcDbeBeginIdiom(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeBeginIdiom() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetVisualInfo
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetVisualInfo request on a
+ * swapped server. This request returns information about which visuals
+ * support double buffering.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * BadDrawable - value in screen specifiers is not a valid drawable
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeGetVisualInfo(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq);
+ register int n;
+
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xDbeGetVisualInfoReq);
+
+ swapl(&stuff->n, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+
+ return(ProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeGetVisualInfo() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function is for processing a ProcDbeGetbackBufferAttributes
+ * request on a swapped server. This request returns information about a
+ * back buffer.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * Success
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST (xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq);
+ register int n;
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xDbeGetBackBufferAttributesReq);
+
+ swapl(&stuff->buffer, n);
+
+ return(ProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client));
+
+} /* SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: SProcDbeDispatch
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function dispatches DBE requests on a swapped server.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static int
+SProcDbeDispatch(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+
+ switch (stuff->data)
+ {
+ case X_DbeGetVersion:
+ return(SProcDbeGetVersion(client));
+
+ case X_DbeAllocateBackBufferName:
+ return(SProcDbeAllocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+ case X_DbeDeallocateBackBufferName:
+ return(SProcDbeDeallocateBackBufferName(client));
+
+ case X_DbeSwapBuffers:
+ return(SProcDbeSwapBuffers(client));
+
+ case X_DbeBeginIdiom:
+ return(SProcDbeBeginIdiom(client));
+
+ case X_DbeEndIdiom:
+ return(Success);
+
+ case X_DbeGetVisualInfo:
+ return(SProcDbeGetVisualInfo(client));
+
+ case X_DbeGetBackBufferAttributes:
+ return(SProcDbeGetBackBufferAttributes(client));
+
+ default:
+ return (BadRequest);
+ }
+
+} /* SProcDbeDispatch() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeSetupBackgroundPainter
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This function sets up pGC to clear pixmaps.
+ *
+ * Return Values:
+ *
+ * TRUE - setup was successful
+ * FALSE - the window's background state is NONE
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static Bool
+DbeSetupBackgroundPainter(WindowPtr pWin, GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ChangeGCVal gcvalues[4];
+ int ts_x_origin, ts_y_origin;
+ PixUnion background;
+ int backgroundState;
+ Mask gcmask;
+
+
+ /* First take care of any ParentRelative stuff by altering the
+ * tile/stipple origin to match the coordinates of the upper-left
+ * corner of the first ancestor without a ParentRelative background.
+ * This coordinate is, of course, negative.
+ */
+ ts_x_origin = ts_y_origin = 0;
+ while (pWin->backgroundState == ParentRelative)
+ {
+ ts_x_origin -= pWin->origin.x;
+ ts_y_origin -= pWin->origin.y;
+
+ pWin = pWin->parent;
+ }
+ backgroundState = pWin->backgroundState;
+ background = pWin->background;
+
+ switch (backgroundState)
+ {
+ case BackgroundPixel:
+ gcvalues[0].val = background.pixel;
+ gcvalues[1].val = FillSolid;
+ gcmask = GCForeground|GCFillStyle;
+ break;
+
+ case BackgroundPixmap:
+ gcvalues[0].val = FillTiled;
+ gcvalues[1].ptr = background.pixmap;
+ gcvalues[2].val = ts_x_origin;
+ gcvalues[3].val = ts_y_origin;
+ gcmask = GCFillStyle|GCTile|GCTileStipXOrigin|GCTileStipYOrigin;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ /* pWin->backgroundState == None */
+ return(FALSE);
+ }
+
+ return ChangeGC(NullClient, pGC, gcmask, gcvalues) == 0;
+} /* DbeSetupBackgroundPainter() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeDrawableDelete
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This is the resource delete function for dbeDrawableResType.
+ * It is registered when the drawable resource type is created in
+ * DbeExtensionInit().
+ *
+ * To make resource deletion simple, we do not do anything in this function
+ * and leave all resource deleteion to DbeWindowPrivDelete(), which will
+ * eventually be called or already has been called. Deletion functions are
+ * not guaranteed to be called in any particular order.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static int
+DbeDrawableDelete(pointer pDrawable, XID id)
+{
+ return(Success);
+
+} /* DbeDrawableDelete() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeWindowPrivDelete
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This is the resource delete function for dbeWindowPrivResType.
+ * It is registered when the drawable resource type is created in
+ * DbeExtensionInit().
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static int
+DbeWindowPrivDelete(pointer pDbeWinPriv, XID id)
+{
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv = (DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWinPriv;
+ int i;
+
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** Remove the buffer ID from the ID array.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ /* Find the ID in the ID array. */
+ i = 0;
+ while ((i < pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs) && (pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i] != id))
+ {
+ i++;
+ }
+
+ if (i == pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs)
+ {
+ /* We did not find the ID in the array. We should never get here. */
+ return(BadValue);
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the ID from the array. */
+
+ if (i < (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - 1))
+ {
+ /* Compress the buffer ID array, overwriting the ID in the process. */
+ memmove(&pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i], &pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[i+1],
+ (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - i - 1) * sizeof(XID));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* We are removing the last ID in the array, in which case, the
+ * assignement below is all that we need to do.
+ */
+ }
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs - 1] = DBE_FREE_ID_ELEMENT;
+
+ pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs--;
+
+ /* If an extended array was allocated, then check to see if the remaining
+ * buffer IDs will fit in the static array.
+ */
+
+ if ((pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs > DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS) &&
+ (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS))
+ {
+ /* Copy the IDs back into the static array. */
+ memcpy(pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs, pDbeWindowPriv->IDs,
+ DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS * sizeof(XID));
+
+ /* Free the extended array; use the static array. */
+ free(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs);
+ pDbeWindowPriv->IDs = pDbeWindowPriv->initIDs;
+ pDbeWindowPriv->maxAvailableIDs = DBE_INIT_MAX_IDS;
+ }
+
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** Perform DDX level tasks.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV_FROM_WINDOW_PRIV(
+ (DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWindowPriv);
+ (*pDbeScreenPriv->WinPrivDelete)((DbeWindowPrivPtr)pDbeWindowPriv, id);
+
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** Perform miscellaneous tasks if this is the last buffer associated
+ ** with the window.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ if (pDbeWindowPriv->nBufferIDs == 0)
+ {
+ /* Reset the DBE window priv pointer. */
+ dixSetPrivate(&pDbeWindowPriv->pWindow->devPrivates, dbeWindowPrivKey,
+ NULL);
+
+ /* We are done with the window priv. */
+ dixFreePrivates(pDbeWindowPriv->devPrivates);
+ free(pDbeWindowPriv);
+ }
+
+ return(Success);
+
+} /* DbeWindowPrivDelete() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeResetProc
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This routine is called at the end of every server generation.
+ * It deallocates any memory reserved for the extension and performs any
+ * other tasks related to shutting down the extension.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+static void
+DbeResetProc(ExtensionEntry *extEntry)
+{
+ int i;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (pDbeScreenPriv)
+ {
+ /* Unwrap DestroyWindow, which was wrapped in DbeExtensionInit().*/
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow;
+
+ if (pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc)
+ (*pDbeScreenPriv->ResetProc)(pScreen);
+
+ free(pDbeScreenPriv);
+ }
+ }
+} /* DbeResetProc() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeDestroyWindow
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * This is the wrapper for pScreen->DestroyWindow.
+ * This function frees buffer resources for a window before it is
+ * destroyed.
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+static Bool
+DbeDestroyWindow(WindowPtr pWin)
+{
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ DbeWindowPrivPtr pDbeWindowPriv;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ Bool ret;
+
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** 1. Unwrap the member routine.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow;
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** 2. Do any work necessary before the member routine is called.
+ **
+ ** Call the window priv delete function for all buffer IDs associated
+ ** with this window.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ if ((pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin)))
+ {
+ while (pDbeWindowPriv)
+ {
+ /* *DbeWinPrivDelete() will free the window private and set it to
+ * NULL if there are no more buffer IDs associated with this
+ * window.
+ */
+ FreeResource(pDbeWindowPriv->IDs[0], RT_NONE);
+ pDbeWindowPriv = DBE_WINDOW_PRIV(pWin);
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** 3. Call the member routine, saving its result if necessary.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ ret = (*pScreen->DestroyWindow)(pWin);
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** 4. Rewrap the member routine, restoring the wrapper value first in case
+ ** the wrapper (or something that it wrapped) change this value.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = DbeDestroyWindow;
+
+ /*
+ **************************************************************************
+ ** 5. Do any work necessary after the member routine has been called.
+ **
+ ** In this case we do not need to do anything.
+ **************************************************************************
+ */
+
+ return(ret);
+
+} /* DbeDestroyWindow() */
+
+
+/******************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DBE DIX Procedure: DbeExtensionInit
+ *
+ * Description:
+ *
+ * Called from InitExtensions in main()
+ *
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+void
+DbeExtensionInit(void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+ register int i, j;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = NULL;
+ DbeScreenPrivPtr pDbeScreenPriv;
+ int nStubbedScreens = 0;
+ Bool ddxInitSuccess;
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if(!noPanoramiXExtension) return;
+#endif
+
+ /* Create the resource types. */
+ dbeDrawableResType =
+ CreateNewResourceType(DbeDrawableDelete, "dbeDrawable");
+ if (!dbeDrawableResType)
+ return;
+ dbeDrawableResType |= RC_DRAWABLE;
+
+ dbeWindowPrivResType =
+ CreateNewResourceType(DbeWindowPrivDelete, "dbeWindow");
+ if (!dbeWindowPrivResType)
+ return;
+
+ if (!dixRegisterPrivateOffset(dbeDrawableResType,
+ offsetof(PixmapRec, devPrivates)))
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ /* For each screen, set up DBE screen privates and init DIX and DDX
+ * interface.
+ */
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[i];
+
+ if (!(pDbeScreenPriv = malloc (sizeof (DbeScreenPrivRec))))
+ {
+ /* If we can not alloc a window or screen private,
+ * then free any privates that we already alloc'ed and return
+ */
+
+ for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
+ {
+ free(dixLookupPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[j]->devPrivates,
+ dbeScreenPrivKey));
+ dixSetPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[j]->devPrivates,
+ dbeScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, dbeScreenPrivKey, pDbeScreenPriv);
+
+ /* Copy the resource types */
+ pDbeScreenPriv->dbeDrawableResType = dbeDrawableResType;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->dbeWindowPrivResType = dbeWindowPrivResType;
+
+ /* Copy the private indices */
+ pDbeScreenPriv->dbeScreenPrivKey = dbeScreenPrivKey;
+ pDbeScreenPriv->dbeWindowPrivKey = dbeWindowPrivKey;
+
+ {
+ /* We don't have DDX support for DBE anymore */
+
+#ifndef DISABLE_MI_DBE_BY_DEFAULT
+ /* Setup DIX. */
+ pDbeScreenPriv->SetupBackgroundPainter = DbeSetupBackgroundPainter;
+
+ /* Setup DDX. */
+ ddxInitSuccess = miDbeInit(pScreen, pDbeScreenPriv);
+
+ /* DDX DBE initialization may have the side affect of
+ * reallocating pDbeScreenPriv, so we need to update it.
+ */
+ pDbeScreenPriv = DBE_SCREEN_PRIV(pScreen);
+
+ if (ddxInitSuccess)
+ {
+ /* Wrap DestroyWindow. The DDX initialization function
+ * already wrapped PositionWindow for us.
+ */
+
+ pDbeScreenPriv->DestroyWindow = pScreen->DestroyWindow;
+ pScreen->DestroyWindow = DbeDestroyWindow;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* DDX initialization failed. Stub the screen. */
+ DbeStubScreen(pDbeScreenPriv, &nStubbedScreens);
+ }
+#else
+ DbeStubScreen(pDbeScreenPriv, &nStubbedScreens);
+#endif
+
+ }
+
+ } /* for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++) */
+
+
+ if (nStubbedScreens == screenInfo.numScreens)
+ {
+ /* All screens stubbed. Clean up and return. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
+ {
+ free(dixLookupPrivate(&screenInfo.screens[i]->devPrivates,
+ dbeScreenPrivKey));
+ dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, dbeScreenPrivKey, NULL);
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+
+ /* Now add the extension. */
+ extEntry = AddExtension(DBE_PROTOCOL_NAME, DbeNumberEvents,
+ DbeNumberErrors, ProcDbeDispatch, SProcDbeDispatch,
+ DbeResetProc, StandardMinorOpcode);
+
+ dbeErrorBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(dbeWindowPrivResType, dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(dbeDrawableResType, dbeErrorBase + DbeBadBuffer);
+
+} /* DbeExtensionInit() */
+
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c index 01d08bd6e..c8253bba0 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/cursor.c @@ -316,14 +316,14 @@ AllocGlyphCursor(Font source, unsigned sourceChar, Font mask, unsigned maskChar, if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = source;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadFont : rc;
+ return rc;
}
rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&maskfont, mask, RT_FONT, client,
DixUseAccess);
if (rc != Success && mask != None)
{
client->errorValue = mask;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadFont : rc;
+ return rc;
}
if (sourcefont != maskfont)
pShare = (GlyphSharePtr)NULL;
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c index fa11155cc..181fafa77 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dispatch.c @@ -1240,7 +1240,7 @@ ProcCloseFont(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadFont : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ ProcFreePixmap(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2407,7 +2407,7 @@ ProcFreeColormap(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2428,7 +2428,7 @@ ProcCopyColormapAndFree(ClientPtr client) if (rc == Success)
return CopyColormapAndFree(mid, pSrcMap, client->index);
client->errorValue = stuff->srcCmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
int
@@ -2445,15 +2445,18 @@ ProcInstallColormap(ClientPtr client) goto out;
rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ if (rc == BadValue)
+ rc = BadColor;
goto out;
+ }
(*(pcmp->pScreen->InstallColormap)) (pcmp);
return Success;
out:
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
int
@@ -2470,8 +2473,11 @@ ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client) goto out;
rc = XaceHook(XACE_SCREEN_ACCESS, client, pcmp->pScreen, DixSetAttrAccess);
- if (rc != Success)
+ if (rc != Success) {
+ if (rc == BadValue)
+ rc = BadColor;
goto out;
+ }
if(pcmp->mid != pcmp->pScreen->defColormap)
(*(pcmp->pScreen->UninstallColormap)) (pcmp);
@@ -2479,7 +2485,7 @@ ProcUninstallColormap(ClientPtr client) out:
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
int
@@ -2552,7 +2558,7 @@ ProcAllocColor (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2598,7 +2604,7 @@ ProcAllocNamedColor (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2662,7 +2668,7 @@ ProcAllocColorCells (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2724,7 +2730,7 @@ ProcAllocColorPlanes(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2751,7 +2757,7 @@ ProcFreeColors(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2778,7 +2784,7 @@ ProcStoreColors (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2808,7 +2814,7 @@ ProcStoreNamedColor (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2855,7 +2861,7 @@ ProcQueryColors(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2894,7 +2900,7 @@ ProcLookupColor(ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -2920,7 +2926,7 @@ ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client) DixReadAccess);
if (rc != Success) {
client->errorValue = stuff->source;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ return rc;
}
rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&msk, stuff->mask, RT_PIXMAP, client,
@@ -2930,7 +2936,7 @@ ProcCreateCursor (ClientPtr client) if (stuff->mask != None)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->mask;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
else if ( src->drawable.width != msk->drawable.width
@@ -3031,7 +3037,7 @@ ProcFreeCursor (ClientPtr client) else
{
client->errorValue = stuff->id;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -3741,7 +3747,6 @@ SendErrorToClient(ClientPtr client, unsigned majorCode, unsigned minorCode, memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xError));
rep.type = X_Error;
- rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
rep.errorCode = errorCode;
rep.majorCode = majorCode;
rep.minorCode = minorCode;
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c index 77bb52fb3..239431e2a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixfonts.c @@ -1238,7 +1238,6 @@ doPolyText(ClientPtr client, PTclosurePtr c) client, DixUseAccess);
if (err != Success)
{
- err = (err == BadValue) ? BadFont : err;
/* restore pFont and fid for step 4 (described below) */
pFont = oldpFont;
fid = oldfid;
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/dixutils.c b/xorg-server/dix/dixutils.c index 9d5eb78eb..6b6b41d0d 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/dixutils.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/dixutils.c @@ -231,9 +231,7 @@ dixLookupWindow(WindowPtr *pWin, XID id, ClientPtr client, Mask access) int
dixLookupGC(GCPtr *pGC, XID id, ClientPtr client, Mask access)
{
- int rc;
- rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)pGC, id, RT_GC, client, access);
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadGC : rc;
+ return dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)pGC, id, RT_GC, client, access);
}
int
@@ -243,10 +241,10 @@ dixLookupFontable(FontPtr *pFont, XID id, ClientPtr client, Mask access) GC *pGC;
client->errorValue = id; /* EITHER font or gc */
rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) pFont, id, RT_FONT, client, access);
- if (rc != BadValue)
+ if (rc != BadFont)
return rc;
rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) &pGC, id, RT_GC, client, access);
- if (rc == BadValue)
+ if (rc == BadGC)
return BadFont;
if (rc == Success)
*pFont = pGC->font;
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/events.c b/xorg-server/dix/events.c index a537730a9..d68eeee62 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/events.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/events.c @@ -1841,7 +1841,6 @@ int TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents,
int count, Mask mask, Mask filter, GrabPtr grab)
{
- int i;
int type;
#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
@@ -1908,7 +1907,6 @@ TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents, {
xEvent release = *pEvents;
release.u.u.type = KeyRelease;
- release.u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &release);
#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
ErrorF(" (plus fake core release for repeat)");
@@ -1929,7 +1927,6 @@ TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents, {
deviceKeyButtonPointer release = *(deviceKeyButtonPointer *)pEvents;
release.type = DeviceKeyRelease;
- release.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
#ifdef DEBUG_EVENTS
ErrorF(" (plus fake xi1 release for repeat)");
#endif
@@ -1943,14 +1940,6 @@ TryClientEvents (ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, xEvent *pEvents, }
}
- type &= 0177;
- if (type != KeymapNotify)
- {
- /* all extension events must have a sequence number */
- for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
- pEvents[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
- }
-
if (BitIsOn(criticalEvents, type))
{
if (client->smart_priority < SMART_MAX_PRIORITY)
@@ -4708,7 +4697,7 @@ ProcChangeActivePointerGrab(ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
@@ -4831,7 +4820,7 @@ GrabDevice(ClientPtr client, DeviceIntPtr dev, if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = curs;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
}
@@ -5356,7 +5345,7 @@ ProcGrabButton(ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
access_mode |= DixForceAccess;
}
@@ -5619,7 +5608,7 @@ ProcRecolorCursor(ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->cursor;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
pCursor->foreRed = stuff->foreRed;
@@ -5669,6 +5658,13 @@ WriteEventsToClient(ClientPtr pClient, int count, xEvent *events) int i,
eventlength = sizeof(xEvent);
+ if (!pClient || pClient == serverClient || pClient->clientGone)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ if ((events[i].u.u.type & 0x7f) != KeymapNotify)
+ events[i].u.u.sequenceNumber = pClient->sequence;
+
/* Let XKB rewrite the state, as it depends on client preferences. */
XkbFilterEvents(pClient, count, events);
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/gc.c b/xorg-server/dix/gc.c index 6281f25cd..c93b04496 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/gc.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/gc.c @@ -1,1159 +1,1157 @@ -/*********************************************************** - -Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be -used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings -in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. - - -Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -******************************************************************/ - - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xmd.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "gcstruct.h" -#include "pixmapstr.h" -#include "dixfontstr.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "region.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" - -#include "privates.h" -#include "dix.h" -#include "xace.h" -#include <assert.h> - -extern FontPtr defaultFont; - -static Bool CreateDefaultTile(GCPtr pGC); - -static unsigned char DefaultDash[2] = {4, 4}; - -void -ValidateGC(DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC) -{ - (*pGC->funcs->ValidateGC) (pGC, pGC->stateChanges, pDraw); - pGC->stateChanges = 0; - pGC->serialNumber = pDraw->serialNumber; -} - - -/* - * ChangeGC/ChangeGCXIDs: - * - * The client performing the gc change must be passed so that access - * checks can be performed on any tiles, stipples, or fonts that are - * specified. ddxen can call this too; they should normally pass - * NullClient for the client since any access checking should have - * already been done at a higher level. - * - * If you have any XIDs, you must use ChangeGCXIDs: - * - * CARD32 v[2]; - * v[0] = FillTiled; - * v[1] = pid; - * ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, GCFillStyle|GCTile, v); - * - * However, if you need to pass a pointer to a pixmap or font, you must - * use ChangeGC: - * - * ChangeGCVal v[2]; - * v[0].val = FillTiled; - * v[1].ptr = pPixmap; - * ChangeGC(client, pGC, GCFillStyle|GCTile, v); - * - * If you have neither XIDs nor pointers, you can use either function, - * but ChangeGC will do less work. - * - * ChangeGCVal v[2]; - * v[0].val = foreground; - * v[1].val = background; - * ChangeGC(client, pGC, GCForeground|GCBackground, v); - */ - -#define NEXTVAL(_type, _var) { \ - _var = (_type)(pUnion->val); pUnion++; \ - } - -#define NEXT_PTR(_type, _var) { \ - _var = (_type)pUnion->ptr; pUnion++; } - -int -ChangeGC(ClientPtr client, GC *pGC, BITS32 mask, ChangeGCValPtr pUnion) -{ - BITS32 index2; - int error = 0; - PixmapPtr pPixmap; - BITS32 maskQ; - - assert(pUnion); - pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT; - - maskQ = mask; /* save these for when we walk the GCque */ - while (mask && !error) - { - index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (mask); - mask &= ~index2; - pGC->stateChanges |= index2; - switch (index2) - { - case GCFunction: - { - CARD8 newalu; - NEXTVAL(CARD8, newalu); - if (newalu <= GXset) - pGC->alu = newalu; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newalu; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCPlaneMask: - NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->planemask); - break; - case GCForeground: - NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->fgPixel); - /* - * this is for CreateGC - */ - if (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap) - { - pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE; - pGC->tile.pixel = pGC->fgPixel; - } - break; - case GCBackground: - NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->bgPixel); - break; - case GCLineWidth: /* ??? line width is a CARD16 */ - NEXTVAL(CARD16, pGC->lineWidth); - break; - case GCLineStyle: - { - unsigned int newlinestyle; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newlinestyle); - if (newlinestyle <= LineDoubleDash) - pGC->lineStyle = newlinestyle; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newlinestyle; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCCapStyle: - { - unsigned int newcapstyle; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newcapstyle); - if (newcapstyle <= CapProjecting) - pGC->capStyle = newcapstyle; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newcapstyle; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCJoinStyle: - { - unsigned int newjoinstyle; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newjoinstyle); - if (newjoinstyle <= JoinBevel) - pGC->joinStyle = newjoinstyle; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newjoinstyle; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCFillStyle: - { - unsigned int newfillstyle; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newfillstyle); - if (newfillstyle <= FillOpaqueStippled) - pGC->fillStyle = newfillstyle; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newfillstyle; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCFillRule: - { - unsigned int newfillrule; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newfillrule); - if (newfillrule <= WindingRule) - pGC->fillRule = newfillrule; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newfillrule; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCTile: - NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap); - if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pGC->depth) || - (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen)) - { - error = BadMatch; - } - else - { - pPixmap->refcnt++; - if (!pGC->tileIsPixel) - (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->tile.pixmap); - pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE; - pGC->tile.pixmap = pPixmap; - } - break; - case GCStipple: - NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap); - if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1) || - (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen)) - { - error = BadMatch; - } - else - { - pPixmap->refcnt++; - if (pGC->stipple) - (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->stipple); - pGC->stipple = pPixmap; - } - break; - case GCTileStipXOrigin: - NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->patOrg.x); - break; - case GCTileStipYOrigin: - NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->patOrg.y); - break; - case GCFont: - { - FontPtr pFont; - NEXT_PTR(FontPtr, pFont); - pFont->refcnt++; - if (pGC->font) - CloseFont(pGC->font, (Font)0); - pGC->font = pFont; - break; - } - case GCSubwindowMode: - { - unsigned int newclipmode; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newclipmode); - if (newclipmode <= IncludeInferiors) - pGC->subWindowMode = newclipmode; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newclipmode; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCGraphicsExposures: - { - unsigned int newge; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newge); - if (newge <= xTrue) - pGC->graphicsExposures = newge; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newge; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCClipXOrigin: - NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->clipOrg.x); - break; - case GCClipYOrigin: - NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->clipOrg.y); - break; - case GCClipMask: - NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap); - if (pPixmap) - { - if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1) || - (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen)) - { - error = BadMatch; - break; - } - pPixmap->refcnt++; - } - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip)(pGC, pPixmap ? CT_PIXMAP : CT_NONE, - (pointer)pPixmap, 0); - break; - case GCDashOffset: - NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->dashOffset); - break; - case GCDashList: - { - CARD8 newdash; - NEXTVAL(CARD8, newdash); - if (newdash == 4) - { - if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash) - { - free(pGC->dash); - pGC->numInDashList = 2; - pGC->dash = DefaultDash; - } - } - else if (newdash != 0) - { - unsigned char *dash; - - dash = malloc(2 * sizeof(unsigned char)); - if (dash) - { - if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash) - free(pGC->dash); - pGC->numInDashList = 2; - pGC->dash = dash; - dash[0] = newdash; - dash[1] = newdash; - } - else - error = BadAlloc; - } - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newdash; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - case GCArcMode: - { - unsigned int newarcmode; - NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newarcmode); - if (newarcmode <= ArcPieSlice) - pGC->arcMode = newarcmode; - else - { - if (client) - client->errorValue = newarcmode; - error = BadValue; - } - break; - } - default: - if (client) - client->errorValue = maskQ; - error = BadValue; - break; - } - } /* end while mask && !error */ - - if (pGC->fillStyle == FillTiled && pGC->tileIsPixel) - { - if (!CreateDefaultTile (pGC)) - { - pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid; - error = BadAlloc; - } - } - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC)(pGC, maskQ); - return error; -} - -#undef NEXTVAL -#undef NEXT_PTR - -static const struct { - BITS32 mask; - RESTYPE type; - Mask access_mode; -} xidfields[] = { - { GCTile, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess }, - { GCStipple, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess }, - { GCFont, RT_FONT, DixUseAccess }, - { GCClipMask, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess }, -}; - -int -ChangeGCXIDs(ClientPtr client, GC *pGC, BITS32 mask, CARD32 *pC32) -{ - ChangeGCVal vals[GCLastBit + 1]; - int i; - if (mask & ~GCAllBits) - { - client->errorValue = mask; - return BadValue; - } - for (i = Ones(mask); i--; ) - vals[i].val = pC32[i]; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xidfields) / sizeof(*xidfields); ++i) - { - int offset, rc; - if (!(mask & xidfields[i].mask)) - continue; - offset = Ones(mask & (xidfields[i].mask - 1)); - if (xidfields[i].mask == GCClipMask && vals[offset].val == None) - { - vals[offset].ptr = NullPixmap; - continue; - } - rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&vals[offset].ptr, vals[offset].val, - xidfields[i].type, client, xidfields[i].access_mode); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = vals[offset].val; - if (rc == BadValue) - rc = (xidfields[i].type == RT_PIXMAP) ? BadPixmap : BadFont; - return rc; - } - } - return ChangeGC(client, pGC, mask, vals); -} - -/* CreateGC(pDrawable, mask, pval, pStatus) - creates a default GC for the given drawable, using mask to fill - in any non-default values. - Returns a pointer to the new GC on success, NULL otherwise. - returns status of non-default fields in pStatus -BUG: - should check for failure to create default tile - -*/ -GCPtr -CreateGC(DrawablePtr pDrawable, BITS32 mask, XID *pval, int *pStatus, - XID gcid, ClientPtr client) -{ - GCPtr pGC; - - pGC = malloc(sizeof(GC)); - if (!pGC) - { - *pStatus = BadAlloc; - return (GCPtr)NULL; - } - - pGC->pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen; - pGC->depth = pDrawable->depth; - pGC->alu = GXcopy; /* dst <- src */ - pGC->planemask = ~0; - pGC->serialNumber = GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT; - pGC->funcs = 0; - pGC->devPrivates = NULL; - pGC->fgPixel = 0; - pGC->bgPixel = 1; - pGC->lineWidth = 0; - pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid; - pGC->capStyle = CapButt; - pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter; - pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid; - pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule; - pGC->arcMode = ArcPieSlice; - pGC->tile.pixel = 0; - pGC->tile.pixmap = NullPixmap; - if (mask & GCForeground) - { - /* - * magic special case -- ChangeGC checks for this condition - * and snags the Foreground value to create a pseudo default-tile - */ - pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE; - } - else - { - pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE; - } - - pGC->patOrg.x = 0; - pGC->patOrg.y = 0; - pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren; - pGC->graphicsExposures = TRUE; - pGC->clipOrg.x = 0; - pGC->clipOrg.y = 0; - pGC->clientClipType = CT_NONE; - pGC->clientClip = (pointer)NULL; - pGC->numInDashList = 2; - pGC->dash = DefaultDash; - pGC->dashOffset = 0; - pGC->lastWinOrg.x = 0; - pGC->lastWinOrg.y = 0; - - /* use the default font and stipple */ - pGC->font = defaultFont; - defaultFont->refcnt++; - pGC->stipple = pGC->pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0]; - pGC->stipple->refcnt++; - - /* security creation/labeling check */ - *pStatus = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, gcid, RT_GC, pGC, - RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess); - if (*pStatus != Success) - goto out; - - pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits; - if (!(*pGC->pScreen->CreateGC)(pGC)) - *pStatus = BadAlloc; - else if (mask) - *pStatus = ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, mask, pval); - else - *pStatus = Success; - -out: - if (*pStatus != Success) - { - if (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap) - pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE; /* undo special case */ - FreeGC(pGC, (XID)0); - pGC = (GCPtr)NULL; - } - - return (pGC); -} - -static Bool -CreateDefaultTile (GCPtr pGC) -{ - ChangeGCVal tmpval[3]; - PixmapPtr pTile; - GCPtr pgcScratch; - xRectangle rect; - CARD16 w, h; - - w = 1; - h = 1; - (*pGC->pScreen->QueryBestSize)(TileShape, &w, &h, pGC->pScreen); - pTile = (PixmapPtr) - (*pGC->pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pGC->pScreen, - w, h, pGC->depth, 0); - pgcScratch = GetScratchGC(pGC->depth, pGC->pScreen); - if (!pTile || !pgcScratch) - { - if (pTile) - (*pTile->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pTile); - if (pgcScratch) - FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch); - return FALSE; - } - tmpval[0].val = GXcopy; - tmpval[1].val = pGC->tile.pixel; - tmpval[2].val = FillSolid; - (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pgcScratch, GCFunction | GCForeground | GCFillStyle, tmpval); - ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pTile, pgcScratch); - rect.x = 0; - rect.y = 0; - rect.width = w; - rect.height = h; - (*pgcScratch->ops->PolyFillRect)((DrawablePtr)pTile, pgcScratch, 1, &rect); - /* Always remember to free the scratch graphics context after use. */ - FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch); - - pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE; - pGC->tile.pixmap = pTile; - return TRUE; -} - -int -CopyGC(GC *pgcSrc, GC *pgcDst, BITS32 mask) -{ - BITS32 index2; - BITS32 maskQ; - int error = 0; - - if (pgcSrc == pgcDst) - return Success; - pgcDst->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT; - pgcDst->stateChanges |= mask; - maskQ = mask; - while (mask) - { - index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (mask); - mask &= ~index2; - switch (index2) - { - case GCFunction: - pgcDst->alu = pgcSrc->alu; - break; - case GCPlaneMask: - pgcDst->planemask = pgcSrc->planemask; - break; - case GCForeground: - pgcDst->fgPixel = pgcSrc->fgPixel; - break; - case GCBackground: - pgcDst->bgPixel = pgcSrc->bgPixel; - break; - case GCLineWidth: - pgcDst->lineWidth = pgcSrc->lineWidth; - break; - case GCLineStyle: - pgcDst->lineStyle = pgcSrc->lineStyle; - break; - case GCCapStyle: - pgcDst->capStyle = pgcSrc->capStyle; - break; - case GCJoinStyle: - pgcDst->joinStyle = pgcSrc->joinStyle; - break; - case GCFillStyle: - pgcDst->fillStyle = pgcSrc->fillStyle; - break; - case GCFillRule: - pgcDst->fillRule = pgcSrc->fillRule; - break; - case GCTile: - { - if (EqualPixUnion(pgcDst->tileIsPixel, - pgcDst->tile, - pgcSrc->tileIsPixel, - pgcSrc->tile)) - { - break; - } - if (!pgcDst->tileIsPixel) - (* pgcDst->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pgcDst->tile.pixmap); - pgcDst->tileIsPixel = pgcSrc->tileIsPixel; - pgcDst->tile = pgcSrc->tile; - if (!pgcDst->tileIsPixel) - pgcDst->tile.pixmap->refcnt++; - break; - } - case GCStipple: - { - if (pgcDst->stipple == pgcSrc->stipple) - break; - if (pgcDst->stipple) - (* pgcDst->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pgcDst->stipple); - pgcDst->stipple = pgcSrc->stipple; - if (pgcDst->stipple) - pgcDst->stipple->refcnt ++; - break; - } - case GCTileStipXOrigin: - pgcDst->patOrg.x = pgcSrc->patOrg.x; - break; - case GCTileStipYOrigin: - pgcDst->patOrg.y = pgcSrc->patOrg.y; - break; - case GCFont: - if (pgcDst->font == pgcSrc->font) - break; - if (pgcDst->font) - CloseFont(pgcDst->font, (Font)0); - if ((pgcDst->font = pgcSrc->font) != NullFont) - (pgcDst->font)->refcnt++; - break; - case GCSubwindowMode: - pgcDst->subWindowMode = pgcSrc->subWindowMode; - break; - case GCGraphicsExposures: - pgcDst->graphicsExposures = pgcSrc->graphicsExposures; - break; - case GCClipXOrigin: - pgcDst->clipOrg.x = pgcSrc->clipOrg.x; - break; - case GCClipYOrigin: - pgcDst->clipOrg.y = pgcSrc->clipOrg.y; - break; - case GCClipMask: - (* pgcDst->funcs->CopyClip)(pgcDst, pgcSrc); - break; - case GCDashOffset: - pgcDst->dashOffset = pgcSrc->dashOffset; - break; - case GCDashList: - if (pgcSrc->dash == DefaultDash) - { - if (pgcDst->dash != DefaultDash) - { - free(pgcDst->dash); - pgcDst->numInDashList = pgcSrc->numInDashList; - pgcDst->dash = pgcSrc->dash; - } - } - else - { - unsigned char *dash; - unsigned int i; - - dash = malloc(pgcSrc->numInDashList * sizeof(unsigned char)); - if (dash) - { - if (pgcDst->dash != DefaultDash) - free(pgcDst->dash); - pgcDst->numInDashList = pgcSrc->numInDashList; - pgcDst->dash = dash; - for (i=0; i<pgcSrc->numInDashList; i++) - dash[i] = pgcSrc->dash[i]; - } - else - error = BadAlloc; - } - break; - case GCArcMode: - pgcDst->arcMode = pgcSrc->arcMode; - break; - default: - FatalError ("CopyGC: Unhandled mask!\n"); - } - } - if (pgcDst->fillStyle == FillTiled && pgcDst->tileIsPixel) - { - if (!CreateDefaultTile (pgcDst)) - { - pgcDst->fillStyle = FillSolid; - error = BadAlloc; - } - } - (*pgcDst->funcs->CopyGC) (pgcSrc, maskQ, pgcDst); - return error; -} - -/** - * does the diX part of freeing the characteristics in the GC. - * - * \param value must conform to DeleteType - */ -int -FreeGC(pointer value, XID gid) -{ - GCPtr pGC = (GCPtr)value; - - CloseFont(pGC->font, (Font)0); - (* pGC->funcs->DestroyClip)(pGC); - - if (!pGC->tileIsPixel) - (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->tile.pixmap); - if (pGC->stipple) - (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->stipple); - - (*pGC->funcs->DestroyGC) (pGC); - if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash) - free(pGC->dash); - dixFreePrivates(pGC->devPrivates); - free(pGC); - return(Success); -} - -/* CreateScratchGC(pScreen, depth) - like CreateGC, but doesn't do the default tile or stipple, -since we can't create them without already having a GC. any code -using the tile or stipple has to set them explicitly anyway, -since the state of the scratch gc is unknown. This is OK -because ChangeGC() has to be able to deal with NULL tiles and -stipples anyway (in case the CreateGC() call has provided a -value for them -- we can't set the default tile until the -client-supplied attributes are installed, since the fgPixel -is what fills the default tile. (maybe this comment should -go with CreateGC() or ChangeGC().) -*/ - -GCPtr -CreateScratchGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned depth) -{ - GCPtr pGC; - - pGC = malloc(sizeof(GC)); - if (!pGC) - return (GCPtr)NULL; - - pGC->pScreen = pScreen; - pGC->depth = depth; - pGC->alu = GXcopy; /* dst <- src */ - pGC->planemask = ~0; - pGC->serialNumber = 0; - pGC->devPrivates = NULL; - pGC->fgPixel = 0; - pGC->bgPixel = 1; - pGC->lineWidth = 0; - pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid; - pGC->capStyle = CapButt; - pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter; - pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid; - pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule; - pGC->arcMode = ArcPieSlice; - pGC->font = defaultFont; - if ( pGC->font) /* necessary, because open of default font could fail */ - pGC->font->refcnt++; - pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE; - pGC->tile.pixel = 0; - pGC->tile.pixmap = NullPixmap; - pGC->stipple = NullPixmap; - pGC->patOrg.x = 0; - pGC->patOrg.y = 0; - pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren; - pGC->graphicsExposures = TRUE; - pGC->clipOrg.x = 0; - pGC->clipOrg.y = 0; - pGC->clientClipType = CT_NONE; - pGC->dashOffset = 0; - pGC->numInDashList = 2; - pGC->dash = DefaultDash; - pGC->lastWinOrg.x = 0; - pGC->lastWinOrg.y = 0; - - pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits; - if (!(*pScreen->CreateGC)(pGC)) - { - FreeGC(pGC, (XID)0); - pGC = (GCPtr)NULL; - } - return pGC; -} - -void -FreeGCperDepth(int screenNum) -{ - int i; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - GCPtr *ppGC; - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - ppGC = pScreen->GCperDepth; - - for (i = 0; i <= pScreen->numDepths; i++) - (void)FreeGC(ppGC[i], (XID)0); - pScreen->rgf = ~0L; -} - - -Bool -CreateGCperDepth(int screenNum) -{ - int i; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - DepthPtr pDepth; - GCPtr *ppGC; - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - pScreen->rgf = 0; - ppGC = pScreen->GCperDepth; - /* do depth 1 separately because it's not included in list */ - if (!(ppGC[0] = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, 1))) - return FALSE; - ppGC[0]->graphicsExposures = FALSE; - /* Make sure we don't overflow GCperDepth[] */ - if( pScreen->numDepths > MAXFORMATS ) - return FALSE; - - pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths; - for (i=0; i<pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++) - { - if (!(ppGC[i+1] = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, pDepth->depth))) - { - for (; i >= 0; i--) - (void)FreeGC(ppGC[i], (XID)0); - return FALSE; - } - ppGC[i+1]->graphicsExposures = FALSE; - } - return TRUE; -} - -Bool -CreateDefaultStipple(int screenNum) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen; - ChangeGCVal tmpval[3]; - xRectangle rect; - CARD16 w, h; - GCPtr pgcScratch; - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - - w = 16; - h = 16; - (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(StippleShape, &w, &h, pScreen); - if (!(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0] = - (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, w, h, 1, 0))) - return FALSE; - /* fill stipple with 1 */ - tmpval[0].val = GXcopy; - tmpval[1].val = 1; - tmpval[2].val = FillSolid; - pgcScratch = GetScratchGC(1, pScreen); - if (!pgcScratch) - { - (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0]); - return FALSE; - } - (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pgcScratch, GCFunction|GCForeground|GCFillStyle, tmpval); - ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0], pgcScratch); - rect.x = 0; - rect.y = 0; - rect.width = w; - rect.height = h; - (*pgcScratch->ops->PolyFillRect)((DrawablePtr)pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0], - pgcScratch, 1, &rect); - FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch); - return TRUE; -} - -void -FreeDefaultStipple(int screenNum) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum]; - (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0]); -} - -int -SetDashes(GCPtr pGC, unsigned offset, unsigned ndash, unsigned char *pdash) -{ - long i; - unsigned char *p, *indash; - BITS32 maskQ = 0; - - i = ndash; - p = pdash; - while (i--) - { - if (!*p++) - { - /* dash segment must be > 0 */ - return BadValue; - } - } - - if (ndash & 1) - p = malloc(2 * ndash * sizeof(unsigned char)); - else - p = malloc(ndash * sizeof(unsigned char)); - if (!p) - return BadAlloc; - - pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT; - if (offset != pGC->dashOffset) - { - pGC->dashOffset = offset; - pGC->stateChanges |= GCDashOffset; - maskQ |= GCDashOffset; - } - - if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash) - free(pGC->dash); - pGC->numInDashList = ndash; - pGC->dash = p; - if (ndash & 1) - { - pGC->numInDashList += ndash; - indash = pdash; - i = ndash; - while (i--) - *p++ = *indash++; - } - while(ndash--) - *p++ = *pdash++; - pGC->stateChanges |= GCDashList; - maskQ |= GCDashList; - - if (pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) (pGC, maskQ); - return Success; -} - -int -VerifyRectOrder(int nrects, xRectangle *prects, int ordering) -{ - xRectangle *prectP, *prectN; - int i; - - switch(ordering) - { - case Unsorted: - return CT_UNSORTED; - case YSorted: - if(nrects > 1) - { - for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1; - i < nrects; - i++, prectP++, prectN++) - if(prectN->y < prectP->y) - return -1; - } - return CT_YSORTED; - case YXSorted: - if(nrects > 1) - { - for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1; - i < nrects; - i++, prectP++, prectN++) - if((prectN->y < prectP->y) || - ( (prectN->y == prectP->y) && - (prectN->x < prectP->x) ) ) - return -1; - } - return CT_YXSORTED; - case YXBanded: - if(nrects > 1) - { - for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1; - i < nrects; - i++, prectP++, prectN++) - if((prectN->y != prectP->y && - prectN->y < prectP->y + (int) prectP->height) || - ((prectN->y == prectP->y) && - (prectN->height != prectP->height || - prectN->x < prectP->x + (int) prectP->width))) - return -1; - } - return CT_YXBANDED; - } - return -1; -} - -int -SetClipRects(GCPtr pGC, int xOrigin, int yOrigin, int nrects, - xRectangle *prects, int ordering) -{ - int newct, size; - xRectangle *prectsNew; - - newct = VerifyRectOrder(nrects, prects, ordering); - if (newct < 0) - return(BadMatch); - size = nrects * sizeof(xRectangle); - prectsNew = malloc(size); - if (!prectsNew && size) - return BadAlloc; - - pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT; - pGC->clipOrg.x = xOrigin; - pGC->stateChanges |= GCClipXOrigin; - - pGC->clipOrg.y = yOrigin; - pGC->stateChanges |= GCClipYOrigin; - - if (size) - memmove((char *)prectsNew, (char *)prects, size); - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip)(pGC, newct, (pointer)prectsNew, nrects); - if (pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) (pGC, GCClipXOrigin|GCClipYOrigin|GCClipMask); - return Success; -} - - -/* - sets reasonable defaults - if we can get a pre-allocated one, use it and mark it as used. - if we can't, create one out of whole cloth (The Velveteen GC -- if - you use it often enough it will become real.) -*/ -GCPtr -GetScratchGC(unsigned depth, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - int i; - GCPtr pGC; - - for (i=0; i<=pScreen->numDepths; i++) - if ( pScreen->GCperDepth[i]->depth == depth && - !(pScreen->rgf & (1L << (i+1))) - ) - { - pScreen->rgf |= (1L << (i+1)); - pGC = (pScreen->GCperDepth[i]); - - pGC->alu = GXcopy; - pGC->planemask = ~0; - pGC->serialNumber = 0; - pGC->fgPixel = 0; - pGC->bgPixel = 1; - pGC->lineWidth = 0; - pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid; - pGC->capStyle = CapButt; - pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter; - pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid; - pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule; - pGC->arcMode = ArcChord; - pGC->patOrg.x = 0; - pGC->patOrg.y = 0; - pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren; - pGC->graphicsExposures = FALSE; - pGC->clipOrg.x = 0; - pGC->clipOrg.y = 0; - if (pGC->clientClipType != CT_NONE) - (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip) (pGC, CT_NONE, NULL, 0); - pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits; - return pGC; - } - /* if we make it this far, need to roll our own */ - pGC = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, depth); - if (pGC) - pGC->graphicsExposures = FALSE; - return pGC; -} - -/* - if the gc to free is in the table of pre-existing ones, -mark it as available. - if not, free it for real -*/ -void -FreeScratchGC(GCPtr pGC) -{ - ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen; - int i; - - for (i=0; i<=pScreen->numDepths; i++) - { - if ( pScreen->GCperDepth[i] == pGC) - { - pScreen->rgf &= ~(1L << (i+1)); - return; - } - } - (void)FreeGC(pGC, (GContext)0); -} +/***********************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+******************************************************************/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xmd.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "gcstruct.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "dixfontstr.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "region.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+
+#include "privates.h"
+#include "dix.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include <assert.h>
+
+extern FontPtr defaultFont;
+
+static Bool CreateDefaultTile(GCPtr pGC);
+
+static unsigned char DefaultDash[2] = {4, 4};
+
+void
+ValidateGC(DrawablePtr pDraw, GC *pGC)
+{
+ (*pGC->funcs->ValidateGC) (pGC, pGC->stateChanges, pDraw);
+ pGC->stateChanges = 0;
+ pGC->serialNumber = pDraw->serialNumber;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * ChangeGC/ChangeGCXIDs:
+ *
+ * The client performing the gc change must be passed so that access
+ * checks can be performed on any tiles, stipples, or fonts that are
+ * specified. ddxen can call this too; they should normally pass
+ * NullClient for the client since any access checking should have
+ * already been done at a higher level.
+ *
+ * If you have any XIDs, you must use ChangeGCXIDs:
+ *
+ * CARD32 v[2];
+ * v[0] = FillTiled;
+ * v[1] = pid;
+ * ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, GCFillStyle|GCTile, v);
+ *
+ * However, if you need to pass a pointer to a pixmap or font, you must
+ * use ChangeGC:
+ *
+ * ChangeGCVal v[2];
+ * v[0].val = FillTiled;
+ * v[1].ptr = pPixmap;
+ * ChangeGC(client, pGC, GCFillStyle|GCTile, v);
+ *
+ * If you have neither XIDs nor pointers, you can use either function,
+ * but ChangeGC will do less work.
+ *
+ * ChangeGCVal v[2];
+ * v[0].val = foreground;
+ * v[1].val = background;
+ * ChangeGC(client, pGC, GCForeground|GCBackground, v);
+ */
+
+#define NEXTVAL(_type, _var) { \
+ _var = (_type)(pUnion->val); pUnion++; \
+ }
+
+#define NEXT_PTR(_type, _var) { \
+ _var = (_type)pUnion->ptr; pUnion++; }
+
+int
+ChangeGC(ClientPtr client, GC *pGC, BITS32 mask, ChangeGCValPtr pUnion)
+{
+ BITS32 index2;
+ int error = 0;
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap;
+ BITS32 maskQ;
+
+ assert(pUnion);
+ pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT;
+
+ maskQ = mask; /* save these for when we walk the GCque */
+ while (mask && !error)
+ {
+ index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (mask);
+ mask &= ~index2;
+ pGC->stateChanges |= index2;
+ switch (index2)
+ {
+ case GCFunction:
+ {
+ CARD8 newalu;
+ NEXTVAL(CARD8, newalu);
+ if (newalu <= GXset)
+ pGC->alu = newalu;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newalu;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCPlaneMask:
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->planemask);
+ break;
+ case GCForeground:
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->fgPixel);
+ /*
+ * this is for CreateGC
+ */
+ if (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap)
+ {
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE;
+ pGC->tile.pixel = pGC->fgPixel;
+ }
+ break;
+ case GCBackground:
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned long, pGC->bgPixel);
+ break;
+ case GCLineWidth: /* ??? line width is a CARD16 */
+ NEXTVAL(CARD16, pGC->lineWidth);
+ break;
+ case GCLineStyle:
+ {
+ unsigned int newlinestyle;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newlinestyle);
+ if (newlinestyle <= LineDoubleDash)
+ pGC->lineStyle = newlinestyle;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newlinestyle;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCCapStyle:
+ {
+ unsigned int newcapstyle;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newcapstyle);
+ if (newcapstyle <= CapProjecting)
+ pGC->capStyle = newcapstyle;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newcapstyle;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCJoinStyle:
+ {
+ unsigned int newjoinstyle;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newjoinstyle);
+ if (newjoinstyle <= JoinBevel)
+ pGC->joinStyle = newjoinstyle;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newjoinstyle;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCFillStyle:
+ {
+ unsigned int newfillstyle;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newfillstyle);
+ if (newfillstyle <= FillOpaqueStippled)
+ pGC->fillStyle = newfillstyle;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newfillstyle;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCFillRule:
+ {
+ unsigned int newfillrule;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newfillrule);
+ if (newfillrule <= WindingRule)
+ pGC->fillRule = newfillrule;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newfillrule;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCTile:
+ NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap);
+ if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != pGC->depth) ||
+ (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pPixmap->refcnt++;
+ if (!pGC->tileIsPixel)
+ (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->tile.pixmap);
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE;
+ pGC->tile.pixmap = pPixmap;
+ }
+ break;
+ case GCStipple:
+ NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap);
+ if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1) ||
+ (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pPixmap->refcnt++;
+ if (pGC->stipple)
+ (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->stipple);
+ pGC->stipple = pPixmap;
+ }
+ break;
+ case GCTileStipXOrigin:
+ NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->patOrg.x);
+ break;
+ case GCTileStipYOrigin:
+ NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->patOrg.y);
+ break;
+ case GCFont:
+ {
+ FontPtr pFont;
+ NEXT_PTR(FontPtr, pFont);
+ pFont->refcnt++;
+ if (pGC->font)
+ CloseFont(pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ pGC->font = pFont;
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCSubwindowMode:
+ {
+ unsigned int newclipmode;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newclipmode);
+ if (newclipmode <= IncludeInferiors)
+ pGC->subWindowMode = newclipmode;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newclipmode;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCGraphicsExposures:
+ {
+ unsigned int newge;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newge);
+ if (newge <= xTrue)
+ pGC->graphicsExposures = newge;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newge;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCClipXOrigin:
+ NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->clipOrg.x);
+ break;
+ case GCClipYOrigin:
+ NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->clipOrg.y);
+ break;
+ case GCClipMask:
+ NEXT_PTR(PixmapPtr, pPixmap);
+ if (pPixmap)
+ {
+ if ((pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1) ||
+ (pPixmap->drawable.pScreen != pGC->pScreen))
+ {
+ error = BadMatch;
+ break;
+ }
+ pPixmap->refcnt++;
+ }
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip)(pGC, pPixmap ? CT_PIXMAP : CT_NONE,
+ (pointer)pPixmap, 0);
+ break;
+ case GCDashOffset:
+ NEXTVAL(INT16, pGC->dashOffset);
+ break;
+ case GCDashList:
+ {
+ CARD8 newdash;
+ NEXTVAL(CARD8, newdash);
+ if (newdash == 4)
+ {
+ if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash)
+ {
+ free(pGC->dash);
+ pGC->numInDashList = 2;
+ pGC->dash = DefaultDash;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (newdash != 0)
+ {
+ unsigned char *dash;
+
+ dash = malloc(2 * sizeof(unsigned char));
+ if (dash)
+ {
+ if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash)
+ free(pGC->dash);
+ pGC->numInDashList = 2;
+ pGC->dash = dash;
+ dash[0] = newdash;
+ dash[1] = newdash;
+ }
+ else
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newdash;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCArcMode:
+ {
+ unsigned int newarcmode;
+ NEXTVAL(unsigned int, newarcmode);
+ if (newarcmode <= ArcPieSlice)
+ pGC->arcMode = newarcmode;
+ else
+ {
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = newarcmode;
+ error = BadValue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ default:
+ if (client)
+ client->errorValue = maskQ;
+ error = BadValue;
+ break;
+ }
+ } /* end while mask && !error */
+
+ if (pGC->fillStyle == FillTiled && pGC->tileIsPixel)
+ {
+ if (!CreateDefaultTile (pGC))
+ {
+ pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid;
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC)(pGC, maskQ);
+ return error;
+}
+
+#undef NEXTVAL
+#undef NEXT_PTR
+
+static const struct {
+ BITS32 mask;
+ RESTYPE type;
+ Mask access_mode;
+} xidfields[] = {
+ { GCTile, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess },
+ { GCStipple, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess },
+ { GCFont, RT_FONT, DixUseAccess },
+ { GCClipMask, RT_PIXMAP, DixReadAccess },
+};
+
+int
+ChangeGCXIDs(ClientPtr client, GC *pGC, BITS32 mask, CARD32 *pC32)
+{
+ ChangeGCVal vals[GCLastBit + 1];
+ int i;
+ if (mask & ~GCAllBits)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = mask;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ for (i = Ones(mask); i--; )
+ vals[i].val = pC32[i];
+ for (i = 0; i < sizeof(xidfields) / sizeof(*xidfields); ++i)
+ {
+ int offset, rc;
+ if (!(mask & xidfields[i].mask))
+ continue;
+ offset = Ones(mask & (xidfields[i].mask - 1));
+ if (xidfields[i].mask == GCClipMask && vals[offset].val == None)
+ {
+ vals[offset].ptr = NullPixmap;
+ continue;
+ }
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType(&vals[offset].ptr, vals[offset].val,
+ xidfields[i].type, client, xidfields[i].access_mode);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = vals[offset].val;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ return ChangeGC(client, pGC, mask, vals);
+}
+
+/* CreateGC(pDrawable, mask, pval, pStatus)
+ creates a default GC for the given drawable, using mask to fill
+ in any non-default values.
+ Returns a pointer to the new GC on success, NULL otherwise.
+ returns status of non-default fields in pStatus
+BUG:
+ should check for failure to create default tile
+
+*/
+GCPtr
+CreateGC(DrawablePtr pDrawable, BITS32 mask, XID *pval, int *pStatus,
+ XID gcid, ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GCPtr pGC;
+
+ pGC = malloc(sizeof(GC));
+ if (!pGC)
+ {
+ *pStatus = BadAlloc;
+ return (GCPtr)NULL;
+ }
+
+ pGC->pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+ pGC->depth = pDrawable->depth;
+ pGC->alu = GXcopy; /* dst <- src */
+ pGC->planemask = ~0;
+ pGC->serialNumber = GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT;
+ pGC->funcs = 0;
+ pGC->devPrivates = NULL;
+ pGC->fgPixel = 0;
+ pGC->bgPixel = 1;
+ pGC->lineWidth = 0;
+ pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid;
+ pGC->capStyle = CapButt;
+ pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter;
+ pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid;
+ pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule;
+ pGC->arcMode = ArcPieSlice;
+ pGC->tile.pixel = 0;
+ pGC->tile.pixmap = NullPixmap;
+ if (mask & GCForeground)
+ {
+ /*
+ * magic special case -- ChangeGC checks for this condition
+ * and snags the Foreground value to create a pseudo default-tile
+ */
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE;
+ }
+
+ pGC->patOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->patOrg.y = 0;
+ pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren;
+ pGC->graphicsExposures = TRUE;
+ pGC->clipOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->clipOrg.y = 0;
+ pGC->clientClipType = CT_NONE;
+ pGC->clientClip = (pointer)NULL;
+ pGC->numInDashList = 2;
+ pGC->dash = DefaultDash;
+ pGC->dashOffset = 0;
+ pGC->lastWinOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->lastWinOrg.y = 0;
+
+ /* use the default font and stipple */
+ pGC->font = defaultFont;
+ defaultFont->refcnt++;
+ pGC->stipple = pGC->pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0];
+ pGC->stipple->refcnt++;
+
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ *pStatus = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, gcid, RT_GC, pGC,
+ RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess|DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (*pStatus != Success)
+ goto out;
+
+ pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits;
+ if (!(*pGC->pScreen->CreateGC)(pGC))
+ *pStatus = BadAlloc;
+ else if (mask)
+ *pStatus = ChangeGCXIDs(client, pGC, mask, pval);
+ else
+ *pStatus = Success;
+
+out:
+ if (*pStatus != Success)
+ {
+ if (!pGC->tileIsPixel && !pGC->tile.pixmap)
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE; /* undo special case */
+ FreeGC(pGC, (XID)0);
+ pGC = (GCPtr)NULL;
+ }
+
+ return (pGC);
+}
+
+static Bool
+CreateDefaultTile (GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ChangeGCVal tmpval[3];
+ PixmapPtr pTile;
+ GCPtr pgcScratch;
+ xRectangle rect;
+ CARD16 w, h;
+
+ w = 1;
+ h = 1;
+ (*pGC->pScreen->QueryBestSize)(TileShape, &w, &h, pGC->pScreen);
+ pTile = (PixmapPtr)
+ (*pGC->pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pGC->pScreen,
+ w, h, pGC->depth, 0);
+ pgcScratch = GetScratchGC(pGC->depth, pGC->pScreen);
+ if (!pTile || !pgcScratch)
+ {
+ if (pTile)
+ (*pTile->drawable.pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pTile);
+ if (pgcScratch)
+ FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ tmpval[0].val = GXcopy;
+ tmpval[1].val = pGC->tile.pixel;
+ tmpval[2].val = FillSolid;
+ (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pgcScratch, GCFunction | GCForeground | GCFillStyle, tmpval);
+ ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pTile, pgcScratch);
+ rect.x = 0;
+ rect.y = 0;
+ rect.width = w;
+ rect.height = h;
+ (*pgcScratch->ops->PolyFillRect)((DrawablePtr)pTile, pgcScratch, 1, &rect);
+ /* Always remember to free the scratch graphics context after use. */
+ FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch);
+
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = FALSE;
+ pGC->tile.pixmap = pTile;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+CopyGC(GC *pgcSrc, GC *pgcDst, BITS32 mask)
+{
+ BITS32 index2;
+ BITS32 maskQ;
+ int error = 0;
+
+ if (pgcSrc == pgcDst)
+ return Success;
+ pgcDst->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT;
+ pgcDst->stateChanges |= mask;
+ maskQ = mask;
+ while (mask)
+ {
+ index2 = (BITS32) lowbit (mask);
+ mask &= ~index2;
+ switch (index2)
+ {
+ case GCFunction:
+ pgcDst->alu = pgcSrc->alu;
+ break;
+ case GCPlaneMask:
+ pgcDst->planemask = pgcSrc->planemask;
+ break;
+ case GCForeground:
+ pgcDst->fgPixel = pgcSrc->fgPixel;
+ break;
+ case GCBackground:
+ pgcDst->bgPixel = pgcSrc->bgPixel;
+ break;
+ case GCLineWidth:
+ pgcDst->lineWidth = pgcSrc->lineWidth;
+ break;
+ case GCLineStyle:
+ pgcDst->lineStyle = pgcSrc->lineStyle;
+ break;
+ case GCCapStyle:
+ pgcDst->capStyle = pgcSrc->capStyle;
+ break;
+ case GCJoinStyle:
+ pgcDst->joinStyle = pgcSrc->joinStyle;
+ break;
+ case GCFillStyle:
+ pgcDst->fillStyle = pgcSrc->fillStyle;
+ break;
+ case GCFillRule:
+ pgcDst->fillRule = pgcSrc->fillRule;
+ break;
+ case GCTile:
+ {
+ if (EqualPixUnion(pgcDst->tileIsPixel,
+ pgcDst->tile,
+ pgcSrc->tileIsPixel,
+ pgcSrc->tile))
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!pgcDst->tileIsPixel)
+ (* pgcDst->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pgcDst->tile.pixmap);
+ pgcDst->tileIsPixel = pgcSrc->tileIsPixel;
+ pgcDst->tile = pgcSrc->tile;
+ if (!pgcDst->tileIsPixel)
+ pgcDst->tile.pixmap->refcnt++;
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCStipple:
+ {
+ if (pgcDst->stipple == pgcSrc->stipple)
+ break;
+ if (pgcDst->stipple)
+ (* pgcDst->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pgcDst->stipple);
+ pgcDst->stipple = pgcSrc->stipple;
+ if (pgcDst->stipple)
+ pgcDst->stipple->refcnt ++;
+ break;
+ }
+ case GCTileStipXOrigin:
+ pgcDst->patOrg.x = pgcSrc->patOrg.x;
+ break;
+ case GCTileStipYOrigin:
+ pgcDst->patOrg.y = pgcSrc->patOrg.y;
+ break;
+ case GCFont:
+ if (pgcDst->font == pgcSrc->font)
+ break;
+ if (pgcDst->font)
+ CloseFont(pgcDst->font, (Font)0);
+ if ((pgcDst->font = pgcSrc->font) != NullFont)
+ (pgcDst->font)->refcnt++;
+ break;
+ case GCSubwindowMode:
+ pgcDst->subWindowMode = pgcSrc->subWindowMode;
+ break;
+ case GCGraphicsExposures:
+ pgcDst->graphicsExposures = pgcSrc->graphicsExposures;
+ break;
+ case GCClipXOrigin:
+ pgcDst->clipOrg.x = pgcSrc->clipOrg.x;
+ break;
+ case GCClipYOrigin:
+ pgcDst->clipOrg.y = pgcSrc->clipOrg.y;
+ break;
+ case GCClipMask:
+ (* pgcDst->funcs->CopyClip)(pgcDst, pgcSrc);
+ break;
+ case GCDashOffset:
+ pgcDst->dashOffset = pgcSrc->dashOffset;
+ break;
+ case GCDashList:
+ if (pgcSrc->dash == DefaultDash)
+ {
+ if (pgcDst->dash != DefaultDash)
+ {
+ free(pgcDst->dash);
+ pgcDst->numInDashList = pgcSrc->numInDashList;
+ pgcDst->dash = pgcSrc->dash;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned char *dash;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ dash = malloc(pgcSrc->numInDashList * sizeof(unsigned char));
+ if (dash)
+ {
+ if (pgcDst->dash != DefaultDash)
+ free(pgcDst->dash);
+ pgcDst->numInDashList = pgcSrc->numInDashList;
+ pgcDst->dash = dash;
+ for (i=0; i<pgcSrc->numInDashList; i++)
+ dash[i] = pgcSrc->dash[i];
+ }
+ else
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ break;
+ case GCArcMode:
+ pgcDst->arcMode = pgcSrc->arcMode;
+ break;
+ default:
+ FatalError ("CopyGC: Unhandled mask!\n");
+ }
+ }
+ if (pgcDst->fillStyle == FillTiled && pgcDst->tileIsPixel)
+ {
+ if (!CreateDefaultTile (pgcDst))
+ {
+ pgcDst->fillStyle = FillSolid;
+ error = BadAlloc;
+ }
+ }
+ (*pgcDst->funcs->CopyGC) (pgcSrc, maskQ, pgcDst);
+ return error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * does the diX part of freeing the characteristics in the GC.
+ *
+ * \param value must conform to DeleteType
+ */
+int
+FreeGC(pointer value, XID gid)
+{
+ GCPtr pGC = (GCPtr)value;
+
+ CloseFont(pGC->font, (Font)0);
+ (* pGC->funcs->DestroyClip)(pGC);
+
+ if (!pGC->tileIsPixel)
+ (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->tile.pixmap);
+ if (pGC->stipple)
+ (* pGC->pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pGC->stipple);
+
+ (*pGC->funcs->DestroyGC) (pGC);
+ if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash)
+ free(pGC->dash);
+ dixFreePrivates(pGC->devPrivates);
+ free(pGC);
+ return(Success);
+}
+
+/* CreateScratchGC(pScreen, depth)
+ like CreateGC, but doesn't do the default tile or stipple,
+since we can't create them without already having a GC. any code
+using the tile or stipple has to set them explicitly anyway,
+since the state of the scratch gc is unknown. This is OK
+because ChangeGC() has to be able to deal with NULL tiles and
+stipples anyway (in case the CreateGC() call has provided a
+value for them -- we can't set the default tile until the
+client-supplied attributes are installed, since the fgPixel
+is what fills the default tile. (maybe this comment should
+go with CreateGC() or ChangeGC().)
+*/
+
+GCPtr
+CreateScratchGC(ScreenPtr pScreen, unsigned depth)
+{
+ GCPtr pGC;
+
+ pGC = malloc(sizeof(GC));
+ if (!pGC)
+ return (GCPtr)NULL;
+
+ pGC->pScreen = pScreen;
+ pGC->depth = depth;
+ pGC->alu = GXcopy; /* dst <- src */
+ pGC->planemask = ~0;
+ pGC->serialNumber = 0;
+ pGC->devPrivates = NULL;
+ pGC->fgPixel = 0;
+ pGC->bgPixel = 1;
+ pGC->lineWidth = 0;
+ pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid;
+ pGC->capStyle = CapButt;
+ pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter;
+ pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid;
+ pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule;
+ pGC->arcMode = ArcPieSlice;
+ pGC->font = defaultFont;
+ if ( pGC->font) /* necessary, because open of default font could fail */
+ pGC->font->refcnt++;
+ pGC->tileIsPixel = TRUE;
+ pGC->tile.pixel = 0;
+ pGC->tile.pixmap = NullPixmap;
+ pGC->stipple = NullPixmap;
+ pGC->patOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->patOrg.y = 0;
+ pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren;
+ pGC->graphicsExposures = TRUE;
+ pGC->clipOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->clipOrg.y = 0;
+ pGC->clientClipType = CT_NONE;
+ pGC->dashOffset = 0;
+ pGC->numInDashList = 2;
+ pGC->dash = DefaultDash;
+ pGC->lastWinOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->lastWinOrg.y = 0;
+
+ pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits;
+ if (!(*pScreen->CreateGC)(pGC))
+ {
+ FreeGC(pGC, (XID)0);
+ pGC = (GCPtr)NULL;
+ }
+ return pGC;
+}
+
+void
+FreeGCperDepth(int screenNum)
+{
+ int i;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ GCPtr *ppGC;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ ppGC = pScreen->GCperDepth;
+
+ for (i = 0; i <= pScreen->numDepths; i++)
+ (void)FreeGC(ppGC[i], (XID)0);
+ pScreen->rgf = ~0L;
+}
+
+
+Bool
+CreateGCperDepth(int screenNum)
+{
+ int i;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ DepthPtr pDepth;
+ GCPtr *ppGC;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ pScreen->rgf = 0;
+ ppGC = pScreen->GCperDepth;
+ /* do depth 1 separately because it's not included in list */
+ if (!(ppGC[0] = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, 1)))
+ return FALSE;
+ ppGC[0]->graphicsExposures = FALSE;
+ /* Make sure we don't overflow GCperDepth[] */
+ if( pScreen->numDepths > MAXFORMATS )
+ return FALSE;
+
+ pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths;
+ for (i=0; i<pScreen->numDepths; i++, pDepth++)
+ {
+ if (!(ppGC[i+1] = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, pDepth->depth)))
+ {
+ for (; i >= 0; i--)
+ (void)FreeGC(ppGC[i], (XID)0);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ ppGC[i+1]->graphicsExposures = FALSE;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+Bool
+CreateDefaultStipple(int screenNum)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ ChangeGCVal tmpval[3];
+ xRectangle rect;
+ CARD16 w, h;
+ GCPtr pgcScratch;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+
+ w = 16;
+ h = 16;
+ (* pScreen->QueryBestSize)(StippleShape, &w, &h, pScreen);
+ if (!(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0] =
+ (*pScreen->CreatePixmap)(pScreen, w, h, 1, 0)))
+ return FALSE;
+ /* fill stipple with 1 */
+ tmpval[0].val = GXcopy;
+ tmpval[1].val = 1;
+ tmpval[2].val = FillSolid;
+ pgcScratch = GetScratchGC(1, pScreen);
+ if (!pgcScratch)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0]);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ (void)ChangeGC(NullClient, pgcScratch, GCFunction|GCForeground|GCFillStyle, tmpval);
+ ValidateGC((DrawablePtr)pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0], pgcScratch);
+ rect.x = 0;
+ rect.y = 0;
+ rect.width = w;
+ rect.height = h;
+ (*pgcScratch->ops->PolyFillRect)((DrawablePtr)pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0],
+ pgcScratch, 1, &rect);
+ FreeScratchGC(pgcScratch);
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+FreeDefaultStipple(int screenNum)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screenNum];
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap)(pScreen->PixmapPerDepth[0]);
+}
+
+int
+SetDashes(GCPtr pGC, unsigned offset, unsigned ndash, unsigned char *pdash)
+{
+ long i;
+ unsigned char *p, *indash;
+ BITS32 maskQ = 0;
+
+ i = ndash;
+ p = pdash;
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ if (!*p++)
+ {
+ /* dash segment must be > 0 */
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (ndash & 1)
+ p = malloc(2 * ndash * sizeof(unsigned char));
+ else
+ p = malloc(ndash * sizeof(unsigned char));
+ if (!p)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT;
+ if (offset != pGC->dashOffset)
+ {
+ pGC->dashOffset = offset;
+ pGC->stateChanges |= GCDashOffset;
+ maskQ |= GCDashOffset;
+ }
+
+ if (pGC->dash != DefaultDash)
+ free(pGC->dash);
+ pGC->numInDashList = ndash;
+ pGC->dash = p;
+ if (ndash & 1)
+ {
+ pGC->numInDashList += ndash;
+ indash = pdash;
+ i = ndash;
+ while (i--)
+ *p++ = *indash++;
+ }
+ while(ndash--)
+ *p++ = *pdash++;
+ pGC->stateChanges |= GCDashList;
+ maskQ |= GCDashList;
+
+ if (pGC->funcs->ChangeGC)
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) (pGC, maskQ);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+int
+VerifyRectOrder(int nrects, xRectangle *prects, int ordering)
+{
+ xRectangle *prectP, *prectN;
+ int i;
+
+ switch(ordering)
+ {
+ case Unsorted:
+ return CT_UNSORTED;
+ case YSorted:
+ if(nrects > 1)
+ {
+ for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1;
+ i < nrects;
+ i++, prectP++, prectN++)
+ if(prectN->y < prectP->y)
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return CT_YSORTED;
+ case YXSorted:
+ if(nrects > 1)
+ {
+ for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1;
+ i < nrects;
+ i++, prectP++, prectN++)
+ if((prectN->y < prectP->y) ||
+ ( (prectN->y == prectP->y) &&
+ (prectN->x < prectP->x) ) )
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return CT_YXSORTED;
+ case YXBanded:
+ if(nrects > 1)
+ {
+ for(i = 1, prectP = prects, prectN = prects + 1;
+ i < nrects;
+ i++, prectP++, prectN++)
+ if((prectN->y != prectP->y &&
+ prectN->y < prectP->y + (int) prectP->height) ||
+ ((prectN->y == prectP->y) &&
+ (prectN->height != prectP->height ||
+ prectN->x < prectP->x + (int) prectP->width)))
+ return -1;
+ }
+ return CT_YXBANDED;
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+int
+SetClipRects(GCPtr pGC, int xOrigin, int yOrigin, int nrects,
+ xRectangle *prects, int ordering)
+{
+ int newct, size;
+ xRectangle *prectsNew;
+
+ newct = VerifyRectOrder(nrects, prects, ordering);
+ if (newct < 0)
+ return(BadMatch);
+ size = nrects * sizeof(xRectangle);
+ prectsNew = malloc(size);
+ if (!prectsNew && size)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ pGC->serialNumber |= GC_CHANGE_SERIAL_BIT;
+ pGC->clipOrg.x = xOrigin;
+ pGC->stateChanges |= GCClipXOrigin;
+
+ pGC->clipOrg.y = yOrigin;
+ pGC->stateChanges |= GCClipYOrigin;
+
+ if (size)
+ memmove((char *)prectsNew, (char *)prects, size);
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip)(pGC, newct, (pointer)prectsNew, nrects);
+ if (pGC->funcs->ChangeGC)
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeGC) (pGC, GCClipXOrigin|GCClipYOrigin|GCClipMask);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+/*
+ sets reasonable defaults
+ if we can get a pre-allocated one, use it and mark it as used.
+ if we can't, create one out of whole cloth (The Velveteen GC -- if
+ you use it often enough it will become real.)
+*/
+GCPtr
+GetScratchGC(unsigned depth, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ int i;
+ GCPtr pGC;
+
+ for (i=0; i<=pScreen->numDepths; i++)
+ if ( pScreen->GCperDepth[i]->depth == depth &&
+ !(pScreen->rgf & (1L << (i+1)))
+ )
+ {
+ pScreen->rgf |= (1L << (i+1));
+ pGC = (pScreen->GCperDepth[i]);
+
+ pGC->alu = GXcopy;
+ pGC->planemask = ~0;
+ pGC->serialNumber = 0;
+ pGC->fgPixel = 0;
+ pGC->bgPixel = 1;
+ pGC->lineWidth = 0;
+ pGC->lineStyle = LineSolid;
+ pGC->capStyle = CapButt;
+ pGC->joinStyle = JoinMiter;
+ pGC->fillStyle = FillSolid;
+ pGC->fillRule = EvenOddRule;
+ pGC->arcMode = ArcChord;
+ pGC->patOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->patOrg.y = 0;
+ pGC->subWindowMode = ClipByChildren;
+ pGC->graphicsExposures = FALSE;
+ pGC->clipOrg.x = 0;
+ pGC->clipOrg.y = 0;
+ if (pGC->clientClipType != CT_NONE)
+ (*pGC->funcs->ChangeClip) (pGC, CT_NONE, NULL, 0);
+ pGC->stateChanges = GCAllBits;
+ return pGC;
+ }
+ /* if we make it this far, need to roll our own */
+ pGC = CreateScratchGC(pScreen, depth);
+ if (pGC)
+ pGC->graphicsExposures = FALSE;
+ return pGC;
+}
+
+/*
+ if the gc to free is in the table of pre-existing ones,
+mark it as available.
+ if not, free it for real
+*/
+void
+FreeScratchGC(GCPtr pGC)
+{
+ ScreenPtr pScreen = pGC->pScreen;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i=0; i<=pScreen->numDepths; i++)
+ {
+ if ( pScreen->GCperDepth[i] == pGC)
+ {
+ pScreen->rgf &= ~(1L << (i+1));
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ (void)FreeGC(pGC, (GContext)0);
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c index 55c27e80f..d2d36bd95 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/inpututils.c @@ -88,7 +88,6 @@ do_butmap_change(DeviceIntPtr dev, CARD8 *map, int len, ClientPtr client) if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], dev))
continue;
- core_mn.u.u.sequenceNumber = clients[i]->sequence;
WriteEventsToClient(clients[i], 1, &core_mn);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c index 00b3368a0..1d33c9aad 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/resource.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/resource.c @@ -183,7 +183,54 @@ RESTYPE lastResourceType; static RESTYPE lastResourceClass;
RESTYPE TypeMask;
-static DeleteType *DeleteFuncs = (DeleteType *)NULL;
+struct ResourceType {
+ DeleteType deleteFunc;
+ int errorValue;
+};
+
+static struct ResourceType *resourceTypes;
+static const struct ResourceType predefTypes[] = {
+ [RT_NONE & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = (DeleteType)NoopDDA,
+ .errorValue = BadValue,
+ },
+ [RT_WINDOW & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = DeleteWindow,
+ .errorValue = BadWindow,
+ },
+ [RT_PIXMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = dixDestroyPixmap,
+ .errorValue = BadPixmap,
+ },
+ [RT_GC & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = FreeGC,
+ .errorValue = BadGC,
+ },
+ [RT_FONT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = CloseFont,
+ .errorValue = BadFont,
+ },
+ [RT_CURSOR & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = FreeCursor,
+ .errorValue = BadCursor,
+ },
+ [RT_COLORMAP & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = FreeColormap,
+ .errorValue = BadColor,
+ },
+ [RT_CMAPENTRY & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = FreeClientPixels,
+ .errorValue = BadColor,
+ },
+ [RT_OTHERCLIENT & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = OtherClientGone,
+ .errorValue = BadValue,
+ },
+ [RT_PASSIVEGRAB & (RC_LASTPREDEF - 1)] = {
+ .deleteFunc = DeletePassiveGrab,
+ .errorValue = BadValue,
+ },
+};
CallbackListPtr ResourceStateCallback;
@@ -200,20 +247,20 @@ RESTYPE CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name)
{
RESTYPE next = lastResourceType + 1;
- DeleteType *funcs;
+ struct ResourceType *types;
if (next & lastResourceClass)
return 0;
- funcs = (DeleteType *)realloc(DeleteFuncs,
- (next + 1) * sizeof(DeleteType));
- if (!funcs)
+ types = realloc(resourceTypes, (next + 1) * sizeof(*resourceTypes));
+ if (!types)
return 0;
if (!dixRegisterPrivateOffset(next, -1))
return 0;
lastResourceType = next;
- DeleteFuncs = funcs;
- DeleteFuncs[next] = deleteFunc;
+ resourceTypes = types;
+ resourceTypes[next].deleteFunc = deleteFunc;
+ resourceTypes[next].errorValue = BadValue;
/* Called even if name is NULL, to remove any previous entry */
RegisterResourceName(next, name);
@@ -221,6 +268,12 @@ CreateNewResourceType(DeleteType deleteFunc, char *name) return next;
}
+void
+SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RESTYPE type, int errorValue)
+{
+ resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].errorValue = errorValue;
+}
+
RESTYPE
CreateNewResourceClass(void)
{
@@ -251,21 +304,11 @@ InitClientResources(ClientPtr client) lastResourceType = RT_LASTPREDEF;
lastResourceClass = RC_LASTPREDEF;
TypeMask = RC_LASTPREDEF - 1;
- if (DeleteFuncs)
- free(DeleteFuncs);
- DeleteFuncs = malloc((lastResourceType + 1) * sizeof(DeleteType));
- if (!DeleteFuncs)
+ free(resourceTypes);
+ resourceTypes = malloc(sizeof(predefTypes));
+ if (!resourceTypes)
return FALSE;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_NONE & TypeMask] = (DeleteType)NoopDDA;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_WINDOW & TypeMask] = DeleteWindow;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_PIXMAP & TypeMask] = dixDestroyPixmap;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_GC & TypeMask] = FreeGC;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_FONT & TypeMask] = CloseFont;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_CURSOR & TypeMask] = FreeCursor;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_COLORMAP & TypeMask] = FreeColormap;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_CMAPENTRY & TypeMask] = FreeClientPixels;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_OTHERCLIENT & TypeMask] = OtherClientGone;
- DeleteFuncs[RT_PASSIVEGRAB & TypeMask] = DeletePassiveGrab;
+ memcpy(resourceTypes, predefTypes, sizeof(predefTypes));
}
clientTable[i = client->index].resources =
malloc(INITBUCKETS*sizeof(ResourcePtr));
@@ -462,7 +505,7 @@ AddResource(XID id, RESTYPE type, pointer value) res = malloc(sizeof(ResourceRec));
if (!res)
{
- (*DeleteFuncs[type & TypeMask])(value, id);
+ (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(value, id);
return FALSE;
}
res->next = *head;
@@ -557,7 +600,7 @@ FreeResource(XID id, RESTYPE skipDeleteFuncType) CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
if (rtype != skipDeleteFuncType)
- (*DeleteFuncs[rtype & TypeMask])(res->value, res->id);
+ (*resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(res->value, res->id);
free(res);
if (*eltptr != elements)
prev = head; /* prev may no longer be valid */
@@ -594,7 +637,7 @@ FreeResourceByType(XID id, RESTYPE type, Bool skipFree) CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, res);
if (!skipFree)
- (*DeleteFuncs[type & TypeMask])(res->value, res->id);
+ (*resourceTypes[type & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(res->value, res->id);
free(res);
break;
}
@@ -761,7 +804,7 @@ FreeClientNeverRetainResources(ClientPtr client) CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, this);
elements = *eltptr;
- (*DeleteFuncs[rtype & TypeMask])(this->value, this->id);
+ (*resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(this->value, this->id);
free(this);
if (*eltptr != elements)
prev = &resources[j]; /* prev may no longer be valid */
@@ -815,7 +858,7 @@ FreeClientResources(ClientPtr client) CallResourceStateCallback(ResourceStateFreeing, this);
- (*DeleteFuncs[rtype & TypeMask])(this->value, this->id);
+ (*resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].deleteFunc)(this->value, this->id);
free(this);
}
}
@@ -873,6 +916,8 @@ dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype, ResourcePtr res = NULL;
*result = NULL;
+ if ((rtype & TypeMask) > lastResourceType)
+ return BadImplementation;
if ((cid < MAXCLIENTS) && clientTable[cid].buckets) {
res = clientTable[cid].resources[Hash(cid, id)];
@@ -882,12 +927,14 @@ dixLookupResourceByType(pointer *result, XID id, RESTYPE rtype, break;
}
if (!res)
- return BadValue;
+ return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
if (client) {
client->errorValue = id;
cid = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, id, res->type,
res->value, RT_NONE, NULL, mode);
+ if (cid == BadValue)
+ return resourceTypes[rtype & TypeMask].errorValue;
if (cid != Success)
return cid;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/selection.c b/xorg-server/dix/selection.c index 947fc8d18..8763a2d5a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/selection.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/selection.c @@ -189,8 +189,7 @@ ProcSetSelectionOwner(ClientPtr client) event.u.selectionClear.time = time.milliseconds;
event.u.selectionClear.window = pSel->window;
event.u.selectionClear.atom = pSel->selection;
- TryClientEvents(pSel->client, NULL, &event, 1, NoEventMask,
- NoEventMask /* CantBeFiltered */, NullGrab);
+ WriteEventsToClient(pSel->client, 1, &event);
}
}
else if (rc == BadMatch)
@@ -296,9 +295,11 @@ ProcConvertSelection(ClientPtr client) event.u.selectionRequest.selection = stuff->selection;
event.u.selectionRequest.target = stuff->target;
event.u.selectionRequest.property = stuff->property;
- if (TryClientEvents(pSel->client, NULL, &event, 1, NoEventMask,
- NoEventMask /* CantBeFiltered */, NullGrab))
+ if (pSel->client && pSel->client != serverClient && !pSel->client->clientGone)
+ {
+ WriteEventsToClient(pSel->client, 1, &event);
return Success;
+ }
}
event.u.u.type = SelectionNotify;
@@ -307,7 +308,6 @@ ProcConvertSelection(ClientPtr client) event.u.selectionNotify.selection = stuff->selection;
event.u.selectionNotify.target = stuff->target;
event.u.selectionNotify.property = None;
- TryClientEvents(client, NULL, &event, 1, NoEventMask,
- NoEventMask /* CantBeFiltered */, NullGrab);
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &event);
return Success;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/dix/window.c b/xorg-server/dix/window.c index 6a12c9d05..5109885e9 100644 --- a/xorg-server/dix/window.c +++ b/xorg-server/dix/window.c @@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) }
else
{
- error = (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ error = rc;
client->errorValue = pixID;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@ ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) }
else
{
- error = (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ error = rc;
client->errorValue = pixID;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) client, DixUseAccess);
if (rc != Success)
{
- error = (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ error = rc;
client->errorValue = cmap;
goto PatchUp;
}
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ ChangeWindowAttributes(WindowPtr pWin, Mask vmask, XID *vlist, ClientPtr client) RT_CURSOR, client, DixUseAccess);
if (rc != Success)
{
- error = (rc == BadValue) ? BadCursor : rc;
+ error = rc;
client->errorValue = cursorID;
goto PatchUp;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c index a02e71a71..1faefb002 100644 --- a/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c +++ b/xorg-server/glx/glxdri2.c @@ -187,7 +187,6 @@ __glXdriSwapEvent(ClientPtr client, void *data, int type, CARD64 ust, /* unknown swap completion type */
break;
}
- wire.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
wire.drawable = drawable->drawId;
wire.ust_hi = ust >> 32;
wire.ust_lo = ust & 0xffffffff;
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86.h index cddca37a3..2a8b7e0a9 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86.h @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ extern _X_EXPORT ScrnInfoPtr *xf86Screens; /* List of pointers to ScrnInfoRecs * extern _X_EXPORT const unsigned char byte_reversed[256];
extern _X_EXPORT Bool pciSlotClaimed;
extern _X_EXPORT Bool fbSlotClaimed;
-#if defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)
+#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
extern _X_EXPORT Bool sbusSlotClaimed;
#endif
extern _X_EXPORT confDRIRec xf86ConfigDRI;
@@ -104,7 +104,6 @@ extern _X_EXPORT void xf86FormatPciBusNumber(int busnum, char *buffer); extern _X_EXPORT int xf86GetFbInfoForScreen(int scrnIndex);
extern _X_EXPORT int xf86ClaimFbSlot(DriverPtr drvp, int chipset, GDevPtr dev, Bool active);
extern _X_EXPORT int xf86ClaimNoSlot(DriverPtr drvp, int chipset, GDevPtr dev, Bool active);
-extern _X_EXPORT void xf86EnableAccess(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86IsPrimaryPci(struct pci_device * pPci);
/* new RAC */
extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86DriverHasEntities(DriverPtr drvp);
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Bus.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Bus.c index 5c1668644..09b94654c 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Bus.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Bus.c @@ -58,9 +58,139 @@ static int xf86EntityPrivateCount = 0; BusRec primaryBus = { BUS_NONE, { 0 } };
-static Bool xf86ResAccessEnter = FALSE;
+/**
+ * Call the driver's correct probe function.
+ *
+ * If the driver implements the \c DriverRec::PciProbe entry-point and an
+ * appropriate PCI device (with matching Device section in the xorg.conf file)
+ * is found, it is called. If \c DriverRec::PciProbe or no devices can be
+ * successfully probed with it (e.g., only non-PCI devices are available),
+ * the driver's \c DriverRec::Probe function is called.
+ *
+ * \param drv Driver to probe
+ *
+ * \return
+ * If a device can be successfully probed by the driver, \c TRUE is
+ * returned. Otherwise, \c FALSE is returned.
+ */
+Bool
+xf86CallDriverProbe( DriverPtr drv, Bool detect_only )
+{
+ Bool foundScreen = FALSE;
+
+ if (drv->PciProbe != NULL) {
+ if (xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1) {
+ assert(detect_only);
+ foundScreen = xf86PciAddMatchingDev(drv);
+ }
+ else {
+ assert(! detect_only);
+ foundScreen = xf86PciProbeDev(drv);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!foundScreen && (drv->Probe != NULL)) {
+ xf86Msg( X_WARNING, "Falling back to old probe method for %s\n",
+ drv->driverName);
+ foundScreen = (*drv->Probe)(drv, (detect_only) ? PROBE_DETECT
+ : PROBE_DEFAULT);
+ }
+
+ return foundScreen;
+}
+
+/**
+ * @return TRUE if all buses are configured and set up correctly and FALSE
+ * otherwise.
+ */
+Bool
+xf86BusConfig(void)
+{
+ screenLayoutPtr layout;
+ int i, j;
+
+ /* Enable full I/O access */
+ if (xorgHWAccess)
+ xorgHWAccess = xf86EnableIO();
+
+ /* Locate bus slot that had register IO enabled at server startup */
+ if (xorgHWAccess)
+ xf86FindPrimaryDevice();
+
+ /*
+ * Now call each of the Probe functions. Each successful probe will
+ * result in an extra entry added to the xf86Screens[] list for each
+ * instance of the hardware found.
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDrivers; i++) {
+ xorgHWFlags flags;
+ if (!xorgHWAccess) {
+ if (!xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc
+ || !xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc(NULL,
+ GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES,
+ &flags)
+ || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags))
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ xf86CallDriverProbe(xf86DriverList[i], FALSE);
+ }
+
+ /* If nothing was detected, return now */
+ if (xf86NumScreens == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No devices detected.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ xf86VGAarbiterInit();
+
+ /*
+ * Match up the screens found by the probes against those specified
+ * in the config file. Remove the ones that won't be used. Sort
+ * them in the order specified.
+ *
+ * What is the best way to do this?
+ *
+ * For now, go through the screens allocated by the probes, and
+ * look for screen config entry which refers to the same device
+ * section as picked out by the probe.
+ *
+ */
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
+ for (layout = xf86ConfigLayout.screens; layout->screen != NULL;
+ layout++) {
+ Bool found = FALSE;
+ for (j = 0; j < xf86Screens[i]->numEntities; j++) {
+
+ GDevPtr dev = xf86GetDevFromEntity(
+ xf86Screens[i]->entityList[j],
+ xf86Screens[i]->entityInstanceList[j]);
+ if (dev == layout->screen->device) {
+ /* A match has been found */
+ xf86Screens[i]->confScreen = layout->screen;
+ found = TRUE;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ if (found) break;
+ }
+ if (layout->screen == NULL) {
+ /* No match found */
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
+ "Screen %d deleted because of no matching config section.\n", i);
+ xf86DeleteScreen(i--, 0);
+ }
+ }
-static Bool doFramebufferMode = FALSE;
+ /* If no screens left, return now. */
+ if (xf86NumScreens == 0) {
+ xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
+ "Device(s) detected, but none match those in the config file.\n");
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
/*
* Call the bus probes relevant to the architecture.
@@ -112,21 +242,6 @@ StringToBusType(const char* busID, const char **retID) return ret;
}
-/*
- * Entity related code.
- */
-
-void
-xf86EntityInit(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
- if (xf86Entities[i]->entityInit) {
- xf86Entities[i]->entityInit(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
- }
-}
-
int
xf86AllocateEntity(void)
{
@@ -139,28 +254,6 @@ xf86AllocateEntity(void) return (xf86NumEntities - 1);
}
-static void
-EntityEnter(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
- if (xf86Entities[i]->entityEnter) {
- xf86Entities[i]->entityEnter(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
- }
-}
-
-static void
-EntityLeave(void)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
- if (xf86Entities[i]->entityLeave) {
- xf86Entities[i]->entityLeave(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
- }
-}
-
Bool
xf86IsEntityPrimary(int entityIndex)
{
@@ -386,72 +479,29 @@ xf86GetDevFromEntity(int entityIndex, int instance) }
/*
- * xf86AccessInit() - set up everything needed for access control
- * called only once on first server generation.
- */
-void
-xf86AccessInit(void)
-{
- xf86ResAccessEnter = TRUE;
-}
-
-/*
* xf86AccessEnter() -- gets called to save the text mode VGA IO
* resources when reentering the server after a VT switch.
*/
void
xf86AccessEnter(void)
{
- if (xf86ResAccessEnter)
- return;
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
+ if (xf86Entities[i]->entityEnter)
+ xf86Entities[i]->entityEnter(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
- /*
- * on enter we simply disable routing of special resources
- * to any bus and let the RAC code to "open" the right bridges.
- */
- EntityEnter();
xf86EnterServerState(SETUP);
- xf86ResAccessEnter = TRUE;
}
-/*
- * xf86AccessLeave() -- prepares access for and calls the
- * entityLeave() functions.
- * xf86AccessLeaveState() --- gets called to restore the
- * access to the VGA IO resources when switching VT or on
- * server exit.
- * This was split to call xf86AccessLeaveState() from
- * ddxGiveUp().
- */
void
xf86AccessLeave(void)
{
- if (!xf86ResAccessEnter)
- return;
- EntityLeave();
-}
-
-/*
- * xf86EnableAccess() -- enable access to controlled resources.
- * To reduce latency when switching access the ScrnInfoRec has
- * a linked list of the EntityAccPtr of all screen entities.
- */
-/*
- * switching access needs to be done in te following oder:
- * disable
- * 1. disable old entity
- * 2. reroute bus
- * 3. enable new entity
- * Otherwise resources needed for access control might be shadowed
- * by other resources!
- */
-
-void
-xf86EnableAccess(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
-{
- DebugF("Enable access %i\n",pScrn->scrnIndex);
+ int i;
- return;
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
+ if (xf86Entities[i]->entityLeave)
+ xf86Entities[i]->entityLeave(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
}
/*
@@ -460,12 +510,17 @@ xf86EnableAccess(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) typedef enum { TRI_UNSET, TRI_TRUE, TRI_FALSE } TriState;
-static void
-SetSIGIOForState(xf86State state)
+void
+xf86EnterServerState(xf86State state)
{
static int sigio_state;
static TriState sigio_blocked = TRI_UNSET;
+ /*
+ * This is a good place to block SIGIO during SETUP state. SIGIO should be
+ * blocked in SETUP state otherwise (u)sleep() might get interrupted
+ * early. We take care not to call xf86BlockSIGIO() twice.
+ */
if ((state == SETUP) && (sigio_blocked != TRI_TRUE)) {
sigio_state = xf86BlockSIGIO();
sigio_blocked = TRI_TRUE;
@@ -475,24 +530,6 @@ SetSIGIOForState(xf86State state) }
}
-void
-xf86EnterServerState(xf86State state)
-{
- /*
- * This is a good place to block SIGIO during SETUP state.
- * SIGIO should be blocked in SETUP state otherwise (u)sleep()
- * might get interrupted early.
- * We take care not to call xf86BlockSIGIO() twice.
- */
- SetSIGIOForState(state);
- if (state == SETUP)
- DebugF("Entering SETUP state\n");
- else
- DebugF("Entering OPERATING state\n");
-
- return;
-}
-
/*
* xf86PostProbe() -- Allocate all non conflicting resources
* This function gets called by xf86Init().
@@ -500,35 +537,25 @@ xf86EnterServerState(xf86State state) void
xf86PostProbe(void)
{
- if (fbSlotClaimed) {
- if (pciSlotClaimed
+ int i;
+
+ if (fbSlotClaimed && (pciSlotClaimed
#if (defined(__sparc__) || defined(__sparc)) && !defined(__OpenBSD__)
|| sbusSlotClaimed
#endif
- ) {
+ ))
FatalError("Cannot run in framebuffer mode. Please specify busIDs "
" for all framebuffer devices\n");
- return;
- } else {
- xf86Msg(X_INFO,"Running in FRAMEBUFFER Mode\n");
- doFramebufferMode = TRUE;
- return;
- }
- }
+ for (i = 0; i < xf86NumEntities; i++)
+ if (xf86Entities[i]->entityInit)
+ xf86Entities[i]->entityInit(i,xf86Entities[i]->private);
}
void
xf86PostScreenInit(void)
{
- if (doFramebufferMode) {
- SetSIGIOForState(OPERATING);
- return;
- }
-
xf86VGAarbiterWrapFunctions();
-
- DebugF("PostScreenInit generation: %i\n",serverGeneration);
xf86EnterServerState(OPERATING);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c index 883c666a6..11dfcb848 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Configure.c @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ configureScreenSection (int screennum) }
static const char*
-optionTypeToSting(OptionValueType type)
+optionTypeToString(OptionValueType type)
{
switch (type) {
case OPTV_NONE:
@@ -339,6 +339,8 @@ optionTypeToSting(OptionValueType type) return "[<bool>]";
case OPTV_FREQ:
return "<freq>";
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ return "<percent>";
default:
return "";
}
@@ -384,7 +386,8 @@ configureDeviceSection (int screennum) " ### Available Driver options are:-\n"
" ### Values: <i>: integer, <f>: float, "
"<bool>: \"True\"/\"False\",\n"
- " ### <string>: \"String\", <freq>: \"<f> Hz/kHz/MHz\"\n"
+ " ### <string>: \"String\", <freq>: \"<f> Hz/kHz/MHz\",\n"
+ " ### <percent>: \"<f>%\"\n"
" ### [arg]: arg optional\n";
ptr->dev_comment = xstrdup(descrip);
if (ptr->dev_comment) {
@@ -394,7 +397,7 @@ configureDeviceSection (int screennum) const char *prefix = " #Option ";
const char *middle = " \t# ";
const char *suffix = "\n";
- const char *opttype = optionTypeToSting(p->type);
+ const char *opttype = optionTypeToString(p->type);
char *optname;
int len = strlen(ptr->dev_comment) + strlen(prefix) +
strlen(middle) + strlen(suffix) + 1;
@@ -818,7 +821,6 @@ DoConfigure(void) }
xf86PostProbe();
- xf86EntityInit();
for (j = 0; j < xf86NumScreens; j++) {
xf86Screens[j]->scrnIndex = j;
@@ -834,7 +836,6 @@ DoConfigure(void) ConfiguredMonitor = NULL;
- xf86EnableAccess(xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]]);
if ((*xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]]->PreInit)(xf86Screens[dev2screen[j]],
PROBE_DETECT) &&
ConfiguredMonitor) {
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Init.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Init.c index d78d3d1db..ed9aca67c 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Init.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Init.c @@ -76,6 +76,7 @@ #include "xf86InPriv.h"
#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "xf86Bus.h"
#include "xf86VGAarbiter.h"
#include "globals.h"
@@ -83,16 +84,8 @@ #include <X11/extensions/dpmsconst.h>
#include "dpmsproc.h"
#endif
-
-#include <pciaccess.h>
-#include "Pci.h"
-#include "xf86Bus.h"
-
#include <hotplug.h>
-/* forward declarations */
-static Bool probe_devices_from_device_sections(DriverPtr drvp);
-static Bool add_matching_devices_to_configure_list(DriverPtr drvp);
#ifdef XF86PM
void (*xf86OSPMClose)(void) = NULL;
@@ -335,201 +328,6 @@ InstallSignalHandlers(void) }
}
-
-#define END_OF_MATCHES(m) \
- (((m).vendor_id == 0) && ((m).device_id == 0) && ((m).subvendor_id == 0))
-
-Bool
-probe_devices_from_device_sections(DriverPtr drvp)
-{
- int i, j;
- struct pci_device * pPci;
- Bool foundScreen = FALSE;
- const struct pci_id_match * const devices = drvp->supported_devices;
- GDevPtr *devList;
- const unsigned numDevs = xf86MatchDevice(drvp->driverName, & devList);
-
-
- for ( i = 0 ; i < numDevs ; i++ ) {
- struct pci_device_iterator *iter;
- unsigned device_id;
-
-
- /* Find the pciVideoRec associated with this device section.
- */
- iter = pci_id_match_iterator_create(NULL);
- while ((pPci = pci_device_next(iter)) != NULL) {
- if (devList[i]->busID && *devList[i]->busID) {
- if (xf86ComparePciBusString(devList[i]->busID,
- ((pPci->domain << 8)
- | pPci->bus),
- pPci->dev,
- pPci->func)) {
- break;
- }
- }
- else if (xf86IsPrimaryPci(pPci)) {
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pci_iterator_destroy(iter);
-
- if (pPci == NULL) {
- continue;
- }
-
- device_id = (devList[i]->chipID > 0)
- ? devList[i]->chipID : pPci->device_id;
-
-
- /* Once the pciVideoRec is found, determine if the device is supported
- * by the driver. If it is, probe it!
- */
- for ( j = 0 ; ! END_OF_MATCHES( devices[j] ) ; j++ ) {
- if ( PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].vendor_id, pPci->vendor_id )
- && PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].device_id, device_id )
- && ((devices[j].device_class_mask & pPci->device_class)
- == devices[j].device_class) ) {
- int entry;
-
- /* Allow the same entity to be used more than once for
- * devices with multiple screens per entity. This assumes
- * implicitly that there will be a screen == 0 instance.
- *
- * FIXME Need to make sure that two different drivers don't
- * FIXME claim the same screen > 0 instance.
- */
- if ( (devList[i]->screen == 0) && !xf86CheckPciSlot( pPci ) )
- continue;
-
- DebugF("%s: card at %d:%d:%d is claimed by a Device section\n",
- drvp->driverName, pPci->bus, pPci->dev, pPci->func);
-
- /* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */
- entry = xf86ClaimPciSlot(pPci, drvp, device_id,
- devList[i], devList[i]->active);
-
- if ((entry == -1) && (devList[i]->screen > 0)) {
- unsigned k;
-
- for ( k = 0; k < xf86NumEntities; k++ ) {
- EntityPtr pEnt = xf86Entities[k];
- if (pEnt->bus.type != BUS_PCI)
- continue;
-
- if (pEnt->bus.id.pci == pPci) {
- entry = k;
- xf86AddDevToEntity(k, devList[i]);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (entry != -1) {
- if ((*drvp->PciProbe)(drvp, entry, pPci,
- devices[j].match_data)) {
- foundScreen = TRUE;
- } else
- xf86UnclaimPciSlot(pPci);
- }
-
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- free(devList);
-
- return foundScreen;
-}
-
-
-Bool
-add_matching_devices_to_configure_list(DriverPtr drvp)
-{
- const struct pci_id_match * const devices = drvp->supported_devices;
- int j;
- struct pci_device *pPci;
- struct pci_device_iterator *iter;
- int numFound = 0;
-
-
- iter = pci_id_match_iterator_create(NULL);
- while ((pPci = pci_device_next(iter)) != NULL) {
- /* Determine if this device is supported by the driver. If it is,
- * add it to the list of devices to configure.
- */
- for (j = 0 ; ! END_OF_MATCHES(devices[j]) ; j++) {
- if ( PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].vendor_id, pPci->vendor_id )
- && PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].device_id, pPci->device_id )
- && ((devices[j].device_class_mask & pPci->device_class)
- == devices[j].device_class) ) {
- if (xf86CheckPciSlot(pPci)) {
- GDevPtr pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(
- drvp->driverName, BUS_PCI, pPci, -1);
- if (pGDev != NULL) {
- /* After configure pass 1, chipID and chipRev are
- * treated as over-rides, so clobber them here.
- */
- pGDev->chipID = -1;
- pGDev->chipRev = -1;
- }
-
- numFound++;
- }
-
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- pci_iterator_destroy(iter);
-
-
- return (numFound != 0);
-}
-
-/**
- * Call the driver's correct probe function.
- *
- * If the driver implements the \c DriverRec::PciProbe entry-point and an
- * appropriate PCI device (with matching Device section in the xorg.conf file)
- * is found, it is called. If \c DriverRec::PciProbe or no devices can be
- * successfully probed with it (e.g., only non-PCI devices are available),
- * the driver's \c DriverRec::Probe function is called.
- *
- * \param drv Driver to probe
- *
- * \return
- * If a device can be successfully probed by the driver, \c TRUE is
- * returned. Otherwise, \c FALSE is returned.
- */
-Bool
-xf86CallDriverProbe( DriverPtr drv, Bool detect_only )
-{
- Bool foundScreen = FALSE;
-
- if ( drv->PciProbe != NULL ) {
- if ( xf86DoConfigure && xf86DoConfigurePass1 ) {
- assert( detect_only );
- foundScreen = add_matching_devices_to_configure_list( drv );
- }
- else {
- assert( ! detect_only );
- foundScreen = probe_devices_from_device_sections( drv );
- }
- }
-
- if ( ! foundScreen && (drv->Probe != NULL) ) {
- xf86Msg( X_WARNING, "Falling back to old probe method for %s\n",
- drv->driverName );
- foundScreen = (*drv->Probe)( drv, (detect_only) ? PROBE_DETECT
- : PROBE_DEFAULT );
- }
-
- return foundScreen;
-}
-
/*
* InitOutput --
* Initialize screenInfo for all actually accessible framebuffers.
@@ -542,7 +340,6 @@ InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char **argv) int i, j, k, scr_index;
char **modulelist;
pointer *optionlist;
- screenLayoutPtr layout;
Pix24Flags screenpix24, pix24;
MessageType pix24From = X_DEFAULT;
Bool pix24Fail = FALSE;
@@ -693,102 +490,10 @@ InitOutput(ScreenInfo *pScreenInfo, int argc, char **argv) else
xf86Info.dontVTSwitch = TRUE;
- /* Enable full I/O access */
- if (xorgHWAccess)
- xorgHWAccess = xf86EnableIO();
-
- /*
- * Locate bus slot that had register IO enabled at server startup
- */
- if (xorgHWAccess) {
- xf86AccessInit();
- xf86FindPrimaryDevice();
- }
- /*
- * Now call each of the Probe functions. Each successful probe will
- * result in an extra entry added to the xf86Screens[] list for each
- * instance of the hardware found.
- */
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumDrivers; i++) {
- xorgHWFlags flags;
- if (!xorgHWAccess) {
- if (!xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc
- || !xf86DriverList[i]->driverFunc(NULL,
- GET_REQUIRED_HW_INTERFACES,
- &flags)
- || NEED_IO_ENABLED(flags))
- continue;
- }
-
- xf86CallDriverProbe( xf86DriverList[i], FALSE );
- }
-
- /*
- * If nothing was detected, return now.
- */
-
- if (xf86NumScreens == 0) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR, "No devices detected.\n");
- return;
- }
-
- xf86VGAarbiterInit();
-
- /*
- * Match up the screens found by the probes against those specified
- * in the config file. Remove the ones that won't be used. Sort
- * them in the order specified.
- */
-
- /*
- * What is the best way to do this?
- *
- * For now, go through the screens allocated by the probes, and
- * look for screen config entry which refers to the same device
- * section as picked out by the probe.
- *
- */
-
- for (i = 0; i < xf86NumScreens; i++) {
- for (layout = xf86ConfigLayout.screens; layout->screen != NULL;
- layout++) {
- Bool found = FALSE;
- for (j = 0; j < xf86Screens[i]->numEntities; j++) {
-
- GDevPtr dev =
- xf86GetDevFromEntity(xf86Screens[i]->entityList[j],
- xf86Screens[i]->entityInstanceList[j]);
-
- if (dev == layout->screen->device) {
- /* A match has been found */
- xf86Screens[i]->confScreen = layout->screen;
- found = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (found) break;
- }
- if (layout->screen == NULL) {
- /* No match found */
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
- "Screen %d deleted because of no matching config section.\n", i);
- xf86DeleteScreen(i--, 0);
- }
- }
-
- /*
- * If no screens left, return now.
- */
-
- if (xf86NumScreens == 0) {
- xf86Msg(X_ERROR,
- "Device(s) detected, but none match those in the config file.\n");
- return;
- }
+ if (xf86BusConfig() == FALSE)
+ return;
xf86PostProbe();
- xf86EntityInit();
/*
* Sort the drivers to match the requested ording. Using a slow
@@ -1635,20 +1340,12 @@ ddxProcessArgument(int argc, char **argv, int i) }
if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-isolateDevice"))
{
- int bus, device, func;
CHECK_FOR_REQUIRED_ARGUMENT();
if (strncmp(argv[++i], "PCI:", 4)) {
FatalError("Bus types other than PCI not yet isolable\n");
}
- if (sscanf(argv[i], "PCI:%d:%d:%d", &bus, &device, &func) == 3) {
- xf86IsolateDevice.domain = PCI_DOM_FROM_BUS(bus);
- xf86IsolateDevice.bus = PCI_BUS_NO_DOMAIN(bus);
- xf86IsolateDevice.dev = device;
- xf86IsolateDevice.func = func;
- return 2;
- } else {
- FatalError("Invalid isolated device specification\n");
- }
+ xf86PciIsolateDevice(argv[i]);
+ return 2;
}
/* Notice cmdline xkbdir, but pass to dix as well */
if (!strcmp(argv[i], "-xkbdir"))
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Opt.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Opt.h index ce3d76724..3af4b4069 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Opt.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Opt.h @@ -1,113 +1,117 @@ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* Option handling things that ModuleSetup procs can use */ - -#ifndef _XF86_OPT_H_ -#define _XF86_OPT_H_ - -typedef struct { - double freq; - int units; -} OptFrequency; - -typedef union { - unsigned long num; - char * str; - double realnum; - Bool bool; - OptFrequency freq; -} ValueUnion; - -typedef enum { - OPTV_NONE = 0, - OPTV_INTEGER, - OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */ - OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */ - OPTV_REAL, - OPTV_BOOLEAN, - OPTV_FREQ -} OptionValueType; - -typedef enum { - OPTUNITS_HZ = 1, - OPTUNITS_KHZ, - OPTUNITS_MHZ -} OptFreqUnits; - -typedef struct { - int token; - const char* name; - OptionValueType type; - ValueUnion value; - Bool found; -} OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr; - -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT double xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetBoolOption(pointer list, const char *name, int deflt ); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT double xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer list, const char *name, int deflt ); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val ); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value ); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86NextOption(pointer list ); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86OptionName(pointer opt); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86OptionValue(pointer opt); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo); -extern _X_EXPORT OptionInfoPtr xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token); -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2); -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86NormalizeName(const char *s); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val); -extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val); -#endif +
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1998-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/* Option handling things that ModuleSetup procs can use */
+
+#ifndef _XF86_OPT_H_
+#define _XF86_OPT_H_
+
+typedef struct {
+ double freq;
+ int units;
+} OptFrequency;
+
+typedef union {
+ unsigned long num;
+ char * str;
+ double realnum;
+ Bool bool;
+ OptFrequency freq;
+} ValueUnion;
+
+typedef enum {
+ OPTV_NONE = 0,
+ OPTV_INTEGER,
+ OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */
+ OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */
+ OPTV_REAL,
+ OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ OPTV_PERCENT,
+ OPTV_FREQ
+} OptionValueType;
+
+typedef enum {
+ OPTUNITS_HZ = 1,
+ OPTUNITS_KHZ,
+ OPTUNITS_MHZ
+} OptFreqUnits;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int token;
+ const char* name;
+ OptionValueType type;
+ ValueUnion value;
+ Bool found;
+} OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT double xf86SetRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86SetStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetBoolOption(pointer list, const char *name, int deflt );
+extern _X_EXPORT double xf86SetPercentOption(pointer list, const char *name, double deflt );
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CheckIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT double xf86CheckRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86CheckStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt);
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer list, const char *name, int deflt );
+extern _X_EXPORT double xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer list, const char *name, double deflt );
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86AddNewOption(pointer head, const char *name, const char *val );
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86NewOption(char *name, char *value );
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86NextOption(pointer list );
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86OptionListCreate(const char **options, int count, int used);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86OptionListMerge(pointer head, pointer tail);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86OptionListFree(pointer opt);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86OptionName(pointer opt);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86OptionValue(pointer opt);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86OptionListReport(pointer parm);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CheckIfOptionUsed(pointer option);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CheckIfOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr optinfo);
+extern _X_EXPORT OptionInfoPtr xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token);
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86TokenToOptName(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, int *value);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, unsigned long *value);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, double *value);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def);
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86NormalizeName(const char *s);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceIntOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const int val);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceRealOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val);
+extern _X_EXPORT pointer xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val);
+#endif
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c index 965ce4c7d..9856a6352 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Option.c @@ -223,6 +223,18 @@ LookupBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt, Bool markUsed) return deflt;
}
+static int
+LookupPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt, Bool markUsed)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_PERCENT;
+ if (ParseOptionValue(-1, optlist, &o, markUsed))
+ deflt = o.value.realnum;
+ return deflt;
+}
+
/* These xf86Set* functions are intended for use by non-screen specific code */
int
@@ -252,6 +264,12 @@ xf86SetBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
}
+double
+xf86SetPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, TRUE);
+}
+
/*
* These are like the Set*Option functions, but they don't mark the options
* as used.
@@ -283,6 +301,12 @@ xf86CheckBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt) return LookupBoolOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
}
+
+double
+xf86CheckPercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ return LookupPercentOption(optlist, name, deflt, FALSE);
+}
/*
* addNewOption() has the required property of replacing the option value
* if the option is already present.
@@ -310,6 +334,14 @@ xf86ReplaceBoolOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const Bool val) }
pointer
+xf86ReplacePercentOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const double val)
+{
+ char tmp[16];
+ sprintf(tmp, "%lf%%", val);
+ return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,tmp);
+}
+
+pointer
xf86ReplaceStrOption(pointer optlist, const char *name, const char* val)
{
return xf86AddNewOption(optlist,name,val);
@@ -533,6 +565,21 @@ ParseOptionValue(int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p, p->found = FALSE;
}
break;
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ {
+ char tmp = 0;
+ /* awkward match, but %% doesn't increase the match counter,
+ * hence 100 looks the same as 100% to the caller of sccanf
+ */
+ if (sscanf(s, "%lf%c", &p->value.realnum, &tmp) != 2 || tmp != '%') {
+ xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n", p->name);
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ } else {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
case OPTV_FREQ:
if (*s == '\0') {
xf86DrvMsg(scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Priv.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Priv.h index 0612c9c4e..b0a0f44cc 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Priv.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86Priv.h @@ -1,166 +1,165 @@ -/* - * Copyright (c) 1997-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -/* - * This file contains declarations for private XFree86 functions and variables, - * and definitions of private macros. - * - * "private" means not available to video drivers. - */ - -#ifndef _XF86PRIV_H -#define _XF86PRIV_H - -#include <pciaccess.h> - -#include "xf86Privstr.h" -#include "propertyst.h" -#include "input.h" - -/* - * Parameters set ONLY from the command line options - * The global state of these things is held in xf86InfoRec (when appropriate). - */ -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ConfigFile; -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ConfigDir; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86AllowMouseOpenFail; -#ifdef XF86VIDMODE -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86VidModeDisabled; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal; -#endif -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86fpFlag; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86sFlag; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86bsEnableFlag; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86bsDisableFlag; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86xkbdirFlag; -#ifdef HAVE_ACPI -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86acpiDisableFlag; -#endif -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86LayoutName; -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86ScreenName; -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86PointerName; -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86KeyboardName; -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86FbBpp; -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86Depth; -extern _X_EXPORT Pix24Flags xf86Pix24; -extern _X_EXPORT rgb xf86Weight; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86FlipPixels; -extern _X_EXPORT Gamma xf86Gamma; -extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86ServerName; -extern _X_EXPORT struct pci_slot_match xf86IsolateDevice; - -/* Other parameters */ - -extern _X_EXPORT xf86InfoRec xf86Info; -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ModulePath; -extern _X_EXPORT MessageType xf86ModPathFrom; -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86LogFile; -extern _X_EXPORT MessageType xf86LogFileFrom; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86LogFileWasOpened; -extern _X_EXPORT serverLayoutRec xf86ConfigLayout; - -extern _X_EXPORT DriverPtr *xf86DriverList; -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NumDrivers; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86Resetting; -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86Initialising; -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NumScreens; -extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86VisualNames[]; -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86Verbose; /* verbosity level */ -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86LogVerbose; /* log file verbosity level */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xorgHWAccess; - -extern _X_EXPORT RootWinPropPtr *xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable; - -#ifndef DEFAULT_VERBOSE -#define DEFAULT_VERBOSE 0 -#endif -#ifndef DEFAULT_LOG_VERBOSE -#define DEFAULT_LOG_VERBOSE 3 -#endif -#ifndef DEFAULT_DPI -#define DEFAULT_DPI 96 -#endif - -/* Function Prototypes */ -#ifndef _NO_XF86_PROTOTYPES - -/* xf86Bus.c */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86BusProbe(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AccessInit(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AccessEnter(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AccessLeave(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86EntityInit(void); - -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86FindPrimaryDevice(void); -/* new RAC */ -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86PostProbe(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(int scrnIndex); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AddDevToEntity(int entityIndex, GDevPtr dev); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86PostScreenInit(void); - -/* xf86Config.c */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path); - -/* xf86DefaultModes */ - -extern _X_EXPORT const DisplayModeRec xf86DefaultModes[]; -extern _X_EXPORT const int xf86NumDefaultModes; - -/* xf86Configure.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT void DoConfigure(void); - -/* xf86ShowOpts.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT void DoShowOptions(void); - -/* xf86Events.c */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86Wakeup(pointer blockData, int err, pointer pReadmask); -extern _X_HIDDEN int xf86SigWrapper(int signo); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86HandlePMEvents(int fd, pointer data); -extern _X_EXPORT int (*xf86PMGetEventFromOs)(int fd,pmEvent *events,int num); -extern _X_EXPORT pmWait (*xf86PMConfirmEventToOs)(int fd,pmEvent event); - -/* xf86Helper.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86LogInit(void); -extern _X_EXPORT void xf86CloseLog(void); - -/* xf86Init.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86LoadModules(char **list, pointer *optlist); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetVerbosity(int verb); -extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetLogVerbosity(int verb); -extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CallDriverProbe( struct _DriverRec * drv, Bool detect_only ); - -/* xf86Xinput.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT EventList *xf86Events; - -#endif /* _NO_XF86_PROTOTYPES */ - - -#endif /* _XF86PRIV_H */ +/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1997-2002 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This file contains declarations for private XFree86 functions and variables,
+ * and definitions of private macros.
+ *
+ * "private" means not available to video drivers.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _XF86PRIV_H
+#define _XF86PRIV_H
+
+#include <pciaccess.h>
+
+#include "xf86Privstr.h"
+#include "propertyst.h"
+#include "input.h"
+
+/*
+ * Parameters set ONLY from the command line options
+ * The global state of these things is held in xf86InfoRec (when appropriate).
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ConfigFile;
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ConfigDir;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86AllowMouseOpenFail;
+#ifdef XF86VIDMODE
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86VidModeDisabled;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86VidModeAllowNonLocal;
+#endif
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86fpFlag;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86sFlag;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86bsEnableFlag;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86bsDisableFlag;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86silkenMouseDisableFlag;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86xkbdirFlag;
+#ifdef HAVE_ACPI
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86acpiDisableFlag;
+#endif
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86LayoutName;
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86ScreenName;
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86PointerName;
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86KeyboardName;
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86FbBpp;
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86Depth;
+extern _X_EXPORT Pix24Flags xf86Pix24;
+extern _X_EXPORT rgb xf86Weight;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86FlipPixels;
+extern _X_EXPORT Gamma xf86Gamma;
+extern _X_EXPORT char *xf86ServerName;
+extern _X_EXPORT struct pci_slot_match xf86IsolateDevice;
+
+/* Other parameters */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT xf86InfoRec xf86Info;
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86ModulePath;
+extern _X_EXPORT MessageType xf86ModPathFrom;
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86LogFile;
+extern _X_EXPORT MessageType xf86LogFileFrom;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86LogFileWasOpened;
+extern _X_EXPORT serverLayoutRec xf86ConfigLayout;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DriverPtr *xf86DriverList;
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NumDrivers;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86Resetting;
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86Initialising;
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86NumScreens;
+extern _X_EXPORT const char *xf86VisualNames[];
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86Verbose; /* verbosity level */
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86LogVerbose; /* log file verbosity level */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xorgHWAccess;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RootWinPropPtr *xf86RegisteredPropertiesTable;
+
+#ifndef DEFAULT_VERBOSE
+#define DEFAULT_VERBOSE 0
+#endif
+#ifndef DEFAULT_LOG_VERBOSE
+#define DEFAULT_LOG_VERBOSE 3
+#endif
+#ifndef DEFAULT_DPI
+#define DEFAULT_DPI 96
+#endif
+
+/* Function Prototypes */
+#ifndef _NO_XF86_PROTOTYPES
+
+/* xf86Bus.c */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86BusConfig(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86BusProbe(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AccessEnter(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AccessLeave(void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86FindPrimaryDevice(void);
+/* new RAC */
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86PostProbe(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86ClearEntityListForScreen(int scrnIndex);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86AddDevToEntity(int entityIndex, GDevPtr dev);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86PostScreenInit(void);
+
+/* xf86Config.c */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86PathIsSafe(const char *path);
+
+/* xf86DefaultModes */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT const DisplayModeRec xf86DefaultModes[];
+extern _X_EXPORT const int xf86NumDefaultModes;
+
+/* xf86Configure.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT void DoConfigure(void);
+
+/* xf86ShowOpts.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT void DoShowOptions(void);
+
+/* xf86Events.c */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86Wakeup(pointer blockData, int err, pointer pReadmask);
+extern _X_HIDDEN int xf86SigWrapper(int signo);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86HandlePMEvents(int fd, pointer data);
+extern _X_EXPORT int (*xf86PMGetEventFromOs)(int fd,pmEvent *events,int num);
+extern _X_EXPORT pmWait (*xf86PMConfirmEventToOs)(int fd,pmEvent event);
+
+/* xf86Helper.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86LogInit(void);
+extern _X_EXPORT void xf86CloseLog(void);
+
+/* xf86Init.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86LoadModules(char **list, pointer *optlist);
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetVerbosity(int verb);
+extern _X_EXPORT int xf86SetLogVerbosity(int verb);
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool xf86CallDriverProbe( struct _DriverRec * drv, Bool detect_only );
+
+/* xf86Xinput.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT EventList *xf86Events;
+
+#endif /* _NO_XF86_PROTOTYPES */
+
+
+#endif /* _XF86PRIV_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86ShowOpts.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86ShowOpts.c index 77f156486..831e6b787 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86ShowOpts.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86ShowOpts.c @@ -70,6 +70,8 @@ optionTypeToSting(OptionValueType type) return "<bool>";
case OPTV_FREQ:
return "<freq>";
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ return "<percent>";
default:
return "<undef>";
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.c index b3164730c..925751256 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.c @@ -420,4 +420,164 @@ xf86CheckPciSlot(const struct pci_device *d) return TRUE;
}
+#define END_OF_MATCHES(m) \
+ (((m).vendor_id == 0) && ((m).device_id == 0) && ((m).subvendor_id == 0))
+Bool
+xf86PciAddMatchingDev(DriverPtr drvp)
+{
+ const struct pci_id_match * const devices = drvp->supported_devices;
+ int j;
+ struct pci_device *pPci;
+ struct pci_device_iterator *iter;
+ int numFound = 0;
+
+
+ iter = pci_id_match_iterator_create(NULL);
+ while ((pPci = pci_device_next(iter)) != NULL) {
+ /* Determine if this device is supported by the driver. If it is,
+ * add it to the list of devices to configure.
+ */
+ for (j = 0 ; ! END_OF_MATCHES(devices[j]) ; j++) {
+ if ( PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].vendor_id, pPci->vendor_id )
+ && PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].device_id, pPci->device_id )
+ && ((devices[j].device_class_mask & pPci->device_class)
+ == devices[j].device_class) ) {
+ if (xf86CheckPciSlot(pPci)) {
+ GDevPtr pGDev = xf86AddBusDeviceToConfigure(
+ drvp->driverName, BUS_PCI, pPci, -1);
+ if (pGDev != NULL) {
+ /* After configure pass 1, chipID and chipRev are
+ * treated as over-rides, so clobber them here.
+ */
+ pGDev->chipID = -1;
+ pGDev->chipRev = -1;
+ }
+
+ numFound++;
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pci_iterator_destroy(iter);
+
+ return (numFound != 0);
+}
+
+Bool
+xf86PciProbeDev(DriverPtr drvp)
+{
+ int i, j;
+ struct pci_device * pPci;
+ Bool foundScreen = FALSE;
+ const struct pci_id_match * const devices = drvp->supported_devices;
+ GDevPtr *devList;
+ const unsigned numDevs = xf86MatchDevice(drvp->driverName, & devList);
+
+ for ( i = 0 ; i < numDevs ; i++ ) {
+ struct pci_device_iterator *iter;
+ unsigned device_id;
+
+
+ /* Find the pciVideoRec associated with this device section.
+ */
+ iter = pci_id_match_iterator_create(NULL);
+ while ((pPci = pci_device_next(iter)) != NULL) {
+ if (devList[i]->busID && *devList[i]->busID) {
+ if (xf86ComparePciBusString(devList[i]->busID,
+ ((pPci->domain << 8)
+ | pPci->bus),
+ pPci->dev,
+ pPci->func)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (xf86IsPrimaryPci(pPci)) {
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ pci_iterator_destroy(iter);
+
+ if (pPci == NULL) {
+ continue;
+ }
+ device_id = (devList[i]->chipID > 0)
+ ? devList[i]->chipID : pPci->device_id;
+
+
+ /* Once the pciVideoRec is found, determine if the device is supported
+ * by the driver. If it is, probe it!
+ */
+ for ( j = 0 ; ! END_OF_MATCHES( devices[j] ) ; j++ ) {
+ if ( PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].vendor_id, pPci->vendor_id )
+ && PCI_ID_COMPARE( devices[j].device_id, device_id )
+ && ((devices[j].device_class_mask & pPci->device_class)
+ == devices[j].device_class) ) {
+ int entry;
+
+ /* Allow the same entity to be used more than once for
+ * devices with multiple screens per entity. This assumes
+ * implicitly that there will be a screen == 0 instance.
+ *
+ * FIXME Need to make sure that two different drivers don't
+ * FIXME claim the same screen > 0 instance.
+ */
+ if ((devList[i]->screen == 0) && !xf86CheckPciSlot(pPci))
+ continue;
+
+ DebugF("%s: card at %d:%d:%d is claimed by a Device section\n",
+ drvp->driverName, pPci->bus, pPci->dev, pPci->func);
+
+ /* Allocate an entry in the lists to be returned */
+ entry = xf86ClaimPciSlot(pPci, drvp, device_id,
+ devList[i], devList[i]->active);
+
+ if ((entry == -1) && (devList[i]->screen > 0)) {
+ unsigned k;
+
+ for (k = 0; k < xf86NumEntities; k++ ) {
+ EntityPtr pEnt = xf86Entities[k];
+ if (pEnt->bus.type != BUS_PCI)
+ continue;
+ if (pEnt->bus.id.pci == pPci) {
+ entry = k;
+ xf86AddDevToEntity(k, devList[i]);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (entry != -1) {
+ if ((*drvp->PciProbe)(drvp, entry, pPci,
+ devices[j].match_data)) {
+ foundScreen = TRUE;
+ } else
+ xf86UnclaimPciSlot(pPci);
+ }
+
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ free(devList);
+
+ return foundScreen;
+}
+
+void
+xf86PciIsolateDevice(char *argument)
+{
+ int bus, device, func;
+
+ if (sscanf(argument, "PCI:%d:%d:%d", &bus, &device, &func) == 3) {
+ xf86IsolateDevice.domain = PCI_DOM_FROM_BUS(bus);
+ xf86IsolateDevice.bus = PCI_BUS_NO_DOMAIN(bus);
+ xf86IsolateDevice.dev = device;
+ xf86IsolateDevice.func = func;
+ } else
+ FatalError("Invalid isolated device specification\n");
+}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.h b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.h index 3125e0db8..b534645ee 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/common/xf86pciBus.h @@ -1,38 +1,41 @@ - -/* - * Copyright (c) 1999-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc. - * - * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a - * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), - * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation - * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, - * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the - * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: - * - * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in - * all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR - * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR - * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, - * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR - * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s) - * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote - * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written - * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s). - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H -#include <xorg-config.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _XF86_PCI_BUS_H -#define _XF86_PCI_BUS_H - -void xf86PciProbe(void); - -#endif /* _XF86_PCI_BUS_H */ +
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1999-2003 by The XFree86 Project, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
+ * copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
+ * to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
+ * the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
+ * and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
+ * Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+ * all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+ * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) OR AUTHOR(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
+ * OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
+ * ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
+ * OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Except as contained in this notice, the name of the copyright holder(s)
+ * and author(s) shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote
+ * the sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
+ * authorization from the copyright holder(s) and author(s).
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XORG_CONFIG_H
+#include <xorg-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _XF86_PCI_BUS_H
+#define _XF86_PCI_BUS_H
+
+void xf86PciProbe(void);
+Bool xf86PciAddMatchingDev(DriverPtr drvp);
+Bool xf86PciProbeDev(DriverPtr drvp);
+void xf86PciIsolateDevice(char *argument);
+
+#endif /* _XF86_PCI_BUS_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86dga2.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86dga2.c index fae8d8b5d..0b7d62dca 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86dga2.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86dga2.c @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ ProcXDGAInstallColormap(ClientPtr client) rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&cmap, stuff->cmap, RT_COLORMAP,
client, DixInstallAccess);
if (rc != Success)
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
DGAInstallCmap(cmap);
return Success;
}
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ ProcXF86DGAInstallColormap(ClientPtr client) DGAInstallCmap(pcmp);
return Success;
} else {
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadColor : rc;
+ return rc;
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86vmode.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86vmode.c index 483b92ab1..f29f5bad2 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86vmode.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dixmods/extmod/xf86vmode.c @@ -331,7 +331,6 @@ SendXF86VidModeNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen, int state, Bool forced) XF86VidModeEventPtr pEv;
unsigned long mask;
xXF86VidModeNotifyEvent ev;
- ClientPtr client;
int kind;
UpdateCurrentTimeIf ();
@@ -343,19 +342,15 @@ SendXF86VidModeNotify(ScreenPtr pScreen, int state, Bool forced) kind = XF86VidModeModeChange;
for (pEv = pPriv->events; pEv; pEv = pEv->next)
{
- client = pEv->client;
- if (client->clientGone)
- continue;
if (!(pEv->mask & mask))
continue;
ev.type = XF86VidModeNotify + XF86VidModeEventBase;
ev.state = state;
- ev.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
ev.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
ev.root = WindowTable[pScreen->myNum]->drawable.id;
ev.kind = kind;
ev.forced = forced;
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pEv->client, 1, (xEvent *) &ev);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml index e95df7999..c6fc63edb 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml @@ -1,7414 +1,7420 @@ -<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//Xorg//DTD linuxdoc//EN" [ - <!ENTITY % defs SYSTEM "X11/defs.ent"> %defs; - <!-- config file keyword markup --> - <!ENTITY s.key STARTTAG "bf"> - <!ENTITY e.key ENDTAG "bf"> - <!-- specific config file keywords --> - <!ENTITY k.device "&s.key;Device&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.monitor "&s.key;Monitor&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.display "&s.key;Display&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.inputdevice "&s.key;InputDevice&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.screen "&s.key;Screen&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.serverlayout "&s.key;ServerLayout&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.driver "&s.key;Driver&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.module "&s.key;Module&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.identifier "&s.key;Identifier&e.key;"> - <!ENTITY k.serverflags "&s.key;ServerFlags&e.key;"> - <!-- command line markup --> - <!ENTITY s.cmd STARTTAG "tt"> - <!ENTITY e.cmd ENDTAG "tt"> - <!-- inline code markup --> - <!ENTITY s.code STARTTAG "tt"> - <!ENTITY e.code ENDTAG "tt"> - <!-- function indent --> - <!ENTITY f.indent "&nl          "> -] > - -<article> - -<title>XFree86 server 4.x Design (DRAFT) -<author>The XFree86 Project, Inc -<and>Updates for X11R&relvers; by Jim Gettys -<date>19 December 2003 - - - - - - - -<ident> -$XFree86: xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml,v 1.53 2003/08/23 14:10:14 dawes Exp $ -</ident> - - -<p> -<bf>NOTE</bf>: This is a DRAFT document, and the interfaces described here -are subject to change without notice. - - -<sect>Preface -<p> - -The broad design principles are: -<itemize> - <item>keep it reasonable - <itemize> - <item>We cannot rewrite the complete server - <item>We don't want to re-invent the wheel - </itemize> - <item>keep it modular - <itemize> - <item>As many things as possible should go into modules - <item>The basic loader binary should be minimal - <item>A clean design with well defined layering is important - <item>DDX specific global variables are a nono - <item>The structure should be flexible enough to allow - future extensions - <item> The structure should minimize duplication of common code - </itemize> - <item>keep important features in mind - <itemize> - <item>multiple screens, including multiple instances of drivers - <item>mixing different color depths and visuals on different - and ideally even on the same screen - <item>better control of the PCI device used - <item>better config file parser - <item>get rid of all VGA compatibility assumptions - </itemize> -</itemize> - -Unless we find major deficiencies in the DIX layer, we should avoid -making changes there. - -<sect>The xorg.conf File -<p> - -The xorg.conf file format is similar to the old format, with the following -changes: - -<sect1>&k.device; section -<p> - - The &k.device; sections are similar to what they used to be, and - describe hardware-specific information for a single video card. - &k.device; - Some new keywords are added: - - - <descrip> - <tag>Driver "drivername"</tag> - Specifies the name of the driver to be used for the card. This - is mandatory. - <tag>BusID "busslot"</tag> - Specifies uniquely the location of the card on the bus. The - purpose is to identify particular cards in a multi-headed - configuration. The format of the argument is intentionally - vague, and may be architecture dependent. For a PCI bus, it - is something like "bus:slot:func". - </descrip> - - A &k.device; section is considered ``active'' if there is a reference - to it in an active &k.screen; section. - -<sect1>&k.screen; section -<p> - - The &k.screen; sections are similar to what they used to be. They - no longer have a &k.driver; keyword, but an &k.identifier; keyword - is added. (The &k.driver; keyword may be accepted in place of the - &k.identifier; keyword for compatibility purposes.) The identifier - can be used to identify which screen is to be active when multiple - &k.screen sections are present. It is possible to specify the active - screen from the command line. A default is chosen in the absence - of one being specified. A &k.screen; section is considered ``active'' - if there is a reference to it either from the command line, or from - an active &k.serverlayout; section. - -<sect1>&k.inputdevice; section -<p> - - The &k.inputdevice; section is a new section that describes - configuration information for input devices. It replaces the old - &s.key;Keyboard&e.key;, &s.key;Pointer&e.key; and &s.key;XInput&e.key; - sections. Like the &k.device; section, it has two mandatory keywords: - &k.identifier; and &k.driver;. For compatibility purposes the old - &s.key;Keyboard&e.key; and &s.key;Pointer&e.key; sections are - converted by the parser into &k.inputdevice; sections as follows: - - <descrip> - <tag>&s.key;Keyboard&e.key;</tag> - &k.identifier; "Implicit Core Keyboard"<newline> - &k.driver; "keyboard" - <tag>&s.key;Pointer&e.key;</tag> - &k.identifier; "Implicit Core Pointer"<newline> - &k.driver; "mouse" - </descrip> - - An &k.inputdevice; section is considered active if there is a - reference to it in an active &k.serverlayout; section. An - &k.inputdevice; section may also be referenced implicitly if there - is no &k.serverlayout; section, if the &s.cmd;-screen&e.cmd; command - line options is used, or if the &k.serverlayout; section doesn't - reference any &k.inputdevice; sections. In this case, the first - sections with drivers "keyboard" and "mouse" are used as the core - keyboard and pointer respectively. - -<sect1>&k.serverlayout; section -<p> - - The &k.serverlayout; section is a new section that is used to identify - which &k.screen; sections are to be used in a multi-headed configuration, - and the relative layout of those screens. It also identifies which - &k.inputdevice; sections are to be used. Each &k.serverlayout section - has an identifier, a list of &k.screen; section identifiers, and a list of - &k.inputdevice; section identifiers. &k.serverflags; options may also be - included in a &k.serverlayout; section, making it possible to override - the global values in the &k.serverflags; section. - - A &k.serverlayout; section can be made active by being referenced on - the command line. In the absence of this, a default will be chosen - (the first one found). The screen names may optionally be followed - by a number specifying the preferred screen number, and optionally - by information specifying the physical positioning of the screen, - either in absolute terms or relative to another screen (or screens). - When no screen number is specified, they are numbered according to - the order in which they are listed. The old (now obsolete) method - of providing the positioning information is to give the names of - the four adjacent screens. The order of these is top, bottom, left, - right. Here is an example of a &k.serverlayout; section for two - screens using the old method, with the second located to the right - of the first: - - <code> - Section "ServerLayout" - Identifier "Main Layout" - Screen 0 "Screen 1" "" "" "" "Screen 2" - Screen 1 "Screen 2" - Screen "Screen 3" - EndSection - </code> - - The preferred way of specifying the layout is to explicitly specify - the screen's location in absolute terms or relative to another - screen. - - In the absolute case, the upper left corner's coordinates are given - after the &s.key;Absolute&e.key; keyword. If the coordinates are - omitted, a value of &s.code;(0,0)&e.code; is assumed. An example - of absolute positioning follows: - - <code> - Section "ServerLayout" - Identifier "Main Layout" - Screen 0 "Screen 1" Absolute 0 0 - Screen 1 "Screen 2" Absolute 1024 0 - Screen "Screen 3" Absolute 2048 0 - EndSection - </code> - - In the relative case, the position is specified by either using one of - the following keywords followed by the name of the reference screen: - - <quote> - &s.key;RightOf&nl; - LeftOf&nl; - Above&nl; - Below&nl; - Relative&e.key; - </quote> - - When the &s.key;Relative&e.key; keyword is used, the reference screen - name is followed by the coordinates of the new screen's origin - relative to reference screen. The following example shows how to use - some of the relative positioning options. - - <code> - Section "ServerLayout" - Identifier "Main Layout" - Screen 0 "Screen 1" - Screen 1 "Screen 2" RightOf "Screen 1" - Screen "Screen 3" Relative "Screen 1" 2048 0 - EndSection - </code> - -<sect1>Options -<p> - - Options are used more extensively. They may appear in most sections - now. Options related to drivers can be present in the &k.screen;, - &k.device; and &k.monitor; sections and the &k.display; subsections. - The order of precedence is &k.display;, &k.screen;, &k.monitor;, - &k.device;. Options have been extended to allow an optional value - to be specified in addition to the option name. For more details - about options, see the <ref id="options" name="Options"> section - for details. - -<sect>Driver Interface -<p> - -The driver interface consists of a minimal set of entry points that are -required based on the external events that the driver must react to. -No non-essential structure is imposed on the way they are used beyond -that. This is a significant difference compared with the old design. - -The entry points for drawing operations are already taken care of by -the framebuffer code (including, XAA). Extensions and enhancements to -framebuffer code are outside the scope of this document. - -This approach to the driver interface provides good flexibility, but does -increase the complexity of drivers. To help address this, the XFree86 -common layer provides a set of ``helper'' functions to take care of things -that most drivers need. These helpers help minimise the amount of code -duplication between drivers. The use of helper functions by drivers is -however optional, though encouraged. The basic philosophy behind the -helper functions is that they should be useful to many drivers, that -they should balance this against the complexity of their interface. It -is inevitable that some drivers may find some helpers unsuitable and -need to provide their own code. - -Events that a driver needs to react to are: - - <descrip> - <tag>ScreenInit</tag> - - An initialisation function is called from the DIX layer for each - screen at the start of each server generation. - - <tag>Enter VT</tag> - - The server takes control of the console. - - <tag>Leave VT</tag> - - The server releases control of the console. - - <tag>Mode Switch</tag> - - Change video mode. - - <tag>ViewPort change</tag> - - Change the origin of the physical view port. - - <tag>ScreenSaver state change</tag> - - Screen saver activation/deactivation. - - <tag>CloseScreen</tag> - - A close screen function is called from the DIX layer for each screen - at the end of each server generation. - </descrip> - - -In addition to these events, the following functions are required by -the XFree86 common layer: - - <descrip> - <tag>Identify</tag> - - Print a driver identifying message. - - <tag>Probe</tag> - - This is how a driver identifies if there is any hardware present that - it knows how to drive. - - <tag>PreInit</tag> - - Process information from the xorg.conf file, determine the - full characteristics of the hardware, and determine if a valid - configuration is present. - </descrip> - -The VidMode extension also requires: - - <descrip> - <tag>ValidMode</tag> - - Identify if a new mode is usable with the current configuration. - The PreInit function (and/or helpers it calls) may also make use - of the ValidMode function or something similar. - </descrip> - - -Other extensions may require other entry points. The drivers will -inform the common layer of these in such cases. - -<sect>Resource Access Control Introduction -<p> - -Graphics devices are accessed through ranges in I/O or memory space. -While most modern graphics devices allow relocation of such ranges many -of them still require the use of well established interfaces such as -VGA memory and IO ranges or 8514/A IO ranges. With modern buses (like -PCI) it is possible for multiple video devices to share access to these -resources. The RAC (Resource Access Control) subsystem provides a -mechanism for this. - -<sect1>Terms and Definitions -<p> - -<sect2>Bus -<p> - - ``Bus'' is ambiguous as it is used for different things: it may refer - to physical incompatible extension connectors in a computer system. - The RAC system knows two such systems: The ISA bus and the PCI bus. - (On the software level EISA, MCA and VL buses are currently treated - like ISA buses). ``Bus'' may also refer to logically different - entities on a single bus system which are connected via bridges. A - PCI system may have several distinct PCI buses connecting each other - by PCI-PCI bridges or to the host CPU by HOST-PCI bridges. - - Systems that host more than one bus system link these together using - bridges. Bridges are a concern to RAC as they might block or pass - specific resources. PCI-PCI bridges may be set up to pass VGA - resources to the secondary bus. PCI-ISA buses pass any resources not - decoded on the primary PCI bus to the ISA bus. This way VGA resources - (although exclusive on the ISA bus) can be shared by ISA and PCI - cards. Currently HOST-PCI bridges are not yet handled by RAC as they - require specific drivers. - -<sect2>Entity -<p> - - The smallest independently addressable unit on a system bus is - referred to as an entity. So far we know ISA and PCI entities. PCI - entities can be located on the PCI bus by an unique ID consisting of - the bus, card and function number. - -<sect2>Resource -<p> - - ``Resource'' refers to a range of memory or I/O addresses an entity - can decode. - - If a device is capable of disabling this decoding the resource is - called sharable. For PCI devices a generic method is provided to - control resource decoding. Other devices will have to provide a - device specific function to control decoding. - - If the entity is capable of decoding this range at a different - location this resource is considered relocatable. - - Resources which start at a specific address and occupy a single - continuous range are called block resources. - - Alternatively resource addresses can be decoded in a way that they - satisfy the conditions: - <quote><verb> - address & mask == base - </verb></quote> - and - <quote><verb> - base & mask == base - </verb></quote> - Resources addressed in such a way are called sparse resources. - -<sect2>Server States -<p> - - The resource access control system knows two server states: the - SETUP and the OPERATING state. The SETUP state is entered whenever - a mode change takes place or the server exits or does VT switching. - During this state all entity resources are under resource access - control. During OPERATING state only those entities are controlled - which actually have shared resources that conflict with others. - -<sect>Control Flow in the Server and Mandatory Driver Functions -<p> - -At the start of each server generation, &s.code;main()&e.code; -(&s.code;dix/main.c&e.code;) calls the DDX function -&s.code;InitOutput()&e.code;. This is the first place that the DDX gets -control. &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; is expected to fill in the global -&s.code;screenInfo&e.code; struct, and one -&s.code;screenInfo.screen[]&e.code; entry for each screen present. Here -is what &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; does: - -<sect1>Parse the xorg.conf file -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - The xorg.conf file is read in full, and the resulting information - stored in data structures. None of the parsed information is - processed at this point. The parser data structures are opaque to - the video drivers and to most of the common layer code. - - The entire file is parsed first to remove any section ordering - requirements. - - -<sect1>Initial processing of parsed information and command line options -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - The initial processing is to determine paths like the - &s.key;ModulePath&e.key;, etc, and to determine which &k.serverlayout;, - &k.screen; and &k.device; sections are active. - - -<sect1>Enable port I/O access -<p> - - Port I/O access is controlled from the XFree86 common layer, and is - ``all or nothing''. It is enabled prior to calling driver probes, at - the start of subsequent server generations, and when VT switching - back to the Xserver. It is disabled at the end of server generations, - and when VT switching away from the Xserver. - - The implementation details of this may vary on different platforms. - - -<sect1>General bus probe -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - In the case of ix86 machines, this will be a general PCI probe. - The full information obtained here will be available to the drivers. - This information persists for the life of the Xserver. In the PCI - case, the PCI information for all video cards found is available by - calling &s.code;xf86GetPciVideoInfo()&e.code;. - - <quote> - &s.code;pciVideoPtr *xf86GetPciVideoInfo(void)&e.code; - <quote><p> - returns a pointer to a list of pointers to - &s.code;pciVideoRec&e.code; entries, of which there is one for - each detected PCI video card. The list is terminated with a - &s.code;NULL&e.code; pointer. If no PCI video cards were - detected, the return value is &s.code;NULL&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - - After the bus probe, the resource broker is initialised. - - -<sect1>Load initial set of modules -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - The core server contains a list of mandatory modules. These are loaded - first. Currently the only module on this list is the bitmap font module. - - The next set of modules loaded are those specified explicitly in the - &k.module; section of the config file. - - The final set of initial modules are the driver modules referenced - by the active &k.device; and &k.inputdevice; sections in the config - file. Each of these modules is loaded exactly once. - - -<sect1>Register Video and Input Drivers -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - When a driver module is loaded, the loader calls its - &s.code;Setup&e.code; function. For video drivers, this function - calls &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; to register the driver's - &s.code;DriverRec&e.code;, which contains a small set of essential - details and driver entry points required during the early phase of - &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code;. &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; adds - it to the global &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; array. - - The &s.code;DriverRec&e.code; contains the driver canonical name, - the &s.code;Identify()&e.code;, - &s.code;Probe()&e.code; and &s.code;AvailableOptions()&e.code; - function entry points as well as a pointer - to the driver's module (as returned from the loader when the driver - was loaded) and a reference count which keeps track of how many - screens are using the driver. The entry driver entry points are - those required prior to the driver allocating and filling in its - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. - - For a static server, the &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; array is - initialised at build time, and the loading of modules is not done. - - A similar procedure is used for input drivers. The input driver's - &s.code;Setup&e.code; function calls - &s.code;xf86AddInputDriver()&e.code; to register the driver's - &s.code;InputDriverRec&e.code;, which contains a small set of - essential details and driver entry points required during the early - phase of &s.code;InitInput()&e.code;. - &s.code;xf86AddInputDriver()&e.code; adds it to the global - &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; array. For a static server, - the &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; array is initialised at - build time. - - Both the &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; and - &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; arrays have been initialised - by the end of this stage. - - Once all the drivers are registered, their - &s.code;ChipIdentify()&e.code; functions are called. - - <quote> - &s.code;void ChipIdentify(int flags)&e.code; - <quote> - This is expected to print a message indicating the driver name, - a short summary of what it supports, and a list of the chipset - names that it supports. It may use the xf86PrintChipsets() helper - to do this. - </quote> - </quote> - - <quote> - &s.code;void xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg, - &f.indent;SymTabPtr chips)&e.code; - <quote> - This function provides an easy way for a driver's ChipIdentify - function to format the identification message. - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Initialise Access Control -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - The Resource Access Control (RAC) subsystem is initialised before - calling any driver functions that may access hardware. All generic - bus information is probed and saved (for restoration later). All - (shared resource) video devices are disabled at the generic bus - level, and a probe is done to find the ``primary'' video device. These - devices remain disabled for the next step. - - -<sect1>Video Driver Probe<label id="probe"> -<p> - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. The - &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of each registered video driver - is called. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipProbe(DriverPtr drv, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - The purpose of this is to identify all instances of hardware - supported by the driver. The flags value is currently either 0, - &s.code;PROBE_DEFAULT&e.code; or &s.code;PROBE_DETECT&e.code;. - &s.code;PROBE_DETECT&e.code; is used if "-configure" or "-probe" - command line arguments are given and indicates to the - &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function that it should not configure the - bus entities and that no xorg.conf information is available. - - The probe must find the active device sections that match the - driver by calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;. The number - of matches found limits the maximum number of instances for this - driver. If no matches are found, the function should return - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; immediately. - - Devices that cannot be identified by using device-independent - methods should be probed at this stage (keeping in mind that access - to all resources that can be disabled in a device-independent way - are disabled during this phase). The probe must be a minimal - probe. It should just determine if there is a card present that - the driver can drive. It should use the least intrusive probe - methods possible. It must not do anything that is not essential, - like probing for other details such as the amount of memory - installed, etc. It is recommended that the - &s.code;xf86MatchPciInstances()&e.code; helper function be used - for identifying matching PCI devices, and similarly the - &s.code;xf86MatchIsaInstances()&e.code; for ISA (non-PCI) devices - (see the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). These helpers also - checks and claims the appropriate entity. When not using the - helper, that should be done with &s.code;xf86CheckPciSlot()&e.code; - and &s.code;xf86ClaimPciSlot()&e.code; for PCI devices and - &s.code;xf86ClaimIsaSlot()&e.code; for ISA devices (see the - <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). - - The probe must register all non-relocatable resources at this - stage. If a resource conflict is found between exclusive resources - the driver will fail immediately. This is usually best done with - the &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; helper function - for PCI and &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; for ISA - (see the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). It is possible to - register some entity specific functions with those helpers. When - not using the helpers, the &s.code;xf86AddEntityToScreen()&e.code; - &s.code;xf86ClaimFixedResources()&e.code; and - &s.code;xf86SetEntityFuncs()&e.code; should be used instead (see - the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). - - If a chipset is specified in an active device section which the - driver considers relevant (ie it has no driver specified, or the - driver specified matches the driver doing the probe), the Probe - must return &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if the chipset doesn't match - one supported by the driver. - - If there are no active device sections that the driver considers - relevant, it must return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - Allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for each active instance of the - hardware found, and fill in the basic information, including the - other driver entry points. This is best done with the - &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; helper function for ISA - instances or &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; for PCI instances. - These functions allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for active - entities. Optionally &s.code;xf86AllocateScreen()&e.code; - function may also be used to allocate the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. - Any of these functions take care of initialising fields to defined - ``unused'' values. - - Claim the entities for each instance of the hardware found. This - prevents other drivers from claiming the same hardware. - - Must leave hardware in the same state it found it in, and must not - do any hardware initialisation. - - All detection can be overridden via the config file, and that - parsed information is available to the driver at this stage. - - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if one or more instances are found, - and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername, - &f.indent;GDevPtr **driversectlist)&e.code; - <quote><p> - - This function takes the name of the driver and returns via - &s.code;driversectlist&e.code; a list of device sections that - match the driver name. The function return value is the number - of matches found. If a fatal error is encountered the return - value is &s.code;-1&e.code;. - - The caller should use &s.code;xfree()&e.code; to free - &s.code;*driversectlist&e.code; when it is no longer needed. - - </quote> - - &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allocates a new &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; in the - &s.code;xf86Screens[]&e.code; array. This function is normally - called by the video driver &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; functions. - The return value is a pointer to the newly allocated - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code;, - &s.code;origIndex&e.code;, &s.code;module&e.code; and - &s.code;drv&e.code; fields are initialised. The reference count - in &s.code;drv&e.code; is incremented. The storage for any - currently allocated ``privates'' pointers is also allocated and - the &s.code;privates&e.code; field initialised (the privates data - is of course not allocated or initialised). This function never - returns on failure. If the allocation fails, the server exits - with a fatal error. The flags value is not currently used, and - should be set to zero. - </quote> - </quote> - - At the completion of this, a list of &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; - have been allocated in the &s.code;xf86Screens[]&e.code; array, and - the associated entities and fixed resources have been claimed. The - following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields must be initialised at - this point: - - <quote><verb> - driverVersion - driverName - scrnIndex(*) - origIndex(*) - drv(*) - module(*) - name - Probe - PreInit - ScreenInit - EnterVT - LeaveVT - numEntities - entityList - access - </verb></quote> - - <tt>(*)</tt> These are initialised when the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - is allocated, and not explicitly by the driver. - - The following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields must be initialised - if the driver is going to use them: - - <quote><verb> - SwitchMode - AdjustFrame - FreeScreen - ValidMode - </verb></quote> - -<sect1>Matching Screens -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - After the Probe phase is finished, there will be some number of - &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;. These are then matched with the active - &k.screen; sections in the xorg.conf, and those not having an active - &k.screen; section are deleted. If the number of remaining screens - is 0, &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; sets - &s.code;screenInfo.numScreens&e.code; to &s.code;0&e.code; and - returns. - - At this point the following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; - must be initialised: - - <quote><verb> - confScreen - </verb></quote> - - -<sect1>Allocate non-conflicting resources -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - Before calling the drivers again, the resource information collected - from the Probe phase is processed. This includes checking the extent - of PCI resources for the probed devices, and resolving any conflicts - in the relocatable PCI resources. It also reports conflicts, checks - bus routing issues, and anything else that is needed to enable the - entities for the next phase. - - If any drivers registered an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; function - during the Probe phase, then they are called here. - - -<sect1>Sort the Screens and pre-check Monitor Information -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - The list of screens is sorted to match the ordering requested in the - config file. - - The list of modes for each active monitor is checked against the - monitor's parameters. Invalid modes are pruned. - - -<sect1>PreInit -<p> - - This is done at the start of the first server generation only. - - For each &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;, enable access to the screens entities and call - the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipPreInit(ScrnInfoRec screen, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - The purpose of this function is to find out all the information - required to determine if the configuration is usable, and to - initialise those parts of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that - can be set once at the beginning of the first server generation. - - The number of entities registered for the screen should be checked - against the expected number (most drivers expect only one). The - entity information for each of them should be retrieved (with - &s.code;xf86GetEntityInfo()&e.code;) and checked for the correct - bus type and that none of the sharable resources registered during - the Probe phase was rejected. - - Access to resources for the entities that can be controlled in a - device-independent way are enabled before this function is called. - If the driver needs to access any resources that it has disabled - in an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; function that it registered, - then it may enable them here providing that it disables them before - this function returns. - - This includes probing for video memory, clocks, ramdac, and all - other HW info that is needed. It includes determining the - depth/bpp/visual and related info. It includes validating and - determining the set of video modes that will be used (and anything - that is required to determine that). - - This information should be determined in the least intrusive way - possible. The state of the HW must remain unchanged by this - function. Although video memory (including MMIO) may be mapped - within this function, it must be unmapped before returning. Driver - specific information should be stored in a structure hooked into - the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; - field. Any other modules which require persistent data (ie data - that persists across server generations) should be initialised in - this function, and they should allocate a ``privates'' index to - hook their data into by calling - &s.code;xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex().&e.code; The ``privates'' - data is persistent. - - Helper functions for some of these things are provided at the - XFree86 common level, and the driver can choose to make use of - them. - - All additional resources that the screen needs must be registered - here. This should be done with - &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code;. If some of the fixed - resources registered in the Probe phase are not needed or not - decoded by the hardware when in the OPERATING server state, their - status should be updated with - &s.code;xf86SetOperatingState()&e.code;. - - Modules may be loaded at any point in this function, and all - modules that the driver will need must be loaded before the end - of this function. Either the &s.code;xf86LoadSubModule()&e.code; - or the &s.code;xf86LoadDrvSubModule()&e.code; function should be - used to load modules depending on whether a - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been set up. A driver may unload - a module within this function if it was only needed temporarily, - and the &s.code;xf86UnloadSubModule()&e.code; function should be used - to do that. Otherwise there is no need to explicitly unload modules - because the loader takes care of module dependencies and will - unload submodules automatically if/when the driver module is - unloaded. - - The bulk of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields should be filled - out in this function. - - &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code; when - the configuration is unusable in some way (unsupported depth, no - valid modes, not enough video memory, etc), and &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - if it is usable. - - It is expected that if the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function - returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;, then the only reasons that subsequent - stages in the driver might fail are lack or resources (like xalloc - failures). All other possible reasons for failure should be - determined by the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. - - </quote> - </quote> - - The &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; for screens where the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; fails are removed. - If none remain, &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; sets &s.code;screenInfo.numScreens&e.code; to &s.code;0&e.code; and returns. - - At this point, further fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; would normally be - filled in. Most are not strictly mandatory, but many are required - by other layers and/or helper functions that the driver may choose - to use. The documentation for those layers and helper functions - indicates which they require. - - The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; should be filled in if the - driver is going to use them: - - <quote><verb> - monitor - display - depth - pixmapBPP - bitsPerPixel - weight (>8bpp only) - mask (>8bpp only) - offset (>8bpp only) - rgbBits (8bpp only) - gamma - defaultVisual - maxHValue - maxVValue - virtualX - virtualY - displayWidth - frameX0 - frameY0 - frameX1 - frameY1 - zoomLocked - modePool - modes - currentMode - progClock (TRUE if clock is programmable) - chipset - ramdac - clockchip - numClocks (if not programmable) - clock[] (if not programmable) - videoRam - biosBase - memBase - memClk - driverPrivate - chipID - chipRev - </verb></quote> - - <quote><p> - &s.code;pointer xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name)&e.code: - and - &s.code;pointer xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name)&e.code: - <quote><p> - Load a module that a driver depends on. This function loads the - module &s.code;name&e.code; as a sub module of the driver. The - return value is a handle identifying the new module. If the load - fails, the return value will be &s.code;NULL&e.code;. If a driver - needs to explicitly unload a module it has loaded in this way, - the return value must be saved and passed to - &s.code;xf86UnloadSubModule()&e.code; when unloading. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer module)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Unloads the module referenced by &s.code;module&e.code;. - &s.code;module&e.code; should be a pointer returned previously - by &s.code;xf86LoadSubModule()&e.code; or - &s.code;xf86LoadDrvSubModule()&e.code; . - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Cleaning up Unused Drivers -<p> - - At this point it is known which screens will be in use, and which - drivers are being used. Unreferenced drivers (and modules they - may have loaded) are unloaded here. - - -<sect1>Consistency Checks -<p> - - The parameters that must be global to the server, like pixmap formats, - bitmap bit order, bitmap scanline unit and image byte order are - compared for each of the screens. If a mismatch is found, the server - exits with an appropriate message. - - -<sect1>Check if Resource Control is Needed -<p> - - Determine if resource access control is needed. This is the case - if more than one screen is used. If necessary the RAC wrapper module - is loaded. - -<sect1>AddScreen (ScreenInit) -<p> - - At this point, the valid screens are known. - &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; is called for each of them, passing - &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; as the argument. - &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; is a DIX function that allocates a new - &s.code;screenInfo.screen[]&e.code; entry (aka - &s.code;pScreen&e.code;), and does some basic initialisation of it. - It then calls the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, with - &s.code;pScreen&e.code; as one of its arguments. If - &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, - &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; returns &s.code;-1&e.code;. Otherwise - it returns the index of the screen. &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; - should only fail because of programming errors or failure to allocate - resources (like memory). All configuration problems should be - detected BEFORE this point. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipScreenInit(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen, - &f.indent;int argc, char **argv)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is called at the start of each server generation. - - Fill in all of &s.code;pScreen&e.code;, possibly doing some of - this by calling ScreenInit functions from other layers like mi, - framebuffers (cfb, etc), and extensions. - - Decide which operations need to be placed under resource access - control. The classes of operations are the frame buffer operations - (&s.code;RAC_FB&e.code;), the pointer operations - (&s.code;RAC_CURSOR&e.code;), the viewport change operations - (&s.code;RAC_VIEWPORT&e.code;) and the colormap operations - (&s.code;RAC_COLORMAP&e.code;). Any operation that requires - resources which might be disabled during OPERATING state should - be set to use RAC. This can be specified separately for memory - and IO resources (the &s.code;racMemFlags&e.code; and - &s.code;racIoFlags&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - respectively). - - Map any video memory or other memory regions. - - Save the video card state. Enough state must be saved so that - the original state can later be restored. - - Initialise the initial video mode. The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s - &s.code;vtSema&e.code; field should be set to &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - just prior to changing the video hardware's state. - - </quote> - </quote> - - - The &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function (or functions from other - layers that it calls) should allocate entries in the - &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; area by - calling &s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code; if it needs - per-generation storage. Since the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s - &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; information is cleared for each server - generation, this is the correct place to initialise it. - - After &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; has successfully returned, the - following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields are initialised: - - <quote><verb> - pScreen - racMemFlags - racIoFlags - </verb></quote> - - The &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function should initialise the - &s.code;CloseScreen&e.code; and &s.code;SaveScreen&e.code; fields - of &s.code;pScreen&e.code;. The old value of - &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code; should be saved as part of - the driver's per-screen private data, allowing it to be called from - &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code;. This means that the existing - &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function is wrapped. - -<sect1>Finalising RAC Initialisation -<p> - - After all the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; functions have been - called, each screen has registered its RAC requirements. This - information is used to determine which shared resources are requested - by more than one driver and set the access functions accordingly. - This is done following these rules: - - <enum> - <item>The sharable resources registered by each entity are compared. - If a resource is registered by more than one entity the entity - will be marked to indicate that it needs to share this resources - type (IO or MEM). - - <item>A resource marked ``disabled'' during OPERATING state will be - ignored entirely. - - <item>A resource marked ``unused'' will only conflict with an overlapping - resource of an other entity if the second is actually in use - during OPERATING state. - - <item>If an ``unused'' resource was found to conflict but the entity - does not use any other resource of this type the entire resource - type will be disabled for that entity. - </enum> - - -<sect1>Finishing InitOutput() -<p> - - At this point &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; is finished, and all the - screens have been setup in their initial video mode. - - -<sect1>Mode Switching -<p> - - When a SwitchMode event is received, &s.code;ChipSwitchMode()&e.code; - is called (when it exists): - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Initialises the new mode for the screen identified by - &s.code;index;&e.code;. The viewport may need to be adjusted - also. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Changing Viewport -<p> - - When a Change Viewport event is received, - &s.code;ChipAdjustFrame()&e.code; is called (when it exists): - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void ChipAdjustFrame(int index, int x, int y, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Changes the viewport for the screen identified by - &s.code;index;&e.code;. - - It should be noted that many chipsets impose restrictions on where the - viewport may be placed in the virtual resolution, either for alignment - reasons, or to prevent the start of the viewport from being positioned - within a pixel (as can happen in a 24bpp mode). After calculating the - value the chipset's panning registers need to be set to for non-DGA - modes, this function should recalculate the ScrnInfoRec's - &s.code;frameX0&e.code;, &s.code;frameY0&e.code, &s.code;frameX1&e.code; - and &s.code;frameY1&e.code; fields to correspond to that value. If - this is not done, switching to another mode might cause the position - of a hardware cursor to change. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>VT Switching -<p> - - When a VT switch event is received, &s.code;xf86VTSwitch()&e.code; - is called. &s.code;xf86VTSwitch()&e.code; does the following: - - <descrip> - <tag>On ENTER:</tag> - <itemize> - <item>enable port I/O access - - <item>save and initialise the bus/resource state - - <item>enter the SETUP server state - - <item>calls &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; for each screen - - <item>enter the OPERATING server state - - <item>validate GCs - - <item>Restore fb from saved pixmap for each screen - - <item>Enable all input devices - </itemize> - <tag>On LEAVE:</tag> - <itemize> - <item>Save fb to pixmap for each screen - - <item>validate GCs - - <item>enter the SETUP server state - - <item>calls &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; for each screen - - <item>disable all input devices - - <item>restore bus/resource state - - <item>disables port I/O access - </itemize> - </descrip> - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipEnterVT(int index, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function should initialise the current video mode and - initialise the viewport, turn on the HW cursor if appropriate, - etc. - - Should it re-save the video state before initialising the video - mode? - - </quote> - - &s.code;void ChipLeaveVT(int index, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function should restore the saved video state. If - appropriate it should also turn off the HW cursor, and invalidate - any pixmap/font caches. - - </quote> - - Optionally, &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; may also unmap memory - regions. If so, &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; will need to remap - them. Additionally, if an aperture used to access video memory is - unmapped and remapped in this fashion, &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; - will also need to notify the framebuffer layers of the aperture's new - location in virtual memory. This is done with a call to the screen's - &s.code;ModifyPixmapHeader()&e.code; function, as follows - - <quote><p> - &s.code;(*pScreen->ModifyPixmapHeader)(pScrn->ppix, - &f.indent;-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, <it>NewApertureAddress</it>);&e.code; - <quote><p> - where the &s.code``ppix''&e.code; field in a ScrnInfoRec - points to the pixmap used by the screen's - &s.code;SaveRestoreImage()&e.code; function to hold the screen's - contents while switched out. - - </quote> - </quote> - - Currently, aperture remapping, as described here, should not be - attempted if the driver uses the &s.code;xf8_16bpp&e.code; or - &s.code;xf8_32bpp&e.code; framebuffer layers. A pending - restructuring of VT switching will address this restriction in - the near future. - - </quote> - - Other layers may wrap the &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; and - &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; functions if they need to take some - action when these events are received. - -<sect1>End of server generation -<p> - - At the end of each server generation, the DIX layer calls - &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code; for each screen: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipCloseScreen(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function should restore the saved video state and unmap the - memory regions. - - It should also free per-screen data structures allocated by the - driver. Note that the persistent data held in the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field - should not be freed here because it is needed by subsequent server - generations. - - The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;vtSema&e.code; field - should be set to &s.code;FALSE&e.code; once the video HW state - has been restored. - - Before freeing the per-screen driver data the saved - &s.code;CloseScreen&e.code; value should be restored to - &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code;, and that function should - be called after freeing the data. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>Optional Driver Functions -<p> - -The functions outlined here can be called from the XFree86 common layer, -but their presence is optional. - -<sect1>Mode Validation -<p> - - When a mode validation helper supplied by the XFree86-common layer is - being used, it can be useful to provide a function to check for hw - specific mode constraints: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;ModeStatus ChipValidMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, - &f.indent;Bool verbose, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Check the passed mode for hw-specific constraints, and return the - appropriate status value. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<p> -This function may also modify the effective timings and clock of the passed -mode. These have been stored in the mode's &s.code;Crtc*&e.code; and -&s.code;SynthClock&e.code; elements, and have already been adjusted for -interlacing, doublescanning, multiscanning and clock multipliers and dividers. -The function should not modify any other mode field, unless it wants to modify -the mode timings reported to the user by &s.code;xf86PrintModes()&e.code;. - -<p> -The function is called once for every mode in the xorg.conf Monitor section -assigned to the screen, with &s.code;flags&e.code; set to -&s.code;MODECHECK_INITIAL&e.code;. It is subsequently called for every mode -in the xorg.conf Display subsection assigned to the screen, with -&s.code;flags&e.code; set to &s.code;MODECHECK_FINAL&e.code;. In the second -case, the mode will have successfully passed all other tests. In addition, -the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;virtualX&e.code;, -&s.code;virtualY&e.code; and &s.code;displayWidth&e.code; fields will have been -set as if the mode to be validated were to be the last mode accepted. - -<p> -In effect, calls with MODECHECK_INITIAL are intended for checks that do not -depend on any mode other than the one being validated, while calls with -MODECHECK_FINAL are intended for checks that may involve more than one mode. - -<sect1>Free screen data -<p> - - When a screen is deleted prior to the completion of the ScreenInit - phase the &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code; function is called when defined. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void ChipFreeScreen(int scrnindex, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Free any driver-allocated data that may have been allocated up to - and including an unsuccessful &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; - call. This would predominantly be data allocated by - &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; that persists across server - generations. It would include the &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code;, - and any ``privates'' entries that modules may have allocated. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect>Recommended driver functions -<p> - -The functions outlined here are for internal use by the driver only. -They are entirely optional, and are never accessed directly from higher -layers. The sample function declarations shown here are just examples. -The interface (if any) used is up to the driver. - -<sect1>Save -<p> - - Save the video state. This could be called from &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; and - (possibly) &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code;. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void ChipSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Saves the current state. This will only be saving pre-server - states or states before returning to the server. There is only - one current saved state per screen and it is stored in private - storage in the screen. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Restore -<p> - - Restore the original video state. This could be called from the - &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; and &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code; - functions. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void ChipRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Restores the saved state from the private storage. Usually only - used for restoring text modes. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Initialise Mode -<p> - - Initialise a video mode. This could be called from the - &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code;, &s.code;ChipSwitchMode()&e.code; - and &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; functions. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool ChipModeInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Programs the hardware for the given video mode. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect>Data and Data Structures -<p> - -<sect1>Command line data -<p> - -Command line options are typically global, and are stored in global -variables. These variables are read-only and are available to drivers -via a function call interface. Most of these command line values are -processed via helper functions to ensure that they are treated consistently -by all drivers. The other means of access is provided for cases where -the supplied helper functions might not be appropriate. - -Some of them are: - -<quote><verb> - xf86Verbose verbosity level - xf86Bpp -bpp from the command line - xf86Depth -depth from the command line - xf86Weight -weight from the command line - xf86Gamma -{r,g,b,}gamma from the command line - xf86FlipPixels -flippixels from the command line - xf86ProbeOnly -probeonly from the command line - defaultColorVisualClass -cc from the command line -</verb></quote> - -If we ever do allow for screen-specific command line options, we may -need to rethink this. - -These can be accessed in a read-only manner by drivers with the following -functions: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int xf86GetVerbosity()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the value of &s.code;xf86Verbose&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86GetDepth()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the &s.cmd;-depth&e.cmd; command line setting. If not - set on the command line, &s.code;-1&e.code; is returned. - - </quote> - - &s.code;rgb xf86GetWeight()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the &s.cmd;-weight&e.cmd; command line setting. If not - set on the command line, &s.code;{0, 0, 0}&e.code; is returned. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Gamma xf86GetGamma()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the &s.cmd;-gamma&e.cmd; or &s.cmd;-rgamma&e.cmd;, - &s.cmd;-ggamma&e.cmd;, &s.cmd;-bgamma&e.cmd; command line settings. - If not set on the command line, &s.code;{0.0, 0.0, 0.0}&e.code; - is returned. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetFlipPixels()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if &s.cmd;-flippixels&e.cmd; is - present on the command line, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;const char *xf86GetServerName()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the name of the X server from the command line. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Data handling -<p> - -Config file data contains parts that are global, and parts that are -Screen specific. All of it is parsed into data structures that neither -the drivers or most other parts of the server need to know about. - -The global data is typically not required by drivers, and as such, most -of it is stored in the private &s.code;xf86InfoRec&e.code;. - -The screen-specific data collected from the config file is stored in -screen, device, display, monitor-specific data structures that are separate -from the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;, with the appropriate elements/fields -hooked into the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; as required. The screen -config data is held in &s.code;confScreenRec&e.code;, device data in -the &s.code;GDevRec&e.code;, monitor data in the &s.code;MonRec&e.code;, -and display data in the &s.code;DispRec&e.code;. - -The XFree86 common layer's screen specific data (the actual data in use -for each screen) is held in the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;. As has -been outlined above, the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; are allocated at probe -time, and it is the responsibility of the Drivers' &s.code;Probe()&e.code; -and &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; functions to finish filling them in based -on both data provided on the command line and data provided from the -Config file. The precedence for this is: - - <quote> - command line -> config file -> probed/default data - </quote> - -For most things in this category there are helper functions that the -drivers can use to ensure that the above precedence is consistently -used. - -As well as containing screen-specific data that the XFree86 common layer -(including essential parts of the server infrastructure as well as helper -functions) needs to access, it also contains some data that drivers use -internally. When considering whether to add a new field to the -&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;, consider the balance between the convenience -of things that lots of drivers need and the size/obscurity of the -&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. - -Per-screen driver specific data that cannot be accommodated with the -static &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields is held in a driver-defined -data structure, a pointer to which is assigned to the -&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field. This -is per-screen data that persists across server generations (as does the -bulk of the static &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; data). It would typically -also include the video card's saved state. - -Per-screen data for other modules that the driver uses (for example, -the XAA module) that is reset for each server generation is hooked into -the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; through it's &s.code;privates&e.code; -field. - -Once it has stabilised, the data structures and variables accessible to -video drivers will be documented here. In the meantime, those things -defined in the &s.code;xf86.h&e.code; and &s.code;xf86str.h&e.code; -files are visible to video drivers. Things defined in -&s.code;xf86Priv.h&e.code; and &s.code;xf86Privstr.h&e.code; are NOT -intended to be visible to video drivers, and it is an error for a driver -to include those files. - - -<sect1>Accessing global data -<p> - -Some other global state information that the drivers may access via -functions is as follows: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsExiting()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the end of a - generation and is in the process of exiting, and - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsResetting()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the end of a - generation and is in the process of resetting, and - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsInitialising()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the beginning of - a generation and is in the process of initialising, and - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsOnlyProbing()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the -probeonly command line flag - was specified, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86CaughtSignal()&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server has caught a signal, - and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Allocating private data -<p> - -A driver and any module it uses may allocate per-screen private storage -in either the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (DIX level) or -&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; (XFree86 common layer level). -&s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; storage persists only for a single server -generation, and &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; storage persists across -generations for the lifetime of the server. - -The &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; data must be -reallocated/initialised at the start of each new generation. This is -normally done from the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, and -Init functions for other modules that it calls. Data allocated in this -way should be freed by the driver's &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code; -functions, and Close functions for other modules that it calls. A new -&s.code;devPrivates&e.code; entry is allocated by calling the -&s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code; function. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allocates a new element in the - &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field of all currently existing - &s.code;ScreenRecs&e.code;. The return value is the index of this - new element in the &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; array. The - &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field is of type - &s.code;DevUnion&e.code;: - - <verb> - typedef union _DevUnion { - pointer ptr; - long val; - unsigned long uval; - pointer (*fptr)(void); - } DevUnion; - </verb> - - which allows the element to be used for any of the above types. - It is commonly used as a pointer to data that the caller allocates - after the new index has been allocated. - - This function will return &s.code;-1&e.code; when there is an - error allocating the new index. - - </quote> - </quote> - -The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; &s.code;privates&e.code; data persists -for the life of the server, so only needs to be allocated once. This -should be done from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function, and Init -functions for other modules that it calls. Data allocated in this way -should be freed by the driver's &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code; functions, -and Free functions for other modules that it calls. A new -&s.code;privates&e.code; entry is allocated by calling the -&s.code;xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex()&e.code; function. - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex()&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allocates a new element in the &s.code;privates&e.code; - field of all currently existing &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;. - The return value is the index of this new element in the - &s.code;privates&e.code; array. The &s.code;privates&e.code; - field is of type &s.code;DevUnion&e.code;: - - <verb> - typedef union _DevUnion { - pointer ptr; - long val; - unsigned long uval; - pointer (*fptr)(void); - } DevUnion; - </verb> - - which allows the element to be used for any of the above types. - It is commonly used as a pointer to data that the caller allocates - after the new index has been allocated. - - This function will not return when there is an error allocating - the new index. When there is an error it will cause the server - to exit with a fatal error. The similar function for allocation - privates in the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; - (&s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code;) differs in this - respect by returning &s.code;-1&e.code; when the allocation fails. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>Keeping Track of Bus Resources<label id="rac"> -<p> - -<sect1>Theory of Operation -<p> - -The XFree86 common layer has knowledge of generic access control mechanisms -for devices on certain bus systems (currently the PCI bus) as well as -of methods to enable or disable access to the buses itself. Furthermore -it can access information on resources decoded by these devices and if -necessary modify it. - -When first starting the Xserver collects all this information, saves it -for restoration, checks it for consistency, and if necessary, corrects -it. Finally it disables all resources on a generic level prior to -calling any driver function. - -When the &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function of each driver is called the -device sections are matched against the devices found in the system. -The driver may probe devices at this stage that cannot be identified by -using device independent methods. Access to all resources that can be -controlled in a device independent way is disabled. The -&s.code;Probe()&e.code; function should register all non-relocatable -resources at this stage. If a resource conflict is found between -exclusive resources the driver will fail immediately. Optionally the -driver might specify an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;, -&s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; function. - -&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; can be used to disable any shared resources -that are not controlled by the generic access control functions. It is -called prior to the PreInit phase regardless if an entity is active or -not. When calling the &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;, -&s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; functions -the common level will disable access to all other entities on a generic -level. Since the common level has no knowledge of device specific -methods to disable access to resources it cannot be guaranteed that -certain resources are not decoded by any other entity until the -&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; or &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; phase is -finished. Device drivers should therefore register all those resources -which they are going to disable. If these resources are never to be -used by any driver function they may be flagged &s.code;ResInit&e.code; -so that they can be removed from the resource list after processing all -&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; functions. &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; -should disable decoding of all resources which are not registered as -exclusive and which are not handled by the generic access control in -the common level. The difference to &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; is -that the latter one is only called once during lifetime of the server. -It can therefore be used to set up variables prior to disabling resources. -&s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; should restore the original state when -exiting the server or switching to a different VT. It also needs to -disable device specific access functions if they need to be disabled on -server exit or VT switch. The default state is to enable them before -giving up the VT. - -In &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; phase each driver should check if any -sharable resources it has registered during &s.code;Probe()&e.code; has -been denied and take appropriate action which could simply be to fail. -If it needs to access resources it has disabled during -&s.code;EntitySetup()&e.code; it can do so provided it has registered -these and will disable them before returning from -&s.code;PreInit()&e.code;. This also applies to all other driver -functions. Several functions are provided to request resource ranges, -register these, correct PCI config space and add replacements for the -generic access functions. Resources may be marked ``disabled'' or -``unused'' during OPERATING stage. Although these steps could also be -performed in &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code;, this is not desirable. - -Following &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; phase the common level determines -if resource access control is needed. This is the case if more than -one screen is used. If necessary the RAC wrapper module is loaded. In -&s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; the drivers can decide which operations -need to be placed under RAC. Available are the frame buffer operations, -the pointer operations and the colormap operations. Any operation that -requires resources which might be disabled during OPERATING state should -be set to use RAC. This can be specified separately for memory and IO -resources. - -When &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; phase is done the common level will -determine which shared resources are requested by more than one driver -and set the access functions accordingly. This is done following these -rules: - -<enum> -<item>The sharable resources registered by each entity are compared. If - a resource is registered by more than one entity the entity will be - marked to need to share this resources type (&s.code;IO&e.code; or - &s.code;MEM&e.code;). - -<item>A resource marked ``disabled'' during OPERATING state will be ignored - entirely. - -<item>A resource marked ``unused'' will only conflicts with an overlapping - resource of an other entity if the second is actually in use during - OPERATING state. - -<item>If an ``unused'' resource was found to conflict however the entity - does not use any other resource of this type the entire resource type - will be disabled for that entity. -</enum> - -The driver has the choice among different ways to control access to -certain resources: - -<enum> -<item>It can rely on the generic access functions. This is probably the - most common case. Here the driver only needs to register any resource - it is going to use. - -<item>It can replace the generic access functions by driver specific - ones. This will mostly be used in cases where no generic access - functions are available. In this case the driver has to make sure - these resources are disabled when entering the &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; - stage. Since the replacement functions are registered in - &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; the driver will have to enable these - resources itself if it needs to access them during this state. The - driver can specify if the replacement functions can control memory - and/or I/O resources separately. - -<item>The driver can enable resources itself when it needs them. Each - driver function enabling them needs to disable them before it will - return. This should be used if a resource which can be controlled - in a device dependent way is only required during SETUP state. This - way it can be marked ``unused'' during OPERATING state. -</enum> - -A resource which is decoded during OPERATING state however never accessed -by the driver should be marked unused. - -Since access switching latencies are an issue during Xserver operation, -the common level attempts to minimize the number of entities that need -to be placed under RAC control. When a wrapped operation is called, -the &s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; function is called before control is -passed on. &s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; checks if a screen is under -access control. If not it just establishes bus routing and returns. -If the screen needs to be under access control, -&s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; determines which resource types -(&s.code;MEM&e.code;, &s.code;IO&e.code;) are required. Then it tests -if this access is already established. If so it simply returns. If -not it disables the currently established access, fixes bus routing and -enables access to all entities registered for this screen. - -Whenever a mode switch or a VT-switch is performed the common level will -return to SETUP state. - -<sect1>Resource Types -<p> - -Resource have certain properties. When registering resources each range -is accompanied by a flag consisting of the ORed flags of the different -properties the resource has. Each resource range may be classified -according to - -<itemize> - <item>its physical properties i.e., if it addresses - memory (&s.code;ResMem&e.code;) or - I/O space (&s.code;ResIo&e.code;), - <item>if it addresses a - block (&s.code;ResBlock&e.code;) or - sparse (&s.code;ResSparse&e.code;) - range, - <item>its access properties. -</itemize> - -There are two known access properties: - -<itemize> - <item>&s.code;ResExclusive&e.code; - for resources which may not be shared with any other device and - <item>&s.code;ResShared&e.code; - for resources which can be disabled and therefore can be shared. -</itemize> - -If it is necessary to test a resource against any type a generic access -type &s.code;ResAny&e.code; is provided. If this is set the resource -will conflict with any resource of a different entity intersecting its -range. Further it can be specified that a resource is decoded however -never used during any stage (&s.code;ResUnused&e.code;) or during -OPERATING state (&s.code;ResUnusedOpr&e.code;). A resource only visible -during the init functions (ie. &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;, -&s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; should -be registered with the flag &s.code;ResInit&e.code;. A resource that -might conflict with background resource ranges may be flagged with -&s.code;ResBios&e.code;. This might be useful when registering resources -ranges that were assigned by the system Bios. - -Several predefined resource lists are available for VGA and 8514/A -resources in &s.code;common/xf86Resources.h&e.code;. - -<sect1>Available Functions<label id="avail"> -<p> - -The functions provided for resource management are listed in their order -of use in the driver. - - -<sect2>Probe Phase -<p> - -In this phase each driver detects those resources it is able to drive, -creates an entity record for each of them, registers non-relocatable -resources and allocates screens and adds the resources to screens. - -Two helper functions are provided for matching device sections in the -xorg.conf file to the devices: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int xf86MatchPciInstances(const char *driverName, int vendorID, - &f.indent;SymTabPtr chipsets, PciChipsets *PCIchipsets, - &f.indent;GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp, - &f.indent;int **foundEntities)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function finds matches between PCI cards that a driver supports - and config file device sections. It is intended for use in the - &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of drivers for PCI cards. - Only probed PCI devices with a vendor ID matching - &s.code;vendorID&e.code; are considered. &s.code;devList&e.code; - and &s.code;numDevs&e.code; are typically those found from - calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;, and represent the active - config file device sections relevant to the driver. - &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; is a table that provides a mapping - between the PCI device IDs, the driver's internal chipset tokens - and a list of fixed resources. - - When a device section doesn't have a &s.key;BusID&e.key; entry it - can only match the primary video device. Secondary devices are - only matched with device sections that have a matching - &s.key;BusID&e.key; entry. - - Once the preliminary matches have been found, a final match is - confirmed by checking if the chipset override, ChipID override or - probed PCI chipset type match one of those given in the - &s.code;chipsets&e.code; and &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; lists. - The &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; list includes a list of the PCI - device IDs supported by the driver. The list should be terminated - with an entry with PCI ID &s.code;-1&e.code;". The - &s.code;chipsets&e.code; list is a table mapping the driver's - internal chipset tokens to names, and should be terminated with - a &s.code;NULL&e.code; entry. Only those entries with a - corresponding entry in the &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; list are - considered. The order of precedence is: config file chipset, - config file ChipID, probed PCI device ID. - - In cases where a driver handles PCI chipsets with more than one - vendor ID, it may set &s.code;vendorID&e.code; to - &s.code;0&e.code;, and OR each devID in the list with (the - vendor ID << 16). - - Entity index numbers for confirmed matches are returned as an - array via &s.code;foundEntities&e.code;. The PCI information, - chipset token and device section for each match are found in the - &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; referenced by the indices. - - The function return value is the number of confirmed matches. A - return value of &s.code;-1&e.code; indicates an internal error. - The returned &s.code;foundEntities&e.code; array should be freed - by the driver with &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when it is no longer - needed in cases where the return value is greater than zero. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86MatchIsaInstances(const char *driverName, - &f.indent;SymTabPtr chipsets, IsaChipsets *ISAchipsets, - &f.indent;DriverPtr drvp, FindIsaDevProc FindIsaDevice, - &f.indent;GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, - int **foundEntities)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function finds matches between ISA cards that a driver supports - and config file device sections. It is intended for use in the - &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of drivers for ISA cards. - &s.code;devList&e.code; and &s.code;numDevs&e.code; are - typically those found from calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;, - and represent the active config file device sections relevant to - the driver. &s.code;ISAchipsets&e.code; is a table that provides - a mapping between the driver's internal chipset tokens and the - resource classes. &s.code;FindIsaDevice&e.code; is a - driver-provided function that probes the hardware and returns the - chipset token corresponding to what was detected, and - &s.code;-1&e.code; if nothing was detected. - - If the config file device section contains a chipset entry, then - it is checked against the &s.code;chipsets&e.code; list. When - no chipset entry is present, the &s.code;FindIsaDevice&e.code; - function is called instead. - - Entity index numbers for confirmed matches are returned as an - array via &s.code;foundEntities&e.code;. The chipset token and - device section for each match are found in the - &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; referenced by the indices. - - The function return value is the number of confirmed matches. A - return value of &s.code;-1&e.code; indicates an internal error. - The returned &s.code;foundEntities&e.code; array should be freed - by the driver with &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when it is no longer - needed in cases where the return value is greater than zero. - - </quote> - </quote> - -These two helper functions make use of several core functions that are -available at the driver level: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86ParsePciBusString(const char *busID, int *bus, - &f.indent;int *device, int *func)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Takes a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string, and if it is in the correct - format, returns the PCI &s.code;bus&e.code;, &s.code;device&e.code;, - &s.code;func&e.code; values that it indicates. The format of the - string is expected to be "PCI:bus:device:func" where each of `bus', - `device' and `func' are decimal integers. The ":func" part may - be omitted, and the func value assumed to be zero, but this isn't - encouraged. The "PCI" prefix may also be omitted. The prefix - "AGP" is currently equivalent to the "PCI" prefix. If the string - isn't a valid PCI BusID, the return value is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - - &s.code;Bool xf86ComparePciBusString(const char *busID, int bus, - &f.indent;int device, int func)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Compares a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string with PCI &s.code;bus&e.code;, - &s.code;device&e.code;, &s.code;func&e.code; values. If they - match &s.code;TRUE&e.code; is returned, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; - if they don't. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86ParseIsaBusString(const char *busID)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Compares a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string with the ISA bus ID string - ("ISA" or "ISA:"). If they match &s.code;TRUE&e.code; is returned, - and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if they don't. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86CheckPciSlot(int bus, int device, int func)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Checks if the PCI slot &s.code;bus:device:func&e.code; has been - claimed. If so, it returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, and otherwise - &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86ClaimPciSlot(int bus, int device, int func, DriverPtr drvp, - &f.indent;int chipset, GDevPtr dev, Bool active)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is used to claim a PCI slot, allocate the associated - entity record and initialise their data structures. The return - value is the index of the newly allocated entity record, or - &s.code;-1&e.code; if the claim fails. This function should always - succeed if &s.code;xf86CheckPciSlot()&e.code; returned - &s.code;TRUE&e.code; for the same PCI slot. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86IsPrimaryPci(void)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary card is - a PCI device, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86ClaimIsaSlot(DriverPtr drvp, int chipset, - &f.indent;GDevPtr dev, Bool active)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This allocates an entity record entity and initialise the data - structures. The return value is the index of the newly allocated - entity record. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86IsPrimaryIsa(void)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary card is - an ISA (non-PCI) device, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. - - </quote> - </quote> - -Two helper functions are provided to aid configuring entities: - <quote><p> - &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86ConfigPciEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;int scrnFlag, int entityIndex, - &f.indent;PciChipsets *p_chip, - &f.indent;resList res, EntityProc init, - &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, - &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code; - <p> - &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86ConfigIsaEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;int scrnFlag, int entityIndex, - &f.indent;IsaChipsets *i_chip, - &f.indent;resList res, EntityProc init, - &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, - &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code; - <quote><p> - These functions are used to register the non-relocatable resources - for an entity, and the optional entity-specific &s.code;Init&e.code;, &s.code;Enter&e.code; and - &s.code;Leave&e.code; functions. Usually the list of fixed resources is obtained - from the Isa/PciChipsets lists. However an additional list of - resources may be passed. Generally this is not required. - For active entities a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; is allocated - if the &s.code;pScrn&e.code; argument is &s.code;NULL&e.code;. -The - return value is &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when successful. The init, enter, leave - functions are defined as follows: - - <quote> - &s.code;typedef void (*EntityProc)(int entityIndex, - &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code; - </quote> - - They are passed the entity index and a pointer to a private scratch - area. This can be set up during &s.code;Probe()&e.code; and - its address can be passed to - &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; and - &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; as the last argument. - - </quote> - </quote> - -These two helper functions make use of several core functions that are -available at the driver level: - <quote><p> - &s.code;void xf86ClaimFixedResources(resList list, int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function registers the non-relocatable resources which cannot - be disabled and which therefore would cause the server to fail - immediately if they were found to conflict. It also records - non-relocatable but sharable resources for processing after the - &s.code;Probe()&e.code; phase. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86SetEntityFuncs(int entityIndex, EntityProc init, - &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function registers with an entity the &s.code;init&e.code;, - &s.code;enter&e.code;, &s.code;leave&e.code; functions along - with the pointer to their private area. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86AddEntityToScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function associates the entity referenced by - &s.code;entityIndex&e.code; with the screen. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect2>PreInit Phase -<p> - -During this phase the remaining resources should be registered. -&s.code;PreInit()&e.code; should call &s.code;xf86GetEntityInfo()&e.code; -to obtain a pointer to an &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; for each entity -it is able to drive and check if any resource are listed in its -&s.code;resources&e.code; field. If resources registered in the Probe -phase have been rejected in the post-Probe phase -(&s.code;resources&e.code; is non-&s.code;NULL&e.code;), then the driver should -decide if it can continue without using these or if it should fail. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;EntityInfoPtr xf86GetEntityInfo(int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns a pointer to the &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; - referenced by &s.code;entityIndex&e.code;. The returned - &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; should be freed with - &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when no longer needed. - - </quote> - </quote> -Several functions are provided to simplify resource registration: - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86IsEntityPrimary(int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the entity referenced - by &s.code;entityIndex&e.code; is the primary display device (i.e., - the one initialised at boot time and used in text mode). - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary entity - is registered with the screen referenced by - &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;pciVideoPtr xf86GetPciInfoForEntity(int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns a pointer to the &s.code;pciVideoRec&e.code; - for the specified entity. If the entity is not a PCI device, - &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned. - - </quote> - </quote> - -The primary function for registration of resources is: - <quote><p> - &s.code;resPtr xf86RegisterResources(int entityIndex, resList list, - &f.indent;int access)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function tries to register the resources in - &s.code;list&e.code;. If list is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it tries - to determine the resources automatically. This only works for - entities that provide a generic way to read out the resource ranges - they decode. So far this is only the case for PCI devices. By - default the PCI resources are registered as shared - (&s.code;ResShared&e.code;) if the driver wants to set a different - access type it can do so by specifying the access flags in the - third argument. A value of &s.code;0&e.code; means to use the - default settings. If for any reason the resource broker is not - able to register some of the requested resources the function will - return a pointer to a list of the failed ones. In this case the - driver may be able to move the resource to different locations. - In case of PCI bus entities this is done by passing the list of - failed resources to &s.code;xf86ReallocatePciResources()&e.code;. - When the registration succeeds, the return value is - &s.code;NULL&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;resPtr xf86ReallocatePciResources(int entityIndex, resPtr pRes)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function takes a list of PCI resources that need to be - reallocated and returns &s.code;NULL&e.code when all relocations are - successful. - &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code; should be called again to - register the relocated resources with the broker. - If the reallocation fails, a list of the resources that could not be - relocated is returned. - - </quote> - </quote> - -Two functions are provided to obtain a resource range of a given type: - <quote><p> - &s.code;resRange xf86GetBlock(long type, memType size, - &f.indent;memType window_start, memType window_end, - &f.indent;memType align_mask, resPtr avoid)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function tries to find a block range of size - &s.code;size&e.code; and type &s.code;type&e.code; in a window - bound by &s.code;window_start&e.code; and &s.code;window_end&e.code; - with the alignment specified in &s.code;align_mask&e.code;. - Optionally a list of resource ranges which should be avoided within - the window can be supplied. On failure a zero-length range of - type &s.code;ResEnd&e.code; will be returned. - - </quote> - &s.code;resRange xf86GetSparse(long type, memType fixed_bits, - &f.indent;memType decode_mask, memType address_mask, - &f.indent;resPtr avoid)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is like the previous one, but attempts to find a - sparse range instead of a block range. Here three values have to - be specified: the &s.code;address_mask&e.code; which marks all - bits of the mask part of the address, the &s.code;decode_mask&e.code; - which masks out the bits which are hardcoded and are therefore - not available for relocation and the values of the fixed bits. - The function tries to find a base that satisfies the given condition. - If the function fails it will return a zero range of type - &s.code;ResEnd&e.code;. Optionally it might be passed a list of - resource ranges to avoid. - - </quote> - </quote> - -Some PCI devices are broken in the sense that they return invalid size -information for a certain resource. In this case the driver can supply -the correct size and make sure that the resource range allocated for -the card is large enough to hold the address range decoded by the card. -The function &s.code;xf86FixPciResource()&e.code; can be used to do this: - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86FixPciResource(int entityIndex, unsigned int prt, - &f.indent;CARD32 alignment, long type)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function fixes a PCI resource allocation. The - &s.code;prt&e.code; parameter contains the number of the PCI base - register that needs to be fixed (&s.code;0-5&e.code;, and - &s.code;6&e.code; for the BIOS base register). The size is - specified by the alignment. Since PCI resources need to span an - integral range of size &s.code;2^n&e.code;, the alignment also - specifies the number of addresses that will be decoded. If the - driver specifies a type mask it can override the default type for - PCI resources which is &s.code;ResShared&e.code;. The resource - broker needs to know that to find a matching resource range. This - function should be called before calling - &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code;. The return value is - &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when the function succeeds. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86CheckPciMemBase(pciVideoPtr pPci, memType base)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function checks that the memory base address specified matches - one of the PCI base address register values for the given PCI - device. This is mostly used to check that an externally provided - base address (e.g., from a config file) matches an actual value - allocated to a device. - - </quote> - </quote> - -The driver may replace the generic access control functions for an entity. -This is done with the &s.code;xf86SetAccessFuncs()&e.code;: - <quote><p> - &s.code;void xf86SetAccessFuncs(EntityInfoPtr pEnt, - &f.indent;xf86SetAccessFuncPtr funcs, - &f.indent;xf86SetAccessFuncPtr oldFuncs)&e.code; - <quote><p> - with: - </quote> - - <verb> - typedef struct { - xf86AccessPtr mem; - xf86AccessPtr io; - xf86AccessPtr io_mem; - } xf86SetAccessFuncRec, *xf86SetAccessFuncPtr; - </verb> - - <quote><p> - The driver can pass three functions: one for I/O access, one for - memory access and one for combined memory and I/O access. If the - memory access and combined access functions are identical the - common level assumes that the memory access cannot be controlled - independently of I/O access, if the I/O access function and the - combined access functions are the same it is assumed that I/O can - not be controlled independently. If memory and I/O have to be - controlled together all three values should be the same. If a - non &s.code;NULL&e.code; value is passed as third argument it is - interpreted as an address where to store the old access record. - If the third argument is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it will be assumed - that the generic access should be enabled before replacing the - access functions. Otherwise it will be disabled. The driver may - enable them itself using the returned values. It should do this - from its replacement access functions as the generic access may - be disabled by the common level on certain occasions. If replacement - functions are specified they must control all resources of the - specific type registered for the entity. - - </quote> - </quote> - -To find out if a specific resource range conflicts with another -resource the &s.code;xf86ChkConflict()&e.code; function may be used: - <quote><p> - &s.code;memType xf86ChkConflict(resRange *rgp, int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function checks if the resource range &s.code;rgp&e.code; of - for the specified entity conflicts with with another resource. - If a conflict is found, the address of the start of the conflict - is returned. The return value is zero when there is no conflict. - - </quote> - </quote> - -The OPERATING state properties of previously registered fixed resources -can be set with the &s.code;xf86SetOperatingState()&e.code; function: - <quote><p> - &s.code;resPtr xf86SetOperatingState(resList list, int entityIndex, - &f.indent;int mask)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is used to set the status of a resource during - OPERATING state. &s.code;list&e.code; holds a list to which - &s.code;mask&e.code; is to be applied. The parameter - &s.code;mask&e.code; may have the value &s.code;ResUnusedOpr&e.code; - and &s.code;ResDisableOpr&e.code;. The first one should be used - if a resource isn't used by the driver during OPERATING state - although it is decoded by the device, while the latter one indicates - that the resource is not decoded during OPERATING state. Note - that the resource ranges have to match those specified during - registration. If a range has been specified starting at - &s.code;A&e.code; and ending at &s.code;B&e.code; and suppose - &s.code;C&e.code; us a value satisfying - &s.code;A < C < B&e.code; one may not - specify the resource range &s.code;(A,B)&e.code; by splitting it - into two ranges &s.code;(A,C)&e.code; and &s.code;(C,B)&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - -The following two functions are provided for special cases: - <quote><p> - &s.code;void xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int entityIndex)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function may be used to remove an entity from a screen. This - only makes sense if a screen has more than one entity assigned or - the screen is to be deleted. No test is made if the screen has - any entities left. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86DeallocateResourcesForEntity(int entityIndex, long type)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function deallocates all resources of a given type registered - for a certain entity from the resource broker list. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect2>ScreenInit Phase -<p> - -All that is required in this phase is to setup the RAC flags. Note that -it is also permissible to set these flags up in the PreInit phase. The -RAC flags are held in the &s.code;racIoFlags&e.code; and &s.code;racMemFlags&e.code; fields of the -&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for each screen. They specify which graphics operations -might require the use of shared resources. This can be specified -separately for memory and I/O resources. The available flags are defined -in &s.code;rac/xf86RAC.h&e.code;. They are: - - &s.code;RAC_FB&e.code; - <quote> - for framebuffer operations (including hw acceleration) - </quote> - &s.code;RAC_CURSOR&e.code; - <quote> - for Cursor operations - (??? I'm not sure if we need this for SW cursor it depends - on which level the sw cursor is drawn) - </quote> - &s.code;RAC_COLORMAP&e.code; - <quote> - for colormap operations - </quote> - &s.code;RAC_VIEWPORT&e.code; - <quote> - for the call to &s.code;ChipAdjustFrame()&e.code; </quote> - - -The flags are ORed together. - -<sect>Config file ``Option'' entries<label id="options"> -<p> - -Option entries are permitted in most sections and subsections of the -config file. There are two forms of option entries: - -<descrip> -<tag>Option "option-name"</tag> - A boolean option. -<tag>Option "option-name" "option-value"</tag> - An option with an arbitrary value. -</descrip> - -The option entries are handled by the parser, and a list of the parsed -options is included with each of the appropriate data structures that -the drivers have access to. The data structures used to hold the option -information are opaque to the driver, and a driver must not access the -option data directly. Instead, the common layer provides a set of -functions that may be used to access, check and manipulate the option -data. - -First, the low level option handling functions. In most cases drivers -would not need to use these directly. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;pointer xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Takes a list of options and an option name, and returns a handle - for the first option entry in the list matching the name. Returns - &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;char *xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Takes a list of options and an option name, and returns the value - associated with the first option entry in the list matching the - name. If the matching option has no value, an empty string - (&s.code;""&e.code;) is returned. Returns &s.code;NULL&e.code; - if no match is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Takes a handle for an option, and marks that option as used. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Takes a list of options and an option name and marks the first - option entry in the list matching the name as used. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -Next, the higher level functions that most drivers would use. - <quote><p> - &s.code;void xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Collect the options from each of the config file sections used by - the screen (&s.code;pScrn&e.code;) and return the merged list as - &s.code;pScrn->options&e.code;. This function requires that - &s.code;pScrn->confScreen&e.code;, &s.code;pScrn->display&e.code;, - &s.code;pScrn->monitor&e.code;, - &s.code;pScrn->numEntities&e.code;, and - &s.code;pScrn->entityList&e.code; are initialised. - &s.code;extraOpts&e.code; may optionally be set to an additional - list of options to be combined with the others. The order of - precedence for options is &s.code;extraOpts&e.code;, display, - confScreen, monitor, device. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options, - &f.indent;OptionInfoPtr optinfo)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Processes a list of options according to the information in the - array of &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; (&s.code;optinfo&e.code;). - The resulting information is stored in the &s.code;value&e.code; - fields of the appropriate &s.code;optinfo&e.code; entries. The - &s.code;found&e.code; fields are set to &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - when an option with a value of the correct type if found, and - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. The &s.code;type&e.code; field - is used to determine the expected value type for each option. - Each option in the list of options for which there is a name match - (but not necessarily a value type match) is marked as used. - Warning messages are printed when option values don't match the - types specified in the optinfo data. - - NOTE: If this function is called before a driver's screen number - is known (e.g., from the &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function) a - &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; value of &s.code;-1&e.code; should be - used. - - NOTE 2: Given that this function stores into the - &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;optinfo&e.code, - the caller should ensure the &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; are - (re-)initialised before the call, especially if the caller expects - to use the predefined option values as defaults. - - The &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; is defined as follows: - - <verb> - typedef struct { - double freq; - int units; - } OptFrequency; - - typedef union { - unsigned long num; - char * str; - double realnum; - Bool bool; - OptFrequency freq; - } ValueUnion; - - typedef enum { - OPTV_NONE = 0, - OPTV_INTEGER, - OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */ - OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */ - OPTV_REAL, - OPTV_BOOLEAN, - OPTV_FREQ - } OptionValueType; - - typedef enum { - OPTUNITS_HZ = 1, - OPTUNITS_KHZ, - OPTUNITS_MHZ - } OptFreqUnits; - - typedef struct { - int token; - const char* name; - OptionValueType type; - ValueUnion value; - Bool found; - } OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr; - </verb> - - &s.code;OPTV_FREQ&e.code; can be used for options values that are - frequencies. These values are a floating point number with an - optional unit name appended. The unit name can be one of "Hz", - "kHz", "k", "MHz", "M". The multiplier associated with the unit - is stored in &s.code;freq.units&e.code;, and the scaled frequency - is stored in &s.code;freq.freq&e.code;. When no unit is specified, - &s.code;freq.units&e.code; is set to &s.code;0&e.code;, and - &s.code;freq.freq&e.code; is unscaled. - - Typical usage is to setup an array of - &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; with all fields initialised. - The &s.code;value&e.code; and &s.code;found&e.code; fields get - set by &s.code;xf86ProcessOptions()&e.code;. For cases where the - value parsing is more complex, the driver should specify - &s.code;OPTV_STRING&e.code;, and parse the string itself. An - example of using this option handling is included in the - <ref id="sample" name="Sample Driver"> section. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Prints out warning messages for each option in the list of options - that isn't marked as used. This is intended to show options that - the driver hasn't recognised. It would normally be called near - the end of the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, but only - when &s.code;serverGeneration == 1&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;OptionInfoPtr xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table, - &f.indent;int token)&e.code; - - <quote><p> - Returns a pointer to the &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in - &s.code;table&e.code; with a token field matching - &s.code;token&e.code;. Returns &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match - is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the &s.code;found&e.code; field of the - &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code; with a - &s.code;token&e.code; field matching &s.code;token&e.code;. This - can be used for options of all types. Note that for options of - type &s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;, it isn't sufficient to check - this to determine the value of the option. Returns - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if no match is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;char *xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns the &s.code;value.str&e.code; field of the - &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code; with a - token field matching &s.code;token&e.code;. Returns - &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - &f.indent;int *value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns via &s.code;*value&e.code; the &s.code;value.num&e.code; - field of the &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code; - with a &s.code;token&e.code; field matching &s.code;token&e.code;. - &s.code;*value&e.code; is only changed when a match is found so - it can be safely initialised with a default prior to calling this - function. The function return value is as for - &s.code;xf86IsOptionSet()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - &f.indent;unsigned long *value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except the value is - treated as an &s.code;unsigned long&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - &f.indent;double *value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except that - &s.code;value.realnum&e.code; is used. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, - &f.indent;OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except that the - &s.code;value.freq&e.code; data is returned. The frequency value - is scaled to the units indicated by &s.code;expectedUnits&e.code;. - The scaling is exact when the units were specified explicitly in - the option's value. Otherwise, the &s.code;expectedUnits&e.code; - field is used as a hint when doing the scaling. In this case, - values larger than &s.code;1000&e.code; are assumed to have be - specified in the next smallest units. For example, if the Option - value is "10000" and expectedUnits is &s.code;OPTUNITS_MHZ&e.code;, - the value returned is &s.code;10&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is used to check boolean options - (&s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;). If the function return value is - &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, it means the option wasn't set. Otherwise - &s.code;*value&e.code; is set to the boolean value indicated by - the option's value. No option &s.code;value&e.code; is interpreted - as &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. Option values meaning &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - are "1", "yes", "on", "true", and option values meaning - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; are "0", "no", "off", "false". Option names - both with the "no" prefix in their names, and with that prefix - removed are also checked and handled in the obvious way. - &s.code;*value&e.code; is not changed when the option isn't present. - It should normally be set to a default value before calling this - function. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is used to check boolean options - (&s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;). If the option is set, its value - is returned. If the options is not set, the default value specified - by &s.code;def&e.code; is returned. The option interpretation is - the same as for &s.code;xf86GetOptValBool()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function should be used when comparing strings from the config - file with expected values. It works like &s.code;strcmp()&e.code;, - but is not case sensitive and space, tab, and `<tt>_</tt>' characters - are ignored in the comparison. The use of this function isn't - restricted to parsing option values. It may be used anywhere - where this functionality required. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>Modules, Drivers, Include Files and Interface Issues -<p> - -NOTE: this section is incomplete. - - -<sect1>Include files -<p> - -The following include files are typically required by video drivers: - - <quote><p> - All drivers should include these: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86.h"&nl; - "xf86_OSproc.h"&nl; - "xf86_ansic.h"&nl; - "xf86Resources.h"&e.code; - </quote> - Wherever inb/outb (and related things) are used the following should be - included: - <quote> - &s.code;"compiler.h"&e.code; - </quote> - Note: in drivers, this must be included after &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code;. - - Drivers that need to access PCI vendor/device definitions need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86PciInfo.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers that need to access the PCI config space need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86Pci.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers that initialise a SW cursor need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"mipointer.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - All drivers implementing backing store need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"mibstore.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - All drivers using the mi colourmap code need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"micmap.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - If a driver uses the vgahw module, it needs this: - <quote> - &s.code;"vgaHW.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting VGA or Hercules monochrome screens need: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf1bpp.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting VGA or EGC 16-colour screens need: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf4bpp.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers using cfb need: - <quote> - &s.code;#define PSZ 8&nl; - #include "cfb.h"&nl; - #undef PSZ&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting bpp 16, 24 or 32 with cfb need one or more of: - <quote> - &s.code;"cfb16.h"&nl; - "cfb24.h"&nl; - "cfb32.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - If a driver uses XAA, it needs these: - <quote> - &s.code;"xaa.h"&nl; - "xaalocal.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - If a driver uses the fb manager, it needs this: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86fbman.h"&e.code; - </quote> - </quote> - -Non-driver modules should include &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code; to get the correct -wrapping of ANSI C/libc functions. - -All modules must NOT include any system include files, or the following: - - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86Priv.h"&nl; - "xf86Privstr.h"&nl; - "xf86_OSlib.h"&nl; - "Xos.h"&e.code; - </quote> - -In addition, "xf86_libc.h" must not be included explicitly. It is -included implicitly by "xf86_ansic.h". - - -<sect>Offscreen Memory Manager -<p> - -Management of offscreen video memory may be handled by the XFree86 -framebuffer manager. Once the offscreen memory manager is running, -drivers or extensions may allocate, free or resize areas of offscreen -video memory using the following functions (definitions taken from -&s.code;xf86fbman.h&e.code;): - -<code> - typedef struct _FBArea { - ScreenPtr pScreen; - BoxRec box; - int granularity; - void (*MoveAreaCallback)(struct _FBArea*, struct _FBArea*) - void (*RemoveAreaCallback)(struct _FBArea*) - DevUnion devPrivate; - } FBArea, *FBAreaPtr; - - typedef void (*MoveAreaCallbackProcPtr)(FBAreaPtr from, FBAreaPtr to) - typedef void (*RemoveAreaCallbackProcPtr)(FBAreaPtr) - - FBAreaPtr xf86AllocateOffscreenArea ( - ScreenPtr pScreen, - int width, int height, - int granularity, - MoveAreaCallbackProcPtr MoveAreaCallback, - RemoveAreaCallbackProcPtr RemoveAreaCallback, - pointer privData - ) - - void xf86FreeOffscreenArea (FBAreaPtr area) - - Bool xf86ResizeOffscreenArea ( - FBAreaPtr area - int w, int h - ) -</code> - -The function: -<quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86FBManagerRunning(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code; -</quote> - -can be used by an extension to check if the driver has initialized -the memory manager. The manager is not available if this returns -&s.code;FALSE&e.code; and the functions above will all fail. - - -&s.code;xf86AllocateOffscreenArea()&e.code; can be used to request a -rectangle of dimensions &s.code;width&e.code; x &s.code;height&e.code; -(in pixels) from unused offscreen memory. &s.code;granularity&e.code; -specifies that the leftmost edge of the rectangle must lie on some -multiple of &s.code;granularity&e.code; pixels. A granularity of zero -means the same thing as a granularity of one - no alignment preference. -A &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code; can be provided to notify the requester -when the offscreen area is moved. If no &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code; -is supplied then the area is considered to be immovable. The -&s.code;privData&e.code; field will be stored in the manager's internal -structure for that allocated area and will be returned to the requester -in the &s.code;FBArea&e.code; passed via the -&s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code;. An optional -&s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code; is provided. If the driver provides -this it indicates that the area should be allocated with a lower priority. -Such an area may be removed when a higher priority request (one that -doesn't have a &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code;) is made. When this -function is called, the driver will have an opportunity to do whatever -cleanup it needs to do to deal with the loss of the area, but it must -finish its cleanup before the function exits since the offscreen memory -manager will free the area immediately after. - -&s.code;xf86AllocateOffscreenArea()&e.code; returns &s.code;NULL&e.code; -if it was unable to allocate the requested area. When no longer needed, -areas should be freed with &s.code;xf86FreeOffscreenArea()&e.code;. - -&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; resizes an existing -&s.code;FBArea&e.code;. &s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; -returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the resize was successful. If -&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, -the original &s.code;FBArea&e.code; is left unmodified. Resizing an -area maintains the area's original &s.code;granularity&e.code;, -&s.code;devPrivate&e.code;, and &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code;. -&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; has considerably less overhead -than freeing the old area then reallocating the new size, so it should -be used whenever possible. - -The function: - <quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86QueryLargestOffscreenArea( - &f.indent;ScreenPtr pScreen, - &f.indent;int *width, int *height, - &f.indent;int granularity, - &f.indent;int preferences, - &f.indent;int priority - &nl)&e.code; - </quote> - -is provided to query the width and height of the largest single -&s.code;FBArea&e.code; allocatable given a particular priority. -&s.code;preferences&e.code; can be one of the following to indicate -whether width, height or area should be considered when determining -which is the largest single &s.code;FBArea&e.code; available. - - <quote> - &s.code;FAVOR_AREA_THEN_WIDTH&nl; - FAVOR_AREA_THEN_HEIGHT&nl; - FAVOR_WIDTH_THEN_AREA&nl; - FAVOR_HEIGHT_THEN_AREA&e.code; - </quote> - -&s.code;priority&e.code; is one of the following: - - <quote><p> - &s.code;PRIORITY_LOW&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the largest block available without stealing anyone else's - space. This corresponds to the priority of allocating a - &s.code;FBArea&e.code; when a &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code; - is provided. - - </quote> - &s.code;PRIORITY_NORMAL&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the largest block available if it is acceptable to steal a - lower priority area from someone. This corresponds to the priority - of allocating a &s.code;FBArea&e.code; without providing a - &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code;. - - </quote> - &s.code;PRIORITY_EXTREME&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the largest block available if all &s.code;FBAreas&e.code; - that aren't locked down were expunged from memory first. This - corresponds to any allocation made directly after a call to - &s.code;xf86PurgeUnlockedOffscreenAreas()&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -The function: - - <quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86PurgeUnlockedOffscreenAreas(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code; - </quote> - -is provided as an extreme method to free up offscreen memory. This -will remove all removable &s.code;FBArea&e.code; allocations. - - -Initialization of the XFree86 framebuffer manager is done via - - <quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86InitFBManager(ScreenPtr pScreen, BoxPtr FullBox)&e.code; - </quote> - -&s.code;FullBox&e.code; represents the area of the framebuffer that the -manager is allowed to manage. This is typically a box with a width of -&s.code;pScrn->displayWidth&e.code; and a height of as many lines as -can be fit within the total video memory, however, the driver can reserve -areas at the extremities by passing a smaller area to the manager. - -&s.code;xf86InitFBManager()&e.code; must be called before XAA is -initialized since XAA uses the manager for it's pixmap cache. - -An alternative function is provided to allow the driver to initialize -the framebuffer manager with a Region rather than a box. - - <quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86InitFBManagerRegion(ScreenPtr pScreen, - &f.indent;RegionPtr FullRegion)&e.code; - </quote> - -&s.code;xf86InitFBManagerRegion()&e.code;, unlike -&s.code;xf86InitFBManager()&e.code;, does not remove the area used for -the visible screen so that area should not be included in the region -passed to the function. &s.code;xf86InitFBManagerRegion()&e.code; is -useful when non-contiguous areas are available to be managed, and is -required when multiple framebuffers are stored in video memory (as in -the case where an overlay of a different depth is stored as a second -framebuffer in offscreen memory). - - -<sect>Colormap Handling<label id="cmap"> -<p> - -A generic colormap handling layer is provided within the XFree86 common -layer. This layer takes care of most of the details, and only requires -a function from the driver that loads the hardware palette when required. -To use the colormap layer, a driver calls the -&s.code;xf86HandleColormaps()&e.code; function. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86HandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, int maxColors, - &f.indent;int sigRGBbits, LoadPaletteFuncPtr loadPalette, - &f.indent;SetOverscanFuncPtr setOverscan, - unsigned int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function must be called after the default colormap has been - initialised. The &s.code;pScrn->gamma&e.code; field must also - be initialised, preferably by calling &s.code;xf86SetGamma()&e.code;. - &s.code;maxColors&e.code; is the number of entries in the palette. - &s.code;sigRGBbits&e.code; is the size in bits of each color - component in the DAC's palette. &s.code;loadPalette&e.code; - is a driver-provided function for loading a colormap into the - hardware, and is described below. &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; is - an optional function that may be provided when the overscan color - is an index from the standard LUT and when it needs to be adjusted - to keep it as close to black as possible. The - &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; function programs the overscan index. - It shouldn't normally be used for depths other than 8. - &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; should be set to &s.code;NULL&e.code; - when it isn't needed. &s.code;flags&e.code; may be set to the - following (which may be ORed together): - - &s.code;CMAP_PALETTED_TRUECOLOR&e.code; - <quote><p> - the TrueColor visual is paletted and is - just a special case of DirectColor. - This flag is only valid for - &s.code;bpp > 8&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CMAP_RELOAD_ON_MODE_SWITCH&e.code; - <quote><p> - reload the colormap automatically - after mode switches. This is useful - for when the driver is resetting the - hardware during mode switches and - corrupting or erasing the hardware - palette. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CMAP_LOAD_EVEN_IF_OFFSCREEN&e.code; - <quote><p> - reload the colormap even if the screen - is switched out of the server's VC. - The palette is <it>not</it> reloaded when - the screen is switched back in, nor after - mode switches. This is useful when the - driver needs to keep track of palette - changes. - - </quote> - - The colormap layer normally reloads the palette after VT enters so it - is not necessary for the driver to save and restore the palette - when switching VTs. The driver must, however, still save the - initial palette during server start up and restore it during - server exit. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices, - &f.indent;LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;LoadPalette()&e.code; is a driver-provided function for - loading a colormap into hardware. &s.code;colors&e.code; is the - array of RGB values that represent the full colormap. - &s.code;indices&e.code; is a list of index values into the colors - array. These indices indicate the entries that need to be updated. - &s.code;numColors&e.code; is the number of the indices to be - updated. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void SetOverscan(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int overscan)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;SetOverscan()&e.code; is a driver-provided function for - programming the &s.code;overscan&e.code; index. As described - above, it is normally only appropriate for LUT modes where all - colormap entries are available for the display, but where one of - them is also used for the overscan (typically 8bpp for VGA compatible - LUTs). It isn't required in cases where the overscan area is - never visible. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect>DPMS Extension -<p> - -Support code for the DPMS extension is included in the XFree86 common layer. -This code provides an interface between the main extension code, and a means -for drivers to initialise DPMS when they support it. One function is -available to drivers to do this initialisation, and it is always available, -even when the DPMS extension is not supported by the core server (in -which case it returns a failure result). - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86DPMSInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DPMSSetProcPtr set, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function registers a driver's DPMS level programming function - &s.code;set&e.code;. It also checks - &s.code;pScrn->options&e.code; for the "dpms" option, and when - present marks DPMS as being enabled for that screen. The - &s.code;set&e.code; function is called whenever the DPMS level - changes, and is used to program the requested level. - &s.code;flags&e.code; is currently not used, and should be - &s.code;0&e.code;. If the initialisation fails for any reason, - including when there is no DPMS support in the core server, the - function returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -Drivers that implement DPMS support must provide the following function, -that gets called when the DPMS level is changed: - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void ChipDPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int level, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Program the DPMS level specified by &s.code;level&e.code;. Valid - values of &s.code;level&e.code; are &s.code;DPMSModeOn&e.code;, - &s.code;DPMSModeStandby&e.code;, &s.code;DPMSModeSuspend&e.code;, - &s.code;DPMSModeOff&e.code;. These values are defined in - &s.code;"extensions/dpms.h"&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect>DGA Extension -<p> - -Drivers can support the XFree86 Direct Graphics Architecture (DGA) by -filling out a structure of function pointers and a list of modes and -passing them to DGAInit. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool DGAInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DGAFunctionPtr funcs, - &f.indent;DGAModePtr modes, int num)&e.code; - <quote><p> - <verb> -/** The DGAModeRec **/ - -typedef struct { - int num; - DisplayModePtr mode; - int flags; - int imageWidth; - int imageHeight; - int pixmapWidth; - int pixmapHeight; - int bytesPerScanline; - int byteOrder; - int depth; - int bitsPerPixel; - unsigned long red_mask; - unsigned long green_mask; - unsigned long blue_mask; - int viewportWidth; - int viewportHeight; - int xViewportStep; - int yViewportStep; - int maxViewportX; - int maxViewportY; - int viewportFlags; - int offset; - unsigned char *address; - int reserved1; - int reserved2; -} DGAModeRec, *DGAModePtr; -</verb> - - &s.code;num&e.code; - <quote> - Can be ignored. The DGA DDX will assign these numbers. - </quote> - - &s.code;mode&e.code; - <quote> - A pointer to the &s.code;DisplayModeRec&e.code; for this mode. - </quote> - - &s.code;flags&e.code; - <quote><p> - The following flags are defined and may be OR'd together: - - &s.code;DGA_CONCURRENT_ACCESS&e.code; - <quote><p> - Indicates that the driver supports concurrent graphics - accelerator and linear framebuffer access. - - </quote> - - &s.code;DGA_FILL_RECT&nl; - DGA_BLIT_RECT&nl; - DGA_BLIT_RECT_TRANS&e.code; - <quote><p> - Indicates that the driver supports the FillRect, BlitRect - or BlitTransRect functions in this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;DGA_PIXMAP_AVAILABLE&e.code; - <quote><p> - Indicates that Xlib may be used on the framebuffer. - This flag will usually be set unless the driver wishes - to prohibit this for some reason. - - </quote> - - &s.code;DGA_INTERLACED&nl; - DGA_DOUBLESCAN&e.code; - <quote><p> - Indicates that these are interlaced or double scan modes. - - </quote> - </quote> - - &s.code;imageWidth&nl; - imageHeight&e.code; - <quote><p> - These are the dimensions of the linear framebuffer - accessible by the client. - - </quote> - - &s.code;pixmapWidth&nl; - pixmapHeight&e.code; - <quote><p> - These are the dimensions of the area of the - framebuffer accessible by the graphics accelerator. - - </quote> - - &s.code;bytesPerScanline&e.code; - <quote><p> - Pitch of the framebuffer in bytes. - - </quote> - - &s.code;byteOrder&e.code; - <quote><p> - Usually the same as - &s.code;pScrn->imageByteOrder&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;depth&e.code; - <quote><p> - The depth of the framebuffer in this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of bits per pixel in this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;red_mask&nl; - green_mask&nl; - blue_mask&e.code; - <quote><p> - The RGB masks for this mode, if applicable. - - </quote> - - &s.code;viewportWidth&nl; - viewportHeight&e.code; - <quote><p> - Dimensions of the visible part of the framebuffer. - Usually &s.code;mode->HDisplay&e.code; and - &s.code;mode->VDisplay&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xViewportStep&nl; - yViewportStep&e.code; - <quote><p> - The granularity of x and y viewport positions that - the driver supports in this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;maxViewportX&nl; - maxViewportY&e.code; - <quote><p> - The maximum viewport position supported by the - driver in this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;viewportFlags&e.code; - <quote><p> - The following may be OR'd together: - - &s.code;DGA_FLIP_IMMEDIATE&e.code; - <quote><p> - The driver supports immediate viewport changes. - - </quote> - &s.code;DGA_FLIP_RETRACE&e.code; - <quote<p> - The driver supports viewport changes at retrace. - - </quote> - </quote> - - &s.code;offset&e.code; - <quote><p> - The offset into the linear framebuffer that corresponds to - pixel (0,0) for this mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;address&e.code; - <quote><p> - The virtual address of the framebuffer as mapped by the driver. - This is needed when DGA_PIXMAP_AVAILABLE is set. - - </quote> - - <verb> -/** The DGAFunctionRec **/ - -typedef struct { - Bool (*OpenFramebuffer)( - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - char **name, - unsigned char **mem, - int *size, - int *offset, - int *extra - ); - void (*CloseFramebuffer)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - Bool (*SetMode)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DGAModePtr pMode); - void (*SetViewport)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y, int flags); - int (*GetViewport)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn); - void (*Sync)(ScrnInfoPtr); - void (*FillRect)( - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - int x, int y, int w, int h, - unsigned long color - ); - void (*BlitRect)( - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - int srcx, int srcy, - int w, int h, - int dstx, int dsty - ); - void (*BlitTransRect)( - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - int srcx, int srcy, - int w, int h, - int dstx, int dsty, - unsigned long color - ); -} DGAFunctionRec, *DGAFunctionPtr; -</verb> - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool OpenFramebuffer (pScrn, name, mem, size, offset, extra)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;OpenFramebuffer()&e.code; should pass the client everything - it needs to know to be able to open the framebuffer. These - parameters are OS specific and their meanings are to be interpreted - by an OS specific client library. - - &s.code;name&e.code; - <quote><p> - The name of the device to open or &s.code;NULL&e.code; if - there is no special device to open. A &s.code;NULL&e.code; - name tells the client that it should open whatever device - one would usually open to access physical memory. - - </quote> - &s.code;mem&e.code; - <quote><p> - The physical address of the start of the framebuffer. - - </quote> - &s.code;size&e.code; - <quote><p> - The size of the framebuffer in bytes. - - </quote> - &s.code;offset&e.code; - <quote><p> - Any offset into the device, if applicable. - - </quote> - &s.code;flags&e.code; - <quote><p> - Any additional information that the client may need. - Currently, only the &s.code;DGA_NEED_ROOT&e.code; flag is - defined. - - </quote> - </quote> - - &s.code;void CloseFramebuffer (pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;CloseFramebuffer()&e.code; merely informs the driver (if it - even cares) that client no longer needs to access the framebuffer - directly. This function is optional. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool SetMode (pScrn, pMode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;SetMode()&e.code; tells the driver to initialize the mode - passed to it. If &s.code;pMode&e.code; is &s.code;NULL&e.code;, - then the driver should restore the original pre-DGA mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void SetViewport (pScrn, x, y, flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;SetViewport()&e.code; tells the driver to make the upper - left-hand corner of the visible screen correspond to coordinate - &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; on the framebuffer. &s.code;Flags&e.code; - currently defined are: - - &s.code;DGA_FLIP_IMMEDIATE&e.code; - <quote><p> - The viewport change should occur immediately. - - </quote> - &s.code;DGA_FLIP_RETRACE&e.code; - <quote><p> - The viewport change should occur at the - vertical retrace, but this function should - return sooner if possible. - - </quote> - The &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; locations will be passed as the client - specified them, however, the driver is expected to round these - locations down to the next supported location as specified by the - &s.code;xViewportStep&e.code; and &s.code;yViewportStep&e.code; - for the current mode. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int GetViewport (pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;GetViewport()&e.code; gets the current page flip status. - Set bits in the returned int correspond to viewport change requests - still pending. For instance, set bit zero if the last SetViewport - request is still pending, bit one if the one before that is still - pending, etc. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void Sync (pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function should ensure that any graphics accelerator operations - have finished. This function should not return until the graphics - accelerator is idle. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void FillRect (pScrn, x, y, w, h, color)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This optional function should fill a rectangle - &s.code;w × h&e.code; located at - &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; in the given color. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void BlitRect (pScrn, srcx, srcy, w, h, dstx, dsty)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This optional function should copy an area - &s.code;w × h&e.code; located at - &s.code;(srcx,srcy)&e.code; to location &s.code;(dstx,dsty)&e.code;. - This function will need to handle copy directions as appropriate. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void BlitTransRect (pScrn, srcx, srcy, w, h, dstx, dsty, color)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This optional function is the same as BlitRect except that pixels - in the source corresponding to the color key &s.code;color&e.code; - should be skipped. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>The XFree86 X Video Extension (Xv) Device Dependent Layer -<p> - -XFree86 offers the X Video Extension which allows clients to treat video -as any another primitive and ``Put'' video into drawables. By default, -the extension reports no video adaptors as being available since the -DDX layer has not been initialized. The driver can initialize the DDX -layer by filling out one or more &s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRecs&e.code; -as described later in this document and passing a list of -&s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorPtr&e.code; pointers to the following function: - - <quote> - &s.code;Bool xf86XVScreenInit( - &f.indent;ScreenPtr pScreen, - &f.indent;XF86VideoAdaptorPtr *adaptPtrs, - &f.indent;int num)&e.code; - </quote> - -After doing this, the extension will report video adaptors as being -available, providing the data in their respective -&s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRecs&e.code; was valid. -&s.code;xf86XVScreenInit()&e.code; <em>copies</em> data from the structure -passed to it so the driver may free it after the initialization. At -the moment, the DDX only supports rendering into Window drawables. -Pixmap rendering will be supported after a sufficient survey of suitable -hardware is completed. - -The &s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRec&e.code;: - -<quote><p> -<verb> -typedef struct { - unsigned int type; - int flags; - char *name; - int nEncodings; - XF86VideoEncodingPtr pEncodings; - int nFormats; - XF86VideoFormatPtr pFormats; - int nPorts; - DevUnion *pPortPrivates; - int nAttributes; - XF86AttributePtr pAttributes; - int nImages; - XF86ImagePtr pImages; - PutVideoFuncPtr PutVideo; - PutStillFuncPtr PutStill; - GetVideoFuncPtr GetVideo; - GetStillFuncPtr GetStill; - StopVideoFuncPtr StopVideo; - SetPortAttributeFuncPtr SetPortAttribute; - GetPortAttributeFuncPtr GetPortAttribute; - QueryBestSizeFuncPtr QueryBestSize; - PutImageFuncPtr PutImage; - QueryImageAttributesFuncPtr QueryImageAttributes; -} XF86VideoAdaptorRec, *XF86VideoAdaptorPtr; -</verb> - - Each adaptor will have its own XF86VideoAdaptorRec. The fields are - as follows: - - &s.code;type&e.code; - <quote><p> - This can be any of the following flags OR'd together. - - &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code; - &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code; - <quote><p> - These refer to the target drawable and are similar to a Window's - class. &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code; indicates that the adaptor - can put video into a drawable. &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code; - indicates that the adaptor can get video from a drawable. - </quote> - - &s.code;XvVideoMask&e.code; - &s.code;XvStillMask&e.code; - &s.code;XvImageMask&e.code; - <quote><p> - These indicate that the adaptor supports video, still or - image primitives respectively. - </quote> - - &s.code;XvWindowMask&e.code; - &s.code;XvPixmapMask&e.code; - <quote><p> - These indicate the types of drawables the adaptor is capable - of rendering into. At the moment, Pixmap rendering is not - supported and the &s.code;XvPixmapMask&e.code; flag is ignored. - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;flags&e.code; - <quote><p> - Currently, the following flags are defined: - - &s.code;VIDEO_NO_CLIPPING&e.code; - <quote><p> - This indicates that the video adaptor does not support - clipping. The driver will never receive ``Put'' requests - where less than the entire area determined by - &s.code;drw_x&e.code;, &s.code;drw_y&e.code;, - &s.code;drw_w&e.code; and &s.code;drw_h&e.code; is visible. - This flag does not apply to ``Get'' requests. Hardware - that is incapable of clipping ``Gets'' may punt or get - the extents of the clipping region passed to it. - - </quote> - - &s.code;VIDEO_INVERT_CLIPLIST&e.code; - <quote><p> - This indicates that the video driver requires the clip - list to contain the regions which are obscured rather - than the regions which are are visible. - - </quote> - - &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_STILLS&e.code; - <quote><p> - Implementing PutStill for hardware that does video as an - overlay can be awkward since it's unclear how long to leave - the video up for. When this flag is set, StopVideo will be - called whenever the destination gets clipped or moved so that - the still can be left up until then. - - </quote> - - &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_IMAGES&e.code; - <quote><p> - Same as &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_STILLS&e.code; but for images. - </quote> - - &s.code;VIDEO_CLIP_TO_VIEWPORT&e.code; - <quote><p> - Indicates that the clip region passed to the driver functions - should be clipped to the visible portion of the screen in the - case where the viewport is smaller than the virtual desktop. - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;name&e.code; - <quote><p> - The name of the adaptor. - - </quote> - - &s.code;nEncodings&nl; - pEncodings&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of encodings the adaptor is capable of and pointer - to the &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; array. The - &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; is described later on. - For drivers that only support XvImages there should be an encoding - named "XV_IMAGE" and the width and height should specify - the maximum size source image supported. - - </quote> - - &s.code;nFormats&nl; - pFormats&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of formats the adaptor is capable of and pointer to - the &s.code;XF86VideoFormatRec&e.code; array. The - &s.code;XF86VideoFormatRec&e.code; is described later on. - - </quote> - - &s.code;nPorts&nl; - pPortPrivates&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of ports is the number of separate data streams which - the adaptor can handle simultaneously. If you have more than - one port, the adaptor is expected to be able to render into more - than one window at a time. &s.code;pPortPrivates&e.code; is - an array of pointers or ints - one for each port. A port's - private data will be passed to the driver any time the port is - requested to do something like put the video or stop the video. - In the case where there may be many ports, this enables the - driver to know which port the request is intended for. Most - commonly, this will contain a pointer to the data structure - containing information about the port. In Xv, all ports on - a particular adaptor are expected to be identical in their - functionality. - - </quote> - - &s.code;nAttributes&nl; - pAttributes&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of attributes recognized by the adaptor and a pointer to - the array of &s.code;XF86AttributeRecs&e.code;. The - &s.code;XF86AttributeRec&e.code; is described later on. - - </quote> - - &s.code;nImages&nl; - pImages&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of &s.code;XF86ImageRecs&e.code; supported by the adaptor - and a pointer to the array of &s.code;XF86ImageRecs&e.code;. The - &s.code;XF86ImageRec&e.code; is described later on. - - </quote> - - - &s.code;PutVideo PutStill GetVideo GetStill StopVideo - SetPortAttribute GetPortAttribute QueryBestSize PutImage - QueryImageAttributes&e.code; - <quote><p> - These functions define the DDX->driver interface. In each - case, the pointer &s.code;data&e.code; is passed to the driver. - This is the port private for that port as described above. All - fields are required except under the following conditions: - - <enum> - <item>&s.code;PutVideo&e.code;, &s.code;PutStill&e.code; and - the image routines &s.code;PutImage&e.code; and - &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code; are not required when the - adaptor type does not contain &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code;. - - <item>&s.code;GetVideo&e.code; and &s.code;GetStill&e.code; - are not required when the adaptor type does not contain - &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code;. - - <item>&s.code;GetVideo&e.code; and &s.code;PutVideo&e.code; - are not required when the adaptor type does not contain - &s.code;XvVideoMask&e.code;. - - <item>&s.code;GetStill&e.code; and &s.code;PutStill&e.code; - are not required when the adaptor type does not contain - &s.code;XvStillMask&e.code;. - - <item>&s.code;PutImage&e.code; and &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code; - are not required when the adaptor type does not contain - &s.code;XvImageMask&e.code;. - - </enum> - - With the exception of &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code;, these - functions should return &s.code;Success&e.code; if the operation was - completed successfully. They can return &s.code;XvBadAlloc&e.code; - otherwise. &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code; returns the size - of the XvImage queried. - - If the &s.code;VIDEO_NO_CLIPPING&e.code; - flag is set, the &s.code;clipBoxes&e.code; may be ignored by - the driver. &s.code;ClipBoxes&e.code; is an &s.code;X-Y&e.code; - banded region identical to those used throughout the server. - The clipBoxes represent the visible portions of the area determined - by &s.code;drw_x&e.code;, &s.code;drw_y&e.code;, - &s.code;drw_w&e.code; and &s.code;drw_h&e.code; in the Get/Put - function. The boxes are in screen coordinates, are guaranteed - not to overlap and an empty region will never be passed. - If the driver has specified &s.code;VIDEO_INVERT_CLIPLIST&e.code;, - &s.code;clipBoxes&e.code; will indicate the areas of the primitive - which are obscured rather than the areas visible. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* PutVideoFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y, - &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code; - <quote><p> - This indicates that the driver should take a subsection - &s.code;vid_w&e.code; by &s.code;vid_h&e.code; at location - &s.code;(vid_x,vid_y)&e.code; from the video stream and direct - it into the rectangle &s.code;drw_w&e.code; by &s.code;drw_h&e.code; - at location &s.code;(drw_x,drw_y)&e.code; on the screen, scaling as - necessary. Due to the large variations in capabilities of - the various hardware expected to be used with this extension, - it is not expected that all hardware will be able to do this - exactly as described. In that case the driver should just do - ``the best it can,'' scaling as closely to the target rectangle - as it can without rendering outside of it. In the worst case, - the driver can opt to just not turn on the video. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* PutStillFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y, - &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is same as &s.code;PutVideo&e.code; except that the driver - should place only one frame from the stream on the screen. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* GetVideoFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y, - &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is same as &s.code;PutVideo&e.code; except that the driver - gets video from the screen and outputs it. The driver should - do the best it can to get the requested dimensions correct - without reading from an area larger than requested. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* GetStillFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y, - &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is the same as &s.code;GetVideo&e.code; except that the - driver should place only one frame from the screen into the - output stream. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef void (* StopVideoFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;pointer data, Bool cleanup)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This indicates the driver should stop displaying the video. - This is used to stop both input and output video. The - &s.code;cleanup&e.code; field indicates that the video is - being stopped because the client requested it to stop or - because the server is exiting the current VT. In that case - the driver should deallocate any offscreen memory areas (if - there are any) being used to put the video to the screen. If - &s.code;cleanup&e.code; is not set, the video is being stopped - temporarily due to clipping or moving of the window, etc... - and video will likely be restarted soon so the driver should - not deallocate any offscreen areas associated with that port. - - </quote> - &s.code;typedef int (* SetPortAttributeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;Atom attribute,INT32 value, pointer data)&e.code; - - &s.code;typedef int (* GetPortAttributeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;Atom attribute,INT32 *value, pointer data)&e.code; - - <quote><p> - A port may have particular attributes such as hue, - saturation, brightness or contrast. Xv clients set and - get these attribute values by sending attribute strings - (Atoms) to the server. Such requests end up at these - driver functions. It is recommended that the driver provide - at least the following attributes mentioned in the Xv client - library docs: - <quote> - &s.code;XV_ENCODING&nl; - XV_HUE&nl; - XV_SATURATION&nl; - XV_BRIGHTNESS&nl; - XV_CONTRAST&e.code; - </quote> - but the driver may recognize as many atoms as it wishes. If - a requested attribute is unknown by the driver it should return - &s.code;BadMatch&e.code;. &s.code;XV_ENCODING&e.code; is the - attribute intended to let the client specify which video - encoding the particular port should be using (see the description - of &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; below). If the - requested encoding is unsupported, the driver should return - &s.code;XvBadEncoding&e.code;. If the value lies outside the - advertised range &s.code;BadValue&e.code; may be returned. - &s.code;Success&e.code; should be returned otherwise. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef void (* QueryBestSizeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;Bool motion, short vid_w, short vid_h, - &f.indent;short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;unsigned int *p_w, unsigned int *p_h, pointer data)&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;QueryBestSize&e.code; provides the client with a way - to query what the destination dimensions would end up being - if they were to request that an area - &s.code;vid_w&e.code by &s.code;vid_h&e.code; from the video - stream be scaled to rectangle of - &s.code;drw_w&e.code; by &s.code;drw_h&e.code; on the screen. - Since it is not expected that all hardware will be able to - get the target dimensions exactly, it is important that the - driver provide this function. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* PutImageFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;short src_x, short src_y, short drw_x, short drw_y, - &f.indent;short src_w, short src_h, short drw_w, short drw_h, - &f.indent;int image, char *buf, short width, short height, - &f.indent;Bool sync, RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is similar to &s.code;PutStill&e.code; except that the - source of the video is not a port but the data stored in a system - memory buffer at &s.code;buf&e.code;. The data is in the format - indicated by the &s.code;image&e.code; descriptor and represents a - source of size &s.code;width&e.code; by &s.code;height&e.code;. - If &s.code;sync&e.code; is TRUE the driver should not return - from this function until it is through reading the data - from &s.code;buf&e.code;. Returning when &s.code;sync&e.code; - is TRUE indicates that it is safe for the data at &s.code;buf&e.code; - to be replaced, freed, or modified. - - </quote> - - &s.code;typedef int (* QueryImageAttributesFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, - &f.indent;int image, short *width, short *height, - &f.indent;int *pitches, int *offsets)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is called to let the driver specify how data for - a particular &s.code;image&e.code; of size &s.code;width&e.code; - by &s.code;height&e.code; should be stored. Sometimes only - the size and corrected width and height are needed. In that - case &s.code;pitches&e.code; and &s.code;offsets&e.code; are - NULL. The size of the memory required for the image is returned - by this function. The &s.code;width&e.code; and - &s.code;height&e.code; of the requested image can be altered by - the driver to reflect format limitations (such as component - sampling periods that are larger than one). If - &s.code;pitches&e.code; and &s.code;offsets&e.code; are not NULL, - these will be arrays with as many elements in them as there - are planes in the &s.code;image&e.code; format. The driver - should specify the pitch (in bytes) of each scanline in the - particular plane as well as the offset to that plane (in bytes) - from the beginning of the image. - - </quote> - - </quote> - -The XF86VideoEncodingRec: -<quote><p> -<verb> -typedef struct { - int id; - char *name; - unsigned short width, height; - XvRationalRec rate; -} XF86VideoEncodingRec, *XF86VideoEncodingPtr; - -</verb> - The &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; specifies what encodings - the adaptor can support. Most of this data is just informational - and for the client's benefit, and is what will be reported by - &s.code;XvQueryEncodings&e.code;. The &s.code;id&e.code; field is - expected to be a unique identifier to allow the client to request a - certain encoding via the &s.code;XV_ENCODING&e.code; attribute string. - -</quote> - -The XF86VideoFormatRec: - -<quote><p> -<verb> -typedef struct { - char depth; - short class; -} XF86VideoFormatRec, *XF86VideoFormatPtr; -</verb> - - This specifies what visuals the video is viewable in. - &s.code;depth&e.code; is the depth of the visual (not bpp). - &s.code;class&e.code; is the visual class such as - &s.code;TrueColor&e.code;, &s.code;DirectColor&e.code; or - &s.code;PseudoColor&e.code;. Initialization of an adaptor will fail - if none of the visuals on that screen are supported. - -</quote> - -The XF86AttributeRec: - -<quote><p> -<verb> -typedef struct { - int flags; - int min_value; - int max_value; - char *name; -} XF86AttributeListRec, *XF86AttributeListPtr; - -</verb> - - Each adaptor may have an array of these advertising the attributes - for its ports. Currently defined flags are &s.code;XvGettable&e.code; - and &s.code;XvSettable&e.code; which may be OR'd together indicating that - attribute is ``gettable'' or ``settable'' by the client. The - &s.code;min&e.code; and &s.code;max&e.code; field specify the valid range - for the value. &s.code;Name&e.code; is a text string describing the - attribute by name. - -</quote> - -The XF86ImageRec: - -<quote><p> -<verb> -typedef struct { - int id; - int type; - int byte_order; - char guid[16]; - int bits_per_pixel; - int format; - int num_planes; - - /* for RGB formats */ - int depth; - unsigned int red_mask; - unsigned int green_mask; - unsigned int blue_mask; - - /* for YUV formats */ - unsigned int y_sample_bits; - unsigned int u_sample_bits; - unsigned int v_sample_bits; - unsigned int horz_y_period; - unsigned int horz_u_period; - unsigned int horz_v_period; - unsigned int vert_y_period; - unsigned int vert_u_period; - unsigned int vert_v_period; - char component_order[32]; - int scanline_order; -} XF86ImageRec, *XF86ImagePtr; -</verb> - - XF86ImageRec describes how video source data is laid out in memory. - The fields are as follows: - - &s.code;id&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is a unique descriptor for the format. It is often good to - set this value to the FOURCC for the format when applicable. - </quote> - - &s.code;type&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is &s.code;XvRGB&e.code; or &s.code;XvYUV&e.code;. - </quote> - - &s.code;byte_order&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is &s.code;LSBFirst&e.code; or &s.code;MSBFirst&e.code;. - </quote> - - &s.code;guid&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is the Globally Unique IDentifier for the format. When - not applicable, all characters should be NULL. - </quote> - - &s.code;bits_per_pixel&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of bits taken up (but not necessarily used) by each - pixel. Note that for some planar formats which have fractional - bits per pixel (such as IF09) this number may be rounded _down_. - </quote> - - &s.code;format&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is &s.code;XvPlanar&e.code; or &s.code;XvPacked&e.code;. - </quote> - - &s.code;num_planes&e.code; - <quote><p> - The number of planes in planar formats. This should be set to - one for packed formats. - </quote> - - &s.code;depth&e.code; - <quote><p> - The significant bits per pixel in RGB formats (analgous to the - depth of a pixmap format). - </quote> - - &s.code;red_mask&e.code; - &s.code;green_mask&e.code; - &s.code;blue_mask&e.code; - <quote><p> - The red, green and blue bitmasks for packed RGB formats. - </quote> - - &s.code;y_sample_bits&e.code; - &s.code;u_sample_bits&e.code; - &s.code;v_sample_bits&e.code; - <quote><p> - The y, u and v sample sizes (in bits). - </quote> - - &s.code;horz_y_period&e.code; - &s.code;horz_u_period&e.code; - &s.code;horz_v_period&e.code; - <quote><p> - The y, u and v sampling periods in the horizontal direction. - </quote> - - &s.code;vert_y_period&e.code; - &s.code;vert_u_period&e.code; - &s.code;vert_v_period&e.code; - <quote><p> - The y, u and v sampling periods in the vertical direction. - </quote> - - &s.code;component_order&e.code; - <quote><p> - Uppercase ascii characters representing the order that - samples are stored within packed formats. For planar formats - this represents the ordering of the planes. Unused characters - in the 32 byte string should be set to NULL. - </quote> - - &s.code;scanline_order&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is &s.code;XvTopToBottom&e.code; or &s.code;XvBottomToTop&e.code;. - </quote> - - Since some formats (particular some planar YUV formats) may not -be completely defined by the parameters above, the guid, when -available, should provide the most accurate description of the -format. - -</quote> - -<sect>The Loader -<p> - -This section describes the interfaces to the module loader. The loader -interfaces can be divided into two groups: those that are only available to -the XFree86 common layer, and those that are also available to modules. - -<sect1>Loader Overview -<p> - -The loader is capable of loading modules in a range of object formats, -and knowledge of these formats is built in to the loader. Knowledge of -new object formats can be added to the loader in a straightforward -manner. This makes it possible to provide OS-independent modules (for -a given CPU architecture type). In addition to this, the loader can -load modules via the OS-provided &s.code;dlopen(3)&e.code; service where -available. Such modules are not platform independent, and the semantics -of &s.code;dlopen()&e.code; on most systems results in significant -limitations in the use of modules of this type. Support for -&s.code;dlopen()&e.code; modules in the loader is primarily for -experimental and development purposes. - -Symbols exported by the loader (on behalf of the core X server) to -modules are determined at compile time. Only those symbols explicitly -exported are available to modules. All external symbols of loaded -modules are exported to other modules, and to the core X server. The -loader can be requested to check for unresolved symbols at any time, -and the action to be taken for unresolved symbols can be controlled by -the caller of the loader. Typically the caller identifies which symbols -can safely remain unresolved and which cannot. - -NOTE: Now that ISO-C allows pointers to functions and pointers to data to -have different internal representations, some of the following interfaces -will need to be revisited. - -<sect1>Semi-private Loader Interface -<p> - -The following is the semi-private loader interface that is available to the -XFree86 common layer. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void LoaderInit(void)&e.code; - <quote><p> - The &s.code;LoaderInit()&e.code; function initialises the loader, - and it must be called once before calling any other loader functions. - This function initialises the tables of exported symbols, and anything - else that might need to be initialised. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderSetPath(const char *path)&e.code; - <quote><p> - The &s.code;LoaderSetPath()&e.code; function initialises a default - module search path. This must be called if calls to other functions - are to be made without explicitly specifying a module search path. - The search path &s.code;path&e.code; must be a string of one or more - comma separated absolute paths. Modules are expected to be located - below these paths, possibly in subdirectories of these paths. - - </quote> - - &s.code;pointer LoadModule(const char *module, const char *path, - &f.indent;const char **subdirlist, const char **patternlist, - &f.indent;pointer options, const XF86ModReqInfo * modreq, - &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code; - <quote><p> - The &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; function loads the module called - &s.code;module&e.code;. The return value is a module handle, and - may be used in future calls to the loader that require a reference - to a loaded module. The module name &s.code;module&e.code; is - normally the module's canonical name, which doesn't contain any - directory path information, or any object/library file prefixes of - suffixes. Currently a full pathname and/or filename is also accepted. - This might change. The other parameters are: - - &s.code;path&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional comma-separated list of module search paths. - When &s.code;NULL&e.code;, the default search path is used. - - </quote> - - &s.code;subdirlist&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of - subdirectories to search. When &s.code;NULL&e.code;, - the default built-in list is used (refer to - &s.code;stdSubdirs&e.code; in &s.code;loadmod.c&e.code;). - The default list is also substituted for entries in - &s.code;subdirlist&e.code; with the value - &s.code;DEFAULT_LIST&e.code;. This makes is possible - to augment the default list instead of replacing it. - Subdir elements must be relative, and must not contain - &s.code;".."&e.code;. If any violate this requirement, - the load fails. - - </quote> - - &s.code;patternlist&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of - POSIX regular expressions used to connect module - filenames with canonical module names. Each regex - should contain exactly one subexpression that corresponds - to the canonical module name. When &s.code;NULL&e.code;, - the default built-in list is used (refer to - &s.code;stdPatterns&e.code; in - &s.code;loadmod.c&e.code;). The default list is also - substituted for entries in &s.code;patternlist&e.code; - with the value &s.code;DEFAULT_LIST&e.code;. This - makes it possible to augment the default list instead - of replacing it. - - </quote> - - &s.code;options&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional parameter that is passed to the newly - loaded module's &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; function - (if it has one). This argument is normally a - &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of - &s.code;Options&e.code;, and must be interpreted that - way by modules loaded directly by the XFree86 common - layer. However, it may be used for application-specific - parameter passing in other situations. - - When loading ``external'' modules (modules that don't - have the standard entry point, for example a - special shared library) the options parameter can be - set to &s.code;EXTERN_MODULE&e.code; to tell the - loader not to reject the module when it doesn't find - the standard entry point. - - </quote> - - &s.code;modreq&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional &s.code;XF86ModReqInfo*&e.code; containing - version/ABI/vendor information to requirements to - check the newly loaded module against. The main - purpose of this is to allow the loader to verify that - a module of the correct type/version before running - its &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; function. - - The &s.code;XF86ModReqInfo&e.code; struct is defined - as follows: -<verb> -typedef struct { - CARD8 majorversion; /* MAJOR_UNSPEC */ - CARD8 minorversion; /* MINOR_UNSPEC */ - CARD16 patchlevel; /* PATCH_UNSPEC */ - const char * abiclass; /* ABI_CLASS_NONE */ - CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI_VERS_UNSPEC */ - const char * moduleclass; /* MOD_CLASS_NONE */ -} XF86ModReqInfo; -</verb> - - The information here is compared against the equivalent - information in the module's - &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; record (which - is described below). The values in comments above - indicate ``don't care'' settings for each of the fields. - The comparisons made are as follows: - - &s.code;majorversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - Must match the module's majorversion - exactly. - - </quote> - &s.code;minorversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module's minor version must be - no less than this value. This - comparison is only made if - &s.code;majorversion&e.code; is - specified and matches. - - </quote> - &s.code;patchlevel&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module's patchlevel must be no - less than this value. This comparison - is only made if - &s.code;minorversion&e.code; is - specified and matches. - - </quote> - &s.code;abiclass&e.code; - <quote><p> - String must match the module's abiclass - string. - - </quote> - &s.code;abiversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - Must be consistent with the module's - abiversion (major equal, minor no - older). - - </quote> - &s.code;moduleclass&e.code; - <quote><p> - String must match the module's - moduleclass string. - - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;errmaj&e.code; - <quote><p> - An optional pointer to a variable holding the major - part or the error code. When provided, - &s.code;*errmaj&e.code; is filled in when - &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; fails. - - </quote> - - &s.code;errmin&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;errmaj&e.code;, but for the minor part - of the error code. - - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;void UnloadModule(pointer mod)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function unloads the module referred to by the handle mod. - All child modules are also unloaded recursively. This function must - not be used to directly unload modules that are child modules (i.e., - those that have been loaded with the &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code; - described below). - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Module Requirements -<p> - -Modules must provide information about themselves to the loader, and -may optionally provide entry points for "setup" and "teardown" functions -(those two functions are referred to here as &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; -and &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code;). - -The module information is contained in the -&s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct, which is defined as follows: - -<quote><p><verb> -typedef struct { - const char * modname; /* name of module, e.g. "foo" */ - const char * vendor; /* vendor specific string */ - CARD32 _modinfo1_; /* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */ - CARD32 _modinfo2_; /* infoarea with a binary editor/sign tool */ - CARD32 xf86version; /* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */ - CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */ - CARD8 minorversion; /* module-specific minor version */ - CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */ - const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */ - CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */ - const char * moduleclass; /* module class */ - CARD32 checksum[4]; /* contains a digital signature of the */ - /* version info structure */ -} XF86ModuleVersionInfo; -</verb> - -The fields are used as follows: - - &s.code;modname&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module's name. This field is currently only for - informational purposes, but the loader may be modified - in future to require it to match the module's canonical - name. - - </quote> - - &s.code;vendor&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module vendor. This field is for informational purposes - only. - - </quote> - - &s.code;_modinfo1_&e.code; - <quote><p> - This field holds the first part of a signature that can - be used to locate this structure in the binary. It should - always be initialised to &s.code;MODINFOSTRING1&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;_modinfo2_&e.code; - <quote><p> - This field holds the second part of a signature that can - be used to locate this structure in the binary. It should - always be initialised to &s.code;MODINFOSTRING2&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86version&e.code; - <quote><p> - The XFree86 version against which the module was compiled. - This is mostly for informational/diagnostic purposes. It - should be initialised to &s.code;XF86_VERSION_CURRENT&e.code;, which is - defined in &s.code;xf86Version.h&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;majorversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module-specific major version. For modules where this - version is used for more than simply informational - purposes, the major version should only change (be - incremented) when ABI incompatibilities are introduced, - or ABI components are removed. - - </quote> - - &s.code;minorversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module-specific minor version. For modules where this - version is used for more than simply informational - purposes, the minor version should only change (be - incremented) when ABI additions are made in a backward - compatible way. It should be reset to zero when the major - version is increased. - - </quote> - - &s.code;patchlevel&e.code; - <quote><p> - The module-specific patch level. The patch level should - increase with new revisions of the module where there - are no ABI changes, and it should be reset to zero when - the minor version is increased. - - </quote> - - &s.code;abiclass&e.code; - <quote><p> - The ABI class that the module requires. The class is - specified as a string for easy extensibility. It should - indicate which (if any) of the X server's built-in ABI - classes that the module relies on, or a third-party ABI - if appropriate. Built-in ABI classes currently defined are: - - <quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_NONE&e.code; - <quote>no class</quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_ANSIC&e.code; - <quote>only requires the ANSI C interfaces</quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV&e.code; - <quote>requires the video driver ABI</quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_XINPUT&e.code; - <quote>requires the XInput driver ABI</quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION&e.code; - <quote>requires the extension module ABI</quote> - &s.code;ABI_CLASS_FONT&e.code; - <quote>requires the font module ABI</quote> - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;abiversion&e.code; - <quote><p> - The version of abiclass that the module requires. The - version consists of major and minor components. The - major version must match and the minor version must be - no newer than that provided by the server or parent - module. Version identifiers for the built-in classes - currently defined are: - - <quote> - &s.code;ABI_ANSIC_VERSION&nl; - ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION&nl; - ABI_XINPUT_VERSION&nl; - ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION&nl; - ABI_FONT_VERSION&e.code; - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;moduleclass&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is similar to the abiclass field, except that it - defines the type of module rather than the ABI it - requires. For example, although all video drivers require - the video driver ABI, not all modules that require the - video driver ABI are video drivers. This distinction - can be made with the moduleclass. Currently pre-defined - module classes are: - - <quote> - &s.code;MOD_CLASS_NONE&nl; - MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV&nl; - MOD_CLASS_XINPUT&nl; - MOD_CLASS_FONT&nl; - MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION&e.code; - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;checksum&e.code; - <quote><p> - Not currently used. - - </quote> - -</quote> - -The module version information, and the optional &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; -and &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code; entry points are found by the loader -by locating a data object in the module called "modnameModuleData", -where "modname" is the canonical name of the module. Modules must -contain such a data object, and it must be declared with global scope, -be compile-time initialised, and is of the following type: - -<quote> -<verb> -typedef struct { - XF86ModuleVersionInfo * vers; - ModuleSetupProc setup; - ModuleTearDownProc teardown; -} XF86ModuleData; -</verb> -</quote> - -The vers parameter must be initialised to a pointer to a correctly -initialised &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct. The other -two parameter are optional, and should be initialised to -&s.code;NULL&e.code; when not required. The other parameters are defined -as - - <quote><p> - &s.code;typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *)&e.code; - - &s.code;typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer)&e.code; - - - &s.code;pointer SetupProc(pointer module, pointer options, - &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code; - <quote><p> - When defined, this function is called by the loader after successfully - loading a module. module is a handle for the newly loaded module, - and maybe used by the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; if it calls other - loader functions that require a reference to it. The remaining - arguments are those that were passed to the - &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; (or &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code;), - and are described above. When the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; is - successful it must return a non-&s.code;NULL&e.code; value. The - loader checks this, and if it is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it unloads - the module and reports the failure to the caller of - &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code;. If the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; - does things that need to be undone when the module is unloaded, - it should define a &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code;, and return a - pointer that the &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code; can use to undo what - has been done. - - When a module is loaded multiple times, the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; - is called once for each time it is loaded. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void TearDownProc(pointer tearDownData)&e.code; - <quote><p> - When defined, this function is called when the loader unloads a - module. The &s.code;tearDownData&e.code; parameter is the return - value of the &s.code;SetupProc()&e.code; that was called when the - module was loaded. The purpose of this function is to clean up - before the module is unloaded (for example, by freeing allocated - resources). - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Public Loader Interface -<p> - -The following is the Loader interface that is available to any part of -the server, and may also be used from within modules. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;pointer LoadSubModule(pointer parent, const char *module, - &f.indent;const char **subdirlist, const char **patternlist, - &f.indent;pointer options, const XF86ModReqInfo * modreq, - &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is like the &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; function - described above, except that the module loaded is registered as a - child of the calling module. The &s.code;parent&e.code; parameter - is the calling module's handle. Modules loaded with this function - are automatically unloaded when the parent module is unloaded. The - other difference is that the path parameter may not be specified. - The module search path used for modules loaded with this function - is the default search path as initialised with - &s.code;LoaderSetPath()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void UnloadSubModule(pointer module)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function unloads the module with handle &s.code;module&e.code;. - If that module itself has children, they are also unloaded. It is - like &s.code;UnloadModule()&e.code;, except that it is safe to use - for unloading child modules. - - </quote> - - &s.code;pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *symbol)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns the address of the symbol with name - &s.code;symbol&e.code;. This may be used to locate a module entry - point with a known name. - - </quote> - - &s.code;char **LoaderlistDirs(const char **subdirlist, - &f.indent;const char **patternlist)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns a &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of - canonical modules names for modules found in the default module - search path. The &s.code;subdirlist&e.code; and - &s.code;patternlist&e.code; parameters are as described above, and - can be used to control the locations and names that are searched. - If no modules are found, the return value is &s.code;NULL&e.code;. - The returned list should be freed by calling - &s.code;LoaderFreeDirList()&e.code; when it is no longer needed. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderFreeDirList(char **list)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function frees a module list created by - &s.code;LoaderlistDirs()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderReqSymLists(const char **list0, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allows the registration of required symbols with the - loader. It is normally used by a caller of - &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code;. If any symbols registered in this - way are found to be unresolved when - &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; is called then - &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; will report a failure. - The function takes one or more &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated - lists of symbols. The end of the argument list is indicated by a - &s.code;NULL&e.code; argument. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderReqSymbols(const char *sym0, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is like &s.code;LoaderReqSymLists()&e.code; except - that its arguments are symbols rather than lists of symbols. This - function is more convenient when single functions are to be registered, - especially when the single function might depend on runtime factors. - The end of the argument list is indicated by a &s.code;NULL&e.code; - argument. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderRefSymLists(const char **list0, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allows the registration of possibly unresolved symbols - with the loader. When &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; is - run it won't generate warnings for symbols registered in this way - unless they were also registered as required symbols. - The function takes one or more &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated - lists of symbols. The end of the argument list is indicated by a - &s.code;NULL&e.code; argument. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoaderRefSymbols(const char *sym0, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function is like &s.code;LoaderRefSymLists()&e.code; except - that its arguments are symbols rather than lists of symbols. This - function is more convenient when single functions are to be registered, - especially when the single function might depend on runtime factors. - The end of the argument list is indicated by a &s.code;NULL&e.code; - argument. - - </quote> - - &s.code;int LoaderCheckUnresolved(int delayflag)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function checks for unresolved symbols. It generates warnings - for unresolved symbols that have not been registered with - &s.code;LoaderRefSymLists()&e.code;, and maps them to a dummy - function. This behaviour may change in future. If unresolved - symbols are found that have been registered with - &s.code;LoaderReqSymLists()&e.code; or - &s.code;LoaderReqSymbols()&e.code; then this function returns a - non-zero value. If none of these symbols are unresolved the return - value is zero, indicating success. - - The &s.code;delayflag&e.code; parameter should normally be set to - &s.code;LD_RESOLV_IFDONE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;LoaderErrorMsg(const char *name, const char *modname, - &f.indent;int errmaj, int errmin)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function prints an error message that includes the text ``Failed - to load module'', the module name &s.code;modname&e.code;, a message - specific to the &s.code;errmaj&e.code; value, and the value if - &s.code;errmin&e.code;. If &s.code;name&e.code; is - non-&s.code;NULL&e.code;, it is printed as an identifying prefix - to the message (followed by a `:'). - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Special Registration Functions -<p> - -The loader contains some functions for registering some classes of modules. -These may be moved out of the loader at some point. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *ext)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This registers the entry points for the extension identified by - &s.code;ext&e.code;. The &s.code;ExtensionModule&e.code; struct is - defined as: - -<quote> -<verb> -typedef struct { - InitExtension initFunc; - char * name; - Bool *disablePtr; - InitExtension setupFunc; -} ExtensionModule; -</verb> -</quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;void LoadFont(FontModule *font)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This registers the entry points for the font rasteriser module - identified by &s.code;font&e.code;. The &s.code;FontModule&e.code; - struct is defined as: - -<quote> -<verb> -typedef struct { - InitFont initFunc; - char * name; - pointer module; -} FontModule; -</verb> -</quote> - - </quote> - </quote> - -</sect> - - -<sect>Helper Functions -<p> - -This section describe ``helper'' functions that video driver -might find useful. While video drivers are not required to use any of -these to be considered ``compliant'', the use of appropriate helpers is -strongly encouraged to improve the consistency of driver behaviour. - -<sect1>Functions for printing messages -<p> - - <quote><p> - &s.code;ErrorF(const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is the basic function for writing to the error log (typically - stderr and/or a log file). Video drivers should usually avoid - using this directly in favour of the more specialised functions - described below. This function is useful for printing messages - while debugging a driver. - - </quote> - - &s.code;FatalError(const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This prints a message and causes the Xserver to abort. It should - rarely be used within a video driver, as most error conditions - should be flagged by the return values of the driver functions. - This allows the higher layers to decide how to proceed. In rare - cases, this can be used within a driver if a fatal unexpected - condition is found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is like &s.code;ErrorF()&e.code;, except that the message is - only printed when the Xserver's verbosity level is set to the - default (&s.code;1&e.code;) or higher. It means that the messages - are not printed when the server is started with the - &s.cmd;-quiet&e.cmd; flag. Typically this function would only be - used for continuing messages started with one of the more specialised - functions described below. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86ErrorF()&e.code;, except the minimum verbosity - level for which the message is to be printed is given explicitly. - Passing a &s.code;verb&e.code; value of zero means the message - is always printed. A value higher than &s.code;1&e.code; can be - used for information would normally not be needed, but which might - be useful when diagnosing problems. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is like &s.code;xf86ErrorF()&e.code;, except that the message - is prefixed with a marker determined by the value of - &s.code;type&e.code;. The marker is used to indicate the type of - message (warning, error, probed value, config value, etc). Note - the &s.code;xf86Verbose&e.code; value is ignored for messages of - type &s.code;X_ERROR&e.code;. - - The marker values are: - - <quote> - &s.code;X_PROBED&e.code; - <quote>Value was probed.</quote> - &s.code;X_CONFIG&e.code; - <quote>Value was given in the config file.</quote> - &s.code;X_DEFAULT&e.code; - <quote>Value is a default.</quote> - &s.code;X_CMDLINE&e.code; - <quote>Value was given on the command line.</quote> - &s.code;X_NOTICE&e.code; - <quote>Notice.</quote> - &s.code;X_ERROR&e.code; - <quote>Error message.</quote> - &s.code;X_WARNING&e.code; - <quote>Warning message.</quote> - &s.code;X_INFO&e.code; - <quote>Informational message.</quote> - &s.code;X_NONE&e.code; - <quote>No prefix.</quote> - &s.code;X_NOT_IMPLEMENTED&e.code; - <quote>The message relates to functionality that is not yet - implemented.</quote> - </quote> - - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;, but with the verbosity level given - explicitly. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This is like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code; except that the driver's - name (the &s.code;name&e.code; field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;) followed by the - &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; in parentheses is printed following the - prefix. This should be used by video drivers in most cases as it - clearly indicates which driver/screen the message is for. If - &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; is negative, this function behaves - exactly like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;. - - NOTE: This function can only be used after the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; and its &s.code;name&e.code; field - have been allocated. Normally, this means that it can not be - used before the END of the &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function. - Prior to that, use &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;, providing the - driver's name explicitly. No screen number can be supplied at - that point. - - </quote> - - &s.code;xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb, - &f.indent;const char *format, ...)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Like &s.code;xf86DrvMsg()&e.code;, but with the verbosity level - given explicitly. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Functions for setting values based on command line and config file -<p> - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int bpp, - &f.indent;int fbbpp, int depth24flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function sets the &s.code;depth&e.code;, &s.code;pixmapBPP&e.code; and &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code; fields - of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It also determines the defaults for display-wide - attributes and pixmap formats the screen will support, and finds - the Display subsection that matches the depth/bpp. This function - should normally be called very early from the - &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. - - It requires that the &s.code;confScreen&e.code; field of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; be - initialised prior to calling it. This is done by the XFree86 - common layer prior to calling &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code;. - - The parameters passed are: - - &s.code;depth&e.code; - <quote><p> - driver's preferred default depth if no other is given. - If zero, use the overall server default. - - </quote> - &s.code;bpp&e.code; - <quote><p> - Same, but for the pixmap bpp. - - </quote> - &s.code;fbbpp&e.code; - <quote><p> - Same, but for the framebuffer bpp. - - </quote> - &s.code;depth24flags&e.code; - <quote><p> - Flags that indicate the level of 24/32bpp support - and whether conversion between different framebuffer - and pixmap formats is supported. The flags for this - argument are defined as follows, and multiple flags - may be ORed together: - - &s.code;NoDepth24Support&e.code; - <quote>No depth 24 formats supported</quote> - &s.code;Support24bppFb&e.code; - <quote>24bpp framebuffer supported</quote> - &s.code;Support32bppFb&e.code; - <quote>32bpp framebuffer supported</quote> - &s.code;SupportConvert24to32&e.code; - <quote>Can convert 24bpp pixmap to 32bpp fb</quote> - &s.code;SupportConvert32to24&e.code; - <quote>Can convert 32bpp pixmap to 24bpp fb</quote> - &s.code;ForceConvert24to32&e.code; - <quote>Force 24bpp pixmap to 32bpp fb conversion</quote> - &s.code;ForceConvert32to24&e.code; - <quote>Force 32bpp pixmap to 24bpp fb conversion</quote> - - </quote> - - It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the - correct order of precedence to determine the depth and bpp values. - It is up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports - them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should - return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - If only one of depth/bpp is given, the other is set to a reasonable - (and consistent) default. - - If a driver finds that the initial &s.code;depth24flags&e.code; - it uses later results in a fb format that requires more video - memory than is available it may call this function a second time - with a different &s.code;depth24flags&e.code; setting. - - On success, the return value is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. On failure - it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are - initialised by this function: - - <quote> - &s.code;depth&e.code;, &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code;, - &s.code;display&e.code;, &s.code;imageByteOrder&e.code;, - &s.code;bitmapScanlinePad&e.code;, - &s.code;bitmapScanlineUnit&e.code;, &s.code;bitmapBitOrder&e.code;, - &s.code;numFormats&e.code;, &s.code;formats&e.code;, - &s.code;fbFormat&e.code;. - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86PrintDepthBpp(scrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function can be used to print out the depth and bpp settings. - It should be called after the final call to - &s.code;xf86SetDepthBpp()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function sets the &s.code;weight&e.code;, &s.code;mask&e.code;, - &s.code;offset&e.code; and &s.code;rgbBits&e.code; fields of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly - early in the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function for - depths > 8bpp. - - It requires that the &s.code;depth&e.code; and - &s.code;display&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - be initialised prior to calling it. - - The parameters passed are: - - &s.code;weight&e.code; - <quote><p> - driver's preferred default weight if no other is given. - If zero, use the overall server default. - - </quote> - - &s.code;mask&e.code; - <quote><p> - Same, but for mask. - - </quote> - - It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the - correct order of precedence to determine the weight value. It - derives the mask and offset values from the weight and the defaults. - It is up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports - them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should - return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - On success, this function prints a message showing the weight - values selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. - - On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are - initialised by this function: - - <quote> - &s.code;weight&e.code;, &s.code;mask&e.code;, &s.code;offset&e.code;. - </quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function sets the &s.code;defaultVisual&e.code; field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly - early from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. - - It requires that the &s.code;depth&e.code; and - &s.code;display&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - be initialised prior to calling it. - - The parameters passed are: - - &s.code;visual&e.code; - <quote><p> - driver's preferred default visual if no other is given. - If &s.code;-1&e.code;, use the overall server default. - - </quote> - - It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the - correct order of precedence to determine the default visual value. - It is up to the driver to check the result to see that it supports - it. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should - return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - On success, this function prints a message showing the default visual - selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. - - On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function sets the &s.code;gamma&e.code; field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly - early from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function in cases - where the driver supports gamma correction. - - It requires that the &s.code;monitor&e.code; field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; be initialised prior to calling it. - - The parameters passed are: - - &s.code;gamma&e.code; - <quote><p> - driver's preferred default gamma if no other is given. - If zero (&s.code;< 0.01&e.code;), use the overall server - default. - - </quote> - - It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the - correct order of precedence to determine the gamma value. It is - up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports - them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should - return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - On success, this function prints a message showing the gamma - value selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. - - On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function sets the &s.code;xDpi&e.code; and &s.code;yDpi&e.code; - fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The driver can specify - preferred defaults by setting &s.code;x&e.code; and &s.code;y&e.code; - to non-zero values. The &s.cmd;-dpi&e.cmd; command line option - overrides all other settings. Otherwise, if the - &s.key;DisplaySize&e.key; entry is present in the screen's &k.monitor; - config file section, it is used together with the virtual size to - calculate the dpi values. This function should be called after - all the mode resolution has been done. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This functions sets the &s.code;blackPixel&e.code; and - &s.code;whitePixel&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - according to whether or not the &s.cmd;-flipPixels&e.cmd; command - line options is present. - - </quote> - - &s.code;const char *xf86GetVisualName(int visual)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns a printable string with the visual name matching the - numerical visual class provided. If the value is outside the - range of valid visual classes, &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Primary Mode functions -<p> - -The primary mode helper functions are those which would normally be -used by a driver, unless it has unusual requirements which cannot -be catered for the by the helpers. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int xf86ValidateModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, DisplayModePtr availModes, - &f.indent;char **modeNames, ClockRangePtr clockRanges, - &f.indent;int *linePitches, int minPitch, int maxPitch, - &f.indent;int pitchInc, int minHeight, int maxHeight, - &f.indent;int virtualX, int virtualY, - &f.indent;unsigned long apertureSize, - &f.indent;LookupModeFlags strategy)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function basically selects the set of modes to use based on - those available and the various constraints. It also sets some - other related parameters. It is normally called near the end of - the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. - - The parameters passed to the function are: - - &s.code;availModes&e.code; - <quote><p> - List of modes available for the monitor. - - </quote> - &s.code;modeNames&e.code; - <quote><p> - List of mode names that the screen is requesting. - - </quote> - &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; - <quote><p> - A list of clock ranges allowed by the driver. Each - range includes whether interlaced or multiscan modes - are supported for that range. See below for more on - &s.code;clockRanges&e.code;. - - </quote> - &s.code;linePitches&e.code; - <quote><p> - List of line pitches supported by the driver. - This is optional and should be &s.code;NULL&e.code; when - not used. - - </quote> - &s.code;minPitch&e.code; - <quote><p> - Minimum line pitch supported by the driver. This must - be supplied when &s.code;linePitches&e.code; is - &s.code;NULL&e.code;, and is ignored otherwise. - - </quote> - &s.code;maxPitch&e.code; - <quote><p> - Maximum line pitch supported by the driver. This is - required when &s.code;minPitch&e.code; is required. - - </quote> - &s.code;pitchInc&e.code; - <quote><p> - Granularity of horizontal pitch values as supported by - the chipset. This is expressed in bits. This must be - supplied. - - </quote> - &s.code;minHeight&e.code; - <quote><p> - minimum virtual height allowed. If zero, no limit is - imposed. - - </quote> - &s.code;maxHeight&e.code; - <quote><p> - maximum virtual height allowed. If zero, no limit is - imposed. - - </quote> - &s.code;virtualX&e.code; - <quote><p> - If greater than zero, this is the virtual width value - that will be used. Otherwise, the virtual width is - chosen to be the smallest that can accommodate the modes - selected. - - </quote> - &s.code;virtualY&e.code; - <quote><p> - If greater than zero, this is the virtual height value - that will be used. Otherwise, the virtual height is - chosen to be the smallest that can accommodate the modes - selected. - - </quote> - &s.code;apertureSize&e.code; - <quote><p> - The size (in bytes) of the aperture used to access video - memory. - - </quote> - &s.code;strategy&e.code; - <quote><p> - The strategy to use when choosing from multiple modes - with the same name. The options are: - - &s.code;LOOKUP_DEFAULT&e.code; - <quote>???</quote> - &s.code;LOOKUP_BEST_REFRESH&e.code; - <quote>mode with best refresh rate</quote> - &s.code;LOOKUP_CLOSEST_CLOCK&e.code; - <quote>mode with closest matching clock</quote> - &s.code;LOOKUP_LIST_ORDER&e.code; - <quote>first usable mode in list</quote> - - The following options can also be combined (OR'ed) with - one of the above: - - &s.code;LOOKUP_CLKDIV2&e.code; - <quote>Allow halved clocks</quote> - &s.code;LOOKUP_OPTIONAL_TOLERANCES&e.code; - <quote>Allow missing horizontal sync and/or vertical refresh - ranges in the xorg.conf Monitor section</quote> - - &s.code;LOOKUP_OPTIONAL_TOLERANCES&e.code; should only be - specified when the driver can ensure all modes it generates - can sync on, or at least not damage, the monitor or digital - flat panel. Horizontal sync and/or vertical refresh ranges - specified by the user will still be honoured (and acted upon). - - </quote> - - This function requires that the following fields of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are initialised prior to calling it: - - &s.code;clock[]&e.code; - <quote>List of discrete clocks (when non-programmable)</quote> - &s.code;numClocks&e.code; - <quote>Number of discrete clocks (when non-programmable)</quote> - &s.code;progClock&e.code; - <quote>Whether the clock is programmable or not</quote> - &s.code;monitor&e.code; - <quote>Pointer to the applicable xorg.conf monitor section</quote> - &s.code;fdFormat&e.code; - <quote>Format of the screen buffer</quote> - &s.code;videoRam&e.code; - <quote>total video memory size (in bytes)</quote> - &s.code;maxHValue&e.code; - <quote>Maximum horizontal timing value allowed</quote> - &s.code;maxVValue&e.code; - <quote>Maximum vertical timing value allowed</quote> - &s.code;xInc&e.code; - <quote>Horizontal timing increment in pixels (defaults to 8)</quote> - - This function fills in the following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - fields: - - &s.code;modePool&e.code; - <quote><p> - A subset of the modes available to the monitor which - are compatible with the driver. - - </quote> - &s.code;modes&e.code; - <quote><p> - One mode entry for each of the requested modes, with - the status field of each filled in to indicate if - the mode has been accepted or not. This list of - modes is a circular list. - - </quote> - &s.code;virtualX&e.code; - <quote><p> - The resulting virtual width. - - </quote> - &s.code;virtualY&e.code; - <quote><p> - The resulting virtual height. - - </quote> - &s.code;displayWidth&e.code; - <quote><p> - The resulting line pitch. - - </quote> - &s.code;virtualFrom&e.code; - <quote><p> - Where the virtual size was determined from. - - </quote> - - The first stage of this function checks that the - &s.code;virtualX&e.code; and &s.code;virtualY&e.code; values - supplied (if greater than zero) are consistent with the line pitch - and &s.code;maxHeight&e.code; limitations. If not, an error - message is printed, and the return value is &s.code;-1&e.code;. - - The second stage sets up the mode pool, eliminating immediately - any modes that exceed the driver's line pitch limits, and also - the virtual width and height limits (if greater than zero). For - each mode removed an informational message is printed at verbosity - level &s.code;2&e.code;. If the mode pool ends up being empty, - a warning message is printed, and the return value is - &s.code;0&e.code;. - - The final stage is to lookup each mode name, and fill in the remaining - parameters. If an error condition is encountered, a message is - printed, and the return value is &s.code;-1&e.code;. Otherwise, - the return value is the number of valid modes found - (&s.code;0&e.code; if none are found). - - Even if the supplied mode names include duplicates, no two names will - ever match the same mode. Furthermore, if the supplied mode names do not - yield a valid mode (including the case where no names are passed at all), - the function will continue looking through the mode pool until it finds - a mode that survives all checks, or until the mode pool is exhausted. - - A message is only printed by this function when a fundamental - problem is found. It is intended that this function may be called - more than once if there is more than one set of constraints that - the driver can work within. - - If this function returns &s.code;-1&e.code;, the - &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should return - &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; is a linked list of clock ranges - allowed by the driver. If a mode doesn't fit in any of the defined - &s.code;clockRanges&e.code;, it is rejected. The first - &s.code;clockRange&e.code; that matches all requirements is used. - This structure needs to be initialized to NULL when allocated. - - &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; contains the following fields: - - &s.code;minClock&nl; - maxClock&e.code; - <quote><p> - The lower and upper mode clock bounds for which the rest - of the &s.code;clockRange&e.code; parameters apply. - Since these are the mode clocks, they are not scaled - with the &s.code;ClockMulFactor&e.code; and - &s.code;ClockDivFactor&e.code;. It is up to the driver - to adjust these values if they depend on the clock - scaling factors. - - </quote> - &s.code;clockIndex&e.code; - <quote><p> - (not used yet) &s.code;-1&e.code; for programmable clocks - - </quote> - &s.code;interlaceAllowed&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if interlacing is allowed for this - range - - </quote> - &s.code;doubleScanAllowed&e.code; - <quote><p> - &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if doublescan or multiscan is allowed - for this range - - </quote> - &s.code;ClockMulFactor&nl; - ClockDivFactor&e.code; - <quote><p> - Scaling factors that are applied to the mode clocks ONLY - before selecting a clock index (when there is no - programmable clock) or a &s.code;SynthClock&e.code; - value. This is useful for drivers that support pixel - multiplexing or that need to scale the clocks because - of hardware restrictions (like sending 24bpp data to an - 8 bit RAMDAC using a tripled clock). - - Note that these parameters describe what must be done - to the mode clock to achieve the data transport clock - between graphics controller and RAMDAC. For example - for &s.code;2:1&e.code; pixel multiplexing, two pixels - are sent to the RAMDAC on each clock. This allows the - RAMDAC clock to be half of the actual pixel clock. - Hence, &s.code;ClockMulFactor=1&e.code; and - &s.code;ClockDivFactor=2&e.code;. This means that the - clock used for clock selection (ie, determining the - correct clock index from the list of discrete clocks) - or for the &s.code;SynthClock&e.code; field in case of - a programmable clock is: (&s.code;mode->Clock * - ClockMulFactor) / ClockDivFactor&e.code;. - - </quote> - &s.code;PrivFlags&e.code; - <quote><p> - This field is copied into the - &s.code;mode->PrivFlags&e.code; field when this - &s.code;clockRange&e.code; is selected by - &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code;. It allows the - driver to find out what clock range was selected, so it - knows it needs to set up pixel multiplexing or any other - range-dependent feature. This field is purely - driver-defined: it may contain flag bits, an index or - anything else (as long as it is an &s.code;INT&e.code;). - </quote> - - Note that the &s.code;mode->SynthClock&e.code; field is always - filled in by &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code;: it will contain - the ``data transport clock'', which is the clock that will have - to be programmed in the chip when it has a programmable clock, or - the clock that will be picked from the clocks list when it is not - a programmable one. Thus: - - &s.code;mode->SynthClock = - &f.indent;(mode->Clock * ClockMulFactor) / ClockDivFactor&e.code; - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86PruneDriverModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function deletes modes in the modes field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that have been marked as invalid. - This is normally run after having run - &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code; for the last time. For each - mode that is deleted, a warning message is printed out indicating - the reason for it being deleted. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86SetCrtcForModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int adjustFlags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function fills in the &s.code;Crtc*&e.code; fields for all - the modes in the &s.code;modes&e.code; field of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The &s.code;adjustFlags&e.code; - parameter determines how the vertical CRTC values are scaled for - interlaced modes. They are halved if it is - &s.code;INTERLACE_HALVE_V&e.code;. The vertical CRTC values are - doubled for doublescan modes, and are further multiplied by the - &s.code;VScan&e.code; value. - - This function is normally called after calling - &s.code;xf86PruneDriverModes()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86PrintModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function prints out the virtual size setting, and the line - pitch being used. It also prints out two lines for each mode being - used. The first line includes the mode's pixel clock, horizontal sync - rate, refresh rate, and whether it is interlaced, doublescanned and/or - multi-scanned. The second line is the mode's Modeline. - - This function is normally called after calling - &s.code;xf86SetCrtcForModes()&e.code;. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Secondary Mode functions -<p> - -The secondary mode helper functions are functions which are normally -used by the primary mode helper functions, and which are not normally -called directly by a driver. If a driver has unusual requirements -and needs to do its own mode validation, it might be able to make -use of some of these secondary mode helper functions. - - <quote><p> - &s.code;int xf86GetNearestClock(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int freq, Bool allowDiv2, - &f.indent;int *divider)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns the index of the closest clock to the - frequency &s.code;freq&e.code; given (in kHz). It assumes that - the number of clocks is greater than zero. It requires that the - &s.code;numClocks&e.code; and &s.code;clock&e.code; fields of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are initialised. The - &s.code;allowDiv2&e.code; field determines if the clocks can be - halved. The &s.code;*divider&e.code; return value indicates - whether clock division is used when determining the clock returned. - - This function is only for non-programmable clocks. - - </quote> - - &s.code;const char *xf86ModeStatusToString(ModeStatus status)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function converts the &s.code;status&e.code; value to a - descriptive printable string. - - </quote> - - &s.code;ModeStatus xf86LookupMode(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, DisplayModePtr modep, - &f.indent;ClockRangePtr clockRanges, LookupModeFlags strategy)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function takes a pointer to a mode with the name filled in, - and looks for a mode in the &s.code;modePool&e.code; list which - matches. The parameters of the matching mode are filled in to - &s.code;*modep&e.code;. The &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; and - &s.code;strategy&e.code; parameters are as for the - &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code; function above. - - This function requires the &s.code;modePool&e.code;, - &s.code;clock[]&e.code;, &s.code;numClocks&e.code; and - &s.code;progClock&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - to be initialised before being called. - - The return value is &s.code;MODE_OK&e.code; if a mode was found. - Otherwise it indicates why a matching mode could not be found. - - </quote> - - &s.code;ModeStatus xf86InitialCheckModeForDriver(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, - &f.indent;DisplayModePtr mode, ClockRangePtr clockRanges, - &f.indent;LookupModeFlags strategy, int maxPitch, - &f.indent;int virtualX, int virtualY)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function checks the passed mode against some basic driver - constraints. Apart from the ones passed explicitly, the - &s.code;maxHValue&e.code; and &s.code;maxVValue&e.code; fields of - the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are also used. If the - &s.code;ValidMode&e.code; field of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - is set, that function is also called to check the mode. Next, the - mode is checked against the monitor's constraints. - - If the mode is consistent with all constraints, the return value - is &s.code;MODE_OK&e.code;. Otherwise the return value indicates - which constraint wasn't met. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86DeleteMode(DisplayModePtr *modeList, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function deletes the &s.code;mode&e.code; given from the - &s.code;modeList&e.code;. It never prints any messages, so it is - up to the caller to print a message if required. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Functions for handling strings and tokens -<p> - - Tables associating strings and numerical tokens combined with the - following functions provide a compact way of handling strings from - the config file, and for converting tokens into printable strings. - The table data structure is: - -<quote><verb> -typedef struct { - int token; - const char * name; -} SymTabRec, *SymTabPtr; -</verb></quote> - - A table is an initialised array of &s.code;SymTabRec&e.code;. The - tokens must be non-negative integers. Multiple names may be mapped - to a single token. The table is terminated with an element with a - &s.code;token&e.code; value of &s.code;-1&e.code; and - &s.code;NULL&e.code; for the &s.code;name&e.code;. - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;const char *xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns the first string in &s.code;table&e.code; - that matches &s.code;token&e.code;. If no match is found, - &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned (NOTE, older versions of this - function would return the string "unknown" when no match is found). - - </quote> - - &s.code;int xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function returns the first token in &s.code;table&e.code; - that matches &s.code;string&e.code;. The - &s.code;xf86NameCmp()&e.code; function is used to determine the - match. If no match is found, &s.code;-1&e.code; is returned. - - </quote> - </quote> - - -<sect1>Functions for finding which config file entries to use -<p> - - These functions can be used to select the appropriate config file - entries that match the detected hardware. They are described above - in the <ref id="probe" name="Probe"> and - <ref id="avail" name="Available Functions"> sections. - - -<sect1>Probing discrete clocks on old hardware -<p> - - The &s.code;xf86GetClocks()&e.code; function may be used to assist - in finding the discrete pixel clock values on older hardware. - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num, - &f.indent;Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int), - &f.indent;void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), - &f.indent;void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool), - &f.indent;int vertsyncreg, int maskval, int knownclkindex, - &f.indent;int knownclkvalue)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function uses a comparative sampling method to measure the - discrete pixel clock values. The number of discrete clocks to - measure is given by &s.code;num&e.code;. &s.code;clockFunc&e.code; - is a function that selects the &s.code;n&e.code;'th clock. It - should also save or restore any state affected by programming the - clocks when the index passed is &s.code;CLK_REG_SAVE&e.code; or - &s.code;CLK_REG_RESTORE&e.code;. &s.code;ProtectRegs&e.code; is - a function that does whatever is required to protect the hardware - state while selecting a new clock. &s.code;BlankScreen&e.code; - is a function that blanks the screen. &s.code;vertsyncreg&e.code; - and &s.code;maskval&e.code; are the register and bitmask to - check for the presence of vertical sync pulses. - &s.code;knownclkindex&e.code; and &s.code;knownclkvalue&e.code; - are the index and value of a known clock. These are the known - references on which the comparative measurements are based. The - number of clocks probed is set in &s.code;pScrn->numClocks&e.code;, - and the probed clocks are set in the &s.code;pScrn->clock[]&e.code; - array. All of the clock values are in units of kHz. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Print out the pixel clocks &s.code;scrp->clock[]&e.code;. - &s.code;from&e.code; indicates whether the clocks were probed - or from the config file. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>Other helper functions -<p> - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool xf86IsUnblank(int mode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when the screen saver mode specified - by &s.code;mode&e.code; requires the screen be unblanked, - and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. The screen saver modes that - require blanking are &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_ON&e.code; and - &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE&e.code;, and the screen saver modes that - require unblanking are &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_OFF&e.code; and - &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER&e.code;. Drivers may call this helper - from their &s.code;SaveScreen()&e.code; function to interpret the - screen saver modes. - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>The vgahw module -<p> - -The vgahw modules provides an interface for saving, restoring and -programming the standard VGA registers, and for handling VGA colourmaps. - -<sect1>Data Structures -<p> - - The public data structures used by the vgahw module are - &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; and &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. They are - defined in &s.code;vgaHW.h.&e.code; - - -<sect1>General vgahw Functions -<p> - - <quote><p> - &s.code;Bool vgaHWGetHWRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allocates a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; structure, and - hooks it into the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s - &s.code;privates&e.code;. Like all information hooked into the - &s.code;privates&e.code;, it is persistent, and only needs to be - allocated once per screen. This function should normally be called - from the driver's &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. The - &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; is zero-allocated, and the following - fields are explicitly initialised: - - &s.code;ModeReg.DAC[]&e.code; - <quote>initialised with a default colourmap</quote> - &s.code;ModeReg.Attribute[0x11]&e.code; - <quote>initialised with the default overscan index</quote> - &s.code;ShowOverscan&e.code; - <quote>initialised according to the "ShowOverscan" option</quote> - &s.code;paletteEnabled&e.code; - <quote>initialised to FALSE</quote> - &s.code;cmapSaved&e.code; - <quote>initialised to FALSE</quote> - &s.code;pScrn&e.code; - <quote>initialised to pScrn</quote> - - In addition to the above, &s.code;vgaHWSetStdFuncs()&e.code; is - called to initialise the register access function fields with the - standard VGA set of functions. - - Once allocated, a pointer to the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; can be - obtained from the &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr&e.code; with the - &s.code;VGAHWPTR(pScrn)&e.code; macro. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWFreeHWRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function frees a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; structure. It - should be called from a driver's &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code; - function. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool vgaHWSetRegCounts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numCRTC, - &f.indent;int numSequencer, int numGraphics, int numAttribute)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function allows the number of CRTC, Sequencer, Graphics and - Attribute registers to be changed. This makes it possible for - extended registers to be saved and restored with - &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; and &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code;. - This function should be called after a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; - has been allocated with &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;. The - default values are defined in &s.code;vgaHW.h&e.code; as follows: - - <quote><verb> -#define VGA_NUM_CRTC 25 -#define VGA_NUM_SEQ 5 -#define VGA_NUM_GFX 9 -#define VGA_NUM_ATTR 21 - </verb></quote> - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool vgaHWCopyReg(vgaRegPtr dst, vgaRegPtr src)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function copies the contents of the VGA saved registers in - &s.code;src&e.code; to &s.code;dst&e.code;. Note that it isn't - possible to simply do this with &s.code;memcpy()&e.code; (or - similar). This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; unless there - is a problem allocating space for the &s.code;CRTC&e.code and - related fields in &s.code;dst&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSetStdFuncs(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function initialises the register access function fields of - &s.code;hwp&e.code; with the standard VGA set of functions. This - is called by &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;, so there is usually - no need to call this explicitly. The register access functions - are described below. If the registers are shadowed in some other - port I/O space (for example a PCI I/O region), these functions - can be used to access the shadowed registers if - &s.code;hwp->PIOOffset&e.code; is initialised with - &s.code;offset&e.code;, calculated in such a way that when the - standard VGA I/O port value is added to it the correct offset into - the PIO area results. This value is initialised to zero in - &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;. (Note: the PIOOffset functionality - is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.) - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSetMmioFuncs(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 *base, int offset)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function initialised the register access function fields of - hwp with a generic MMIO set of functions. - &s.code;hwp->MMIOBase&e.code; is initialised with - &s.code;base&e.code;, which must be the virtual address that the - start of MMIO area is mapped to. &s.code;hwp->MMIOOffset&e.code; - is initialised with &s.code;offset&e.code;, which must be calculated - in such a way that when the standard VGA I/O port value is added - to it the correct offset into the MMIO area results. That means - that these functions are only suitable when the VGA I/O ports are - made available in a direct mapping to the MMIO space. If that is - not the case, the driver will need to provide its own register - access functions. The register access functions are described - below. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool vgaHWMapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function maps the VGA memory window. It requires that the - &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; be allocated. If a driver requires - non-default &s.code;MapPhys&e.code; or &s.code;MapSize&e.code; - settings (the physical location and size of the VGA memory window) - then those fields of the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; must be initialised - before calling this function. Otherwise, this function initialiases - the default values of &s.code;0xA0000&e.code; for - &s.code;MapPhys&e.code; and &s.code;(64 * 1024)&e.code; for - &s.code;MapSize&e.code;. This function must be called before - attempting to save or restore the VGA state. If the driver doesn't - call it explicitly, the &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; and - &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code; functions may call it if they need - to access the VGA memory (in which case they will also call - &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; to unmap the VGA memory before - exiting). - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWUnmapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function unmaps the VGA memory window. It must only be called - after the memory has been mapped. The &s.code;Base&e.code; field - of the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; field is set to &s.code;NULL&e.code; - to indicate that the memory is no longer mapped. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWGetIOBase(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function initialises the &s.code;IOBase&e.code; field of the - &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. This function must be called before - using any other functions that access the video hardware. - - A macro &s.code;VGAHW_GET_IOBASE()&e.code; is also available in - &s.code;vgaHW.h&e.code; that returns the I/O base, and this may - be used when the vgahw module is not loaded (for example, in the - &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function). - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWUnlock(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function unlocks the VGA &s.code;CRTC[0-7]&e.code; registers, - and must be called before attempting to write to those registers. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWLock(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function locks the VGA &s.code;CRTC[0-7]&e.code; registers. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWEnable(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function enables the VGA subsystem. (Note, this function is - present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.). - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWDisable(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function disables the VGA subsystem. (Note, this function is - present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.). - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function saves the VGA state. The state is written to the - &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;save&e.code;. - &s.code;flags&e.code; is set to one or more of the following flags - ORed together: - - &s.code;VGA_SR_MODE&e.code; - <quote>the mode setting registers are saved</quote> - &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code; - <quote>the text mode font/text data is saved</quote> - &s.code;VGA_SR_CMAP&e.code; - <quote>the colourmap (LUT) is saved</quote> - &s.code;VGA_SR_ALL&e.code; - <quote>all of the above are saved</quote> - - The &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; and its &s.code;IOBase&e.code; fields - must be initialised before this function is called. If - &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code; is set in &s.code;flags&e.code;, the - VGA memory window must be mapped. If it isn't then - &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; will be called to map it, and - &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; will be called to unmap it - afterwards. &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; uses the three functions - below in the order &s.code;vgaHWSaveColormap()&e.code;, - &s.code;vgaHWSaveMode()&e.code;, &s.code;vgaHWSaveFonts()&e.code; to - carry out the different save phases. It is undecided at this - stage whether they will remain part of the vgahw module's public - interface or not. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSaveMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function saves the VGA mode registers. They are saved to - the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;save&e.code;. - The registers saved are: - - <quote> - &s.code;MiscOut&nl; - CRTC[0-0x18]&nl; - Attribute[0-0x14]&nl; - Graphics[0-8]&nl; - Sequencer[0-4]&e.code; - </quote> - - The number of registers actually saved may be modified by a prior call - to &s.code;vgaHWSetRegCounts()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSaveFonts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function saves the text mode font and text data held in the - video memory. If called while in a graphics mode, no save is - done. The VGA memory window must be mapped with - &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; before to calling this function. - - On some platforms, one or more of the font/text plane saves may be - no-ops. This is the case when the platform's VC driver already - takes care of this. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSaveColormap(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function saves the VGA colourmap (LUT). Before saving it, it - attempts to verify that the colourmap is readable. In rare cases - where it isn't readable, a default colourmap is saved instead. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore, int flags)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function programs the VGA state. The state programmed is - that contained in the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by - &s.code;restore&e.code;. &s.code;flags&e.code; is the same - as described above for the &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; function. - - The &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; and its &s.code;IOBase&e.code; fields - must be initialised before this function is called. If - &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code; is set in &s.code;flags&e.code;, the - VGA memory window must be mapped. If it isn't then - &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; will be called to map it, and - &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; will be called to unmap it - afterwards. &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code; uses the three functions - below in the order &s.code;vgaHWRestoreFonts()&e.code;, - &s.code;vgaHWRestoreMode()&e.code;, - &s.code;vgaHWRestoreColormap()&e.code; to carry out the different - restore phases. It is undecided at this stage whether they will - remain part of the vgahw module's public interface or not. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function restores the VGA mode registers. They are restored - from the data in the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by - &s.code;restore&e.code;. The registers restored are: - - <quote> - &s.code;MiscOut&nl; - CRTC[0-0x18]&nl; - Attribute[0-0x14]&nl; - Graphics[0-8]&nl; - Sequencer[0-4]&e.code; - </quote> - - The number of registers actually restored may be modified by a prior call - to &s.code;vgaHWSetRegCounts()&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreFonts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function restores the text mode font and text data to the - video memory. The VGA memory window must be mapped with - &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; before to calling this function. - - On some platforms, one or more of the font/text plane restores - may be no-ops. This is the case when the platform's VC driver - already takes care of this. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreColormap(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function restores the VGA colourmap (LUT). - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function fills in the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;'s - &s.code;ModeReg&e.code; field with the values appropriate for - programming the given video mode. It requires that the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;depth&e.code; field is - initialised, which determines how the registers are programmed. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWSeqReset(vgaHWPtr hwp, Bool start)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Do a VGA sequencer reset. If start is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;, the - reset is started. If start is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, the reset - is ended. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWProtect(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool on)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function protects VGA registers and memory from corruption - during loads. It is typically called with on set to - &s.code;TRUE&e.code; before programming, and with on set to - &s.code;FALSE&e.code; after programming. - - </quote> - - &s.code;Bool vgaHWSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function blanks and unblanks the screen. It is blanked when - &s.code;mode&e.code; is &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_ON&e.code; or - &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE&e.code;, and unblanked when - &s.code;mode&e.code; is &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_OFF&e.code; or - &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void vgaHWBlankScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool on)&e.code; - <quote><p> - This function blanks and unblanks the screen. It is blanked when - &s.code;on&e.code; is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, and unblanked when - &s.code;on&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. This function is - provided for use in cases where the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - can't be derived from the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (while probing - for clocks, for example). - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect1>VGA Colormap Functions -<p> - - The vgahw module uses the standard colormap support (see the - <ref id="cmap" name="Colormap Handling"> section. This is initialised - with the following function: - - <quote> - &s.code;Bool vgaHWHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code; - </quote> - - -<sect1>VGA Register Access Functions -<p> - - The vgahw module abstracts access to the standard VGA registers by - using a set of functions held in the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. When - the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; is created these function pointers are - initialised with the set of standard VGA I/O register access functions. - In addition to these, the vgahw module includes a basic set of MMIO - register access functions, and the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; function - pointers can be initialised to these by calling the - &s.code;vgaHWSetMmioFuncs()&e.code; function described above. Some - drivers/platforms may require a different set of functions for VGA - access. The access functions are described here. - - - <quote><p> - &s.code;void writeCrtc(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to CRTC register &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readCrtc(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from CRTC register &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeGr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Graphics Controller register - &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readGR(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from Graphics Controller register - &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeSeq(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8, value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Sequencer register - &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readSeq(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from Sequencer register &s.code;index&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeAttr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8, value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Attribute Controller register - &s.code;index&e.code;. When writing out the index value this - function should set bit 5 (&s.code;0x20&e.code;) according to the - setting of &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; in order to - preserve the palette access state. It should be cleared when - &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - and set when it is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readAttr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from Attribute Controller register - &s.code;index&e.code;. When writing out the index value this - function should set bit 5 (&s.code;0x20&e.code;) according to the - setting of &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; in order to - preserve the palette access state. It should be cleared when - &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code; - and set when it is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeMiscOut(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write `&s.code;value&e.code;' to the Miscellaneous Output register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readMiscOut(vgwHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from the Miscellaneous Output register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void enablePalette(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Clear the palette address source bit in the Attribute Controller - index register and set &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; to - &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void disablePalette(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Set the palette address source bit in the Attribute Controller - index register and set &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; to - &s.code;FALSE&e.code;. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeDacMask(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Mask register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readDacMask(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from the DAC Mask register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeDacReadAddress(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Read Address register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeDacWriteAddress(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Write Address register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeDacData(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Data register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readDacData(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from the DAC Data register. - - </quote> - - &s.code;CARD8 readEnable(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Return the value read from the VGA Enable register. (Note: This - function is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.) - - </quote> - - &s.code;void writeEnable(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code; - <quote><p> - Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the VGA Enable register. (Note: This - function is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.) - - </quote> - </quote> - -<sect>Some notes about writing a driver<label id="sample"> -<p> - -<em>NOTE: some parts of this are not up to date</em> - -The following is an outline for writing a basic unaccelerated driver -for a PCI video card with a linear mapped framebuffer, and which has a -VGA core. It is includes some general information that is relevant to -most drivers (even those which don't fit that basic description). - -The information here is based on the initial conversion of the Matrox -Millennium driver to the ``new design''. For a fleshing out and sample -implementation of some of the bits outlined here, refer to that driver. -Note that this is an example only. The approach used here will not be -appropriate for all drivers. - -Each driver must reserve a unique driver name, and a string that is used -to prefix all of its externally visible symbols. This is to avoid name -space clashes when loading multiple drivers. The examples here are for -the ``ZZZ'' driver, which uses the ``ZZZ'' or ``zzz'' prefix for its externally -visible symbols. - - -<sect1>Include files -<p> - - All drivers normally include the following headers: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86.h"&nl; - "xf86_OSproc.h"&nl; - "xf86_ansic.h"&nl; - "xf86Resources.h"&e.code; - </quote> - Wherever inb/outb (and related things) are used the following should be - included: - <quote> - &s.code;"compiler.h"&e.code; - </quote> - Note: in drivers, this must be included after &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code;. - - Drivers that need to access PCI vendor/device definitions need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86PciInfo.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers that need to access the PCI config space need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86Pci.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers using the mi banking wrapper need: - - <quote> - &s.code;"mibank.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers that initialise a SW cursor need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"mipointer.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - All drivers implementing backing store need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"mibstore.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - All drivers using the mi colourmap code need this: - <quote> - &s.code;"micmap.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - If a driver uses the vgahw module, it needs this: - <quote> - &s.code;"vgaHW.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting VGA or Hercules monochrome screens need: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf1bpp.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting VGA or EGC 16-colour screens need: - <quote> - &s.code;"xf4bpp.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers using cfb need: - <quote> - &s.code;#define PSZ 8&nl; - #include "cfb.h"&nl; - #undef PSZ&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers supporting bpp 16, 24 or 32 with cfb need one or more of: - <quote> - &s.code;"cfb16.h"&nl; - "cfb24.h"&nl; - "cfb32.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - The driver's own header file: - <quote> - &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code; - </quote> - - Drivers must NOT include the following: - - <quote> - &s.code;"xf86Priv.h"&nl; - "xf86Privstr.h"&nl; - "xf86_libc.h"&nl; - "xf86_OSlib.h"&nl; - "Xos.h"&e.code;&nl; - any OS header - </quote> - - -<sect1>Data structures and initialisation -<p> - -<itemize> - <item>The following macros should be defined: - <code> -#define VERSION <version-as-an-int> -#define ZZZ_NAME "ZZZ" /* the name used to prefix messages */ -#define ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME "zzz" /* the driver name as used in config file */ -#define ZZZ_MAJOR_VERSION <int> -#define ZZZ_MINOR_VERSION <int> -#define ZZZ_PATCHLEVEL <int> - </code> -<p> - NOTE: &s.code;ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME&e.code; should match the name of the - driver module without things like the "lib" prefix, the "_drv" suffix - or filename extensions. -<p> - - <item>A DriverRec must be defined, which includes the functions required - at the pre-probe phase. The name of this DriverRec must be an - upper-case version of ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME (for the purposes of static - linking). -<p> - <code> -DriverRec ZZZ = { - VERSION, - ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME, - ZZZIdentify, - ZZZProbe, - ZZZAvailableOptions, - NULL, - 0 -}; - </code> - - <item>Define list of supported chips and their matching ID: -<p> - <code> -static SymTabRec ZZZChipsets[] = { - { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, "zzz1234a" }, - { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, "zzz5678a" }, - { -1, NULL } -}; - </code> -<p> - The token field may be any integer value that the driver may use to - uniquely identify the supported chipsets. For drivers that support - only PCI devices using the PCI device IDs might be a natural choice, - but this isn't mandatory. For drivers that support both PCI and other - devices (like ISA), some other ID should probably used. When other - IDs are used as the tokens it is recommended that the names be - defined as an &s.code;enum&e.code; type. -<p> - <item>If the driver uses the &s.code;xf86MatchPciInstances(&e.code;) - helper (recommended for drivers that support PCI cards) a list that - maps PCI IDs to chip IDs and fixed resources must be defined: -<p> - <code> -static PciChipsets ZZZPciChipsets[] = { - { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, RES_SHARED_VGA }, - { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, RES_SHARED_VGA }, - { -1, -1, RES_UNDEFINED } -} - </code> -<p> - <item>Define the &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct for the - driver. This is required for the dynamically loaded version: -<p> - <code> -static XF86ModuleVersionInfo zzzVersRec = -{ - "zzz", - MODULEVENDORSTRING, - MODINFOSTRING1, - MODINFOSTRING2, - XF86_VERSION_CURRENT, - ZZZ_MAJOR_VERSION, ZZZ_MINOR_VERSION, ZZZ_PATCHLEVEL, - ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV, - ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION, - MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV, - {0,0,0,0} -}; - </code> -<p> - <item>Define a data structure to hold the driver's screen-specific data. - This must be used instead of global variables. This would be defined - in the &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code; file, something like: -<p> - <code> -typedef struct { - type1 field1; - type2 field2; - int fooHack; - Bool pciRetry; - Bool noAccel; - Bool hwCursor; - CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - OptionInfoPtr Options; - ... -} ZZZRec, *ZZZPtr; - </code> -<p> - <item>Define the list of config file Options that the driver accepts. For - consistency between drivers those in the list of ``standard'' options - should be used where appropriate before inventing new options. -<p> - <code> -typedef enum { - OPTION_FOO_HACK, - OPTION_PCI_RETRY, - OPTION_HW_CURSOR, - OPTION_NOACCEL -} ZZZOpts; - -static const OptionInfoRec ZZZOptions[] = { - { OPTION_FOO_HACK, "FooHack", OPTV_INTEGER, {0}, FALSE }, - { OPTION_PCI_RETRY, "PciRetry", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { OPTION_HW_CURSOR, "HWcursor", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { OPTION_NOACCEL, "NoAccel", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE }, - { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE } -}; - </code> -<p> -</itemize> - -<sect1>Functions -<p> - - -<sect2>SetupProc -<p> - - For dynamically loaded modules, a &s.code;ModuleData&e.code; - variable is required. It is should be the name of the driver - prepended to "ModuleData". A &s.code;Setup()&e.code; function is - also required, which calls &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; to add - the driver to the main list of drivers. - - <code> -static MODULESETUPPROTO(zzzSetup); - -XF86ModuleData zzzModuleData = { &zzzVersRec, zzzSetup, NULL }; - -static pointer -zzzSetup(pointer module, pointer opts, int *errmaj, int *errmin) -{ - static Bool setupDone = FALSE; - - /* This module should be loaded only once, but check to be sure. */ - - if (!setupDone) { - /* - * Modules that this driver always requires may be loaded - * here by calling LoadSubModule(). - */ - - setupDone = TRUE; - xf86AddDriver(&MGA, module, 0); - - /* - * The return value must be non-NULL on success even though - * there is no TearDownProc. - */ - return (pointer)1; - } else { - if (errmaj) *errmaj = LDR_ONCEONLY; - return NULL; - } -} - </code> - -<sect2>GetRec, FreeRec -<p> - - A function is usually required to allocate the driver's - screen-specific data structure and hook it into the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field. - The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; is - initialised to &s.code;NULL&e.code;, so it is easy to check if the - initialisation has already been done. After allocating it, initialise - the fields. By using &s.code;xnfcalloc()&e.code; to do the allocation - it is zeroed, and if the allocation fails the server exits. -<p> - NOTE: - When allocating structures from inside the driver which are defined - on the common level it is important to initialize the structure to - zero. - Only this guarantees that the server remains source compatible to - future changes in common level structures. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZGetRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - if (pScrn->driverPrivate != NULL) - return TRUE; - pScrn->driverPrivate = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ZZZRec), 1); - /* Initialise as required */ - ... - return TRUE; -} - </code> - - Define a macro in &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code; which gets a pointer to - the &s.code;ZZZRec&e.code; when given &s.code;pScrn&e.code;: - - <code> -#define ZZZPTR(p) ((ZZZPtr)((p)->driverPrivate)) - </code> - - Define a function to free the above, setting it to &s.code;NULL&e.code; - once it has been freed: - - <code> -static void -ZZZFreeRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - if (pScrn->driverPrivate == NULL) - return; - xfree(pScrn->driverPrivate); - pScrn->driverPrivate = NULL; -} - </code> - -<sect2>Identify -<p> - - Define the &s.code;Identify()&e.code; function. It is run before - the Probe, and typically prints out an identifying message, which - might include the chipsets it supports. This function is mandatory: - - <code> -static void -ZZZIdentify(int flags) -{ - xf86PrintChipsets(ZZZ_NAME, "driver for ZZZ Tech chipsets", - ZZZChipsets); -} - </code> - -<sect2>Probe -<p> - - Define the &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function. The purpose of this - is to find all instances of the hardware that the driver supports, - and for the ones not already claimed by another driver, claim the - slot, and allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. This should be - a minimal probe, and it should under no circumstances leave the - state of the hardware changed. Because a device is found, don't - assume that it will be used. Don't do any initialisations other - than the required &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; initialisations. - Don't allocate any new data structures. - - This function is mandatory. - - NOTE: The &s.code;xf86DrvMsg()&e.code; functions cannot be used from - the Probe. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZProbe(DriverPtr drv, int flags) -{ - Bool foundScreen = FALSE; - int numDevSections, numUsed; - GDevPtr *devSections; - int *usedChips; - int i; - - /* - * Find the config file Device sections that match this - * driver, and return if there are none. - */ - if ((numDevSections = xf86MatchDevice(ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME, - &devSections)) <= 0) { - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * Since this is a PCI card, "probing" just amounts to checking - * the PCI data that the server has already collected. If there - * is none, return. - * - * Although the config file is allowed to override things, it - * is reasonable to not allow it to override the detection - * of no PCI video cards. - * - * The provided xf86MatchPciInstances() helper takes care of - * the details. - */ - /* test if PCI bus present */ - if (xf86GetPciVideoInfo()) { - - numUsed = xf86MatchPciInstances(ZZZ_NAME, PCI_VENDOR_ZZZ, - ZZZChipsets, ZZZPciChipsets, devSections, - numDevSections, drv, &usedChips); - - for (i = 0; i < numUsed; i++) { - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = NULL; - if ((pScrn = xf86ConfigPciEntity(pScrn, flags, usedChips[i], - ZZZPciChipsets, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL, NULL))) { - /* Allocate a ScrnInfoRec */ - pScrn->driverVersion = VERSION; - pScrn->driverName = ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME; - pScrn->name = ZZZ_NAME; - pScrn->Probe = ZZZProbe; - pScrn->PreInit = ZZZPreInit; - pScrn->ScreenInit = ZZZScreenInit; - pScrn->SwitchMode = ZZZSwitchMode; - pScrn->AdjustFrame = ZZZAdjustFrame; - pScrn->EnterVT = ZZZEnterVT; - pScrn->LeaveVT = ZZZLeaveVT; - pScrn->FreeScreen = ZZZFreeScreen; - pScrn->ValidMode = ZZZValidMode; - foundScreen = TRUE; - /* add screen to entity */ - } - } - xfree(usedChips); - } - -#ifdef HAS_ISA_DEVS - /* - * If the driver supports ISA hardware, the following block - * can be included too. - */ - numUsed = xf86MatchIsaInstances(ZZZ_NAME, ZZZChipsets, - ZZZIsaChipsets, drv, ZZZFindIsaDevice, - devSections, numDevSections, &usedChips); - for (i = 0; i < numUsed; i++) { - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = NULL; - if ((pScrn = xf86ConfigIsaEntity(pScrn, flags, usedChips[i], - ZZZIsaChipsets, NULL, NULL, NULL, - NULL, NULL))) { - pScrn->driverVersion = VERSION; - pScrn->driverName = ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME; - pScrn->name = ZZZ_NAME; - pScrn->Probe = ZZZProbe; - pScrn->PreInit = ZZZPreInit; - pScrn->ScreenInit = ZZZScreenInit; - pScrn->SwitchMode = ZZZSwitchMode; - pScrn->AdjustFrame = ZZZAdjustFrame; - pScrn->EnterVT = ZZZEnterVT; - pScrn->LeaveVT = ZZZLeaveVT; - pScrn->FreeScreen = ZZZFreeScreen; - pScrn->ValidMode = ZZZValidMode; - foundScreen = TRUE; - } - } - xfree(usedChips); -#endif /* HAS_ISA_DEVS */ - - xfree(devSections); - return foundScreen; - </code> - -<sect2>AvailableOptions -<p> - - Define the &s.code;AvailableOptions()&e.code; function. The purpose - of this is to return the available driver options back to the - -configure option, so that an xorg.conf file can be built and the - user can see which options are available for them to use. - -<sect2>PreInit -<p> - - Define the &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; function. The purpose of - this is to find all the information required to determine if the - configuration is usable, and to initialise those parts of the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that can be set once at the beginning - of the first server generation. The information should be found in - the least intrusive way possible. - - This function is mandatory. - - NOTES: - <enum> - <item>The &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; function is only called once - during the life of the X server (at the start of the first - generation). - - <item>Data allocated here must be of the type that persists for - the life of the X server. This means that data that hooks into - the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;privates&e.code; - field should be allocated here, but data that hooks into the - &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field - should not be allocated here. The &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; - field should also be allocated here. - - <item>Although the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been allocated - before this function is called, the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; - has not been allocated. That means that things requiring it - cannot be used in this function. - - <item>Very little of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been - initialised when this function is called. It is important to - get the order of doing things right in this function. - - </enum> - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZPreInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int flags) -{ - /* Fill in the monitor field */ - pScrn->monitor = pScrn->confScreen->monitor; - - /* - * If using the vgahw module, it will typically be loaded - * here by calling xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "vgahw"); - */ - - /* - * Set the depth/bpp. Use the globally preferred depth/bpp. If the - * driver has special default depth/bpp requirements, the defaults should - * be specified here explicitly. - * We support both 24bpp and 32bpp framebuffer layouts. - * This sets pScrn->display also. - */ - if (!xf86SetDepthBpp(pScrn, 0, 0, 0, - Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) { - return FALSE; - } else { - if (depth/bpp isn't one we support) { - print error message; - return FALSE; - } - } - /* Print out the depth/bpp that was set */ - xf86PrintDepthBpp(pScrn); - - /* Set bits per RGB for 8bpp */ - if (pScrn->depth <= 8) { - /* Take into account a dac_6_bit option here */ - pScrn->rgbBits = 6 or 8; - } - - /* - * xf86SetWeight() and xf86SetDefaultVisual() must be called - * after pScrn->display is initialised. - */ - - /* Set weight/mask/offset for depth > 8 */ - if (pScrn->depth > 8) { - if (!xf86SetWeight(pScrn, defaultWeight, defaultMask)) { - return FALSE; - } else { - if (weight isn't one we support) { - print error message; - return FALSE; - } - } - } - - /* Set the default visual. */ - if (!xf86SetDefaultVisual(pScrn, -1)) { - return FALSE; - } else { - if (visual isn't one we support) { - print error message; - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* If the driver supports gamma correction, set the gamma. */ - if (!xf86SetGamma(pScrn, default_gamma)) { - return FALSE; - } - - /* This driver uses a programmable clock */ - pScrn->progClock = TRUE; - - /* Allocate the ZZZRec driverPrivate */ - if (!ZZZGetRec(pScrn)) { - return FALSE; - } - - pZzz = ZZZPTR(pScrn); - - /* Collect all of the option flags (fill in pScrn->options) */ - xf86CollectOptions(pScrn, NULL); - - /* - * Process the options based on the information in ZZZOptions. - * The results are written to pZzz->Options. If all of the options - * processing is done within this function a local variable "options" - * can be used instead of pZzz->Options. - */ - if (!(pZzz->Options = xalloc(sizeof(ZZZOptions)))) - return FALSE; - (void)memcpy(pZzz->Options, ZZZOptions, sizeof(ZZZOptions)); - xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, pZzz->Options); - - /* - * Set various fields of ScrnInfoRec and/or ZZZRec based on - * the options found. - */ - from = X_DEFAULT; - pZzz->hwCursor = FALSE; - if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_HW_CURSOR)) { - from = X_CONFIG; - pZzz->hwCursor = TRUE; - } - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Using %s cursor\n", - pZzz->hwCursor ? "HW" : "SW"); - if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_NOACCEL)) { - pZzz->noAccel = TRUE; - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, - "Acceleration disabled\n"); - } else { - pZzz->noAccel = FALSE; - } - if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_PCI_RETRY)) { - pZzz->UsePCIRetry = TRUE; - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, "PCI retry enabled\n"); - } - pZzz->fooHack = 0; - if (xf86GetOptValInteger(pZzz->Options, OPTION_FOO_HACK, - &pZzz->fooHack)) { - xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, "Foo Hack set to %d\n", - pZzz->fooHack); - } - - /* - * Find the PCI slot(s) that this screen claimed in the probe. - * In this case, exactly one is expected, so complain otherwise. - * Note in this case we're not interested in the card types so - * that parameter is set to NULL. - */ - if ((i = xf86GetPciInfoForScreen(pScrn->scrnIndex, &pciList, NULL)) - != 1) { - print error message; - ZZZFreeRec(pScrn); - if (i > 0) - xfree(pciList); - return FALSE; - } - /* Note that pciList should be freed below when no longer needed */ - - /* - * Determine the chipset, allowing config file chipset and - * chipid values to override the probed information. The config - * chipset value has precedence over its chipid value if both - * are present. - * - * It isn't necessary to fill in pScrn->chipset if the driver - * keeps track of the chipset in its ZZZRec. - */ - - ... - - /* - * Determine video memory, fb base address, I/O addresses, etc, - * allowing the config file to override probed values. - * - * Set the appropriate pScrn fields (videoRam is probably the - * most important one that other code might require), and - * print out the settings. - */ - - ... - - /* Initialise a clockRanges list. */ - - ... - - /* Set any other chipset specific things in the ZZZRec */ - - ... - - /* Select valid modes from those available */ - - i = xf86ValidateModes(pScrn, pScrn->monitor->Modes, - pScrn->display->modes, clockRanges, - NULL, minPitch, maxPitch, rounding, - minHeight, maxHeight, - pScrn->display->virtualX, - pScrn->display->virtualY, - pScrn->videoRam * 1024, - LOOKUP_BEST_REFRESH); - if (i == -1) { - ZZZFreeRec(pScrn); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Prune the modes marked as invalid */ - - xf86PruneDriverModes(pScrn); - - /* If no valid modes, return */ - - if (i == 0 || pScrn->modes == NULL) { - print error message; - ZZZFreeRec(pScrn); - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * Initialise the CRTC fields for the modes. This driver expects - * vertical values to be halved for interlaced modes. - */ - xf86SetCrtcForModes(pScrn, INTERLACE_HALVE_V); - - /* Set the current mode to the first in the list. */ - pScrn->currentMode = pScrn->modes; - - /* Print the list of modes being used. */ - xf86PrintModes(pScrn); - - /* Set the DPI */ - xf86SetDpi(pScrn, 0, 0); - - /* Load bpp-specific modules */ - switch (pScrn->bitsPerPixel) { - case 1: - mod = "xf1bpp"; - break; - case 4: - mod = "xf4bpp"; - break; - case 8: - mod = "cfb"; - break; - case 16: - mod = "cfb16"; - break; - case 24: - mod = "cfb24"; - break; - case 32: - mod = "cfb32"; - break; - } - if (mod && !xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, mod)) - ZZZFreeRec(pScrn); - return FALSE; - - /* Load XAA if needed */ - if (!pZzz->noAccel || pZzz->hwCursor) - if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "xaa")) { - ZZZFreeRec(pScrn); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Done */ - return TRUE; -} - </code> - -<sect2>MapMem, UnmapMem -<p> - - Define functions to map and unmap the video memory and any other - memory apertures required. These functions are not mandatory, but - it is often useful to have such functions. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZMapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - /* Call xf86MapPciMem() to map each PCI memory area */ - ... - return TRUE or FALSE; -} - -static Bool -ZZZUnmapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - /* Call xf86UnMapVidMem() to unmap each memory area */ - ... - return TRUE or FALSE; -} - </code> - -<sect2>Save, Restore -<p> - - Define functions to save and restore the original video state. These - functions are not mandatory, but are often useful. - - <code> -static void -ZZZSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - /* - * Save state into per-screen data structures. - * If using the vgahw module, vgaHWSave will typically be - * called here. - */ - ... -} - -static void -ZZZRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn) -{ - /* - * Restore state from per-screen data structures. - * If using the vgahw module, vgaHWRestore will typically be - * called here. - */ - ... -} - </code> - -<sect2>ModeInit -<p> - - Define a function to initialise a new video mode. This function isn't - mandatory, but is often useful. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZModeInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode) -{ - /* - * Program a video mode. If using the vgahw module, - * vgaHWInit and vgaRestore will typically be called here. - * Once up to the point where there can't be a failure - * set pScrn->vtSema to TRUE. - */ - ... -} - </code> - -<sect2>ScreenInit -<p> - - Define the &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; function. This is called - at the start of each server generation, and should fill in as much - of the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; as possible as well as any other - data that is initialised once per generation. It should initialise - the framebuffer layers it is using, and initialise the initial video - mode. - - This function is mandatory. - - NOTE: The &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (&s.code;pScreen&e.code;) is - passed to this driver, but it and the - &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; are not yet hooked into each - other. This means that in this function, and functions it - calls, one cannot be found from the other. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZScreenInit(int scrnIndex, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char **argv) -{ - /* Get the ScrnInfoRec */ - pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum]; - - /* - * If using the vgahw module, its data structures and related - * things are typically initialised/mapped here. - */ - - /* Save the current video state */ - ZZZSave(pScrn); - - /* Initialise the first mode */ - ZZZModeInit(pScrn, pScrn->currentMode); - - /* Set the viewport if supported */ - - ZZZAdjustFrame(scrnIndex, pScrn->frameX0, pScrn->frameY0, 0); - - /* - * Setup the screen's visuals, and initialise the framebuffer - * code. - */ - - /* Reset the visual list */ - miClearVisualTypes(); - - /* - * Setup the visuals supported. This driver only supports - * TrueColor for bpp > 8, so the default set of visuals isn't - * acceptable. To deal with this, call miSetVisualTypes with - * the appropriate visual mask. - */ - - if (pScrn->bitsPerPixel > 8) { - if (!miSetVisualTypes(pScrn->depth, TrueColorMask, - pScrn->rgbBits, pScrn->defaultVisual)) - return FALSE; - } else { - if (!miSetVisualTypes(pScrn->depth, - miGetDefaultVisualMask(pScrn->depth), - pScrn->rgbBits, pScrn->defaultVisual)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* - * Initialise the framebuffer. - */ - - switch (pScrn->bitsPerPixel) { - case 1: - ret = xf1bppScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - case 4: - ret = xf4bppScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - case 8: - ret = cfbScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - case 16: - ret = cfb16ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - case 24: - ret = cfb24ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - case 32: - ret = cfb32ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase, - pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi, - pScrn->displayWidth); - break; - default: - print a message about an internal error; - ret = FALSE; - break; - } - - if (!ret) - return FALSE; - - /* Override the default mask/offset settings */ - if (pScrn->bitsPerPixel > 8) { - for (i = 0, visual = pScreen->visuals; - i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, visual++) { - if ((visual->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) { - visual->offsetRed = pScrn->offset.red; - visual->offsetGreen = pScrn->offset.green; - visual->offsetBlue = pScrn->offset.blue; - visual->redMask = pScrn->mask.red; - visual->greenMask = pScrn->mask.green; - visual->blueMask = pScrn->mask.blue; - } - } - } - - /* - * If banking is needed, initialise an miBankInfoRec (defined in - * "mibank.h"), and call miInitializeBanking(). - */ - if (!miInitializeBanking(pScreen, pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY, - pScrn->displayWidth, pBankInfo)) - return FALSE; - - /* - * If backing store is to be supported (as is usually the case), - * initialise it. - */ - miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen); - - /* - * Set initial black & white colourmap indices. - */ - xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(pScreen); - - /* - * Install colourmap functions. If using the vgahw module, - * vgaHandleColormaps would usually be called here. - */ - - ... - - /* - * Initialise cursor functions. This example is for the mi - * software cursor. - */ - miDCInitialize(pScreen, xf86GetPointerScreenFuncs()); - - /* Initialise the default colourmap */ - switch (pScrn->depth) { - case 1: - if (!xf1bppCreateDefColormap(pScreen)) - return FALSE; - break; - case 4: - if (!xf4bppCreateDefColormap(pScreen)) - return FALSE; - break; - default: - if (!cfbCreateDefColormap(pScreen)) - return FALSE; - break; - } - - /* - * Wrap the CloseScreen vector and set SaveScreen. - */ - ZZZPTR(pScrn)->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen; - pScreen->CloseScreen = ZZZCloseScreen; - pScreen->SaveScreen = ZZZSaveScreen; - - /* Report any unused options (only for the first generation) */ - if (serverGeneration == 1) { - xf86ShowUnusedOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options); - } - - /* Done */ - return TRUE; -} - </code> - - -<sect2>SwitchMode -<p> - - Define the &s.code;SwitchMode()&e.code; function if mode switching - is supported by the driver. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZSwitchMode(int scrnIndex, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags) -{ - return ZZZModeInit(xf86Screens[scrnIndex], mode); -} - </code> - - -<sect2>AdjustFrame -<p> - - Define the &s.code;AdjustFrame()&e.code; function if the driver - supports this. - - <code> -static void -ZZZAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags) -{ - /* Adjust the viewport */ -} - </code> - - -<sect2>EnterVT, LeaveVT -<p> - - Define the &s.code;EnterVT()&e.code; and &s.code;LeaveVT()&e.code; - functions. - - These functions are mandatory. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZEnterVT(int scrnIndex, int flags) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - return ZZZModeInit(pScrn, pScrn->currentMode); -} - -static void -ZZZLeaveVT(int scrnIndex, int flags) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - ZZZRestore(pScrn); -} - </code> - -<sect2>CloseScreen -<p> - - Define the &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function: - - This function is mandatory. Note that it unwraps the previously - wrapped &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code;, and finishes by - calling it. - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZCloseScreen(int scrnIndex, ScreenPtr pScreen) -{ - ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex]; - if (pScrn->vtSema) { - ZZZRestore(pScrn); - ZZZUnmapMem(pScrn); - } - pScrn->vtSema = FALSE; - pScreen->CloseScreen = ZZZPTR(pScrn)->CloseScreen; - return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(scrnIndex, pScreen); -} - </code> - -<sect2>SaveScreen -<p> - - Define the &s.code;SaveScreen()&e.code; function (the screen - blanking function). When using the vgahw module, this will typically - be: - - <code> -static Bool -ZZZSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode) -{ - return vgaHWSaveScreen(pScreen, mode); -} - </code> - - This function is mandatory. Before modifying any hardware register - directly this function needs to make sure that the Xserver is active - by checking if &s.code;pScrn&e.code; is non-NULL and for - &s.code;pScrn->vtSema == TRUE&e.code;. - -<sect2>FreeScreen -<p> - - Define the &s.code;FreeScreen()&e.code; function. This function - is optional. It should be defined if the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; - &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field is used so that it can be freed - when a screen is deleted by the common layer for reasons possibly - beyond the driver's control. This function is not used in during - normal (error free) operation. The per-generation data is freed by - the &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function. - - <code> -static void -ZZZFreeScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags) -{ - /* - * If the vgahw module is used vgaHWFreeHWRec() would be called - * here. - */ - ZZZFreeRec(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]); -} - </code> - - -</article> +<!DOCTYPE linuxdoc PUBLIC "-//Xorg//DTD linuxdoc//EN" [
+ <!ENTITY % defs SYSTEM "X11/defs.ent"> %defs;
+ <!-- config file keyword markup -->
+ <!ENTITY s.key STARTTAG "bf">
+ <!ENTITY e.key ENDTAG "bf">
+ <!-- specific config file keywords -->
+ <!ENTITY k.device "&s.key;Device&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.monitor "&s.key;Monitor&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.display "&s.key;Display&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.inputdevice "&s.key;InputDevice&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.screen "&s.key;Screen&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.serverlayout "&s.key;ServerLayout&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.driver "&s.key;Driver&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.module "&s.key;Module&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.identifier "&s.key;Identifier&e.key;">
+ <!ENTITY k.serverflags "&s.key;ServerFlags&e.key;">
+ <!-- command line markup -->
+ <!ENTITY s.cmd STARTTAG "tt">
+ <!ENTITY e.cmd ENDTAG "tt">
+ <!-- inline code markup -->
+ <!ENTITY s.code STARTTAG "tt">
+ <!ENTITY e.code ENDTAG "tt">
+ <!-- function indent -->
+ <!ENTITY f.indent "&nl          ">
+] >
+
+<article>
+
+<title>XFree86 server 4.x Design (DRAFT)
+<author>The XFree86 Project, Inc
+<and>Updates for X11R&relvers; by Jim Gettys
+<date>19 December 2003
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<ident>
+$XFree86: xc/programs/Xserver/hw/xfree86/doc/sgml/DESIGN.sgml,v 1.53 2003/08/23 14:10:14 dawes Exp $
+</ident>
+
+
+<p>
+<bf>NOTE</bf>: This is a DRAFT document, and the interfaces described here
+are subject to change without notice.
+
+
+<sect>Preface
+<p>
+
+The broad design principles are:
+<itemize>
+ <item>keep it reasonable
+ <itemize>
+ <item>We cannot rewrite the complete server
+ <item>We don't want to re-invent the wheel
+ </itemize>
+ <item>keep it modular
+ <itemize>
+ <item>As many things as possible should go into modules
+ <item>The basic loader binary should be minimal
+ <item>A clean design with well defined layering is important
+ <item>DDX specific global variables are a nono
+ <item>The structure should be flexible enough to allow
+ future extensions
+ <item> The structure should minimize duplication of common code
+ </itemize>
+ <item>keep important features in mind
+ <itemize>
+ <item>multiple screens, including multiple instances of drivers
+ <item>mixing different color depths and visuals on different
+ and ideally even on the same screen
+ <item>better control of the PCI device used
+ <item>better config file parser
+ <item>get rid of all VGA compatibility assumptions
+ </itemize>
+</itemize>
+
+Unless we find major deficiencies in the DIX layer, we should avoid
+making changes there.
+
+<sect>The xorg.conf File
+<p>
+
+The xorg.conf file format is similar to the old format, with the following
+changes:
+
+<sect1>&k.device; section
+<p>
+
+ The &k.device; sections are similar to what they used to be, and
+ describe hardware-specific information for a single video card.
+ &k.device;
+ Some new keywords are added:
+
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>Driver "drivername"</tag>
+ Specifies the name of the driver to be used for the card. This
+ is mandatory.
+ <tag>BusID "busslot"</tag>
+ Specifies uniquely the location of the card on the bus. The
+ purpose is to identify particular cards in a multi-headed
+ configuration. The format of the argument is intentionally
+ vague, and may be architecture dependent. For a PCI bus, it
+ is something like "bus:slot:func".
+ </descrip>
+
+ A &k.device; section is considered ``active'' if there is a reference
+ to it in an active &k.screen; section.
+
+<sect1>&k.screen; section
+<p>
+
+ The &k.screen; sections are similar to what they used to be. They
+ no longer have a &k.driver; keyword, but an &k.identifier; keyword
+ is added. (The &k.driver; keyword may be accepted in place of the
+ &k.identifier; keyword for compatibility purposes.) The identifier
+ can be used to identify which screen is to be active when multiple
+ &k.screen sections are present. It is possible to specify the active
+ screen from the command line. A default is chosen in the absence
+ of one being specified. A &k.screen; section is considered ``active''
+ if there is a reference to it either from the command line, or from
+ an active &k.serverlayout; section.
+
+<sect1>&k.inputdevice; section
+<p>
+
+ The &k.inputdevice; section is a new section that describes
+ configuration information for input devices. It replaces the old
+ &s.key;Keyboard&e.key;, &s.key;Pointer&e.key; and &s.key;XInput&e.key;
+ sections. Like the &k.device; section, it has two mandatory keywords:
+ &k.identifier; and &k.driver;. For compatibility purposes the old
+ &s.key;Keyboard&e.key; and &s.key;Pointer&e.key; sections are
+ converted by the parser into &k.inputdevice; sections as follows:
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>&s.key;Keyboard&e.key;</tag>
+ &k.identifier; "Implicit Core Keyboard"<newline>
+ &k.driver; "keyboard"
+ <tag>&s.key;Pointer&e.key;</tag>
+ &k.identifier; "Implicit Core Pointer"<newline>
+ &k.driver; "mouse"
+ </descrip>
+
+ An &k.inputdevice; section is considered active if there is a
+ reference to it in an active &k.serverlayout; section. An
+ &k.inputdevice; section may also be referenced implicitly if there
+ is no &k.serverlayout; section, if the &s.cmd;-screen&e.cmd; command
+ line options is used, or if the &k.serverlayout; section doesn't
+ reference any &k.inputdevice; sections. In this case, the first
+ sections with drivers "keyboard" and "mouse" are used as the core
+ keyboard and pointer respectively.
+
+<sect1>&k.serverlayout; section
+<p>
+
+ The &k.serverlayout; section is a new section that is used to identify
+ which &k.screen; sections are to be used in a multi-headed configuration,
+ and the relative layout of those screens. It also identifies which
+ &k.inputdevice; sections are to be used. Each &k.serverlayout section
+ has an identifier, a list of &k.screen; section identifiers, and a list of
+ &k.inputdevice; section identifiers. &k.serverflags; options may also be
+ included in a &k.serverlayout; section, making it possible to override
+ the global values in the &k.serverflags; section.
+
+ A &k.serverlayout; section can be made active by being referenced on
+ the command line. In the absence of this, a default will be chosen
+ (the first one found). The screen names may optionally be followed
+ by a number specifying the preferred screen number, and optionally
+ by information specifying the physical positioning of the screen,
+ either in absolute terms or relative to another screen (or screens).
+ When no screen number is specified, they are numbered according to
+ the order in which they are listed. The old (now obsolete) method
+ of providing the positioning information is to give the names of
+ the four adjacent screens. The order of these is top, bottom, left,
+ right. Here is an example of a &k.serverlayout; section for two
+ screens using the old method, with the second located to the right
+ of the first:
+
+ <code>
+ Section "ServerLayout"
+ Identifier "Main Layout"
+ Screen 0 "Screen 1" "" "" "" "Screen 2"
+ Screen 1 "Screen 2"
+ Screen "Screen 3"
+ EndSection
+ </code>
+
+ The preferred way of specifying the layout is to explicitly specify
+ the screen's location in absolute terms or relative to another
+ screen.
+
+ In the absolute case, the upper left corner's coordinates are given
+ after the &s.key;Absolute&e.key; keyword. If the coordinates are
+ omitted, a value of &s.code;(0,0)&e.code; is assumed. An example
+ of absolute positioning follows:
+
+ <code>
+ Section "ServerLayout"
+ Identifier "Main Layout"
+ Screen 0 "Screen 1" Absolute 0 0
+ Screen 1 "Screen 2" Absolute 1024 0
+ Screen "Screen 3" Absolute 2048 0
+ EndSection
+ </code>
+
+ In the relative case, the position is specified by either using one of
+ the following keywords followed by the name of the reference screen:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.key;RightOf&nl;
+ LeftOf&nl;
+ Above&nl;
+ Below&nl;
+ Relative&e.key;
+ </quote>
+
+ When the &s.key;Relative&e.key; keyword is used, the reference screen
+ name is followed by the coordinates of the new screen's origin
+ relative to reference screen. The following example shows how to use
+ some of the relative positioning options.
+
+ <code>
+ Section "ServerLayout"
+ Identifier "Main Layout"
+ Screen 0 "Screen 1"
+ Screen 1 "Screen 2" RightOf "Screen 1"
+ Screen "Screen 3" Relative "Screen 1" 2048 0
+ EndSection
+ </code>
+
+<sect1>Options
+<p>
+
+ Options are used more extensively. They may appear in most sections
+ now. Options related to drivers can be present in the &k.screen;,
+ &k.device; and &k.monitor; sections and the &k.display; subsections.
+ The order of precedence is &k.display;, &k.screen;, &k.monitor;,
+ &k.device;. Options have been extended to allow an optional value
+ to be specified in addition to the option name. For more details
+ about options, see the <ref id="options" name="Options"> section
+ for details.
+
+<sect>Driver Interface
+<p>
+
+The driver interface consists of a minimal set of entry points that are
+required based on the external events that the driver must react to.
+No non-essential structure is imposed on the way they are used beyond
+that. This is a significant difference compared with the old design.
+
+The entry points for drawing operations are already taken care of by
+the framebuffer code (including, XAA). Extensions and enhancements to
+framebuffer code are outside the scope of this document.
+
+This approach to the driver interface provides good flexibility, but does
+increase the complexity of drivers. To help address this, the XFree86
+common layer provides a set of ``helper'' functions to take care of things
+that most drivers need. These helpers help minimise the amount of code
+duplication between drivers. The use of helper functions by drivers is
+however optional, though encouraged. The basic philosophy behind the
+helper functions is that they should be useful to many drivers, that
+they should balance this against the complexity of their interface. It
+is inevitable that some drivers may find some helpers unsuitable and
+need to provide their own code.
+
+Events that a driver needs to react to are:
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>ScreenInit</tag>
+
+ An initialisation function is called from the DIX layer for each
+ screen at the start of each server generation.
+
+ <tag>Enter VT</tag>
+
+ The server takes control of the console.
+
+ <tag>Leave VT</tag>
+
+ The server releases control of the console.
+
+ <tag>Mode Switch</tag>
+
+ Change video mode.
+
+ <tag>ViewPort change</tag>
+
+ Change the origin of the physical view port.
+
+ <tag>ScreenSaver state change</tag>
+
+ Screen saver activation/deactivation.
+
+ <tag>CloseScreen</tag>
+
+ A close screen function is called from the DIX layer for each screen
+ at the end of each server generation.
+ </descrip>
+
+
+In addition to these events, the following functions are required by
+the XFree86 common layer:
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>Identify</tag>
+
+ Print a driver identifying message.
+
+ <tag>Probe</tag>
+
+ This is how a driver identifies if there is any hardware present that
+ it knows how to drive.
+
+ <tag>PreInit</tag>
+
+ Process information from the xorg.conf file, determine the
+ full characteristics of the hardware, and determine if a valid
+ configuration is present.
+ </descrip>
+
+The VidMode extension also requires:
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>ValidMode</tag>
+
+ Identify if a new mode is usable with the current configuration.
+ The PreInit function (and/or helpers it calls) may also make use
+ of the ValidMode function or something similar.
+ </descrip>
+
+
+Other extensions may require other entry points. The drivers will
+inform the common layer of these in such cases.
+
+<sect>Resource Access Control Introduction
+<p>
+
+Graphics devices are accessed through ranges in I/O or memory space.
+While most modern graphics devices allow relocation of such ranges many
+of them still require the use of well established interfaces such as
+VGA memory and IO ranges or 8514/A IO ranges. With modern buses (like
+PCI) it is possible for multiple video devices to share access to these
+resources. The RAC (Resource Access Control) subsystem provides a
+mechanism for this.
+
+<sect1>Terms and Definitions
+<p>
+
+<sect2>Bus
+<p>
+
+ ``Bus'' is ambiguous as it is used for different things: it may refer
+ to physical incompatible extension connectors in a computer system.
+ The RAC system knows two such systems: The ISA bus and the PCI bus.
+ (On the software level EISA, MCA and VL buses are currently treated
+ like ISA buses). ``Bus'' may also refer to logically different
+ entities on a single bus system which are connected via bridges. A
+ PCI system may have several distinct PCI buses connecting each other
+ by PCI-PCI bridges or to the host CPU by HOST-PCI bridges.
+
+ Systems that host more than one bus system link these together using
+ bridges. Bridges are a concern to RAC as they might block or pass
+ specific resources. PCI-PCI bridges may be set up to pass VGA
+ resources to the secondary bus. PCI-ISA buses pass any resources not
+ decoded on the primary PCI bus to the ISA bus. This way VGA resources
+ (although exclusive on the ISA bus) can be shared by ISA and PCI
+ cards. Currently HOST-PCI bridges are not yet handled by RAC as they
+ require specific drivers.
+
+<sect2>Entity
+<p>
+
+ The smallest independently addressable unit on a system bus is
+ referred to as an entity. So far we know ISA and PCI entities. PCI
+ entities can be located on the PCI bus by an unique ID consisting of
+ the bus, card and function number.
+
+<sect2>Resource
+<p>
+
+ ``Resource'' refers to a range of memory or I/O addresses an entity
+ can decode.
+
+ If a device is capable of disabling this decoding the resource is
+ called sharable. For PCI devices a generic method is provided to
+ control resource decoding. Other devices will have to provide a
+ device specific function to control decoding.
+
+ If the entity is capable of decoding this range at a different
+ location this resource is considered relocatable.
+
+ Resources which start at a specific address and occupy a single
+ continuous range are called block resources.
+
+ Alternatively resource addresses can be decoded in a way that they
+ satisfy the conditions:
+ <quote><verb>
+ address & mask == base
+ </verb></quote>
+ and
+ <quote><verb>
+ base & mask == base
+ </verb></quote>
+ Resources addressed in such a way are called sparse resources.
+
+<sect2>Server States
+<p>
+
+ The resource access control system knows two server states: the
+ SETUP and the OPERATING state. The SETUP state is entered whenever
+ a mode change takes place or the server exits or does VT switching.
+ During this state all entity resources are under resource access
+ control. During OPERATING state only those entities are controlled
+ which actually have shared resources that conflict with others.
+
+<sect>Control Flow in the Server and Mandatory Driver Functions
+<p>
+
+At the start of each server generation, &s.code;main()&e.code;
+(&s.code;dix/main.c&e.code;) calls the DDX function
+&s.code;InitOutput()&e.code;. This is the first place that the DDX gets
+control. &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; is expected to fill in the global
+&s.code;screenInfo&e.code; struct, and one
+&s.code;screenInfo.screen[]&e.code; entry for each screen present. Here
+is what &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; does:
+
+<sect1>Parse the xorg.conf file
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ The xorg.conf file is read in full, and the resulting information
+ stored in data structures. None of the parsed information is
+ processed at this point. The parser data structures are opaque to
+ the video drivers and to most of the common layer code.
+
+ The entire file is parsed first to remove any section ordering
+ requirements.
+
+
+<sect1>Initial processing of parsed information and command line options
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ The initial processing is to determine paths like the
+ &s.key;ModulePath&e.key;, etc, and to determine which &k.serverlayout;,
+ &k.screen; and &k.device; sections are active.
+
+
+<sect1>Enable port I/O access
+<p>
+
+ Port I/O access is controlled from the XFree86 common layer, and is
+ ``all or nothing''. It is enabled prior to calling driver probes, at
+ the start of subsequent server generations, and when VT switching
+ back to the Xserver. It is disabled at the end of server generations,
+ and when VT switching away from the Xserver.
+
+ The implementation details of this may vary on different platforms.
+
+
+<sect1>General bus probe
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ In the case of ix86 machines, this will be a general PCI probe.
+ The full information obtained here will be available to the drivers.
+ This information persists for the life of the Xserver. In the PCI
+ case, the PCI information for all video cards found is available by
+ calling &s.code;xf86GetPciVideoInfo()&e.code;.
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;pciVideoPtr *xf86GetPciVideoInfo(void)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ returns a pointer to a list of pointers to
+ &s.code;pciVideoRec&e.code; entries, of which there is one for
+ each detected PCI video card. The list is terminated with a
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; pointer. If no PCI video cards were
+ detected, the return value is &s.code;NULL&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ After the bus probe, the resource broker is initialised.
+
+
+<sect1>Load initial set of modules
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ The core server contains a list of mandatory modules. These are loaded
+ first. Currently the only module on this list is the bitmap font module.
+
+ The next set of modules loaded are those specified explicitly in the
+ &k.module; section of the config file.
+
+ The final set of initial modules are the driver modules referenced
+ by the active &k.device; and &k.inputdevice; sections in the config
+ file. Each of these modules is loaded exactly once.
+
+
+<sect1>Register Video and Input Drivers
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ When a driver module is loaded, the loader calls its
+ &s.code;Setup&e.code; function. For video drivers, this function
+ calls &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; to register the driver's
+ &s.code;DriverRec&e.code;, which contains a small set of essential
+ details and driver entry points required during the early phase of
+ &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code;. &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; adds
+ it to the global &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; array.
+
+ The &s.code;DriverRec&e.code; contains the driver canonical name,
+ the &s.code;Identify()&e.code;,
+ &s.code;Probe()&e.code; and &s.code;AvailableOptions()&e.code;
+ function entry points as well as a pointer
+ to the driver's module (as returned from the loader when the driver
+ was loaded) and a reference count which keeps track of how many
+ screens are using the driver. The entry driver entry points are
+ those required prior to the driver allocating and filling in its
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;.
+
+ For a static server, the &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; array is
+ initialised at build time, and the loading of modules is not done.
+
+ A similar procedure is used for input drivers. The input driver's
+ &s.code;Setup&e.code; function calls
+ &s.code;xf86AddInputDriver()&e.code; to register the driver's
+ &s.code;InputDriverRec&e.code;, which contains a small set of
+ essential details and driver entry points required during the early
+ phase of &s.code;InitInput()&e.code;.
+ &s.code;xf86AddInputDriver()&e.code; adds it to the global
+ &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; array. For a static server,
+ the &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; array is initialised at
+ build time.
+
+ Both the &s.code;xf86DriverList[]&e.code; and
+ &s.code;xf86InputDriverList[]&e.code; arrays have been initialised
+ by the end of this stage.
+
+ Once all the drivers are registered, their
+ &s.code;ChipIdentify()&e.code; functions are called.
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;void ChipIdentify(int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ This is expected to print a message indicating the driver name,
+ a short summary of what it supports, and a list of the chipset
+ names that it supports. It may use the xf86PrintChipsets() helper
+ to do this.
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;void xf86PrintChipsets(const char *drvname, const char *drvmsg,
+ &f.indent;SymTabPtr chips)&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ This function provides an easy way for a driver's ChipIdentify
+ function to format the identification message.
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Initialise Access Control
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ The Resource Access Control (RAC) subsystem is initialised before
+ calling any driver functions that may access hardware. All generic
+ bus information is probed and saved (for restoration later). All
+ (shared resource) video devices are disabled at the generic bus
+ level, and a probe is done to find the ``primary'' video device. These
+ devices remain disabled for the next step.
+
+
+<sect1>Video Driver Probe<label id="probe">
+<p>
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only. The
+ &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of each registered video driver
+ is called.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipProbe(DriverPtr drv, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The purpose of this is to identify all instances of hardware
+ supported by the driver. The flags value is currently either 0,
+ &s.code;PROBE_DEFAULT&e.code; or &s.code;PROBE_DETECT&e.code;.
+ &s.code;PROBE_DETECT&e.code; is used if "-configure" or "-probe"
+ command line arguments are given and indicates to the
+ &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function that it should not configure the
+ bus entities and that no xorg.conf information is available.
+
+ The probe must find the active device sections that match the
+ driver by calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;. The number
+ of matches found limits the maximum number of instances for this
+ driver. If no matches are found, the function should return
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; immediately.
+
+ Devices that cannot be identified by using device-independent
+ methods should be probed at this stage (keeping in mind that access
+ to all resources that can be disabled in a device-independent way
+ are disabled during this phase). The probe must be a minimal
+ probe. It should just determine if there is a card present that
+ the driver can drive. It should use the least intrusive probe
+ methods possible. It must not do anything that is not essential,
+ like probing for other details such as the amount of memory
+ installed, etc. It is recommended that the
+ &s.code;xf86MatchPciInstances()&e.code; helper function be used
+ for identifying matching PCI devices, and similarly the
+ &s.code;xf86MatchIsaInstances()&e.code; for ISA (non-PCI) devices
+ (see the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). These helpers also
+ checks and claims the appropriate entity. When not using the
+ helper, that should be done with &s.code;xf86CheckPciSlot()&e.code;
+ and &s.code;xf86ClaimPciSlot()&e.code; for PCI devices and
+ &s.code;xf86ClaimIsaSlot()&e.code; for ISA devices (see the
+ <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section).
+
+ The probe must register all non-relocatable resources at this
+ stage. If a resource conflict is found between exclusive resources
+ the driver will fail immediately. This is usually best done with
+ the &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; helper function
+ for PCI and &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; for ISA
+ (see the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section). It is possible to
+ register some entity specific functions with those helpers. When
+ not using the helpers, the &s.code;xf86AddEntityToScreen()&e.code;
+ &s.code;xf86ClaimFixedResources()&e.code; and
+ &s.code;xf86SetEntityFuncs()&e.code; should be used instead (see
+ the <ref id="rac" name="RAC"> section).
+
+ If a chipset is specified in an active device section which the
+ driver considers relevant (ie it has no driver specified, or the
+ driver specified matches the driver doing the probe), the Probe
+ must return &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if the chipset doesn't match
+ one supported by the driver.
+
+ If there are no active device sections that the driver considers
+ relevant, it must return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ Allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for each active instance of the
+ hardware found, and fill in the basic information, including the
+ other driver entry points. This is best done with the
+ &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; helper function for ISA
+ instances or &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; for PCI instances.
+ These functions allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for active
+ entities. Optionally &s.code;xf86AllocateScreen()&e.code;
+ function may also be used to allocate the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;.
+ Any of these functions take care of initialising fields to defined
+ ``unused'' values.
+
+ Claim the entities for each instance of the hardware found. This
+ prevents other drivers from claiming the same hardware.
+
+ Must leave hardware in the same state it found it in, and must not
+ do any hardware initialisation.
+
+ All detection can be overridden via the config file, and that
+ parsed information is available to the driver at this stage.
+
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if one or more instances are found,
+ and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86MatchDevice(const char *drivername,
+ &f.indent;GDevPtr **driversectlist)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+
+ This function takes the name of the driver and returns via
+ &s.code;driversectlist&e.code; a list of device sections that
+ match the driver name. The function return value is the number
+ of matches found. If a fatal error is encountered the return
+ value is &s.code;-1&e.code;.
+
+ The caller should use &s.code;xfree()&e.code; to free
+ &s.code;*driversectlist&e.code; when it is no longer needed.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86AllocateScreen(DriverPtr drv, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allocates a new &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; in the
+ &s.code;xf86Screens[]&e.code; array. This function is normally
+ called by the video driver &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; functions.
+ The return value is a pointer to the newly allocated
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code;,
+ &s.code;origIndex&e.code;, &s.code;module&e.code; and
+ &s.code;drv&e.code; fields are initialised. The reference count
+ in &s.code;drv&e.code; is incremented. The storage for any
+ currently allocated ``privates'' pointers is also allocated and
+ the &s.code;privates&e.code; field initialised (the privates data
+ is of course not allocated or initialised). This function never
+ returns on failure. If the allocation fails, the server exits
+ with a fatal error. The flags value is not currently used, and
+ should be set to zero.
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ At the completion of this, a list of &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;
+ have been allocated in the &s.code;xf86Screens[]&e.code; array, and
+ the associated entities and fixed resources have been claimed. The
+ following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields must be initialised at
+ this point:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+ driverVersion
+ driverName
+ scrnIndex(*)
+ origIndex(*)
+ drv(*)
+ module(*)
+ name
+ Probe
+ PreInit
+ ScreenInit
+ EnterVT
+ LeaveVT
+ numEntities
+ entityList
+ access
+ </verb></quote>
+
+ <tt>(*)</tt> These are initialised when the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ is allocated, and not explicitly by the driver.
+
+ The following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields must be initialised
+ if the driver is going to use them:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+ SwitchMode
+ AdjustFrame
+ FreeScreen
+ ValidMode
+ </verb></quote>
+
+<sect1>Matching Screens
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ After the Probe phase is finished, there will be some number of
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;. These are then matched with the active
+ &k.screen; sections in the xorg.conf, and those not having an active
+ &k.screen; section are deleted. If the number of remaining screens
+ is 0, &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; sets
+ &s.code;screenInfo.numScreens&e.code; to &s.code;0&e.code; and
+ returns.
+
+ At this point the following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;
+ must be initialised:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+ confScreen
+ </verb></quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Allocate non-conflicting resources
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ Before calling the drivers again, the resource information collected
+ from the Probe phase is processed. This includes checking the extent
+ of PCI resources for the probed devices, and resolving any conflicts
+ in the relocatable PCI resources. It also reports conflicts, checks
+ bus routing issues, and anything else that is needed to enable the
+ entities for the next phase.
+
+ If any drivers registered an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; function
+ during the Probe phase, then they are called here.
+
+
+<sect1>Sort the Screens and pre-check Monitor Information
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ The list of screens is sorted to match the ordering requested in the
+ config file.
+
+ The list of modes for each active monitor is checked against the
+ monitor's parameters. Invalid modes are pruned.
+
+
+<sect1>PreInit
+<p>
+
+ This is done at the start of the first server generation only.
+
+ For each &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;, enable access to the screens entities and call
+ the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipPreInit(ScrnInfoRec screen, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The purpose of this function is to find out all the information
+ required to determine if the configuration is usable, and to
+ initialise those parts of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that
+ can be set once at the beginning of the first server generation.
+
+ The number of entities registered for the screen should be checked
+ against the expected number (most drivers expect only one). The
+ entity information for each of them should be retrieved (with
+ &s.code;xf86GetEntityInfo()&e.code;) and checked for the correct
+ bus type and that none of the sharable resources registered during
+ the Probe phase was rejected.
+
+ Access to resources for the entities that can be controlled in a
+ device-independent way are enabled before this function is called.
+ If the driver needs to access any resources that it has disabled
+ in an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; function that it registered,
+ then it may enable them here providing that it disables them before
+ this function returns.
+
+ This includes probing for video memory, clocks, ramdac, and all
+ other HW info that is needed. It includes determining the
+ depth/bpp/visual and related info. It includes validating and
+ determining the set of video modes that will be used (and anything
+ that is required to determine that).
+
+ This information should be determined in the least intrusive way
+ possible. The state of the HW must remain unchanged by this
+ function. Although video memory (including MMIO) may be mapped
+ within this function, it must be unmapped before returning. Driver
+ specific information should be stored in a structure hooked into
+ the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code;
+ field. Any other modules which require persistent data (ie data
+ that persists across server generations) should be initialised in
+ this function, and they should allocate a ``privates'' index to
+ hook their data into by calling
+ &s.code;xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex().&e.code; The ``privates''
+ data is persistent.
+
+ Helper functions for some of these things are provided at the
+ XFree86 common level, and the driver can choose to make use of
+ them.
+
+ All additional resources that the screen needs must be registered
+ here. This should be done with
+ &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code;. If some of the fixed
+ resources registered in the Probe phase are not needed or not
+ decoded by the hardware when in the OPERATING server state, their
+ status should be updated with
+ &s.code;xf86SetOperatingState()&e.code;.
+
+ Modules may be loaded at any point in this function, and all
+ modules that the driver will need must be loaded before the end
+ of this function. Either the &s.code;xf86LoadSubModule()&e.code;
+ or the &s.code;xf86LoadDrvSubModule()&e.code; function should be
+ used to load modules depending on whether a
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been set up. A driver may unload
+ a module within this function if it was only needed temporarily,
+ and the &s.code;xf86UnloadSubModule()&e.code; function should be used
+ to do that. Otherwise there is no need to explicitly unload modules
+ because the loader takes care of module dependencies and will
+ unload submodules automatically if/when the driver module is
+ unloaded.
+
+ The bulk of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields should be filled
+ out in this function.
+
+ &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code; when
+ the configuration is unusable in some way (unsupported depth, no
+ valid modes, not enough video memory, etc), and &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ if it is usable.
+
+ It is expected that if the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function
+ returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;, then the only reasons that subsequent
+ stages in the driver might fail are lack or resources (like xalloc
+ failures). All other possible reasons for failure should be
+ determined by the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ The &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; for screens where the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; fails are removed.
+ If none remain, &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; sets &s.code;screenInfo.numScreens&e.code; to &s.code;0&e.code; and returns.
+
+ At this point, further fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; would normally be
+ filled in. Most are not strictly mandatory, but many are required
+ by other layers and/or helper functions that the driver may choose
+ to use. The documentation for those layers and helper functions
+ indicates which they require.
+
+ The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; should be filled in if the
+ driver is going to use them:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+ monitor
+ display
+ depth
+ pixmapBPP
+ bitsPerPixel
+ weight (>8bpp only)
+ mask (>8bpp only)
+ offset (>8bpp only)
+ rgbBits (8bpp only)
+ gamma
+ defaultVisual
+ maxHValue
+ maxVValue
+ virtualX
+ virtualY
+ displayWidth
+ frameX0
+ frameY0
+ frameX1
+ frameY1
+ zoomLocked
+ modePool
+ modes
+ currentMode
+ progClock (TRUE if clock is programmable)
+ chipset
+ ramdac
+ clockchip
+ numClocks (if not programmable)
+ clock[] (if not programmable)
+ videoRam
+ biosBase
+ memBase
+ memClk
+ driverPrivate
+ chipID
+ chipRev
+ </verb></quote>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;pointer xf86LoadSubModule(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, const char *name)&e.code:
+ and
+ &s.code;pointer xf86LoadDrvSubModule(DriverPtr drv, const char *name)&e.code:
+ <quote><p>
+ Load a module that a driver depends on. This function loads the
+ module &s.code;name&e.code; as a sub module of the driver. The
+ return value is a handle identifying the new module. If the load
+ fails, the return value will be &s.code;NULL&e.code;. If a driver
+ needs to explicitly unload a module it has loaded in this way,
+ the return value must be saved and passed to
+ &s.code;xf86UnloadSubModule()&e.code; when unloading.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86UnloadSubModule(pointer module)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Unloads the module referenced by &s.code;module&e.code;.
+ &s.code;module&e.code; should be a pointer returned previously
+ by &s.code;xf86LoadSubModule()&e.code; or
+ &s.code;xf86LoadDrvSubModule()&e.code; .
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Cleaning up Unused Drivers
+<p>
+
+ At this point it is known which screens will be in use, and which
+ drivers are being used. Unreferenced drivers (and modules they
+ may have loaded) are unloaded here.
+
+
+<sect1>Consistency Checks
+<p>
+
+ The parameters that must be global to the server, like pixmap formats,
+ bitmap bit order, bitmap scanline unit and image byte order are
+ compared for each of the screens. If a mismatch is found, the server
+ exits with an appropriate message.
+
+
+<sect1>Check if Resource Control is Needed
+<p>
+
+ Determine if resource access control is needed. This is the case
+ if more than one screen is used. If necessary the RAC wrapper module
+ is loaded.
+
+<sect1>AddScreen (ScreenInit)
+<p>
+
+ At this point, the valid screens are known.
+ &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; is called for each of them, passing
+ &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; as the argument.
+ &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; is a DIX function that allocates a new
+ &s.code;screenInfo.screen[]&e.code; entry (aka
+ &s.code;pScreen&e.code;), and does some basic initialisation of it.
+ It then calls the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, with
+ &s.code;pScreen&e.code; as one of its arguments. If
+ &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;,
+ &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; returns &s.code;-1&e.code;. Otherwise
+ it returns the index of the screen. &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code;
+ should only fail because of programming errors or failure to allocate
+ resources (like memory). All configuration problems should be
+ detected BEFORE this point.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipScreenInit(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ &f.indent;int argc, char **argv)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is called at the start of each server generation.
+
+ Fill in all of &s.code;pScreen&e.code;, possibly doing some of
+ this by calling ScreenInit functions from other layers like mi,
+ framebuffers (cfb, etc), and extensions.
+
+ Decide which operations need to be placed under resource access
+ control. The classes of operations are the frame buffer operations
+ (&s.code;RAC_FB&e.code;), the pointer operations
+ (&s.code;RAC_CURSOR&e.code;), the viewport change operations
+ (&s.code;RAC_VIEWPORT&e.code;) and the colormap operations
+ (&s.code;RAC_COLORMAP&e.code;). Any operation that requires
+ resources which might be disabled during OPERATING state should
+ be set to use RAC. This can be specified separately for memory
+ and IO resources (the &s.code;racMemFlags&e.code; and
+ &s.code;racIoFlags&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ respectively).
+
+ Map any video memory or other memory regions.
+
+ Save the video card state. Enough state must be saved so that
+ the original state can later be restored.
+
+ Initialise the initial video mode. The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s
+ &s.code;vtSema&e.code; field should be set to &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ just prior to changing the video hardware's state.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+ The &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function (or functions from other
+ layers that it calls) should allocate entries in the
+ &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; area by
+ calling &s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code; if it needs
+ per-generation storage. Since the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s
+ &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; information is cleared for each server
+ generation, this is the correct place to initialise it.
+
+ After &s.code;AddScreen()&e.code; has successfully returned, the
+ following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields are initialised:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+ pScreen
+ racMemFlags
+ racIoFlags
+ </verb></quote>
+
+ The &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function should initialise the
+ &s.code;CloseScreen&e.code; and &s.code;SaveScreen&e.code; fields
+ of &s.code;pScreen&e.code;. The old value of
+ &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code; should be saved as part of
+ the driver's per-screen private data, allowing it to be called from
+ &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code;. This means that the existing
+ &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function is wrapped.
+
+<sect1>Finalising RAC Initialisation
+<p>
+
+ After all the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; functions have been
+ called, each screen has registered its RAC requirements. This
+ information is used to determine which shared resources are requested
+ by more than one driver and set the access functions accordingly.
+ This is done following these rules:
+
+ <enum>
+ <item>The sharable resources registered by each entity are compared.
+ If a resource is registered by more than one entity the entity
+ will be marked to indicate that it needs to share this resources
+ type (IO or MEM).
+
+ <item>A resource marked ``disabled'' during OPERATING state will be
+ ignored entirely.
+
+ <item>A resource marked ``unused'' will only conflict with an overlapping
+ resource of an other entity if the second is actually in use
+ during OPERATING state.
+
+ <item>If an ``unused'' resource was found to conflict but the entity
+ does not use any other resource of this type the entire resource
+ type will be disabled for that entity.
+ </enum>
+
+
+<sect1>Finishing InitOutput()
+<p>
+
+ At this point &s.code;InitOutput()&e.code; is finished, and all the
+ screens have been setup in their initial video mode.
+
+
+<sect1>Mode Switching
+<p>
+
+ When a SwitchMode event is received, &s.code;ChipSwitchMode()&e.code;
+ is called (when it exists):
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipSwitchMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Initialises the new mode for the screen identified by
+ &s.code;index;&e.code;. The viewport may need to be adjusted
+ also.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Changing Viewport
+<p>
+
+ When a Change Viewport event is received,
+ &s.code;ChipAdjustFrame()&e.code; is called (when it exists):
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void ChipAdjustFrame(int index, int x, int y, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Changes the viewport for the screen identified by
+ &s.code;index;&e.code;.
+
+ It should be noted that many chipsets impose restrictions on where the
+ viewport may be placed in the virtual resolution, either for alignment
+ reasons, or to prevent the start of the viewport from being positioned
+ within a pixel (as can happen in a 24bpp mode). After calculating the
+ value the chipset's panning registers need to be set to for non-DGA
+ modes, this function should recalculate the ScrnInfoRec's
+ &s.code;frameX0&e.code;, &s.code;frameY0&e.code, &s.code;frameX1&e.code;
+ and &s.code;frameY1&e.code; fields to correspond to that value. If
+ this is not done, switching to another mode might cause the position
+ of a hardware cursor to change.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>VT Switching
+<p>
+
+ When a VT switch event is received, &s.code;xf86VTSwitch()&e.code;
+ is called. &s.code;xf86VTSwitch()&e.code; does the following:
+
+ <descrip>
+ <tag>On ENTER:</tag>
+ <itemize>
+ <item>enable port I/O access
+
+ <item>save and initialise the bus/resource state
+
+ <item>enter the SETUP server state
+
+ <item>calls &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; for each screen
+
+ <item>enter the OPERATING server state
+
+ <item>validate GCs
+
+ <item>Restore fb from saved pixmap for each screen
+
+ <item>Enable all input devices
+ </itemize>
+ <tag>On LEAVE:</tag>
+ <itemize>
+ <item>Save fb to pixmap for each screen
+
+ <item>validate GCs
+
+ <item>enter the SETUP server state
+
+ <item>calls &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; for each screen
+
+ <item>disable all input devices
+
+ <item>restore bus/resource state
+
+ <item>disables port I/O access
+ </itemize>
+ </descrip>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipEnterVT(int index, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function should initialise the current video mode and
+ initialise the viewport, turn on the HW cursor if appropriate,
+ etc.
+
+ Should it re-save the video state before initialising the video
+ mode?
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void ChipLeaveVT(int index, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function should restore the saved video state. If
+ appropriate it should also turn off the HW cursor, and invalidate
+ any pixmap/font caches.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ Optionally, &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; may also unmap memory
+ regions. If so, &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; will need to remap
+ them. Additionally, if an aperture used to access video memory is
+ unmapped and remapped in this fashion, &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code;
+ will also need to notify the framebuffer layers of the aperture's new
+ location in virtual memory. This is done with a call to the screen's
+ &s.code;ModifyPixmapHeader()&e.code; function, as follows
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;(*pScreen->ModifyPixmapHeader)(pScrn->ppix,
+ &f.indent;-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, <it>NewApertureAddress</it>);&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ where the &s.code``ppix''&e.code; field in a ScrnInfoRec
+ points to the pixmap used by the screen's
+ &s.code;SaveRestoreImage()&e.code; function to hold the screen's
+ contents while switched out.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ Currently, aperture remapping, as described here, should not be
+ attempted if the driver uses the &s.code;xf8_16bpp&e.code; or
+ &s.code;xf8_32bpp&e.code; framebuffer layers. A pending
+ restructuring of VT switching will address this restriction in
+ the near future.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ Other layers may wrap the &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; and
+ &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; functions if they need to take some
+ action when these events are received.
+
+<sect1>End of server generation
+<p>
+
+ At the end of each server generation, the DIX layer calls
+ &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code; for each screen:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipCloseScreen(int index, ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function should restore the saved video state and unmap the
+ memory regions.
+
+ It should also free per-screen data structures allocated by the
+ driver. Note that the persistent data held in the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field
+ should not be freed here because it is needed by subsequent server
+ generations.
+
+ The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;vtSema&e.code; field
+ should be set to &s.code;FALSE&e.code; once the video HW state
+ has been restored.
+
+ Before freeing the per-screen driver data the saved
+ &s.code;CloseScreen&e.code; value should be restored to
+ &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code;, and that function should
+ be called after freeing the data.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>Optional Driver Functions
+<p>
+
+The functions outlined here can be called from the XFree86 common layer,
+but their presence is optional.
+
+<sect1>Mode Validation
+<p>
+
+ When a mode validation helper supplied by the XFree86-common layer is
+ being used, it can be useful to provide a function to check for hw
+ specific mode constraints:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;ModeStatus ChipValidMode(int index, DisplayModePtr mode,
+ &f.indent;Bool verbose, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Check the passed mode for hw-specific constraints, and return the
+ appropriate status value.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<p>
+This function may also modify the effective timings and clock of the passed
+mode. These have been stored in the mode's &s.code;Crtc*&e.code; and
+&s.code;SynthClock&e.code; elements, and have already been adjusted for
+interlacing, doublescanning, multiscanning and clock multipliers and dividers.
+The function should not modify any other mode field, unless it wants to modify
+the mode timings reported to the user by &s.code;xf86PrintModes()&e.code;.
+
+<p>
+The function is called once for every mode in the xorg.conf Monitor section
+assigned to the screen, with &s.code;flags&e.code; set to
+&s.code;MODECHECK_INITIAL&e.code;. It is subsequently called for every mode
+in the xorg.conf Display subsection assigned to the screen, with
+&s.code;flags&e.code; set to &s.code;MODECHECK_FINAL&e.code;. In the second
+case, the mode will have successfully passed all other tests. In addition,
+the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;virtualX&e.code;,
+&s.code;virtualY&e.code; and &s.code;displayWidth&e.code; fields will have been
+set as if the mode to be validated were to be the last mode accepted.
+
+<p>
+In effect, calls with MODECHECK_INITIAL are intended for checks that do not
+depend on any mode other than the one being validated, while calls with
+MODECHECK_FINAL are intended for checks that may involve more than one mode.
+
+<sect1>Free screen data
+<p>
+
+ When a screen is deleted prior to the completion of the ScreenInit
+ phase the &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code; function is called when defined.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void ChipFreeScreen(int scrnindex, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Free any driver-allocated data that may have been allocated up to
+ and including an unsuccessful &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code;
+ call. This would predominantly be data allocated by
+ &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; that persists across server
+ generations. It would include the &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code;,
+ and any ``privates'' entries that modules may have allocated.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect>Recommended driver functions
+<p>
+
+The functions outlined here are for internal use by the driver only.
+They are entirely optional, and are never accessed directly from higher
+layers. The sample function declarations shown here are just examples.
+The interface (if any) used is up to the driver.
+
+<sect1>Save
+<p>
+
+ Save the video state. This could be called from &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; and
+ (possibly) &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code;.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void ChipSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Saves the current state. This will only be saving pre-server
+ states or states before returning to the server. There is only
+ one current saved state per screen and it is stored in private
+ storage in the screen.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Restore
+<p>
+
+ Restore the original video state. This could be called from the
+ &s.code;ChipLeaveVT()&e.code; and &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code;
+ functions.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void ChipRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Restores the saved state from the private storage. Usually only
+ used for restoring text modes.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Initialise Mode
+<p>
+
+ Initialise a video mode. This could be called from the
+ &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code;, &s.code;ChipSwitchMode()&e.code;
+ and &s.code;ChipEnterVT()&e.code; functions.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool ChipModeInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Programs the hardware for the given video mode.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect>Data and Data Structures
+<p>
+
+<sect1>Command line data
+<p>
+
+Command line options are typically global, and are stored in global
+variables. These variables are read-only and are available to drivers
+via a function call interface. Most of these command line values are
+processed via helper functions to ensure that they are treated consistently
+by all drivers. The other means of access is provided for cases where
+the supplied helper functions might not be appropriate.
+
+Some of them are:
+
+<quote><verb>
+ xf86Verbose verbosity level
+ xf86Bpp -bpp from the command line
+ xf86Depth -depth from the command line
+ xf86Weight -weight from the command line
+ xf86Gamma -{r,g,b,}gamma from the command line
+ xf86FlipPixels -flippixels from the command line
+ xf86ProbeOnly -probeonly from the command line
+ defaultColorVisualClass -cc from the command line
+</verb></quote>
+
+If we ever do allow for screen-specific command line options, we may
+need to rethink this.
+
+These can be accessed in a read-only manner by drivers with the following
+functions:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int xf86GetVerbosity()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the value of &s.code;xf86Verbose&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86GetDepth()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the &s.cmd;-depth&e.cmd; command line setting. If not
+ set on the command line, &s.code;-1&e.code; is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;rgb xf86GetWeight()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the &s.cmd;-weight&e.cmd; command line setting. If not
+ set on the command line, &s.code;{0, 0, 0}&e.code; is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Gamma xf86GetGamma()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the &s.cmd;-gamma&e.cmd; or &s.cmd;-rgamma&e.cmd;,
+ &s.cmd;-ggamma&e.cmd;, &s.cmd;-bgamma&e.cmd; command line settings.
+ If not set on the command line, &s.code;{0.0, 0.0, 0.0}&e.code;
+ is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetFlipPixels()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if &s.cmd;-flippixels&e.cmd; is
+ present on the command line, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;const char *xf86GetServerName()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the name of the X server from the command line.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Data handling
+<p>
+
+Config file data contains parts that are global, and parts that are
+Screen specific. All of it is parsed into data structures that neither
+the drivers or most other parts of the server need to know about.
+
+The global data is typically not required by drivers, and as such, most
+of it is stored in the private &s.code;xf86InfoRec&e.code;.
+
+The screen-specific data collected from the config file is stored in
+screen, device, display, monitor-specific data structures that are separate
+from the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;, with the appropriate elements/fields
+hooked into the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; as required. The screen
+config data is held in &s.code;confScreenRec&e.code;, device data in
+the &s.code;GDevRec&e.code;, monitor data in the &s.code;MonRec&e.code;,
+and display data in the &s.code;DispRec&e.code;.
+
+The XFree86 common layer's screen specific data (the actual data in use
+for each screen) is held in the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;. As has
+been outlined above, the &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; are allocated at probe
+time, and it is the responsibility of the Drivers' &s.code;Probe()&e.code;
+and &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; functions to finish filling them in based
+on both data provided on the command line and data provided from the
+Config file. The precedence for this is:
+
+ <quote>
+ command line -> config file -> probed/default data
+ </quote>
+
+For most things in this category there are helper functions that the
+drivers can use to ensure that the above precedence is consistently
+used.
+
+As well as containing screen-specific data that the XFree86 common layer
+(including essential parts of the server infrastructure as well as helper
+functions) needs to access, it also contains some data that drivers use
+internally. When considering whether to add a new field to the
+&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;, consider the balance between the convenience
+of things that lots of drivers need and the size/obscurity of the
+&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;.
+
+Per-screen driver specific data that cannot be accommodated with the
+static &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; fields is held in a driver-defined
+data structure, a pointer to which is assigned to the
+&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field. This
+is per-screen data that persists across server generations (as does the
+bulk of the static &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; data). It would typically
+also include the video card's saved state.
+
+Per-screen data for other modules that the driver uses (for example,
+the XAA module) that is reset for each server generation is hooked into
+the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; through it's &s.code;privates&e.code;
+field.
+
+Once it has stabilised, the data structures and variables accessible to
+video drivers will be documented here. In the meantime, those things
+defined in the &s.code;xf86.h&e.code; and &s.code;xf86str.h&e.code;
+files are visible to video drivers. Things defined in
+&s.code;xf86Priv.h&e.code; and &s.code;xf86Privstr.h&e.code; are NOT
+intended to be visible to video drivers, and it is an error for a driver
+to include those files.
+
+
+<sect1>Accessing global data
+<p>
+
+Some other global state information that the drivers may access via
+functions is as follows:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsExiting()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the end of a
+ generation and is in the process of exiting, and
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsResetting()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the end of a
+ generation and is in the process of resetting, and
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsInitialising()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server is at the beginning of
+ a generation and is in the process of initialising, and
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ServerIsOnlyProbing()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the -probeonly command line flag
+ was specified, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86CaughtSignal()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the server has caught a signal,
+ and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Allocating private data
+<p>
+
+A driver and any module it uses may allocate per-screen private storage
+in either the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (DIX level) or
+&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; (XFree86 common layer level).
+&s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; storage persists only for a single server
+generation, and &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; storage persists across
+generations for the lifetime of the server.
+
+The &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; data must be
+reallocated/initialised at the start of each new generation. This is
+normally done from the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, and
+Init functions for other modules that it calls. Data allocated in this
+way should be freed by the driver's &s.code;ChipCloseScreen()&e.code;
+functions, and Close functions for other modules that it calls. A new
+&s.code;devPrivates&e.code; entry is allocated by calling the
+&s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code; function.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allocates a new element in the
+ &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field of all currently existing
+ &s.code;ScreenRecs&e.code;. The return value is the index of this
+ new element in the &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; array. The
+ &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field is of type
+ &s.code;DevUnion&e.code;:
+
+ <verb>
+ typedef union _DevUnion {
+ pointer ptr;
+ long val;
+ unsigned long uval;
+ pointer (*fptr)(void);
+ } DevUnion;
+ </verb>
+
+ which allows the element to be used for any of the above types.
+ It is commonly used as a pointer to data that the caller allocates
+ after the new index has been allocated.
+
+ This function will return &s.code;-1&e.code; when there is an
+ error allocating the new index.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; &s.code;privates&e.code; data persists
+for the life of the server, so only needs to be allocated once. This
+should be done from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function, and Init
+functions for other modules that it calls. Data allocated in this way
+should be freed by the driver's &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code; functions,
+and Free functions for other modules that it calls. A new
+&s.code;privates&e.code; entry is allocated by calling the
+&s.code;xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex()&e.code; function.
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int xf86AllocateScrnInfoPrivateIndex()&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allocates a new element in the &s.code;privates&e.code;
+ field of all currently existing &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code;.
+ The return value is the index of this new element in the
+ &s.code;privates&e.code; array. The &s.code;privates&e.code;
+ field is of type &s.code;DevUnion&e.code;:
+
+ <verb>
+ typedef union _DevUnion {
+ pointer ptr;
+ long val;
+ unsigned long uval;
+ pointer (*fptr)(void);
+ } DevUnion;
+ </verb>
+
+ which allows the element to be used for any of the above types.
+ It is commonly used as a pointer to data that the caller allocates
+ after the new index has been allocated.
+
+ This function will not return when there is an error allocating
+ the new index. When there is an error it will cause the server
+ to exit with a fatal error. The similar function for allocation
+ privates in the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;
+ (&s.code;AllocateScreenPrivateIndex()&e.code;) differs in this
+ respect by returning &s.code;-1&e.code; when the allocation fails.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>Keeping Track of Bus Resources<label id="rac">
+<p>
+
+<sect1>Theory of Operation
+<p>
+
+The XFree86 common layer has knowledge of generic access control mechanisms
+for devices on certain bus systems (currently the PCI bus) as well as
+of methods to enable or disable access to the buses itself. Furthermore
+it can access information on resources decoded by these devices and if
+necessary modify it.
+
+When first starting the Xserver collects all this information, saves it
+for restoration, checks it for consistency, and if necessary, corrects
+it. Finally it disables all resources on a generic level prior to
+calling any driver function.
+
+When the &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function of each driver is called the
+device sections are matched against the devices found in the system.
+The driver may probe devices at this stage that cannot be identified by
+using device independent methods. Access to all resources that can be
+controlled in a device independent way is disabled. The
+&s.code;Probe()&e.code; function should register all non-relocatable
+resources at this stage. If a resource conflict is found between
+exclusive resources the driver will fail immediately. Optionally the
+driver might specify an &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;,
+&s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; function.
+
+&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; can be used to disable any shared resources
+that are not controlled by the generic access control functions. It is
+called prior to the PreInit phase regardless if an entity is active or
+not. When calling the &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;,
+&s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; functions
+the common level will disable access to all other entities on a generic
+level. Since the common level has no knowledge of device specific
+methods to disable access to resources it cannot be guaranteed that
+certain resources are not decoded by any other entity until the
+&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; or &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; phase is
+finished. Device drivers should therefore register all those resources
+which they are going to disable. If these resources are never to be
+used by any driver function they may be flagged &s.code;ResInit&e.code;
+so that they can be removed from the resource list after processing all
+&s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; functions. &s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code;
+should disable decoding of all resources which are not registered as
+exclusive and which are not handled by the generic access control in
+the common level. The difference to &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code; is
+that the latter one is only called once during lifetime of the server.
+It can therefore be used to set up variables prior to disabling resources.
+&s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; should restore the original state when
+exiting the server or switching to a different VT. It also needs to
+disable device specific access functions if they need to be disabled on
+server exit or VT switch. The default state is to enable them before
+giving up the VT.
+
+In &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; phase each driver should check if any
+sharable resources it has registered during &s.code;Probe()&e.code; has
+been denied and take appropriate action which could simply be to fail.
+If it needs to access resources it has disabled during
+&s.code;EntitySetup()&e.code; it can do so provided it has registered
+these and will disable them before returning from
+&s.code;PreInit()&e.code;. This also applies to all other driver
+functions. Several functions are provided to request resource ranges,
+register these, correct PCI config space and add replacements for the
+generic access functions. Resources may be marked ``disabled'' or
+``unused'' during OPERATING stage. Although these steps could also be
+performed in &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code;, this is not desirable.
+
+Following &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; phase the common level determines
+if resource access control is needed. This is the case if more than
+one screen is used. If necessary the RAC wrapper module is loaded. In
+&s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; the drivers can decide which operations
+need to be placed under RAC. Available are the frame buffer operations,
+the pointer operations and the colormap operations. Any operation that
+requires resources which might be disabled during OPERATING state should
+be set to use RAC. This can be specified separately for memory and IO
+resources.
+
+When &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; phase is done the common level will
+determine which shared resources are requested by more than one driver
+and set the access functions accordingly. This is done following these
+rules:
+
+<enum>
+<item>The sharable resources registered by each entity are compared. If
+ a resource is registered by more than one entity the entity will be
+ marked to need to share this resources type (&s.code;IO&e.code; or
+ &s.code;MEM&e.code;).
+
+<item>A resource marked ``disabled'' during OPERATING state will be ignored
+ entirely.
+
+<item>A resource marked ``unused'' will only conflicts with an overlapping
+ resource of an other entity if the second is actually in use during
+ OPERATING state.
+
+<item>If an ``unused'' resource was found to conflict however the entity
+ does not use any other resource of this type the entire resource type
+ will be disabled for that entity.
+</enum>
+
+The driver has the choice among different ways to control access to
+certain resources:
+
+<enum>
+<item>It can rely on the generic access functions. This is probably the
+ most common case. Here the driver only needs to register any resource
+ it is going to use.
+
+<item>It can replace the generic access functions by driver specific
+ ones. This will mostly be used in cases where no generic access
+ functions are available. In this case the driver has to make sure
+ these resources are disabled when entering the &s.code;PreInit()&e.code;
+ stage. Since the replacement functions are registered in
+ &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; the driver will have to enable these
+ resources itself if it needs to access them during this state. The
+ driver can specify if the replacement functions can control memory
+ and/or I/O resources separately.
+
+<item>The driver can enable resources itself when it needs them. Each
+ driver function enabling them needs to disable them before it will
+ return. This should be used if a resource which can be controlled
+ in a device dependent way is only required during SETUP state. This
+ way it can be marked ``unused'' during OPERATING state.
+</enum>
+
+A resource which is decoded during OPERATING state however never accessed
+by the driver should be marked unused.
+
+Since access switching latencies are an issue during Xserver operation,
+the common level attempts to minimize the number of entities that need
+to be placed under RAC control. When a wrapped operation is called,
+the &s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; function is called before control is
+passed on. &s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; checks if a screen is under
+access control. If not it just establishes bus routing and returns.
+If the screen needs to be under access control,
+&s.code;EnableAccess()&e.code; determines which resource types
+(&s.code;MEM&e.code;, &s.code;IO&e.code;) are required. Then it tests
+if this access is already established. If so it simply returns. If
+not it disables the currently established access, fixes bus routing and
+enables access to all entities registered for this screen.
+
+Whenever a mode switch or a VT-switch is performed the common level will
+return to SETUP state.
+
+<sect1>Resource Types
+<p>
+
+Resource have certain properties. When registering resources each range
+is accompanied by a flag consisting of the ORed flags of the different
+properties the resource has. Each resource range may be classified
+according to
+
+<itemize>
+ <item>its physical properties i.e., if it addresses
+ memory (&s.code;ResMem&e.code;) or
+ I/O space (&s.code;ResIo&e.code;),
+ <item>if it addresses a
+ block (&s.code;ResBlock&e.code;) or
+ sparse (&s.code;ResSparse&e.code;)
+ range,
+ <item>its access properties.
+</itemize>
+
+There are two known access properties:
+
+<itemize>
+ <item>&s.code;ResExclusive&e.code;
+ for resources which may not be shared with any other device and
+ <item>&s.code;ResShared&e.code;
+ for resources which can be disabled and therefore can be shared.
+</itemize>
+
+If it is necessary to test a resource against any type a generic access
+type &s.code;ResAny&e.code; is provided. If this is set the resource
+will conflict with any resource of a different entity intersecting its
+range. Further it can be specified that a resource is decoded however
+never used during any stage (&s.code;ResUnused&e.code;) or during
+OPERATING state (&s.code;ResUnusedOpr&e.code;). A resource only visible
+during the init functions (ie. &s.code;EntityInit()&e.code;,
+&s.code;EntityEnter()&e.code; and &s.code;EntityLeave()&e.code; should
+be registered with the flag &s.code;ResInit&e.code;. A resource that
+might conflict with background resource ranges may be flagged with
+&s.code;ResBios&e.code;. This might be useful when registering resources
+ranges that were assigned by the system Bios.
+
+Several predefined resource lists are available for VGA and 8514/A
+resources in &s.code;common/xf86Resources.h&e.code;.
+
+<sect1>Available Functions<label id="avail">
+<p>
+
+The functions provided for resource management are listed in their order
+of use in the driver.
+
+
+<sect2>Probe Phase
+<p>
+
+In this phase each driver detects those resources it is able to drive,
+creates an entity record for each of them, registers non-relocatable
+resources and allocates screens and adds the resources to screens.
+
+Two helper functions are provided for matching device sections in the
+xorg.conf file to the devices:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int xf86MatchPciInstances(const char *driverName, int vendorID,
+ &f.indent;SymTabPtr chipsets, PciChipsets *PCIchipsets,
+ &f.indent;GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs, DriverPtr drvp,
+ &f.indent;int **foundEntities)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function finds matches between PCI cards that a driver supports
+ and config file device sections. It is intended for use in the
+ &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of drivers for PCI cards.
+ Only probed PCI devices with a vendor ID matching
+ &s.code;vendorID&e.code; are considered. &s.code;devList&e.code;
+ and &s.code;numDevs&e.code; are typically those found from
+ calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;, and represent the active
+ config file device sections relevant to the driver.
+ &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; is a table that provides a mapping
+ between the PCI device IDs, the driver's internal chipset tokens
+ and a list of fixed resources.
+
+ When a device section doesn't have a &s.key;BusID&e.key; entry it
+ can only match the primary video device. Secondary devices are
+ only matched with device sections that have a matching
+ &s.key;BusID&e.key; entry.
+
+ Once the preliminary matches have been found, a final match is
+ confirmed by checking if the chipset override, ChipID override or
+ probed PCI chipset type match one of those given in the
+ &s.code;chipsets&e.code; and &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; lists.
+ The &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; list includes a list of the PCI
+ device IDs supported by the driver. The list should be terminated
+ with an entry with PCI ID &s.code;-1&e.code;". The
+ &s.code;chipsets&e.code; list is a table mapping the driver's
+ internal chipset tokens to names, and should be terminated with
+ a &s.code;NULL&e.code; entry. Only those entries with a
+ corresponding entry in the &s.code;PCIchipsets&e.code; list are
+ considered. The order of precedence is: config file chipset,
+ config file ChipID, probed PCI device ID.
+
+ In cases where a driver handles PCI chipsets with more than one
+ vendor ID, it may set &s.code;vendorID&e.code; to
+ &s.code;0&e.code;, and OR each devID in the list with (the
+ vendor ID << 16).
+
+ Entity index numbers for confirmed matches are returned as an
+ array via &s.code;foundEntities&e.code;. The PCI information,
+ chipset token and device section for each match are found in the
+ &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; referenced by the indices.
+
+ The function return value is the number of confirmed matches. A
+ return value of &s.code;-1&e.code; indicates an internal error.
+ The returned &s.code;foundEntities&e.code; array should be freed
+ by the driver with &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when it is no longer
+ needed in cases where the return value is greater than zero.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86MatchIsaInstances(const char *driverName,
+ &f.indent;SymTabPtr chipsets, IsaChipsets *ISAchipsets,
+ &f.indent;DriverPtr drvp, FindIsaDevProc FindIsaDevice,
+ &f.indent;GDevPtr *devList, int numDevs,
+ int **foundEntities)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function finds matches between ISA cards that a driver supports
+ and config file device sections. It is intended for use in the
+ &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function of drivers for ISA cards.
+ &s.code;devList&e.code; and &s.code;numDevs&e.code; are
+ typically those found from calling &s.code;xf86MatchDevice()&e.code;,
+ and represent the active config file device sections relevant to
+ the driver. &s.code;ISAchipsets&e.code; is a table that provides
+ a mapping between the driver's internal chipset tokens and the
+ resource classes. &s.code;FindIsaDevice&e.code; is a
+ driver-provided function that probes the hardware and returns the
+ chipset token corresponding to what was detected, and
+ &s.code;-1&e.code; if nothing was detected.
+
+ If the config file device section contains a chipset entry, then
+ it is checked against the &s.code;chipsets&e.code; list. When
+ no chipset entry is present, the &s.code;FindIsaDevice&e.code;
+ function is called instead.
+
+ Entity index numbers for confirmed matches are returned as an
+ array via &s.code;foundEntities&e.code;. The chipset token and
+ device section for each match are found in the
+ &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; referenced by the indices.
+
+ The function return value is the number of confirmed matches. A
+ return value of &s.code;-1&e.code; indicates an internal error.
+ The returned &s.code;foundEntities&e.code; array should be freed
+ by the driver with &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when it is no longer
+ needed in cases where the return value is greater than zero.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+These two helper functions make use of several core functions that are
+available at the driver level:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ParsePciBusString(const char *busID, int *bus,
+ &f.indent;int *device, int *func)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Takes a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string, and if it is in the correct
+ format, returns the PCI &s.code;bus&e.code;, &s.code;device&e.code;,
+ &s.code;func&e.code; values that it indicates. The format of the
+ string is expected to be "PCI:bus:device:func" where each of `bus',
+ `device' and `func' are decimal integers. The ":func" part may
+ be omitted, and the func value assumed to be zero, but this isn't
+ encouraged. The "PCI" prefix may also be omitted. The prefix
+ "AGP" is currently equivalent to the "PCI" prefix. If the string
+ isn't a valid PCI BusID, the return value is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ComparePciBusString(const char *busID, int bus,
+ &f.indent;int device, int func)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Compares a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string with PCI &s.code;bus&e.code;,
+ &s.code;device&e.code;, &s.code;func&e.code; values. If they
+ match &s.code;TRUE&e.code; is returned, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code;
+ if they don't.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ParseIsaBusString(const char *busID)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Compares a &s.code;BusID&e.code; string with the ISA bus ID string
+ ("ISA" or "ISA:"). If they match &s.code;TRUE&e.code; is returned,
+ and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if they don't.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86CheckPciSlot(int bus, int device, int func)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Checks if the PCI slot &s.code;bus:device:func&e.code; has been
+ claimed. If so, it returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, and otherwise
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86ClaimPciSlot(int bus, int device, int func, DriverPtr drvp,
+ &f.indent;int chipset, GDevPtr dev, Bool active)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is used to claim a PCI slot, allocate the associated
+ entity record and initialise their data structures. The return
+ value is the index of the newly allocated entity record, or
+ &s.code;-1&e.code; if the claim fails. This function should always
+ succeed if &s.code;xf86CheckPciSlot()&e.code; returned
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code; for the same PCI slot.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsPrimaryPci(void)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary card is
+ a PCI device, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86ClaimIsaSlot(DriverPtr drvp, int chipset,
+ &f.indent;GDevPtr dev, Bool active)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This allocates an entity record entity and initialise the data
+ structures. The return value is the index of the newly allocated
+ entity record.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsPrimaryIsa(void)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary card is
+ an ISA (non-PCI) device, and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+Two helper functions are provided to aid configuring entities:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86ConfigPciEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;int scrnFlag, int entityIndex,
+ &f.indent;PciChipsets *p_chip,
+ &f.indent;resList res, EntityProc init,
+ &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave,
+ &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code;
+ <p>
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr xf86ConfigIsaEntity(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;int scrnFlag, int entityIndex,
+ &f.indent;IsaChipsets *i_chip,
+ &f.indent;resList res, EntityProc init,
+ &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave,
+ &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These functions are used to register the non-relocatable resources
+ for an entity, and the optional entity-specific &s.code;Init&e.code;, &s.code;Enter&e.code; and
+ &s.code;Leave&e.code; functions. Usually the list of fixed resources is obtained
+ from the Isa/PciChipsets lists. However an additional list of
+ resources may be passed. Generally this is not required.
+ For active entities a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; is allocated
+ if the &s.code;pScrn&e.code; argument is &s.code;NULL&e.code;.
+The
+ return value is &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when successful. The init, enter, leave
+ functions are defined as follows:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;typedef void (*EntityProc)(int entityIndex,
+ &f.indent;pointer private)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ They are passed the entity index and a pointer to a private scratch
+ area. This can be set up during &s.code;Probe()&e.code; and
+ its address can be passed to
+ &s.code;xf86ConfigIsaEntity()&e.code; and
+ &s.code;xf86ConfigPciEntity()&e.code; as the last argument.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+These two helper functions make use of several core functions that are
+available at the driver level:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void xf86ClaimFixedResources(resList list, int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function registers the non-relocatable resources which cannot
+ be disabled and which therefore would cause the server to fail
+ immediately if they were found to conflict. It also records
+ non-relocatable but sharable resources for processing after the
+ &s.code;Probe()&e.code; phase.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86SetEntityFuncs(int entityIndex, EntityProc init,
+ &f.indent;EntityProc enter, EntityProc leave, pointer)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function registers with an entity the &s.code;init&e.code;,
+ &s.code;enter&e.code;, &s.code;leave&e.code; functions along
+ with the pointer to their private area.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86AddEntityToScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function associates the entity referenced by
+ &s.code;entityIndex&e.code; with the screen.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect2>PreInit Phase
+<p>
+
+During this phase the remaining resources should be registered.
+&s.code;PreInit()&e.code; should call &s.code;xf86GetEntityInfo()&e.code;
+to obtain a pointer to an &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; for each entity
+it is able to drive and check if any resource are listed in its
+&s.code;resources&e.code; field. If resources registered in the Probe
+phase have been rejected in the post-Probe phase
+(&s.code;resources&e.code; is non-&s.code;NULL&e.code;), then the driver should
+decide if it can continue without using these or if it should fail.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;EntityInfoPtr xf86GetEntityInfo(int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns a pointer to the &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code;
+ referenced by &s.code;entityIndex&e.code;. The returned
+ &s.code;EntityInfoRec&e.code; should be freed with
+ &s.code;xfree()&e.code; when no longer needed.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+Several functions are provided to simplify resource registration:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsEntityPrimary(int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the entity referenced
+ by &s.code;entityIndex&e.code; is the primary display device (i.e.,
+ the one initialised at boot time and used in text mode).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsScreenPrimary(int scrnIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the primary entity
+ is registered with the screen referenced by
+ &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;pciVideoPtr xf86GetPciInfoForEntity(int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns a pointer to the &s.code;pciVideoRec&e.code;
+ for the specified entity. If the entity is not a PCI device,
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+The primary function for registration of resources is:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;resPtr xf86RegisterResources(int entityIndex, resList list,
+ &f.indent;int access)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function tries to register the resources in
+ &s.code;list&e.code;. If list is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it tries
+ to determine the resources automatically. This only works for
+ entities that provide a generic way to read out the resource ranges
+ they decode. So far this is only the case for PCI devices. By
+ default the PCI resources are registered as shared
+ (&s.code;ResShared&e.code;) if the driver wants to set a different
+ access type it can do so by specifying the access flags in the
+ third argument. A value of &s.code;0&e.code; means to use the
+ default settings. If for any reason the resource broker is not
+ able to register some of the requested resources the function will
+ return a pointer to a list of the failed ones. In this case the
+ driver may be able to move the resource to different locations.
+ In case of PCI bus entities this is done by passing the list of
+ failed resources to &s.code;xf86ReallocatePciResources()&e.code;.
+ When the registration succeeds, the return value is
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;resPtr xf86ReallocatePciResources(int entityIndex, resPtr pRes)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function takes a list of PCI resources that need to be
+ reallocated and returns &s.code;NULL&e.code when all relocations are
+ successful.
+ &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code; should be called again to
+ register the relocated resources with the broker.
+ If the reallocation fails, a list of the resources that could not be
+ relocated is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+Two functions are provided to obtain a resource range of a given type:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;resRange xf86GetBlock(long type, memType size,
+ &f.indent;memType window_start, memType window_end,
+ &f.indent;memType align_mask, resPtr avoid)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function tries to find a block range of size
+ &s.code;size&e.code; and type &s.code;type&e.code; in a window
+ bound by &s.code;window_start&e.code; and &s.code;window_end&e.code;
+ with the alignment specified in &s.code;align_mask&e.code;.
+ Optionally a list of resource ranges which should be avoided within
+ the window can be supplied. On failure a zero-length range of
+ type &s.code;ResEnd&e.code; will be returned.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;resRange xf86GetSparse(long type, memType fixed_bits,
+ &f.indent;memType decode_mask, memType address_mask,
+ &f.indent;resPtr avoid)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is like the previous one, but attempts to find a
+ sparse range instead of a block range. Here three values have to
+ be specified: the &s.code;address_mask&e.code; which marks all
+ bits of the mask part of the address, the &s.code;decode_mask&e.code;
+ which masks out the bits which are hardcoded and are therefore
+ not available for relocation and the values of the fixed bits.
+ The function tries to find a base that satisfies the given condition.
+ If the function fails it will return a zero range of type
+ &s.code;ResEnd&e.code;. Optionally it might be passed a list of
+ resource ranges to avoid.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+Some PCI devices are broken in the sense that they return invalid size
+information for a certain resource. In this case the driver can supply
+the correct size and make sure that the resource range allocated for
+the card is large enough to hold the address range decoded by the card.
+The function &s.code;xf86FixPciResource()&e.code; can be used to do this:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86FixPciResource(int entityIndex, unsigned int prt,
+ &f.indent;CARD32 alignment, long type)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function fixes a PCI resource allocation. The
+ &s.code;prt&e.code; parameter contains the number of the PCI base
+ register that needs to be fixed (&s.code;0-5&e.code;, and
+ &s.code;6&e.code; for the BIOS base register). The size is
+ specified by the alignment. Since PCI resources need to span an
+ integral range of size &s.code;2^n&e.code;, the alignment also
+ specifies the number of addresses that will be decoded. If the
+ driver specifies a type mask it can override the default type for
+ PCI resources which is &s.code;ResShared&e.code;. The resource
+ broker needs to know that to find a matching resource range. This
+ function should be called before calling
+ &s.code;xf86RegisterResources()&e.code;. The return value is
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when the function succeeds.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86CheckPciMemBase(pciVideoPtr pPci, memType base)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function checks that the memory base address specified matches
+ one of the PCI base address register values for the given PCI
+ device. This is mostly used to check that an externally provided
+ base address (e.g., from a config file) matches an actual value
+ allocated to a device.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+The driver may replace the generic access control functions for an entity.
+This is done with the &s.code;xf86SetAccessFuncs()&e.code;:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void xf86SetAccessFuncs(EntityInfoPtr pEnt,
+ &f.indent;xf86SetAccessFuncPtr funcs,
+ &f.indent;xf86SetAccessFuncPtr oldFuncs)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ with:
+ </quote>
+
+ <verb>
+ typedef struct {
+ xf86AccessPtr mem;
+ xf86AccessPtr io;
+ xf86AccessPtr io_mem;
+ } xf86SetAccessFuncRec, *xf86SetAccessFuncPtr;
+ </verb>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ The driver can pass three functions: one for I/O access, one for
+ memory access and one for combined memory and I/O access. If the
+ memory access and combined access functions are identical the
+ common level assumes that the memory access cannot be controlled
+ independently of I/O access, if the I/O access function and the
+ combined access functions are the same it is assumed that I/O can
+ not be controlled independently. If memory and I/O have to be
+ controlled together all three values should be the same. If a
+ non &s.code;NULL&e.code; value is passed as third argument it is
+ interpreted as an address where to store the old access record.
+ If the third argument is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it will be assumed
+ that the generic access should be enabled before replacing the
+ access functions. Otherwise it will be disabled. The driver may
+ enable them itself using the returned values. It should do this
+ from its replacement access functions as the generic access may
+ be disabled by the common level on certain occasions. If replacement
+ functions are specified they must control all resources of the
+ specific type registered for the entity.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+To find out if a specific resource range conflicts with another
+resource the &s.code;xf86ChkConflict()&e.code; function may be used:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;memType xf86ChkConflict(resRange *rgp, int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function checks if the resource range &s.code;rgp&e.code; of
+ for the specified entity conflicts with with another resource.
+ If a conflict is found, the address of the start of the conflict
+ is returned. The return value is zero when there is no conflict.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+The OPERATING state properties of previously registered fixed resources
+can be set with the &s.code;xf86SetOperatingState()&e.code; function:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;resPtr xf86SetOperatingState(resList list, int entityIndex,
+ &f.indent;int mask)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is used to set the status of a resource during
+ OPERATING state. &s.code;list&e.code; holds a list to which
+ &s.code;mask&e.code; is to be applied. The parameter
+ &s.code;mask&e.code; may have the value &s.code;ResUnusedOpr&e.code;
+ and &s.code;ResDisableOpr&e.code;. The first one should be used
+ if a resource isn't used by the driver during OPERATING state
+ although it is decoded by the device, while the latter one indicates
+ that the resource is not decoded during OPERATING state. Note
+ that the resource ranges have to match those specified during
+ registration. If a range has been specified starting at
+ &s.code;A&e.code; and ending at &s.code;B&e.code; and suppose
+ &s.code;C&e.code; us a value satisfying
+ &s.code;A < C < B&e.code; one may not
+ specify the resource range &s.code;(A,B)&e.code; by splitting it
+ into two ranges &s.code;(A,C)&e.code; and &s.code;(C,B)&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+The following two functions are provided for special cases:
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void xf86RemoveEntityFromScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int entityIndex)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function may be used to remove an entity from a screen. This
+ only makes sense if a screen has more than one entity assigned or
+ the screen is to be deleted. No test is made if the screen has
+ any entities left.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86DeallocateResourcesForEntity(int entityIndex, long type)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function deallocates all resources of a given type registered
+ for a certain entity from the resource broker list.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect2>ScreenInit Phase
+<p>
+
+All that is required in this phase is to setup the RAC flags. Note that
+it is also permissible to set these flags up in the PreInit phase. The
+RAC flags are held in the &s.code;racIoFlags&e.code; and &s.code;racMemFlags&e.code; fields of the
+&s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; for each screen. They specify which graphics operations
+might require the use of shared resources. This can be specified
+separately for memory and I/O resources. The available flags are defined
+in &s.code;rac/xf86RAC.h&e.code;. They are:
+
+ &s.code;RAC_FB&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ for framebuffer operations (including hw acceleration)
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;RAC_CURSOR&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ for Cursor operations
+ (??? I'm not sure if we need this for SW cursor it depends
+ on which level the sw cursor is drawn)
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;RAC_COLORMAP&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ for colormap operations
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;RAC_VIEWPORT&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ for the call to &s.code;ChipAdjustFrame()&e.code; </quote>
+
+
+The flags are ORed together.
+
+<sect>Config file ``Option'' entries<label id="options">
+<p>
+
+Option entries are permitted in most sections and subsections of the
+config file. There are two forms of option entries:
+
+<descrip>
+<tag>Option "option-name"</tag>
+ A boolean option.
+<tag>Option "option-name" "option-value"</tag>
+ An option with an arbitrary value.
+</descrip>
+
+The option entries are handled by the parser, and a list of the parsed
+options is included with each of the appropriate data structures that
+the drivers have access to. The data structures used to hold the option
+information are opaque to the driver, and a driver must not access the
+option data directly. Instead, the common layer provides a set of
+functions that may be used to access, check and manipulate the option
+data.
+
+First, the low level option handling functions. In most cases drivers
+would not need to use these directly.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;pointer xf86FindOption(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Takes a list of options and an option name, and returns a handle
+ for the first option entry in the list matching the name. Returns
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;char *xf86FindOptionValue(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Takes a list of options and an option name, and returns the value
+ associated with the first option entry in the list matching the
+ name. If the matching option has no value, an empty string
+ (&s.code;""&e.code;) is returned. Returns &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ if no match is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86MarkOptionUsed(pointer option)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Takes a handle for an option, and marks that option as used.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86MarkOptionUsedByName(pointer options, const char *name)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Takes a list of options and an option name and marks the first
+ option entry in the list matching the name as used.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+Next, the higher level functions that most drivers would use.
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void xf86CollectOptions(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, pointer extraOpts)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Collect the options from each of the config file sections used by
+ the screen (&s.code;pScrn&e.code;) and return the merged list as
+ &s.code;pScrn->options&e.code;. This function requires that
+ &s.code;pScrn->confScreen&e.code;, &s.code;pScrn->display&e.code;,
+ &s.code;pScrn->monitor&e.code;,
+ &s.code;pScrn->numEntities&e.code;, and
+ &s.code;pScrn->entityList&e.code; are initialised.
+ &s.code;extraOpts&e.code; may optionally be set to an additional
+ list of options to be combined with the others. The order of
+ precedence for options is &s.code;extraOpts&e.code;, display,
+ confScreen, monitor, device.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86ProcessOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options,
+ &f.indent;OptionInfoPtr optinfo)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Processes a list of options according to the information in the
+ array of &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; (&s.code;optinfo&e.code;).
+ The resulting information is stored in the &s.code;value&e.code;
+ fields of the appropriate &s.code;optinfo&e.code; entries. The
+ &s.code;found&e.code; fields are set to &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ when an option with a value of the correct type if found, and
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. The &s.code;type&e.code; field
+ is used to determine the expected value type for each option.
+ Each option in the list of options for which there is a name match
+ (but not necessarily a value type match) is marked as used.
+ Warning messages are printed when option values don't match the
+ types specified in the optinfo data.
+
+ NOTE: If this function is called before a driver's screen number
+ is known (e.g., from the &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function) a
+ &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; value of &s.code;-1&e.code; should be
+ used.
+
+ NOTE 2: Given that this function stores into the
+ &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;optinfo&e.code,
+ the caller should ensure the &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; are
+ (re-)initialised before the call, especially if the caller expects
+ to use the predefined option values as defaults.
+
+ The &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; is defined as follows:
+
+ <verb>
+ typedef struct {
+ double freq;
+ int units;
+ } OptFrequency;
+
+ typedef union {
+ unsigned long num;
+ char * str;
+ double realnum;
+ Bool bool;
+ OptFrequency freq;
+ } ValueUnion;
+
+ typedef enum {
+ OPTV_NONE = 0,
+ OPTV_INTEGER,
+ OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */
+ OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */
+ OPTV_REAL,
+ OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ OPTV_PERCENT,
+ OPTV_FREQ
+ } OptionValueType;
+
+ typedef enum {
+ OPTUNITS_HZ = 1,
+ OPTUNITS_KHZ,
+ OPTUNITS_MHZ
+ } OptFreqUnits;
+
+ typedef struct {
+ int token;
+ const char* name;
+ OptionValueType type;
+ ValueUnion value;
+ Bool found;
+ } OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr;
+ </verb>
+
+ &s.code;OPTV_FREQ&e.code; can be used for options values that are
+ frequencies. These values are a floating point number with an
+ optional unit name appended. The unit name can be one of "Hz",
+ "kHz", "k", "MHz", "M". The multiplier associated with the unit
+ is stored in &s.code;freq.units&e.code;, and the scaled frequency
+ is stored in &s.code;freq.freq&e.code;. When no unit is specified,
+ &s.code;freq.units&e.code; is set to &s.code;0&e.code;, and
+ &s.code;freq.freq&e.code; is unscaled.
+
+ &s.code;OPTV_PERCENT&e.code; can be used for option values that are
+ specified in percent (e.g. "20%"). These values are a floating point
+ number with a percent sign appended. If the percent sign is missing,
+ the parser will fail to match the value.
+
+ Typical usage is to setup an array of
+ &s.code;OptionInfoRecs&e.code; with all fields initialised.
+ The &s.code;value&e.code; and &s.code;found&e.code; fields get
+ set by &s.code;xf86ProcessOptions()&e.code;. For cases where the
+ value parsing is more complex, the driver should specify
+ &s.code;OPTV_STRING&e.code;, and parse the string itself. An
+ example of using this option handling is included in the
+ <ref id="sample" name="Sample Driver"> section.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86ShowUnusedOptions(int scrnIndex, pointer options)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Prints out warning messages for each option in the list of options
+ that isn't marked as used. This is intended to show options that
+ the driver hasn't recognised. It would normally be called near
+ the end of the &s.code;ChipScreenInit()&e.code; function, but only
+ when &s.code;serverGeneration == 1&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;OptionInfoPtr xf86TokenToOptinfo(const OptionInfoRec *table,
+ &f.indent;int token)&e.code;
+
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns a pointer to the &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in
+ &s.code;table&e.code; with a token field matching
+ &s.code;token&e.code;. Returns &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match
+ is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsOptionSet(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the &s.code;found&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code; with a
+ &s.code;token&e.code; field matching &s.code;token&e.code;. This
+ can be used for options of all types. Note that for options of
+ type &s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;, it isn't sufficient to check
+ this to determine the value of the option. Returns
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; if no match is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;char *xf86GetOptValString(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns the &s.code;value.str&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code; with a
+ token field matching &s.code;token&e.code;. Returns
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; if no match is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValInteger(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ &f.indent;int *value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns via &s.code;*value&e.code; the &s.code;value.num&e.code;
+ field of the &s.code;OptionInfoRec&e.code; in &s.code;table&e.code;
+ with a &s.code;token&e.code; field matching &s.code;token&e.code;.
+ &s.code;*value&e.code; is only changed when a match is found so
+ it can be safely initialised with a default prior to calling this
+ function. The function return value is as for
+ &s.code;xf86IsOptionSet()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValULong(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ &f.indent;unsigned long *value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except the value is
+ treated as an &s.code;unsigned long&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValReal(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ &f.indent;double *value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except that
+ &s.code;value.realnum&e.code; is used.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValFreq(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token,
+ &f.indent;OptFreqUnits expectedUnits, double *value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86GetOptValInteger()&e.code;, except that the
+ &s.code;value.freq&e.code; data is returned. The frequency value
+ is scaled to the units indicated by &s.code;expectedUnits&e.code;.
+ The scaling is exact when the units were specified explicitly in
+ the option's value. Otherwise, the &s.code;expectedUnits&e.code;
+ field is used as a hint when doing the scaling. In this case,
+ values larger than &s.code;1000&e.code; are assumed to have be
+ specified in the next smallest units. For example, if the Option
+ value is "10000" and expectedUnits is &s.code;OPTUNITS_MHZ&e.code;,
+ the value returned is &s.code;10&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86GetOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool *value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is used to check boolean options
+ (&s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;). If the function return value is
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, it means the option wasn't set. Otherwise
+ &s.code;*value&e.code; is set to the boolean value indicated by
+ the option's value. No option &s.code;value&e.code; is interpreted
+ as &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. Option values meaning &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ are "1", "yes", "on", "true", and option values meaning
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; are "0", "no", "off", "false". Option names
+ both with the "no" prefix in their names, and with that prefix
+ removed are also checked and handled in the obvious way.
+ &s.code;*value&e.code; is not changed when the option isn't present.
+ It should normally be set to a default value before calling this
+ function.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86ReturnOptValBool(const OptionInfoRec *table, int token, Bool def)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is used to check boolean options
+ (&s.code;OPTV_BOOLEAN&e.code;). If the option is set, its value
+ is returned. If the options is not set, the default value specified
+ by &s.code;def&e.code; is returned. The option interpretation is
+ the same as for &s.code;xf86GetOptValBool()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86NameCmp(const char *s1, const char *s2)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function should be used when comparing strings from the config
+ file with expected values. It works like &s.code;strcmp()&e.code;,
+ but is not case sensitive and space, tab, and `<tt>_</tt>' characters
+ are ignored in the comparison. The use of this function isn't
+ restricted to parsing option values. It may be used anywhere
+ where this functionality required.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>Modules, Drivers, Include Files and Interface Issues
+<p>
+
+NOTE: this section is incomplete.
+
+
+<sect1>Include files
+<p>
+
+The following include files are typically required by video drivers:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ All drivers should include these:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_OSproc.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_ansic.h"&nl;
+ "xf86Resources.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ Wherever inb/outb (and related things) are used the following should be
+ included:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"compiler.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ Note: in drivers, this must be included after &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code;.
+
+ Drivers that need to access PCI vendor/device definitions need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86PciInfo.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers that need to access the PCI config space need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86Pci.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers that initialise a SW cursor need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"mipointer.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ All drivers implementing backing store need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"mibstore.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ All drivers using the mi colourmap code need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"micmap.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ If a driver uses the vgahw module, it needs this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"vgaHW.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting VGA or Hercules monochrome screens need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf1bpp.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting VGA or EGC 16-colour screens need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf4bpp.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers using cfb need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;#define PSZ 8&nl;
+ #include "cfb.h"&nl;
+ #undef PSZ&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting bpp 16, 24 or 32 with cfb need one or more of:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"cfb16.h"&nl;
+ "cfb24.h"&nl;
+ "cfb32.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ If a driver uses XAA, it needs these:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xaa.h"&nl;
+ "xaalocal.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ If a driver uses the fb manager, it needs this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86fbman.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+Non-driver modules should include &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code; to get the correct
+wrapping of ANSI C/libc functions.
+
+All modules must NOT include any system include files, or the following:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86Priv.h"&nl;
+ "xf86Privstr.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_OSlib.h"&nl;
+ "Xos.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+In addition, "xf86_libc.h" must not be included explicitly. It is
+included implicitly by "xf86_ansic.h".
+
+
+<sect>Offscreen Memory Manager
+<p>
+
+Management of offscreen video memory may be handled by the XFree86
+framebuffer manager. Once the offscreen memory manager is running,
+drivers or extensions may allocate, free or resize areas of offscreen
+video memory using the following functions (definitions taken from
+&s.code;xf86fbman.h&e.code;):
+
+<code>
+ typedef struct _FBArea {
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ BoxRec box;
+ int granularity;
+ void (*MoveAreaCallback)(struct _FBArea*, struct _FBArea*)
+ void (*RemoveAreaCallback)(struct _FBArea*)
+ DevUnion devPrivate;
+ } FBArea, *FBAreaPtr;
+
+ typedef void (*MoveAreaCallbackProcPtr)(FBAreaPtr from, FBAreaPtr to)
+ typedef void (*RemoveAreaCallbackProcPtr)(FBAreaPtr)
+
+ FBAreaPtr xf86AllocateOffscreenArea (
+ ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int width, int height,
+ int granularity,
+ MoveAreaCallbackProcPtr MoveAreaCallback,
+ RemoveAreaCallbackProcPtr RemoveAreaCallback,
+ pointer privData
+ )
+
+ void xf86FreeOffscreenArea (FBAreaPtr area)
+
+ Bool xf86ResizeOffscreenArea (
+ FBAreaPtr area
+ int w, int h
+ )
+</code>
+
+The function:
+<quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86FBManagerRunning(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code;
+</quote>
+
+can be used by an extension to check if the driver has initialized
+the memory manager. The manager is not available if this returns
+&s.code;FALSE&e.code; and the functions above will all fail.
+
+
+&s.code;xf86AllocateOffscreenArea()&e.code; can be used to request a
+rectangle of dimensions &s.code;width&e.code; x &s.code;height&e.code;
+(in pixels) from unused offscreen memory. &s.code;granularity&e.code;
+specifies that the leftmost edge of the rectangle must lie on some
+multiple of &s.code;granularity&e.code; pixels. A granularity of zero
+means the same thing as a granularity of one - no alignment preference.
+A &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code; can be provided to notify the requester
+when the offscreen area is moved. If no &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code;
+is supplied then the area is considered to be immovable. The
+&s.code;privData&e.code; field will be stored in the manager's internal
+structure for that allocated area and will be returned to the requester
+in the &s.code;FBArea&e.code; passed via the
+&s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code;. An optional
+&s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code; is provided. If the driver provides
+this it indicates that the area should be allocated with a lower priority.
+Such an area may be removed when a higher priority request (one that
+doesn't have a &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code;) is made. When this
+function is called, the driver will have an opportunity to do whatever
+cleanup it needs to do to deal with the loss of the area, but it must
+finish its cleanup before the function exits since the offscreen memory
+manager will free the area immediately after.
+
+&s.code;xf86AllocateOffscreenArea()&e.code; returns &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+if it was unable to allocate the requested area. When no longer needed,
+areas should be freed with &s.code;xf86FreeOffscreenArea()&e.code;.
+
+&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; resizes an existing
+&s.code;FBArea&e.code;. &s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code;
+returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if the resize was successful. If
+&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;,
+the original &s.code;FBArea&e.code; is left unmodified. Resizing an
+area maintains the area's original &s.code;granularity&e.code;,
+&s.code;devPrivate&e.code;, and &s.code;MoveAreaCallback&e.code;.
+&s.code;xf86ResizeOffscreenArea()&e.code; has considerably less overhead
+than freeing the old area then reallocating the new size, so it should
+be used whenever possible.
+
+The function:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86QueryLargestOffscreenArea(
+ &f.indent;ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ &f.indent;int *width, int *height,
+ &f.indent;int granularity,
+ &f.indent;int preferences,
+ &f.indent;int priority
+ &nl)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+is provided to query the width and height of the largest single
+&s.code;FBArea&e.code; allocatable given a particular priority.
+&s.code;preferences&e.code; can be one of the following to indicate
+whether width, height or area should be considered when determining
+which is the largest single &s.code;FBArea&e.code; available.
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;FAVOR_AREA_THEN_WIDTH&nl;
+ FAVOR_AREA_THEN_HEIGHT&nl;
+ FAVOR_WIDTH_THEN_AREA&nl;
+ FAVOR_HEIGHT_THEN_AREA&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+&s.code;priority&e.code; is one of the following:
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;PRIORITY_LOW&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the largest block available without stealing anyone else's
+ space. This corresponds to the priority of allocating a
+ &s.code;FBArea&e.code; when a &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code;
+ is provided.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;PRIORITY_NORMAL&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the largest block available if it is acceptable to steal a
+ lower priority area from someone. This corresponds to the priority
+ of allocating a &s.code;FBArea&e.code; without providing a
+ &s.code;RemoveAreaCallback&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;PRIORITY_EXTREME&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the largest block available if all &s.code;FBAreas&e.code;
+ that aren't locked down were expunged from memory first. This
+ corresponds to any allocation made directly after a call to
+ &s.code;xf86PurgeUnlockedOffscreenAreas()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+The function:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86PurgeUnlockedOffscreenAreas(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+is provided as an extreme method to free up offscreen memory. This
+will remove all removable &s.code;FBArea&e.code; allocations.
+
+
+Initialization of the XFree86 framebuffer manager is done via
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86InitFBManager(ScreenPtr pScreen, BoxPtr FullBox)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+&s.code;FullBox&e.code; represents the area of the framebuffer that the
+manager is allowed to manage. This is typically a box with a width of
+&s.code;pScrn->displayWidth&e.code; and a height of as many lines as
+can be fit within the total video memory, however, the driver can reserve
+areas at the extremities by passing a smaller area to the manager.
+
+&s.code;xf86InitFBManager()&e.code; must be called before XAA is
+initialized since XAA uses the manager for it's pixmap cache.
+
+An alternative function is provided to allow the driver to initialize
+the framebuffer manager with a Region rather than a box.
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86InitFBManagerRegion(ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ &f.indent;RegionPtr FullRegion)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+&s.code;xf86InitFBManagerRegion()&e.code;, unlike
+&s.code;xf86InitFBManager()&e.code;, does not remove the area used for
+the visible screen so that area should not be included in the region
+passed to the function. &s.code;xf86InitFBManagerRegion()&e.code; is
+useful when non-contiguous areas are available to be managed, and is
+required when multiple framebuffers are stored in video memory (as in
+the case where an overlay of a different depth is stored as a second
+framebuffer in offscreen memory).
+
+
+<sect>Colormap Handling<label id="cmap">
+<p>
+
+A generic colormap handling layer is provided within the XFree86 common
+layer. This layer takes care of most of the details, and only requires
+a function from the driver that loads the hardware palette when required.
+To use the colormap layer, a driver calls the
+&s.code;xf86HandleColormaps()&e.code; function.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86HandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen, int maxColors,
+ &f.indent;int sigRGBbits, LoadPaletteFuncPtr loadPalette,
+ &f.indent;SetOverscanFuncPtr setOverscan,
+ unsigned int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function must be called after the default colormap has been
+ initialised. The &s.code;pScrn->gamma&e.code; field must also
+ be initialised, preferably by calling &s.code;xf86SetGamma()&e.code;.
+ &s.code;maxColors&e.code; is the number of entries in the palette.
+ &s.code;sigRGBbits&e.code; is the size in bits of each color
+ component in the DAC's palette. &s.code;loadPalette&e.code;
+ is a driver-provided function for loading a colormap into the
+ hardware, and is described below. &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; is
+ an optional function that may be provided when the overscan color
+ is an index from the standard LUT and when it needs to be adjusted
+ to keep it as close to black as possible. The
+ &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; function programs the overscan index.
+ It shouldn't normally be used for depths other than 8.
+ &s.code;setOverscan&e.code; should be set to &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ when it isn't needed. &s.code;flags&e.code; may be set to the
+ following (which may be ORed together):
+
+ &s.code;CMAP_PALETTED_TRUECOLOR&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ the TrueColor visual is paletted and is
+ just a special case of DirectColor.
+ This flag is only valid for
+ &s.code;bpp > 8&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CMAP_RELOAD_ON_MODE_SWITCH&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ reload the colormap automatically
+ after mode switches. This is useful
+ for when the driver is resetting the
+ hardware during mode switches and
+ corrupting or erasing the hardware
+ palette.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CMAP_LOAD_EVEN_IF_OFFSCREEN&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ reload the colormap even if the screen
+ is switched out of the server's VC.
+ The palette is <it>not</it> reloaded when
+ the screen is switched back in, nor after
+ mode switches. This is useful when the
+ driver needs to keep track of palette
+ changes.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ The colormap layer normally reloads the palette after VT enters so it
+ is not necessary for the driver to save and restore the palette
+ when switching VTs. The driver must, however, still save the
+ initial palette during server start up and restore it during
+ server exit.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoadPalette(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numColors, int *indices,
+ &f.indent;LOCO *colors, VisualPtr pVisual)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;LoadPalette()&e.code; is a driver-provided function for
+ loading a colormap into hardware. &s.code;colors&e.code; is the
+ array of RGB values that represent the full colormap.
+ &s.code;indices&e.code; is a list of index values into the colors
+ array. These indices indicate the entries that need to be updated.
+ &s.code;numColors&e.code; is the number of the indices to be
+ updated.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void SetOverscan(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int overscan)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;SetOverscan()&e.code; is a driver-provided function for
+ programming the &s.code;overscan&e.code; index. As described
+ above, it is normally only appropriate for LUT modes where all
+ colormap entries are available for the display, but where one of
+ them is also used for the overscan (typically 8bpp for VGA compatible
+ LUTs). It isn't required in cases where the overscan area is
+ never visible.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect>DPMS Extension
+<p>
+
+Support code for the DPMS extension is included in the XFree86 common layer.
+This code provides an interface between the main extension code, and a means
+for drivers to initialise DPMS when they support it. One function is
+available to drivers to do this initialisation, and it is always available,
+even when the DPMS extension is not supported by the core server (in
+which case it returns a failure result).
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86DPMSInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DPMSSetProcPtr set, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function registers a driver's DPMS level programming function
+ &s.code;set&e.code;. It also checks
+ &s.code;pScrn->options&e.code; for the "dpms" option, and when
+ present marks DPMS as being enabled for that screen. The
+ &s.code;set&e.code; function is called whenever the DPMS level
+ changes, and is used to program the requested level.
+ &s.code;flags&e.code; is currently not used, and should be
+ &s.code;0&e.code;. If the initialisation fails for any reason,
+ including when there is no DPMS support in the core server, the
+ function returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+Drivers that implement DPMS support must provide the following function,
+that gets called when the DPMS level is changed:
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void ChipDPMSSet(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int level, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Program the DPMS level specified by &s.code;level&e.code;. Valid
+ values of &s.code;level&e.code; are &s.code;DPMSModeOn&e.code;,
+ &s.code;DPMSModeStandby&e.code;, &s.code;DPMSModeSuspend&e.code;,
+ &s.code;DPMSModeOff&e.code;. These values are defined in
+ &s.code;"extensions/dpms.h"&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect>DGA Extension
+<p>
+
+Drivers can support the XFree86 Direct Graphics Architecture (DGA) by
+filling out a structure of function pointers and a list of modes and
+passing them to DGAInit.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool DGAInit(ScreenPtr pScreen, DGAFunctionPtr funcs,
+ &f.indent;DGAModePtr modes, int num)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ <verb>
+/** The DGAModeRec **/
+
+typedef struct {
+ int num;
+ DisplayModePtr mode;
+ int flags;
+ int imageWidth;
+ int imageHeight;
+ int pixmapWidth;
+ int pixmapHeight;
+ int bytesPerScanline;
+ int byteOrder;
+ int depth;
+ int bitsPerPixel;
+ unsigned long red_mask;
+ unsigned long green_mask;
+ unsigned long blue_mask;
+ int viewportWidth;
+ int viewportHeight;
+ int xViewportStep;
+ int yViewportStep;
+ int maxViewportX;
+ int maxViewportY;
+ int viewportFlags;
+ int offset;
+ unsigned char *address;
+ int reserved1;
+ int reserved2;
+} DGAModeRec, *DGAModePtr;
+</verb>
+
+ &s.code;num&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ Can be ignored. The DGA DDX will assign these numbers.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;mode&e.code;
+ <quote>
+ A pointer to the &s.code;DisplayModeRec&e.code; for this mode.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;flags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The following flags are defined and may be OR'd together:
+
+ &s.code;DGA_CONCURRENT_ACCESS&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Indicates that the driver supports concurrent graphics
+ accelerator and linear framebuffer access.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;DGA_FILL_RECT&nl;
+ DGA_BLIT_RECT&nl;
+ DGA_BLIT_RECT_TRANS&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Indicates that the driver supports the FillRect, BlitRect
+ or BlitTransRect functions in this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;DGA_PIXMAP_AVAILABLE&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Indicates that Xlib may be used on the framebuffer.
+ This flag will usually be set unless the driver wishes
+ to prohibit this for some reason.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;DGA_INTERLACED&nl;
+ DGA_DOUBLESCAN&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Indicates that these are interlaced or double scan modes.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;imageWidth&nl;
+ imageHeight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These are the dimensions of the linear framebuffer
+ accessible by the client.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;pixmapWidth&nl;
+ pixmapHeight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These are the dimensions of the area of the
+ framebuffer accessible by the graphics accelerator.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;bytesPerScanline&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Pitch of the framebuffer in bytes.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;byteOrder&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Usually the same as
+ &s.code;pScrn->imageByteOrder&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;depth&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The depth of the framebuffer in this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of bits per pixel in this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;red_mask&nl;
+ green_mask&nl;
+ blue_mask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The RGB masks for this mode, if applicable.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;viewportWidth&nl;
+ viewportHeight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Dimensions of the visible part of the framebuffer.
+ Usually &s.code;mode->HDisplay&e.code; and
+ &s.code;mode->VDisplay&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xViewportStep&nl;
+ yViewportStep&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The granularity of x and y viewport positions that
+ the driver supports in this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;maxViewportX&nl;
+ maxViewportY&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The maximum viewport position supported by the
+ driver in this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;viewportFlags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The following may be OR'd together:
+
+ &s.code;DGA_FLIP_IMMEDIATE&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The driver supports immediate viewport changes.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;DGA_FLIP_RETRACE&e.code;
+ <quote<p>
+ The driver supports viewport changes at retrace.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;offset&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The offset into the linear framebuffer that corresponds to
+ pixel (0,0) for this mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;address&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The virtual address of the framebuffer as mapped by the driver.
+ This is needed when DGA_PIXMAP_AVAILABLE is set.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ <verb>
+/** The DGAFunctionRec **/
+
+typedef struct {
+ Bool (*OpenFramebuffer)(
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ char **name,
+ unsigned char **mem,
+ int *size,
+ int *offset,
+ int *extra
+ );
+ void (*CloseFramebuffer)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+ Bool (*SetMode)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DGAModePtr pMode);
+ void (*SetViewport)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y, int flags);
+ int (*GetViewport)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn);
+ void (*Sync)(ScrnInfoPtr);
+ void (*FillRect)(
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ unsigned long color
+ );
+ void (*BlitRect)(
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ int srcx, int srcy,
+ int w, int h,
+ int dstx, int dsty
+ );
+ void (*BlitTransRect)(
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ int srcx, int srcy,
+ int w, int h,
+ int dstx, int dsty,
+ unsigned long color
+ );
+} DGAFunctionRec, *DGAFunctionPtr;
+</verb>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool OpenFramebuffer (pScrn, name, mem, size, offset, extra)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;OpenFramebuffer()&e.code; should pass the client everything
+ it needs to know to be able to open the framebuffer. These
+ parameters are OS specific and their meanings are to be interpreted
+ by an OS specific client library.
+
+ &s.code;name&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The name of the device to open or &s.code;NULL&e.code; if
+ there is no special device to open. A &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ name tells the client that it should open whatever device
+ one would usually open to access physical memory.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;mem&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The physical address of the start of the framebuffer.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;size&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The size of the framebuffer in bytes.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;offset&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Any offset into the device, if applicable.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;flags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Any additional information that the client may need.
+ Currently, only the &s.code;DGA_NEED_ROOT&e.code; flag is
+ defined.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void CloseFramebuffer (pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;CloseFramebuffer()&e.code; merely informs the driver (if it
+ even cares) that client no longer needs to access the framebuffer
+ directly. This function is optional.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool SetMode (pScrn, pMode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;SetMode()&e.code; tells the driver to initialize the mode
+ passed to it. If &s.code;pMode&e.code; is &s.code;NULL&e.code;,
+ then the driver should restore the original pre-DGA mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void SetViewport (pScrn, x, y, flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;SetViewport()&e.code; tells the driver to make the upper
+ left-hand corner of the visible screen correspond to coordinate
+ &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; on the framebuffer. &s.code;Flags&e.code;
+ currently defined are:
+
+ &s.code;DGA_FLIP_IMMEDIATE&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The viewport change should occur immediately.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;DGA_FLIP_RETRACE&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The viewport change should occur at the
+ vertical retrace, but this function should
+ return sooner if possible.
+
+ </quote>
+ The &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; locations will be passed as the client
+ specified them, however, the driver is expected to round these
+ locations down to the next supported location as specified by the
+ &s.code;xViewportStep&e.code; and &s.code;yViewportStep&e.code;
+ for the current mode.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int GetViewport (pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;GetViewport()&e.code; gets the current page flip status.
+ Set bits in the returned int correspond to viewport change requests
+ still pending. For instance, set bit zero if the last SetViewport
+ request is still pending, bit one if the one before that is still
+ pending, etc.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void Sync (pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function should ensure that any graphics accelerator operations
+ have finished. This function should not return until the graphics
+ accelerator is idle.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void FillRect (pScrn, x, y, w, h, color)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This optional function should fill a rectangle
+ &s.code;w × h&e.code; located at
+ &s.code;(x,y)&e.code; in the given color.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void BlitRect (pScrn, srcx, srcy, w, h, dstx, dsty)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This optional function should copy an area
+ &s.code;w × h&e.code; located at
+ &s.code;(srcx,srcy)&e.code; to location &s.code;(dstx,dsty)&e.code;.
+ This function will need to handle copy directions as appropriate.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void BlitTransRect (pScrn, srcx, srcy, w, h, dstx, dsty, color)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This optional function is the same as BlitRect except that pixels
+ in the source corresponding to the color key &s.code;color&e.code;
+ should be skipped.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>The XFree86 X Video Extension (Xv) Device Dependent Layer
+<p>
+
+XFree86 offers the X Video Extension which allows clients to treat video
+as any another primitive and ``Put'' video into drawables. By default,
+the extension reports no video adaptors as being available since the
+DDX layer has not been initialized. The driver can initialize the DDX
+layer by filling out one or more &s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRecs&e.code;
+as described later in this document and passing a list of
+&s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorPtr&e.code; pointers to the following function:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86XVScreenInit(
+ &f.indent;ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ &f.indent;XF86VideoAdaptorPtr *adaptPtrs,
+ &f.indent;int num)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+After doing this, the extension will report video adaptors as being
+available, providing the data in their respective
+&s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRecs&e.code; was valid.
+&s.code;xf86XVScreenInit()&e.code; <em>copies</em> data from the structure
+passed to it so the driver may free it after the initialization. At
+the moment, the DDX only supports rendering into Window drawables.
+Pixmap rendering will be supported after a sufficient survey of suitable
+hardware is completed.
+
+The &s.code;XF86VideoAdaptorRec&e.code;:
+
+<quote><p>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ unsigned int type;
+ int flags;
+ char *name;
+ int nEncodings;
+ XF86VideoEncodingPtr pEncodings;
+ int nFormats;
+ XF86VideoFormatPtr pFormats;
+ int nPorts;
+ DevUnion *pPortPrivates;
+ int nAttributes;
+ XF86AttributePtr pAttributes;
+ int nImages;
+ XF86ImagePtr pImages;
+ PutVideoFuncPtr PutVideo;
+ PutStillFuncPtr PutStill;
+ GetVideoFuncPtr GetVideo;
+ GetStillFuncPtr GetStill;
+ StopVideoFuncPtr StopVideo;
+ SetPortAttributeFuncPtr SetPortAttribute;
+ GetPortAttributeFuncPtr GetPortAttribute;
+ QueryBestSizeFuncPtr QueryBestSize;
+ PutImageFuncPtr PutImage;
+ QueryImageAttributesFuncPtr QueryImageAttributes;
+} XF86VideoAdaptorRec, *XF86VideoAdaptorPtr;
+</verb>
+
+ Each adaptor will have its own XF86VideoAdaptorRec. The fields are
+ as follows:
+
+ &s.code;type&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This can be any of the following flags OR'd together.
+
+ &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code;
+ &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These refer to the target drawable and are similar to a Window's
+ class. &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code; indicates that the adaptor
+ can put video into a drawable. &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code;
+ indicates that the adaptor can get video from a drawable.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;XvVideoMask&e.code;
+ &s.code;XvStillMask&e.code;
+ &s.code;XvImageMask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These indicate that the adaptor supports video, still or
+ image primitives respectively.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;XvWindowMask&e.code;
+ &s.code;XvPixmapMask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These indicate the types of drawables the adaptor is capable
+ of rendering into. At the moment, Pixmap rendering is not
+ supported and the &s.code;XvPixmapMask&e.code; flag is ignored.
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;flags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Currently, the following flags are defined:
+
+ &s.code;VIDEO_NO_CLIPPING&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This indicates that the video adaptor does not support
+ clipping. The driver will never receive ``Put'' requests
+ where less than the entire area determined by
+ &s.code;drw_x&e.code;, &s.code;drw_y&e.code;,
+ &s.code;drw_w&e.code; and &s.code;drw_h&e.code; is visible.
+ This flag does not apply to ``Get'' requests. Hardware
+ that is incapable of clipping ``Gets'' may punt or get
+ the extents of the clipping region passed to it.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;VIDEO_INVERT_CLIPLIST&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This indicates that the video driver requires the clip
+ list to contain the regions which are obscured rather
+ than the regions which are are visible.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_STILLS&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Implementing PutStill for hardware that does video as an
+ overlay can be awkward since it's unclear how long to leave
+ the video up for. When this flag is set, StopVideo will be
+ called whenever the destination gets clipped or moved so that
+ the still can be left up until then.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_IMAGES&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Same as &s.code;VIDEO_OVERLAID_STILLS&e.code; but for images.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;VIDEO_CLIP_TO_VIEWPORT&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Indicates that the clip region passed to the driver functions
+ should be clipped to the visible portion of the screen in the
+ case where the viewport is smaller than the virtual desktop.
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;name&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The name of the adaptor.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;nEncodings&nl;
+ pEncodings&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of encodings the adaptor is capable of and pointer
+ to the &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; array. The
+ &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; is described later on.
+ For drivers that only support XvImages there should be an encoding
+ named "XV_IMAGE" and the width and height should specify
+ the maximum size source image supported.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;nFormats&nl;
+ pFormats&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of formats the adaptor is capable of and pointer to
+ the &s.code;XF86VideoFormatRec&e.code; array. The
+ &s.code;XF86VideoFormatRec&e.code; is described later on.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;nPorts&nl;
+ pPortPrivates&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of ports is the number of separate data streams which
+ the adaptor can handle simultaneously. If you have more than
+ one port, the adaptor is expected to be able to render into more
+ than one window at a time. &s.code;pPortPrivates&e.code; is
+ an array of pointers or ints - one for each port. A port's
+ private data will be passed to the driver any time the port is
+ requested to do something like put the video or stop the video.
+ In the case where there may be many ports, this enables the
+ driver to know which port the request is intended for. Most
+ commonly, this will contain a pointer to the data structure
+ containing information about the port. In Xv, all ports on
+ a particular adaptor are expected to be identical in their
+ functionality.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;nAttributes&nl;
+ pAttributes&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of attributes recognized by the adaptor and a pointer to
+ the array of &s.code;XF86AttributeRecs&e.code;. The
+ &s.code;XF86AttributeRec&e.code; is described later on.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;nImages&nl;
+ pImages&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of &s.code;XF86ImageRecs&e.code; supported by the adaptor
+ and a pointer to the array of &s.code;XF86ImageRecs&e.code;. The
+ &s.code;XF86ImageRec&e.code; is described later on.
+
+ </quote>
+
+
+ &s.code;PutVideo PutStill GetVideo GetStill StopVideo
+ SetPortAttribute GetPortAttribute QueryBestSize PutImage
+ QueryImageAttributes&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ These functions define the DDX->driver interface. In each
+ case, the pointer &s.code;data&e.code; is passed to the driver.
+ This is the port private for that port as described above. All
+ fields are required except under the following conditions:
+
+ <enum>
+ <item>&s.code;PutVideo&e.code;, &s.code;PutStill&e.code; and
+ the image routines &s.code;PutImage&e.code; and
+ &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code; are not required when the
+ adaptor type does not contain &s.code;XvInputMask&e.code;.
+
+ <item>&s.code;GetVideo&e.code; and &s.code;GetStill&e.code;
+ are not required when the adaptor type does not contain
+ &s.code;XvOutputMask&e.code;.
+
+ <item>&s.code;GetVideo&e.code; and &s.code;PutVideo&e.code;
+ are not required when the adaptor type does not contain
+ &s.code;XvVideoMask&e.code;.
+
+ <item>&s.code;GetStill&e.code; and &s.code;PutStill&e.code;
+ are not required when the adaptor type does not contain
+ &s.code;XvStillMask&e.code;.
+
+ <item>&s.code;PutImage&e.code; and &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code;
+ are not required when the adaptor type does not contain
+ &s.code;XvImageMask&e.code;.
+
+ </enum>
+
+ With the exception of &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code;, these
+ functions should return &s.code;Success&e.code; if the operation was
+ completed successfully. They can return &s.code;XvBadAlloc&e.code;
+ otherwise. &s.code;QueryImageAttributes&e.code; returns the size
+ of the XvImage queried.
+
+ If the &s.code;VIDEO_NO_CLIPPING&e.code;
+ flag is set, the &s.code;clipBoxes&e.code; may be ignored by
+ the driver. &s.code;ClipBoxes&e.code; is an &s.code;X-Y&e.code;
+ banded region identical to those used throughout the server.
+ The clipBoxes represent the visible portions of the area determined
+ by &s.code;drw_x&e.code;, &s.code;drw_y&e.code;,
+ &s.code;drw_w&e.code; and &s.code;drw_h&e.code; in the Get/Put
+ function. The boxes are in screen coordinates, are guaranteed
+ not to overlap and an empty region will never be passed.
+ If the driver has specified &s.code;VIDEO_INVERT_CLIPLIST&e.code;,
+ &s.code;clipBoxes&e.code; will indicate the areas of the primitive
+ which are obscured rather than the areas visible.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* PutVideoFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y,
+ &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This indicates that the driver should take a subsection
+ &s.code;vid_w&e.code; by &s.code;vid_h&e.code; at location
+ &s.code;(vid_x,vid_y)&e.code; from the video stream and direct
+ it into the rectangle &s.code;drw_w&e.code; by &s.code;drw_h&e.code;
+ at location &s.code;(drw_x,drw_y)&e.code; on the screen, scaling as
+ necessary. Due to the large variations in capabilities of
+ the various hardware expected to be used with this extension,
+ it is not expected that all hardware will be able to do this
+ exactly as described. In that case the driver should just do
+ ``the best it can,'' scaling as closely to the target rectangle
+ as it can without rendering outside of it. In the worst case,
+ the driver can opt to just not turn on the video.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* PutStillFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y,
+ &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is same as &s.code;PutVideo&e.code; except that the driver
+ should place only one frame from the stream on the screen.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* GetVideoFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y,
+ &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is same as &s.code;PutVideo&e.code; except that the driver
+ gets video from the screen and outputs it. The driver should
+ do the best it can to get the requested dimensions correct
+ without reading from an area larger than requested.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* GetStillFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;short vid_x, short vid_y, short drw_x, short drw_y,
+ &f.indent;short vid_w, short vid_h, short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is the same as &s.code;GetVideo&e.code; except that the
+ driver should place only one frame from the screen into the
+ output stream.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef void (* StopVideoFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;pointer data, Bool cleanup)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This indicates the driver should stop displaying the video.
+ This is used to stop both input and output video. The
+ &s.code;cleanup&e.code; field indicates that the video is
+ being stopped because the client requested it to stop or
+ because the server is exiting the current VT. In that case
+ the driver should deallocate any offscreen memory areas (if
+ there are any) being used to put the video to the screen. If
+ &s.code;cleanup&e.code; is not set, the video is being stopped
+ temporarily due to clipping or moving of the window, etc...
+ and video will likely be restarted soon so the driver should
+ not deallocate any offscreen areas associated with that port.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;typedef int (* SetPortAttributeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;Atom attribute,INT32 value, pointer data)&e.code;
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* GetPortAttributeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;Atom attribute,INT32 *value, pointer data)&e.code;
+
+ <quote><p>
+ A port may have particular attributes such as hue,
+ saturation, brightness or contrast. Xv clients set and
+ get these attribute values by sending attribute strings
+ (Atoms) to the server. Such requests end up at these
+ driver functions. It is recommended that the driver provide
+ at least the following attributes mentioned in the Xv client
+ library docs:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;XV_ENCODING&nl;
+ XV_HUE&nl;
+ XV_SATURATION&nl;
+ XV_BRIGHTNESS&nl;
+ XV_CONTRAST&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ but the driver may recognize as many atoms as it wishes. If
+ a requested attribute is unknown by the driver it should return
+ &s.code;BadMatch&e.code;. &s.code;XV_ENCODING&e.code; is the
+ attribute intended to let the client specify which video
+ encoding the particular port should be using (see the description
+ of &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; below). If the
+ requested encoding is unsupported, the driver should return
+ &s.code;XvBadEncoding&e.code;. If the value lies outside the
+ advertised range &s.code;BadValue&e.code; may be returned.
+ &s.code;Success&e.code; should be returned otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef void (* QueryBestSizeFuncPtr)(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;Bool motion, short vid_w, short vid_h,
+ &f.indent;short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;unsigned int *p_w, unsigned int *p_h, pointer data)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;QueryBestSize&e.code; provides the client with a way
+ to query what the destination dimensions would end up being
+ if they were to request that an area
+ &s.code;vid_w&e.code by &s.code;vid_h&e.code; from the video
+ stream be scaled to rectangle of
+ &s.code;drw_w&e.code; by &s.code;drw_h&e.code; on the screen.
+ Since it is not expected that all hardware will be able to
+ get the target dimensions exactly, it is important that the
+ driver provide this function.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* PutImageFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;short src_x, short src_y, short drw_x, short drw_y,
+ &f.indent;short src_w, short src_h, short drw_w, short drw_h,
+ &f.indent;int image, char *buf, short width, short height,
+ &f.indent;Bool sync, RegionPtr clipBoxes, pointer data )&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is similar to &s.code;PutStill&e.code; except that the
+ source of the video is not a port but the data stored in a system
+ memory buffer at &s.code;buf&e.code;. The data is in the format
+ indicated by the &s.code;image&e.code; descriptor and represents a
+ source of size &s.code;width&e.code; by &s.code;height&e.code;.
+ If &s.code;sync&e.code; is TRUE the driver should not return
+ from this function until it is through reading the data
+ from &s.code;buf&e.code;. Returning when &s.code;sync&e.code;
+ is TRUE indicates that it is safe for the data at &s.code;buf&e.code;
+ to be replaced, freed, or modified.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;typedef int (* QueryImageAttributesFuncPtr)( ScrnInfoPtr pScrn,
+ &f.indent;int image, short *width, short *height,
+ &f.indent;int *pitches, int *offsets)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is called to let the driver specify how data for
+ a particular &s.code;image&e.code; of size &s.code;width&e.code;
+ by &s.code;height&e.code; should be stored. Sometimes only
+ the size and corrected width and height are needed. In that
+ case &s.code;pitches&e.code; and &s.code;offsets&e.code; are
+ NULL. The size of the memory required for the image is returned
+ by this function. The &s.code;width&e.code; and
+ &s.code;height&e.code; of the requested image can be altered by
+ the driver to reflect format limitations (such as component
+ sampling periods that are larger than one). If
+ &s.code;pitches&e.code; and &s.code;offsets&e.code; are not NULL,
+ these will be arrays with as many elements in them as there
+ are planes in the &s.code;image&e.code; format. The driver
+ should specify the pitch (in bytes) of each scanline in the
+ particular plane as well as the offset to that plane (in bytes)
+ from the beginning of the image.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+The XF86VideoEncodingRec:
+<quote><p>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ int id;
+ char *name;
+ unsigned short width, height;
+ XvRationalRec rate;
+} XF86VideoEncodingRec, *XF86VideoEncodingPtr;
+
+</verb>
+ The &s.code;XF86VideoEncodingRec&e.code; specifies what encodings
+ the adaptor can support. Most of this data is just informational
+ and for the client's benefit, and is what will be reported by
+ &s.code;XvQueryEncodings&e.code;. The &s.code;id&e.code; field is
+ expected to be a unique identifier to allow the client to request a
+ certain encoding via the &s.code;XV_ENCODING&e.code; attribute string.
+
+</quote>
+
+The XF86VideoFormatRec:
+
+<quote><p>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ char depth;
+ short class;
+} XF86VideoFormatRec, *XF86VideoFormatPtr;
+</verb>
+
+ This specifies what visuals the video is viewable in.
+ &s.code;depth&e.code; is the depth of the visual (not bpp).
+ &s.code;class&e.code; is the visual class such as
+ &s.code;TrueColor&e.code;, &s.code;DirectColor&e.code; or
+ &s.code;PseudoColor&e.code;. Initialization of an adaptor will fail
+ if none of the visuals on that screen are supported.
+
+</quote>
+
+The XF86AttributeRec:
+
+<quote><p>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ int flags;
+ int min_value;
+ int max_value;
+ char *name;
+} XF86AttributeListRec, *XF86AttributeListPtr;
+
+</verb>
+
+ Each adaptor may have an array of these advertising the attributes
+ for its ports. Currently defined flags are &s.code;XvGettable&e.code;
+ and &s.code;XvSettable&e.code; which may be OR'd together indicating that
+ attribute is ``gettable'' or ``settable'' by the client. The
+ &s.code;min&e.code; and &s.code;max&e.code; field specify the valid range
+ for the value. &s.code;Name&e.code; is a text string describing the
+ attribute by name.
+
+</quote>
+
+The XF86ImageRec:
+
+<quote><p>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ int id;
+ int type;
+ int byte_order;
+ char guid[16];
+ int bits_per_pixel;
+ int format;
+ int num_planes;
+
+ /* for RGB formats */
+ int depth;
+ unsigned int red_mask;
+ unsigned int green_mask;
+ unsigned int blue_mask;
+
+ /* for YUV formats */
+ unsigned int y_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int u_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int v_sample_bits;
+ unsigned int horz_y_period;
+ unsigned int horz_u_period;
+ unsigned int horz_v_period;
+ unsigned int vert_y_period;
+ unsigned int vert_u_period;
+ unsigned int vert_v_period;
+ char component_order[32];
+ int scanline_order;
+} XF86ImageRec, *XF86ImagePtr;
+</verb>
+
+ XF86ImageRec describes how video source data is laid out in memory.
+ The fields are as follows:
+
+ &s.code;id&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is a unique descriptor for the format. It is often good to
+ set this value to the FOURCC for the format when applicable.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;type&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is &s.code;XvRGB&e.code; or &s.code;XvYUV&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;byte_order&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is &s.code;LSBFirst&e.code; or &s.code;MSBFirst&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;guid&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is the Globally Unique IDentifier for the format. When
+ not applicable, all characters should be NULL.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;bits_per_pixel&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of bits taken up (but not necessarily used) by each
+ pixel. Note that for some planar formats which have fractional
+ bits per pixel (such as IF09) this number may be rounded _down_.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;format&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is &s.code;XvPlanar&e.code; or &s.code;XvPacked&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;num_planes&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The number of planes in planar formats. This should be set to
+ one for packed formats.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;depth&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The significant bits per pixel in RGB formats (analgous to the
+ depth of a pixmap format).
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;red_mask&e.code;
+ &s.code;green_mask&e.code;
+ &s.code;blue_mask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The red, green and blue bitmasks for packed RGB formats.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;y_sample_bits&e.code;
+ &s.code;u_sample_bits&e.code;
+ &s.code;v_sample_bits&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The y, u and v sample sizes (in bits).
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;horz_y_period&e.code;
+ &s.code;horz_u_period&e.code;
+ &s.code;horz_v_period&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The y, u and v sampling periods in the horizontal direction.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;vert_y_period&e.code;
+ &s.code;vert_u_period&e.code;
+ &s.code;vert_v_period&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The y, u and v sampling periods in the vertical direction.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;component_order&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Uppercase ascii characters representing the order that
+ samples are stored within packed formats. For planar formats
+ this represents the ordering of the planes. Unused characters
+ in the 32 byte string should be set to NULL.
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;scanline_order&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is &s.code;XvTopToBottom&e.code; or &s.code;XvBottomToTop&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ Since some formats (particular some planar YUV formats) may not
+be completely defined by the parameters above, the guid, when
+available, should provide the most accurate description of the
+format.
+
+</quote>
+
+<sect>The Loader
+<p>
+
+This section describes the interfaces to the module loader. The loader
+interfaces can be divided into two groups: those that are only available to
+the XFree86 common layer, and those that are also available to modules.
+
+<sect1>Loader Overview
+<p>
+
+The loader is capable of loading modules in a range of object formats,
+and knowledge of these formats is built in to the loader. Knowledge of
+new object formats can be added to the loader in a straightforward
+manner. This makes it possible to provide OS-independent modules (for
+a given CPU architecture type). In addition to this, the loader can
+load modules via the OS-provided &s.code;dlopen(3)&e.code; service where
+available. Such modules are not platform independent, and the semantics
+of &s.code;dlopen()&e.code; on most systems results in significant
+limitations in the use of modules of this type. Support for
+&s.code;dlopen()&e.code; modules in the loader is primarily for
+experimental and development purposes.
+
+Symbols exported by the loader (on behalf of the core X server) to
+modules are determined at compile time. Only those symbols explicitly
+exported are available to modules. All external symbols of loaded
+modules are exported to other modules, and to the core X server. The
+loader can be requested to check for unresolved symbols at any time,
+and the action to be taken for unresolved symbols can be controlled by
+the caller of the loader. Typically the caller identifies which symbols
+can safely remain unresolved and which cannot.
+
+NOTE: Now that ISO-C allows pointers to functions and pointers to data to
+have different internal representations, some of the following interfaces
+will need to be revisited.
+
+<sect1>Semi-private Loader Interface
+<p>
+
+The following is the semi-private loader interface that is available to the
+XFree86 common layer.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void LoaderInit(void)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The &s.code;LoaderInit()&e.code; function initialises the loader,
+ and it must be called once before calling any other loader functions.
+ This function initialises the tables of exported symbols, and anything
+ else that might need to be initialised.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderSetPath(const char *path)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The &s.code;LoaderSetPath()&e.code; function initialises a default
+ module search path. This must be called if calls to other functions
+ are to be made without explicitly specifying a module search path.
+ The search path &s.code;path&e.code; must be a string of one or more
+ comma separated absolute paths. Modules are expected to be located
+ below these paths, possibly in subdirectories of these paths.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;pointer LoadModule(const char *module, const char *path,
+ &f.indent;const char **subdirlist, const char **patternlist,
+ &f.indent;pointer options, const XF86ModReqInfo * modreq,
+ &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; function loads the module called
+ &s.code;module&e.code;. The return value is a module handle, and
+ may be used in future calls to the loader that require a reference
+ to a loaded module. The module name &s.code;module&e.code; is
+ normally the module's canonical name, which doesn't contain any
+ directory path information, or any object/library file prefixes of
+ suffixes. Currently a full pathname and/or filename is also accepted.
+ This might change. The other parameters are:
+
+ &s.code;path&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional comma-separated list of module search paths.
+ When &s.code;NULL&e.code;, the default search path is used.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;subdirlist&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of
+ subdirectories to search. When &s.code;NULL&e.code;,
+ the default built-in list is used (refer to
+ &s.code;stdSubdirs&e.code; in &s.code;loadmod.c&e.code;).
+ The default list is also substituted for entries in
+ &s.code;subdirlist&e.code; with the value
+ &s.code;DEFAULT_LIST&e.code;. This makes is possible
+ to augment the default list instead of replacing it.
+ Subdir elements must be relative, and must not contain
+ &s.code;".."&e.code;. If any violate this requirement,
+ the load fails.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;patternlist&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of
+ POSIX regular expressions used to connect module
+ filenames with canonical module names. Each regex
+ should contain exactly one subexpression that corresponds
+ to the canonical module name. When &s.code;NULL&e.code;,
+ the default built-in list is used (refer to
+ &s.code;stdPatterns&e.code; in
+ &s.code;loadmod.c&e.code;). The default list is also
+ substituted for entries in &s.code;patternlist&e.code;
+ with the value &s.code;DEFAULT_LIST&e.code;. This
+ makes it possible to augment the default list instead
+ of replacing it.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;options&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional parameter that is passed to the newly
+ loaded module's &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; function
+ (if it has one). This argument is normally a
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of
+ &s.code;Options&e.code;, and must be interpreted that
+ way by modules loaded directly by the XFree86 common
+ layer. However, it may be used for application-specific
+ parameter passing in other situations.
+
+ When loading ``external'' modules (modules that don't
+ have the standard entry point, for example a
+ special shared library) the options parameter can be
+ set to &s.code;EXTERN_MODULE&e.code; to tell the
+ loader not to reject the module when it doesn't find
+ the standard entry point.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;modreq&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional &s.code;XF86ModReqInfo*&e.code; containing
+ version/ABI/vendor information to requirements to
+ check the newly loaded module against. The main
+ purpose of this is to allow the loader to verify that
+ a module of the correct type/version before running
+ its &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; function.
+
+ The &s.code;XF86ModReqInfo&e.code; struct is defined
+ as follows:
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ CARD8 majorversion; /* MAJOR_UNSPEC */
+ CARD8 minorversion; /* MINOR_UNSPEC */
+ CARD16 patchlevel; /* PATCH_UNSPEC */
+ const char * abiclass; /* ABI_CLASS_NONE */
+ CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI_VERS_UNSPEC */
+ const char * moduleclass; /* MOD_CLASS_NONE */
+} XF86ModReqInfo;
+</verb>
+
+ The information here is compared against the equivalent
+ information in the module's
+ &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; record (which
+ is described below). The values in comments above
+ indicate ``don't care'' settings for each of the fields.
+ The comparisons made are as follows:
+
+ &s.code;majorversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Must match the module's majorversion
+ exactly.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;minorversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module's minor version must be
+ no less than this value. This
+ comparison is only made if
+ &s.code;majorversion&e.code; is
+ specified and matches.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;patchlevel&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module's patchlevel must be no
+ less than this value. This comparison
+ is only made if
+ &s.code;minorversion&e.code; is
+ specified and matches.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;abiclass&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ String must match the module's abiclass
+ string.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;abiversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Must be consistent with the module's
+ abiversion (major equal, minor no
+ older).
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;moduleclass&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ String must match the module's
+ moduleclass string.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;errmaj&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ An optional pointer to a variable holding the major
+ part or the error code. When provided,
+ &s.code;*errmaj&e.code; is filled in when
+ &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; fails.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;errmin&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;errmaj&e.code;, but for the minor part
+ of the error code.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void UnloadModule(pointer mod)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function unloads the module referred to by the handle mod.
+ All child modules are also unloaded recursively. This function must
+ not be used to directly unload modules that are child modules (i.e.,
+ those that have been loaded with the &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code;
+ described below).
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Module Requirements
+<p>
+
+Modules must provide information about themselves to the loader, and
+may optionally provide entry points for "setup" and "teardown" functions
+(those two functions are referred to here as &s.code;SetupProc&e.code;
+and &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code;).
+
+The module information is contained in the
+&s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct, which is defined as follows:
+
+<quote><p><verb>
+typedef struct {
+ const char * modname; /* name of module, e.g. "foo" */
+ const char * vendor; /* vendor specific string */
+ CARD32 _modinfo1_; /* constant MODINFOSTRING1/2 to find */
+ CARD32 _modinfo2_; /* infoarea with a binary editor/sign tool */
+ CARD32 xf86version; /* contains XF86_VERSION_CURRENT */
+ CARD8 majorversion; /* module-specific major version */
+ CARD8 minorversion; /* module-specific minor version */
+ CARD16 patchlevel; /* module-specific patch level */
+ const char * abiclass; /* ABI class that the module uses */
+ CARD32 abiversion; /* ABI version */
+ const char * moduleclass; /* module class */
+ CARD32 checksum[4]; /* contains a digital signature of the */
+ /* version info structure */
+} XF86ModuleVersionInfo;
+</verb>
+
+The fields are used as follows:
+
+ &s.code;modname&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module's name. This field is currently only for
+ informational purposes, but the loader may be modified
+ in future to require it to match the module's canonical
+ name.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;vendor&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module vendor. This field is for informational purposes
+ only.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;_modinfo1_&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This field holds the first part of a signature that can
+ be used to locate this structure in the binary. It should
+ always be initialised to &s.code;MODINFOSTRING1&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;_modinfo2_&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This field holds the second part of a signature that can
+ be used to locate this structure in the binary. It should
+ always be initialised to &s.code;MODINFOSTRING2&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86version&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The XFree86 version against which the module was compiled.
+ This is mostly for informational/diagnostic purposes. It
+ should be initialised to &s.code;XF86_VERSION_CURRENT&e.code;, which is
+ defined in &s.code;xf86Version.h&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;majorversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module-specific major version. For modules where this
+ version is used for more than simply informational
+ purposes, the major version should only change (be
+ incremented) when ABI incompatibilities are introduced,
+ or ABI components are removed.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;minorversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module-specific minor version. For modules where this
+ version is used for more than simply informational
+ purposes, the minor version should only change (be
+ incremented) when ABI additions are made in a backward
+ compatible way. It should be reset to zero when the major
+ version is increased.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;patchlevel&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The module-specific patch level. The patch level should
+ increase with new revisions of the module where there
+ are no ABI changes, and it should be reset to zero when
+ the minor version is increased.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;abiclass&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The ABI class that the module requires. The class is
+ specified as a string for easy extensibility. It should
+ indicate which (if any) of the X server's built-in ABI
+ classes that the module relies on, or a third-party ABI
+ if appropriate. Built-in ABI classes currently defined are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_NONE&e.code;
+ <quote>no class</quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_ANSIC&e.code;
+ <quote>only requires the ANSI C interfaces</quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV&e.code;
+ <quote>requires the video driver ABI</quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_XINPUT&e.code;
+ <quote>requires the XInput driver ABI</quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_EXTENSION&e.code;
+ <quote>requires the extension module ABI</quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_CLASS_FONT&e.code;
+ <quote>requires the font module ABI</quote>
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;abiversion&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The version of abiclass that the module requires. The
+ version consists of major and minor components. The
+ major version must match and the minor version must be
+ no newer than that provided by the server or parent
+ module. Version identifiers for the built-in classes
+ currently defined are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;ABI_ANSIC_VERSION&nl;
+ ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION&nl;
+ ABI_XINPUT_VERSION&nl;
+ ABI_EXTENSION_VERSION&nl;
+ ABI_FONT_VERSION&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;moduleclass&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is similar to the abiclass field, except that it
+ defines the type of module rather than the ABI it
+ requires. For example, although all video drivers require
+ the video driver ABI, not all modules that require the
+ video driver ABI are video drivers. This distinction
+ can be made with the moduleclass. Currently pre-defined
+ module classes are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;MOD_CLASS_NONE&nl;
+ MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV&nl;
+ MOD_CLASS_XINPUT&nl;
+ MOD_CLASS_FONT&nl;
+ MOD_CLASS_EXTENSION&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;checksum&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Not currently used.
+
+ </quote>
+
+</quote>
+
+The module version information, and the optional &s.code;SetupProc&e.code;
+and &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code; entry points are found by the loader
+by locating a data object in the module called "modnameModuleData",
+where "modname" is the canonical name of the module. Modules must
+contain such a data object, and it must be declared with global scope,
+be compile-time initialised, and is of the following type:
+
+<quote>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ XF86ModuleVersionInfo * vers;
+ ModuleSetupProc setup;
+ ModuleTearDownProc teardown;
+} XF86ModuleData;
+</verb>
+</quote>
+
+The vers parameter must be initialised to a pointer to a correctly
+initialised &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct. The other
+two parameter are optional, and should be initialised to
+&s.code;NULL&e.code; when not required. The other parameters are defined
+as
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;typedef pointer (*ModuleSetupProc)(pointer, pointer, int *, int *)&e.code;
+
+ &s.code;typedef void (*ModuleTearDownProc)(pointer)&e.code;
+
+
+ &s.code;pointer SetupProc(pointer module, pointer options,
+ &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ When defined, this function is called by the loader after successfully
+ loading a module. module is a handle for the newly loaded module,
+ and maybe used by the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; if it calls other
+ loader functions that require a reference to it. The remaining
+ arguments are those that were passed to the
+ &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; (or &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code;),
+ and are described above. When the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code; is
+ successful it must return a non-&s.code;NULL&e.code; value. The
+ loader checks this, and if it is &s.code;NULL&e.code; it unloads
+ the module and reports the failure to the caller of
+ &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code;. If the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code;
+ does things that need to be undone when the module is unloaded,
+ it should define a &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code;, and return a
+ pointer that the &s.code;TearDownProc&e.code; can use to undo what
+ has been done.
+
+ When a module is loaded multiple times, the &s.code;SetupProc&e.code;
+ is called once for each time it is loaded.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void TearDownProc(pointer tearDownData)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ When defined, this function is called when the loader unloads a
+ module. The &s.code;tearDownData&e.code; parameter is the return
+ value of the &s.code;SetupProc()&e.code; that was called when the
+ module was loaded. The purpose of this function is to clean up
+ before the module is unloaded (for example, by freeing allocated
+ resources).
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Public Loader Interface
+<p>
+
+The following is the Loader interface that is available to any part of
+the server, and may also be used from within modules.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;pointer LoadSubModule(pointer parent, const char *module,
+ &f.indent;const char **subdirlist, const char **patternlist,
+ &f.indent;pointer options, const XF86ModReqInfo * modreq,
+ &f.indent;int *errmaj, int *errmin)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is like the &s.code;LoadModule()&e.code; function
+ described above, except that the module loaded is registered as a
+ child of the calling module. The &s.code;parent&e.code; parameter
+ is the calling module's handle. Modules loaded with this function
+ are automatically unloaded when the parent module is unloaded. The
+ other difference is that the path parameter may not be specified.
+ The module search path used for modules loaded with this function
+ is the default search path as initialised with
+ &s.code;LoaderSetPath()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void UnloadSubModule(pointer module)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function unloads the module with handle &s.code;module&e.code;.
+ If that module itself has children, they are also unloaded. It is
+ like &s.code;UnloadModule()&e.code;, except that it is safe to use
+ for unloading child modules.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;pointer LoaderSymbol(const char *symbol)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns the address of the symbol with name
+ &s.code;symbol&e.code;. This may be used to locate a module entry
+ point with a known name.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;char **LoaderlistDirs(const char **subdirlist,
+ &f.indent;const char **patternlist)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns a &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated list of
+ canonical modules names for modules found in the default module
+ search path. The &s.code;subdirlist&e.code; and
+ &s.code;patternlist&e.code; parameters are as described above, and
+ can be used to control the locations and names that are searched.
+ If no modules are found, the return value is &s.code;NULL&e.code;.
+ The returned list should be freed by calling
+ &s.code;LoaderFreeDirList()&e.code; when it is no longer needed.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderFreeDirList(char **list)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function frees a module list created by
+ &s.code;LoaderlistDirs()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderReqSymLists(const char **list0, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allows the registration of required symbols with the
+ loader. It is normally used by a caller of
+ &s.code;LoadSubModule()&e.code;. If any symbols registered in this
+ way are found to be unresolved when
+ &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; is called then
+ &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; will report a failure.
+ The function takes one or more &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated
+ lists of symbols. The end of the argument list is indicated by a
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; argument.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderReqSymbols(const char *sym0, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is like &s.code;LoaderReqSymLists()&e.code; except
+ that its arguments are symbols rather than lists of symbols. This
+ function is more convenient when single functions are to be registered,
+ especially when the single function might depend on runtime factors.
+ The end of the argument list is indicated by a &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ argument.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderRefSymLists(const char **list0, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allows the registration of possibly unresolved symbols
+ with the loader. When &s.code;LoaderCheckUnresolved()&e.code; is
+ run it won't generate warnings for symbols registered in this way
+ unless they were also registered as required symbols.
+ The function takes one or more &s.code;NULL&e.code; terminated
+ lists of symbols. The end of the argument list is indicated by a
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; argument.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoaderRefSymbols(const char *sym0, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function is like &s.code;LoaderRefSymLists()&e.code; except
+ that its arguments are symbols rather than lists of symbols. This
+ function is more convenient when single functions are to be registered,
+ especially when the single function might depend on runtime factors.
+ The end of the argument list is indicated by a &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ argument.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int LoaderCheckUnresolved(int delayflag)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function checks for unresolved symbols. It generates warnings
+ for unresolved symbols that have not been registered with
+ &s.code;LoaderRefSymLists()&e.code;, and maps them to a dummy
+ function. This behaviour may change in future. If unresolved
+ symbols are found that have been registered with
+ &s.code;LoaderReqSymLists()&e.code; or
+ &s.code;LoaderReqSymbols()&e.code; then this function returns a
+ non-zero value. If none of these symbols are unresolved the return
+ value is zero, indicating success.
+
+ The &s.code;delayflag&e.code; parameter should normally be set to
+ &s.code;LD_RESOLV_IFDONE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;LoaderErrorMsg(const char *name, const char *modname,
+ &f.indent;int errmaj, int errmin)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function prints an error message that includes the text ``Failed
+ to load module'', the module name &s.code;modname&e.code;, a message
+ specific to the &s.code;errmaj&e.code; value, and the value if
+ &s.code;errmin&e.code;. If &s.code;name&e.code; is
+ non-&s.code;NULL&e.code;, it is printed as an identifying prefix
+ to the message (followed by a `:').
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Special Registration Functions
+<p>
+
+The loader contains some functions for registering some classes of modules.
+These may be moved out of the loader at some point.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void LoadExtension(ExtensionModule *ext)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This registers the entry points for the extension identified by
+ &s.code;ext&e.code;. The &s.code;ExtensionModule&e.code; struct is
+ defined as:
+
+<quote>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ InitExtension initFunc;
+ char * name;
+ Bool *disablePtr;
+ InitExtension setupFunc;
+} ExtensionModule;
+</verb>
+</quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void LoadFont(FontModule *font)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This registers the entry points for the font rasteriser module
+ identified by &s.code;font&e.code;. The &s.code;FontModule&e.code;
+ struct is defined as:
+
+<quote>
+<verb>
+typedef struct {
+ InitFont initFunc;
+ char * name;
+ pointer module;
+} FontModule;
+</verb>
+</quote>
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+</sect>
+
+
+<sect>Helper Functions
+<p>
+
+This section describe ``helper'' functions that video driver
+might find useful. While video drivers are not required to use any of
+these to be considered ``compliant'', the use of appropriate helpers is
+strongly encouraged to improve the consistency of driver behaviour.
+
+<sect1>Functions for printing messages
+<p>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;ErrorF(const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is the basic function for writing to the error log (typically
+ stderr and/or a log file). Video drivers should usually avoid
+ using this directly in favour of the more specialised functions
+ described below. This function is useful for printing messages
+ while debugging a driver.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;FatalError(const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This prints a message and causes the Xserver to abort. It should
+ rarely be used within a video driver, as most error conditions
+ should be flagged by the return values of the driver functions.
+ This allows the higher layers to decide how to proceed. In rare
+ cases, this can be used within a driver if a fatal unexpected
+ condition is found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86ErrorF(const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is like &s.code;ErrorF()&e.code;, except that the message is
+ only printed when the Xserver's verbosity level is set to the
+ default (&s.code;1&e.code;) or higher. It means that the messages
+ are not printed when the server is started with the
+ &s.cmd;-quiet&e.cmd; flag. Typically this function would only be
+ used for continuing messages started with one of the more specialised
+ functions described below.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86ErrorFVerb(int verb, const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86ErrorF()&e.code;, except the minimum verbosity
+ level for which the message is to be printed is given explicitly.
+ Passing a &s.code;verb&e.code; value of zero means the message
+ is always printed. A value higher than &s.code;1&e.code; can be
+ used for information would normally not be needed, but which might
+ be useful when diagnosing problems.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86Msg(MessageType type, const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is like &s.code;xf86ErrorF()&e.code;, except that the message
+ is prefixed with a marker determined by the value of
+ &s.code;type&e.code;. The marker is used to indicate the type of
+ message (warning, error, probed value, config value, etc). Note
+ the &s.code;xf86Verbose&e.code; value is ignored for messages of
+ type &s.code;X_ERROR&e.code;.
+
+ The marker values are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;X_PROBED&e.code;
+ <quote>Value was probed.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_CONFIG&e.code;
+ <quote>Value was given in the config file.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_DEFAULT&e.code;
+ <quote>Value is a default.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_CMDLINE&e.code;
+ <quote>Value was given on the command line.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_NOTICE&e.code;
+ <quote>Notice.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_ERROR&e.code;
+ <quote>Error message.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_WARNING&e.code;
+ <quote>Warning message.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_INFO&e.code;
+ <quote>Informational message.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_NONE&e.code;
+ <quote>No prefix.</quote>
+ &s.code;X_NOT_IMPLEMENTED&e.code;
+ <quote>The message relates to functionality that is not yet
+ implemented.</quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86MsgVerb(MessageType type, int verb, const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;, but with the verbosity level given
+ explicitly.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86DrvMsg(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This is like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code; except that the driver's
+ name (the &s.code;name&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;) followed by the
+ &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; in parentheses is printed following the
+ prefix. This should be used by video drivers in most cases as it
+ clearly indicates which driver/screen the message is for. If
+ &s.code;scrnIndex&e.code; is negative, this function behaves
+ exactly like &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;.
+
+ NOTE: This function can only be used after the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; and its &s.code;name&e.code; field
+ have been allocated. Normally, this means that it can not be
+ used before the END of the &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function.
+ Prior to that, use &s.code;xf86Msg()&e.code;, providing the
+ driver's name explicitly. No screen number can be supplied at
+ that point.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;xf86DrvMsgVerb(int scrnIndex, MessageType type, int verb,
+ &f.indent;const char *format, ...)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Like &s.code;xf86DrvMsg()&e.code;, but with the verbosity level
+ given explicitly.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Functions for setting values based on command line and config file
+<p>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86SetDepthBpp(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int depth, int bpp,
+ &f.indent;int fbbpp, int depth24flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function sets the &s.code;depth&e.code;, &s.code;pixmapBPP&e.code; and &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code; fields
+ of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It also determines the defaults for display-wide
+ attributes and pixmap formats the screen will support, and finds
+ the Display subsection that matches the depth/bpp. This function
+ should normally be called very early from the
+ &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function.
+
+ It requires that the &s.code;confScreen&e.code; field of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; be
+ initialised prior to calling it. This is done by the XFree86
+ common layer prior to calling &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code;.
+
+ The parameters passed are:
+
+ &s.code;depth&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ driver's preferred default depth if no other is given.
+ If zero, use the overall server default.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;bpp&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Same, but for the pixmap bpp.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;fbbpp&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Same, but for the framebuffer bpp.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;depth24flags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Flags that indicate the level of 24/32bpp support
+ and whether conversion between different framebuffer
+ and pixmap formats is supported. The flags for this
+ argument are defined as follows, and multiple flags
+ may be ORed together:
+
+ &s.code;NoDepth24Support&e.code;
+ <quote>No depth 24 formats supported</quote>
+ &s.code;Support24bppFb&e.code;
+ <quote>24bpp framebuffer supported</quote>
+ &s.code;Support32bppFb&e.code;
+ <quote>32bpp framebuffer supported</quote>
+ &s.code;SupportConvert24to32&e.code;
+ <quote>Can convert 24bpp pixmap to 32bpp fb</quote>
+ &s.code;SupportConvert32to24&e.code;
+ <quote>Can convert 32bpp pixmap to 24bpp fb</quote>
+ &s.code;ForceConvert24to32&e.code;
+ <quote>Force 24bpp pixmap to 32bpp fb conversion</quote>
+ &s.code;ForceConvert32to24&e.code;
+ <quote>Force 32bpp pixmap to 24bpp fb conversion</quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the
+ correct order of precedence to determine the depth and bpp values.
+ It is up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports
+ them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should
+ return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ If only one of depth/bpp is given, the other is set to a reasonable
+ (and consistent) default.
+
+ If a driver finds that the initial &s.code;depth24flags&e.code;
+ it uses later results in a fb format that requires more video
+ memory than is available it may call this function a second time
+ with a different &s.code;depth24flags&e.code; setting.
+
+ On success, the return value is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. On failure
+ it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are
+ initialised by this function:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;depth&e.code;, &s.code;bitsPerPixel&e.code;,
+ &s.code;display&e.code;, &s.code;imageByteOrder&e.code;,
+ &s.code;bitmapScanlinePad&e.code;,
+ &s.code;bitmapScanlineUnit&e.code;, &s.code;bitmapBitOrder&e.code;,
+ &s.code;numFormats&e.code;, &s.code;formats&e.code;,
+ &s.code;fbFormat&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86PrintDepthBpp(scrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function can be used to print out the depth and bpp settings.
+ It should be called after the final call to
+ &s.code;xf86SetDepthBpp()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86SetWeight(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, rgb weight, rgb mask)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function sets the &s.code;weight&e.code;, &s.code;mask&e.code;,
+ &s.code;offset&e.code; and &s.code;rgbBits&e.code; fields of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly
+ early in the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function for
+ depths > 8bpp.
+
+ It requires that the &s.code;depth&e.code; and
+ &s.code;display&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ be initialised prior to calling it.
+
+ The parameters passed are:
+
+ &s.code;weight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ driver's preferred default weight if no other is given.
+ If zero, use the overall server default.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;mask&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Same, but for mask.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the
+ correct order of precedence to determine the weight value. It
+ derives the mask and offset values from the weight and the defaults.
+ It is up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports
+ them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should
+ return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ On success, this function prints a message showing the weight
+ values selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;.
+
+ On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ The following fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are
+ initialised by this function:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;weight&e.code;, &s.code;mask&e.code;, &s.code;offset&e.code;.
+ </quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86SetDefaultVisual(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int visual)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function sets the &s.code;defaultVisual&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly
+ early from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function.
+
+ It requires that the &s.code;depth&e.code; and
+ &s.code;display&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ be initialised prior to calling it.
+
+ The parameters passed are:
+
+ &s.code;visual&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ driver's preferred default visual if no other is given.
+ If &s.code;-1&e.code;, use the overall server default.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the
+ correct order of precedence to determine the default visual value.
+ It is up to the driver to check the result to see that it supports
+ it. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should
+ return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ On success, this function prints a message showing the default visual
+ selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;.
+
+ On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool xf86SetGamma(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, Gamma gamma)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function sets the &s.code;gamma&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. It would normally be called fairly
+ early from the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function in cases
+ where the driver supports gamma correction.
+
+ It requires that the &s.code;monitor&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; be initialised prior to calling it.
+
+ The parameters passed are:
+
+ &s.code;gamma&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ driver's preferred default gamma if no other is given.
+ If zero (&s.code;< 0.01&e.code;), use the overall server
+ default.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ It uses the command line, config file, and default values in the
+ correct order of precedence to determine the gamma value. It is
+ up to the driver to check the results to see that it supports
+ them. If not the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should
+ return &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ On success, this function prints a message showing the gamma
+ value selected, and returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code;.
+
+ On failure it prints an error message and returns &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86SetDpi(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int x, int y)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function sets the &s.code;xDpi&e.code; and &s.code;yDpi&e.code;
+ fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The driver can specify
+ preferred defaults by setting &s.code;x&e.code; and &s.code;y&e.code;
+ to non-zero values. The &s.cmd;-dpi&e.cmd; command line option
+ overrides all other settings. Otherwise, if the
+ &s.key;DisplaySize&e.key; entry is present in the screen's &k.monitor;
+ config file section, it is used together with the virtual size to
+ calculate the dpi values. This function should be called after
+ all the mode resolution has been done.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This functions sets the &s.code;blackPixel&e.code; and
+ &s.code;whitePixel&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ according to whether or not the &s.cmd;-flipPixels&e.cmd; command
+ line options is present.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;const char *xf86GetVisualName(int visual)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns a printable string with the visual name matching the
+ numerical visual class provided. If the value is outside the
+ range of valid visual classes, &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Primary Mode functions
+<p>
+
+The primary mode helper functions are those which would normally be
+used by a driver, unless it has unusual requirements which cannot
+be catered for the by the helpers.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int xf86ValidateModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, DisplayModePtr availModes,
+ &f.indent;char **modeNames, ClockRangePtr clockRanges,
+ &f.indent;int *linePitches, int minPitch, int maxPitch,
+ &f.indent;int pitchInc, int minHeight, int maxHeight,
+ &f.indent;int virtualX, int virtualY,
+ &f.indent;unsigned long apertureSize,
+ &f.indent;LookupModeFlags strategy)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function basically selects the set of modes to use based on
+ those available and the various constraints. It also sets some
+ other related parameters. It is normally called near the end of
+ the &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function.
+
+ The parameters passed to the function are:
+
+ &s.code;availModes&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ List of modes available for the monitor.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;modeNames&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ List of mode names that the screen is requesting.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;clockRanges&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ A list of clock ranges allowed by the driver. Each
+ range includes whether interlaced or multiscan modes
+ are supported for that range. See below for more on
+ &s.code;clockRanges&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;linePitches&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ List of line pitches supported by the driver.
+ This is optional and should be &s.code;NULL&e.code; when
+ not used.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;minPitch&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Minimum line pitch supported by the driver. This must
+ be supplied when &s.code;linePitches&e.code; is
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code;, and is ignored otherwise.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;maxPitch&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Maximum line pitch supported by the driver. This is
+ required when &s.code;minPitch&e.code; is required.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;pitchInc&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Granularity of horizontal pitch values as supported by
+ the chipset. This is expressed in bits. This must be
+ supplied.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;minHeight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ minimum virtual height allowed. If zero, no limit is
+ imposed.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;maxHeight&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ maximum virtual height allowed. If zero, no limit is
+ imposed.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;virtualX&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ If greater than zero, this is the virtual width value
+ that will be used. Otherwise, the virtual width is
+ chosen to be the smallest that can accommodate the modes
+ selected.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;virtualY&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ If greater than zero, this is the virtual height value
+ that will be used. Otherwise, the virtual height is
+ chosen to be the smallest that can accommodate the modes
+ selected.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;apertureSize&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The size (in bytes) of the aperture used to access video
+ memory.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;strategy&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The strategy to use when choosing from multiple modes
+ with the same name. The options are:
+
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_DEFAULT&e.code;
+ <quote>???</quote>
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_BEST_REFRESH&e.code;
+ <quote>mode with best refresh rate</quote>
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_CLOSEST_CLOCK&e.code;
+ <quote>mode with closest matching clock</quote>
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_LIST_ORDER&e.code;
+ <quote>first usable mode in list</quote>
+
+ The following options can also be combined (OR'ed) with
+ one of the above:
+
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_CLKDIV2&e.code;
+ <quote>Allow halved clocks</quote>
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_OPTIONAL_TOLERANCES&e.code;
+ <quote>Allow missing horizontal sync and/or vertical refresh
+ ranges in the xorg.conf Monitor section</quote>
+
+ &s.code;LOOKUP_OPTIONAL_TOLERANCES&e.code; should only be
+ specified when the driver can ensure all modes it generates
+ can sync on, or at least not damage, the monitor or digital
+ flat panel. Horizontal sync and/or vertical refresh ranges
+ specified by the user will still be honoured (and acted upon).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ This function requires that the following fields of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are initialised prior to calling it:
+
+ &s.code;clock[]&e.code;
+ <quote>List of discrete clocks (when non-programmable)</quote>
+ &s.code;numClocks&e.code;
+ <quote>Number of discrete clocks (when non-programmable)</quote>
+ &s.code;progClock&e.code;
+ <quote>Whether the clock is programmable or not</quote>
+ &s.code;monitor&e.code;
+ <quote>Pointer to the applicable xorg.conf monitor section</quote>
+ &s.code;fdFormat&e.code;
+ <quote>Format of the screen buffer</quote>
+ &s.code;videoRam&e.code;
+ <quote>total video memory size (in bytes)</quote>
+ &s.code;maxHValue&e.code;
+ <quote>Maximum horizontal timing value allowed</quote>
+ &s.code;maxVValue&e.code;
+ <quote>Maximum vertical timing value allowed</quote>
+ &s.code;xInc&e.code;
+ <quote>Horizontal timing increment in pixels (defaults to 8)</quote>
+
+ This function fills in the following &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ fields:
+
+ &s.code;modePool&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ A subset of the modes available to the monitor which
+ are compatible with the driver.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;modes&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ One mode entry for each of the requested modes, with
+ the status field of each filled in to indicate if
+ the mode has been accepted or not. This list of
+ modes is a circular list.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;virtualX&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The resulting virtual width.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;virtualY&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The resulting virtual height.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;displayWidth&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The resulting line pitch.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;virtualFrom&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Where the virtual size was determined from.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ The first stage of this function checks that the
+ &s.code;virtualX&e.code; and &s.code;virtualY&e.code; values
+ supplied (if greater than zero) are consistent with the line pitch
+ and &s.code;maxHeight&e.code; limitations. If not, an error
+ message is printed, and the return value is &s.code;-1&e.code;.
+
+ The second stage sets up the mode pool, eliminating immediately
+ any modes that exceed the driver's line pitch limits, and also
+ the virtual width and height limits (if greater than zero). For
+ each mode removed an informational message is printed at verbosity
+ level &s.code;2&e.code;. If the mode pool ends up being empty,
+ a warning message is printed, and the return value is
+ &s.code;0&e.code;.
+
+ The final stage is to lookup each mode name, and fill in the remaining
+ parameters. If an error condition is encountered, a message is
+ printed, and the return value is &s.code;-1&e.code;. Otherwise,
+ the return value is the number of valid modes found
+ (&s.code;0&e.code; if none are found).
+
+ Even if the supplied mode names include duplicates, no two names will
+ ever match the same mode. Furthermore, if the supplied mode names do not
+ yield a valid mode (including the case where no names are passed at all),
+ the function will continue looking through the mode pool until it finds
+ a mode that survives all checks, or until the mode pool is exhausted.
+
+ A message is only printed by this function when a fundamental
+ problem is found. It is intended that this function may be called
+ more than once if there is more than one set of constraints that
+ the driver can work within.
+
+ If this function returns &s.code;-1&e.code;, the
+ &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function should return
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; is a linked list of clock ranges
+ allowed by the driver. If a mode doesn't fit in any of the defined
+ &s.code;clockRanges&e.code;, it is rejected. The first
+ &s.code;clockRange&e.code; that matches all requirements is used.
+ This structure needs to be initialized to NULL when allocated.
+
+ &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; contains the following fields:
+
+ &s.code;minClock&nl;
+ maxClock&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ The lower and upper mode clock bounds for which the rest
+ of the &s.code;clockRange&e.code; parameters apply.
+ Since these are the mode clocks, they are not scaled
+ with the &s.code;ClockMulFactor&e.code; and
+ &s.code;ClockDivFactor&e.code;. It is up to the driver
+ to adjust these values if they depend on the clock
+ scaling factors.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;clockIndex&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ (not used yet) &s.code;-1&e.code; for programmable clocks
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;interlaceAllowed&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if interlacing is allowed for this
+ range
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;doubleScanAllowed&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code; if doublescan or multiscan is allowed
+ for this range
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;ClockMulFactor&nl;
+ ClockDivFactor&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Scaling factors that are applied to the mode clocks ONLY
+ before selecting a clock index (when there is no
+ programmable clock) or a &s.code;SynthClock&e.code;
+ value. This is useful for drivers that support pixel
+ multiplexing or that need to scale the clocks because
+ of hardware restrictions (like sending 24bpp data to an
+ 8 bit RAMDAC using a tripled clock).
+
+ Note that these parameters describe what must be done
+ to the mode clock to achieve the data transport clock
+ between graphics controller and RAMDAC. For example
+ for &s.code;2:1&e.code; pixel multiplexing, two pixels
+ are sent to the RAMDAC on each clock. This allows the
+ RAMDAC clock to be half of the actual pixel clock.
+ Hence, &s.code;ClockMulFactor=1&e.code; and
+ &s.code;ClockDivFactor=2&e.code;. This means that the
+ clock used for clock selection (ie, determining the
+ correct clock index from the list of discrete clocks)
+ or for the &s.code;SynthClock&e.code; field in case of
+ a programmable clock is: (&s.code;mode->Clock *
+ ClockMulFactor) / ClockDivFactor&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ &s.code;PrivFlags&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This field is copied into the
+ &s.code;mode->PrivFlags&e.code; field when this
+ &s.code;clockRange&e.code; is selected by
+ &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code;. It allows the
+ driver to find out what clock range was selected, so it
+ knows it needs to set up pixel multiplexing or any other
+ range-dependent feature. This field is purely
+ driver-defined: it may contain flag bits, an index or
+ anything else (as long as it is an &s.code;INT&e.code;).
+ </quote>
+
+ Note that the &s.code;mode->SynthClock&e.code; field is always
+ filled in by &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code;: it will contain
+ the ``data transport clock'', which is the clock that will have
+ to be programmed in the chip when it has a programmable clock, or
+ the clock that will be picked from the clocks list when it is not
+ a programmable one. Thus:
+
+ &s.code;mode->SynthClock =
+ &f.indent;(mode->Clock * ClockMulFactor) / ClockDivFactor&e.code;
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86PruneDriverModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function deletes modes in the modes field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that have been marked as invalid.
+ This is normally run after having run
+ &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code; for the last time. For each
+ mode that is deleted, a warning message is printed out indicating
+ the reason for it being deleted.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86SetCrtcForModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int adjustFlags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function fills in the &s.code;Crtc*&e.code; fields for all
+ the modes in the &s.code;modes&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. The &s.code;adjustFlags&e.code;
+ parameter determines how the vertical CRTC values are scaled for
+ interlaced modes. They are halved if it is
+ &s.code;INTERLACE_HALVE_V&e.code;. The vertical CRTC values are
+ doubled for doublescan modes, and are further multiplied by the
+ &s.code;VScan&e.code; value.
+
+ This function is normally called after calling
+ &s.code;xf86PruneDriverModes()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86PrintModes(ScrnInfoPtr scrp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function prints out the virtual size setting, and the line
+ pitch being used. It also prints out two lines for each mode being
+ used. The first line includes the mode's pixel clock, horizontal sync
+ rate, refresh rate, and whether it is interlaced, doublescanned and/or
+ multi-scanned. The second line is the mode's Modeline.
+
+ This function is normally called after calling
+ &s.code;xf86SetCrtcForModes()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Secondary Mode functions
+<p>
+
+The secondary mode helper functions are functions which are normally
+used by the primary mode helper functions, and which are not normally
+called directly by a driver. If a driver has unusual requirements
+and needs to do its own mode validation, it might be able to make
+use of some of these secondary mode helper functions.
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;int xf86GetNearestClock(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, int freq, Bool allowDiv2,
+ &f.indent;int *divider)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns the index of the closest clock to the
+ frequency &s.code;freq&e.code; given (in kHz). It assumes that
+ the number of clocks is greater than zero. It requires that the
+ &s.code;numClocks&e.code; and &s.code;clock&e.code; fields of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are initialised. The
+ &s.code;allowDiv2&e.code; field determines if the clocks can be
+ halved. The &s.code;*divider&e.code; return value indicates
+ whether clock division is used when determining the clock returned.
+
+ This function is only for non-programmable clocks.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;const char *xf86ModeStatusToString(ModeStatus status)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function converts the &s.code;status&e.code; value to a
+ descriptive printable string.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;ModeStatus xf86LookupMode(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, DisplayModePtr modep,
+ &f.indent;ClockRangePtr clockRanges, LookupModeFlags strategy)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function takes a pointer to a mode with the name filled in,
+ and looks for a mode in the &s.code;modePool&e.code; list which
+ matches. The parameters of the matching mode are filled in to
+ &s.code;*modep&e.code;. The &s.code;clockRanges&e.code; and
+ &s.code;strategy&e.code; parameters are as for the
+ &s.code;xf86ValidateModes()&e.code; function above.
+
+ This function requires the &s.code;modePool&e.code;,
+ &s.code;clock[]&e.code;, &s.code;numClocks&e.code; and
+ &s.code;progClock&e.code; fields of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ to be initialised before being called.
+
+ The return value is &s.code;MODE_OK&e.code; if a mode was found.
+ Otherwise it indicates why a matching mode could not be found.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;ModeStatus xf86InitialCheckModeForDriver(ScrnInfoPtr scrp,
+ &f.indent;DisplayModePtr mode, ClockRangePtr clockRanges,
+ &f.indent;LookupModeFlags strategy, int maxPitch,
+ &f.indent;int virtualX, int virtualY)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function checks the passed mode against some basic driver
+ constraints. Apart from the ones passed explicitly, the
+ &s.code;maxHValue&e.code; and &s.code;maxVValue&e.code; fields of
+ the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; are also used. If the
+ &s.code;ValidMode&e.code; field of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ is set, that function is also called to check the mode. Next, the
+ mode is checked against the monitor's constraints.
+
+ If the mode is consistent with all constraints, the return value
+ is &s.code;MODE_OK&e.code;. Otherwise the return value indicates
+ which constraint wasn't met.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86DeleteMode(DisplayModePtr *modeList, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function deletes the &s.code;mode&e.code; given from the
+ &s.code;modeList&e.code;. It never prints any messages, so it is
+ up to the caller to print a message if required.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Functions for handling strings and tokens
+<p>
+
+ Tables associating strings and numerical tokens combined with the
+ following functions provide a compact way of handling strings from
+ the config file, and for converting tokens into printable strings.
+ The table data structure is:
+
+<quote><verb>
+typedef struct {
+ int token;
+ const char * name;
+} SymTabRec, *SymTabPtr;
+</verb></quote>
+
+ A table is an initialised array of &s.code;SymTabRec&e.code;. The
+ tokens must be non-negative integers. Multiple names may be mapped
+ to a single token. The table is terminated with an element with a
+ &s.code;token&e.code; value of &s.code;-1&e.code; and
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; for the &s.code;name&e.code;.
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;const char *xf86TokenToString(SymTabPtr table, int token)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns the first string in &s.code;table&e.code;
+ that matches &s.code;token&e.code;. If no match is found,
+ &s.code;NULL&e.code; is returned (NOTE, older versions of this
+ function would return the string "unknown" when no match is found).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;int xf86StringToToken(SymTabPtr table, const char *string)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function returns the first token in &s.code;table&e.code;
+ that matches &s.code;string&e.code;. The
+ &s.code;xf86NameCmp()&e.code; function is used to determine the
+ match. If no match is found, &s.code;-1&e.code; is returned.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Functions for finding which config file entries to use
+<p>
+
+ These functions can be used to select the appropriate config file
+ entries that match the detected hardware. They are described above
+ in the <ref id="probe" name="Probe"> and
+ <ref id="avail" name="Available Functions"> sections.
+
+
+<sect1>Probing discrete clocks on old hardware
+<p>
+
+ The &s.code;xf86GetClocks()&e.code; function may be used to assist
+ in finding the discrete pixel clock values on older hardware.
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void xf86GetClocks(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int num,
+ &f.indent;Bool (*ClockFunc)(ScrnInfoPtr, int),
+ &f.indent;void (*ProtectRegs)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool),
+ &f.indent;void (*BlankScreen)(ScrnInfoPtr, Bool),
+ &f.indent;int vertsyncreg, int maskval, int knownclkindex,
+ &f.indent;int knownclkvalue)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function uses a comparative sampling method to measure the
+ discrete pixel clock values. The number of discrete clocks to
+ measure is given by &s.code;num&e.code;. &s.code;clockFunc&e.code;
+ is a function that selects the &s.code;n&e.code;'th clock. It
+ should also save or restore any state affected by programming the
+ clocks when the index passed is &s.code;CLK_REG_SAVE&e.code; or
+ &s.code;CLK_REG_RESTORE&e.code;. &s.code;ProtectRegs&e.code; is
+ a function that does whatever is required to protect the hardware
+ state while selecting a new clock. &s.code;BlankScreen&e.code;
+ is a function that blanks the screen. &s.code;vertsyncreg&e.code;
+ and &s.code;maskval&e.code; are the register and bitmask to
+ check for the presence of vertical sync pulses.
+ &s.code;knownclkindex&e.code; and &s.code;knownclkvalue&e.code;
+ are the index and value of a known clock. These are the known
+ references on which the comparative measurements are based. The
+ number of clocks probed is set in &s.code;pScrn->numClocks&e.code;,
+ and the probed clocks are set in the &s.code;pScrn->clock[]&e.code;
+ array. All of the clock values are in units of kHz.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void xf86ShowClocks(ScrnInfoPtr scrp, MessageType from)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Print out the pixel clocks &s.code;scrp->clock[]&e.code;.
+ &s.code;from&e.code; indicates whether the clocks were probed
+ or from the config file.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>Other helper functions
+<p>
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool xf86IsUnblank(int mode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; when the screen saver mode specified
+ by &s.code;mode&e.code; requires the screen be unblanked,
+ and &s.code;FALSE&e.code; otherwise. The screen saver modes that
+ require blanking are &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_ON&e.code; and
+ &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE&e.code;, and the screen saver modes that
+ require unblanking are &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_OFF&e.code; and
+ &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER&e.code;. Drivers may call this helper
+ from their &s.code;SaveScreen()&e.code; function to interpret the
+ screen saver modes.
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>The vgahw module
+<p>
+
+The vgahw modules provides an interface for saving, restoring and
+programming the standard VGA registers, and for handling VGA colourmaps.
+
+<sect1>Data Structures
+<p>
+
+ The public data structures used by the vgahw module are
+ &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; and &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. They are
+ defined in &s.code;vgaHW.h.&e.code;
+
+
+<sect1>General vgahw Functions
+<p>
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWGetHWRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allocates a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; structure, and
+ hooks it into the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s
+ &s.code;privates&e.code;. Like all information hooked into the
+ &s.code;privates&e.code;, it is persistent, and only needs to be
+ allocated once per screen. This function should normally be called
+ from the driver's &s.code;ChipPreInit()&e.code; function. The
+ &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; is zero-allocated, and the following
+ fields are explicitly initialised:
+
+ &s.code;ModeReg.DAC[]&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised with a default colourmap</quote>
+ &s.code;ModeReg.Attribute[0x11]&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised with the default overscan index</quote>
+ &s.code;ShowOverscan&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised according to the "ShowOverscan" option</quote>
+ &s.code;paletteEnabled&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised to FALSE</quote>
+ &s.code;cmapSaved&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised to FALSE</quote>
+ &s.code;pScrn&e.code;
+ <quote>initialised to pScrn</quote>
+
+ In addition to the above, &s.code;vgaHWSetStdFuncs()&e.code; is
+ called to initialise the register access function fields with the
+ standard VGA set of functions.
+
+ Once allocated, a pointer to the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; can be
+ obtained from the &s.code;ScrnInfoPtr&e.code; with the
+ &s.code;VGAHWPTR(pScrn)&e.code; macro.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWFreeHWRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function frees a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; structure. It
+ should be called from a driver's &s.code;ChipFreeScreen()&e.code;
+ function.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWSetRegCounts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int numCRTC,
+ &f.indent;int numSequencer, int numGraphics, int numAttribute)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function allows the number of CRTC, Sequencer, Graphics and
+ Attribute registers to be changed. This makes it possible for
+ extended registers to be saved and restored with
+ &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; and &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code;.
+ This function should be called after a &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;
+ has been allocated with &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;. The
+ default values are defined in &s.code;vgaHW.h&e.code; as follows:
+
+ <quote><verb>
+#define VGA_NUM_CRTC 25
+#define VGA_NUM_SEQ 5
+#define VGA_NUM_GFX 9
+#define VGA_NUM_ATTR 21
+ </verb></quote>
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWCopyReg(vgaRegPtr dst, vgaRegPtr src)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function copies the contents of the VGA saved registers in
+ &s.code;src&e.code; to &s.code;dst&e.code;. Note that it isn't
+ possible to simply do this with &s.code;memcpy()&e.code; (or
+ similar). This function returns &s.code;TRUE&e.code; unless there
+ is a problem allocating space for the &s.code;CRTC&e.code and
+ related fields in &s.code;dst&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSetStdFuncs(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function initialises the register access function fields of
+ &s.code;hwp&e.code; with the standard VGA set of functions. This
+ is called by &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;, so there is usually
+ no need to call this explicitly. The register access functions
+ are described below. If the registers are shadowed in some other
+ port I/O space (for example a PCI I/O region), these functions
+ can be used to access the shadowed registers if
+ &s.code;hwp->PIOOffset&e.code; is initialised with
+ &s.code;offset&e.code;, calculated in such a way that when the
+ standard VGA I/O port value is added to it the correct offset into
+ the PIO area results. This value is initialised to zero in
+ &s.code;vgaHWGetHWRec()&e.code;. (Note: the PIOOffset functionality
+ is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.)
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSetMmioFuncs(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 *base, int offset)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function initialised the register access function fields of
+ hwp with a generic MMIO set of functions.
+ &s.code;hwp->MMIOBase&e.code; is initialised with
+ &s.code;base&e.code;, which must be the virtual address that the
+ start of MMIO area is mapped to. &s.code;hwp->MMIOOffset&e.code;
+ is initialised with &s.code;offset&e.code;, which must be calculated
+ in such a way that when the standard VGA I/O port value is added
+ to it the correct offset into the MMIO area results. That means
+ that these functions are only suitable when the VGA I/O ports are
+ made available in a direct mapping to the MMIO space. If that is
+ not the case, the driver will need to provide its own register
+ access functions. The register access functions are described
+ below.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWMapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function maps the VGA memory window. It requires that the
+ &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; be allocated. If a driver requires
+ non-default &s.code;MapPhys&e.code; or &s.code;MapSize&e.code;
+ settings (the physical location and size of the VGA memory window)
+ then those fields of the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; must be initialised
+ before calling this function. Otherwise, this function initialiases
+ the default values of &s.code;0xA0000&e.code; for
+ &s.code;MapPhys&e.code; and &s.code;(64 * 1024)&e.code; for
+ &s.code;MapSize&e.code;. This function must be called before
+ attempting to save or restore the VGA state. If the driver doesn't
+ call it explicitly, the &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; and
+ &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code; functions may call it if they need
+ to access the VGA memory (in which case they will also call
+ &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; to unmap the VGA memory before
+ exiting).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWUnmapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function unmaps the VGA memory window. It must only be called
+ after the memory has been mapped. The &s.code;Base&e.code; field
+ of the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; field is set to &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ to indicate that the memory is no longer mapped.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWGetIOBase(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function initialises the &s.code;IOBase&e.code; field of the
+ &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. This function must be called before
+ using any other functions that access the video hardware.
+
+ A macro &s.code;VGAHW_GET_IOBASE()&e.code; is also available in
+ &s.code;vgaHW.h&e.code; that returns the I/O base, and this may
+ be used when the vgahw module is not loaded (for example, in the
+ &s.code;ChipProbe()&e.code; function).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWUnlock(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function unlocks the VGA &s.code;CRTC[0-7]&e.code; registers,
+ and must be called before attempting to write to those registers.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWLock(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function locks the VGA &s.code;CRTC[0-7]&e.code; registers.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWEnable(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function enables the VGA subsystem. (Note, this function is
+ present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWDisable(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function disables the VGA subsystem. (Note, this function is
+ present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function saves the VGA state. The state is written to the
+ &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;save&e.code;.
+ &s.code;flags&e.code; is set to one or more of the following flags
+ ORed together:
+
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_MODE&e.code;
+ <quote>the mode setting registers are saved</quote>
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code;
+ <quote>the text mode font/text data is saved</quote>
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_CMAP&e.code;
+ <quote>the colourmap (LUT) is saved</quote>
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_ALL&e.code;
+ <quote>all of the above are saved</quote>
+
+ The &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; and its &s.code;IOBase&e.code; fields
+ must be initialised before this function is called. If
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code; is set in &s.code;flags&e.code;, the
+ VGA memory window must be mapped. If it isn't then
+ &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; will be called to map it, and
+ &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; will be called to unmap it
+ afterwards. &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; uses the three functions
+ below in the order &s.code;vgaHWSaveColormap()&e.code;,
+ &s.code;vgaHWSaveMode()&e.code;, &s.code;vgaHWSaveFonts()&e.code; to
+ carry out the different save phases. It is undecided at this
+ stage whether they will remain part of the vgahw module's public
+ interface or not.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSaveMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function saves the VGA mode registers. They are saved to
+ the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by &s.code;save&e.code;.
+ The registers saved are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;MiscOut&nl;
+ CRTC[0-0x18]&nl;
+ Attribute[0-0x14]&nl;
+ Graphics[0-8]&nl;
+ Sequencer[0-4]&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ The number of registers actually saved may be modified by a prior call
+ to &s.code;vgaHWSetRegCounts()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSaveFonts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function saves the text mode font and text data held in the
+ video memory. If called while in a graphics mode, no save is
+ done. The VGA memory window must be mapped with
+ &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; before to calling this function.
+
+ On some platforms, one or more of the font/text plane saves may be
+ no-ops. This is the case when the platform's VC driver already
+ takes care of this.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSaveColormap(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr save)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function saves the VGA colourmap (LUT). Before saving it, it
+ attempts to verify that the colourmap is readable. In rare cases
+ where it isn't readable, a default colourmap is saved instead.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore, int flags)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function programs the VGA state. The state programmed is
+ that contained in the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by
+ &s.code;restore&e.code;. &s.code;flags&e.code; is the same
+ as described above for the &s.code;vgaHWSave()&e.code; function.
+
+ The &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; and its &s.code;IOBase&e.code; fields
+ must be initialised before this function is called. If
+ &s.code;VGA_SR_FONTS&e.code; is set in &s.code;flags&e.code;, the
+ VGA memory window must be mapped. If it isn't then
+ &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; will be called to map it, and
+ &s.code;vgaHWUnmapMem()&e.code; will be called to unmap it
+ afterwards. &s.code;vgaHWRestore()&e.code; uses the three functions
+ below in the order &s.code;vgaHWRestoreFonts()&e.code;,
+ &s.code;vgaHWRestoreMode()&e.code;,
+ &s.code;vgaHWRestoreColormap()&e.code; to carry out the different
+ restore phases. It is undecided at this stage whether they will
+ remain part of the vgahw module's public interface or not.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreMode(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function restores the VGA mode registers. They are restored
+ from the data in the &s.code;vgaRegRec&e.code; pointed to by
+ &s.code;restore&e.code;. The registers restored are:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;MiscOut&nl;
+ CRTC[0-0x18]&nl;
+ Attribute[0-0x14]&nl;
+ Graphics[0-8]&nl;
+ Sequencer[0-4]&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ The number of registers actually restored may be modified by a prior call
+ to &s.code;vgaHWSetRegCounts()&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreFonts(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function restores the text mode font and text data to the
+ video memory. The VGA memory window must be mapped with
+ &s.code;vgaHWMapMem()&e.code; before to calling this function.
+
+ On some platforms, one or more of the font/text plane restores
+ may be no-ops. This is the case when the platform's VC driver
+ already takes care of this.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWRestoreColormap(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, vgaRegPtr restore)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function restores the VGA colourmap (LUT).
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function fills in the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;'s
+ &s.code;ModeReg&e.code; field with the values appropriate for
+ programming the given video mode. It requires that the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;depth&e.code; field is
+ initialised, which determines how the registers are programmed.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWSeqReset(vgaHWPtr hwp, Bool start)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Do a VGA sequencer reset. If start is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;, the
+ reset is started. If start is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, the reset
+ is ended.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWProtect(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool on)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function protects VGA registers and memory from corruption
+ during loads. It is typically called with on set to
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code; before programming, and with on set to
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code; after programming.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function blanks and unblanks the screen. It is blanked when
+ &s.code;mode&e.code; is &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_ON&e.code; or
+ &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_CYCLE&e.code;, and unblanked when
+ &s.code;mode&e.code; is &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_OFF&e.code; or
+ &s.code;SCREEN_SAVER_FORCER&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void vgaHWBlankScreen(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, Bool on)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ This function blanks and unblanks the screen. It is blanked when
+ &s.code;on&e.code; is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;, and unblanked when
+ &s.code;on&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;. This function is
+ provided for use in cases where the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ can't be derived from the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (while probing
+ for clocks, for example).
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect1>VGA Colormap Functions
+<p>
+
+ The vgahw module uses the standard colormap support (see the
+ <ref id="cmap" name="Colormap Handling"> section. This is initialised
+ with the following function:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;Bool vgaHWHandleColormaps(ScreenPtr pScreen)&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>VGA Register Access Functions
+<p>
+
+ The vgahw module abstracts access to the standard VGA registers by
+ using a set of functions held in the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code;. When
+ the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; is created these function pointers are
+ initialised with the set of standard VGA I/O register access functions.
+ In addition to these, the vgahw module includes a basic set of MMIO
+ register access functions, and the &s.code;vgaHWRec&e.code; function
+ pointers can be initialised to these by calling the
+ &s.code;vgaHWSetMmioFuncs()&e.code; function described above. Some
+ drivers/platforms may require a different set of functions for VGA
+ access. The access functions are described here.
+
+
+ <quote><p>
+ &s.code;void writeCrtc(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to CRTC register &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readCrtc(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from CRTC register &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeGr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Graphics Controller register
+ &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readGR(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from Graphics Controller register
+ &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeSeq(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8, value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Sequencer register
+ &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readSeq(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from Sequencer register &s.code;index&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeAttr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index, CARD8, value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to Attribute Controller register
+ &s.code;index&e.code;. When writing out the index value this
+ function should set bit 5 (&s.code;0x20&e.code;) according to the
+ setting of &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; in order to
+ preserve the palette access state. It should be cleared when
+ &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ and set when it is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readAttr(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 index)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from Attribute Controller register
+ &s.code;index&e.code;. When writing out the index value this
+ function should set bit 5 (&s.code;0x20&e.code;) according to the
+ setting of &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; in order to
+ preserve the palette access state. It should be cleared when
+ &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; is &s.code;TRUE&e.code;
+ and set when it is &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeMiscOut(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write `&s.code;value&e.code;' to the Miscellaneous Output register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readMiscOut(vgwHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from the Miscellaneous Output register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void enablePalette(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Clear the palette address source bit in the Attribute Controller
+ index register and set &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; to
+ &s.code;TRUE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void disablePalette(vgaHWPtr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Set the palette address source bit in the Attribute Controller
+ index register and set &s.code;hwp->paletteEnabled&e.code; to
+ &s.code;FALSE&e.code;.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeDacMask(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Mask register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readDacMask(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from the DAC Mask register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeDacReadAddress(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Read Address register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeDacWriteAddress(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Write Address register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeDacData(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the DAC Data register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readDacData(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from the DAC Data register.
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;CARD8 readEnable(vgaHWptr hwp)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Return the value read from the VGA Enable register. (Note: This
+ function is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.)
+
+ </quote>
+
+ &s.code;void writeEnable(vgaHWPtr hwp, CARD8 value)&e.code;
+ <quote><p>
+ Write &s.code;value&e.code; to the VGA Enable register. (Note: This
+ function is present in XFree86 4.1.0 and later.)
+
+ </quote>
+ </quote>
+
+<sect>Some notes about writing a driver<label id="sample">
+<p>
+
+<em>NOTE: some parts of this are not up to date</em>
+
+The following is an outline for writing a basic unaccelerated driver
+for a PCI video card with a linear mapped framebuffer, and which has a
+VGA core. It is includes some general information that is relevant to
+most drivers (even those which don't fit that basic description).
+
+The information here is based on the initial conversion of the Matrox
+Millennium driver to the ``new design''. For a fleshing out and sample
+implementation of some of the bits outlined here, refer to that driver.
+Note that this is an example only. The approach used here will not be
+appropriate for all drivers.
+
+Each driver must reserve a unique driver name, and a string that is used
+to prefix all of its externally visible symbols. This is to avoid name
+space clashes when loading multiple drivers. The examples here are for
+the ``ZZZ'' driver, which uses the ``ZZZ'' or ``zzz'' prefix for its externally
+visible symbols.
+
+
+<sect1>Include files
+<p>
+
+ All drivers normally include the following headers:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_OSproc.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_ansic.h"&nl;
+ "xf86Resources.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ Wherever inb/outb (and related things) are used the following should be
+ included:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"compiler.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+ Note: in drivers, this must be included after &s.code;"xf86_ansic.h"&e.code;.
+
+ Drivers that need to access PCI vendor/device definitions need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86PciInfo.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers that need to access the PCI config space need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86Pci.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers using the mi banking wrapper need:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"mibank.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers that initialise a SW cursor need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"mipointer.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ All drivers implementing backing store need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"mibstore.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ All drivers using the mi colourmap code need this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"micmap.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ If a driver uses the vgahw module, it needs this:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"vgaHW.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting VGA or Hercules monochrome screens need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf1bpp.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting VGA or EGC 16-colour screens need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf4bpp.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers using cfb need:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;#define PSZ 8&nl;
+ #include "cfb.h"&nl;
+ #undef PSZ&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers supporting bpp 16, 24 or 32 with cfb need one or more of:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"cfb16.h"&nl;
+ "cfb24.h"&nl;
+ "cfb32.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ The driver's own header file:
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code;
+ </quote>
+
+ Drivers must NOT include the following:
+
+ <quote>
+ &s.code;"xf86Priv.h"&nl;
+ "xf86Privstr.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_libc.h"&nl;
+ "xf86_OSlib.h"&nl;
+ "Xos.h"&e.code;&nl;
+ any OS header
+ </quote>
+
+
+<sect1>Data structures and initialisation
+<p>
+
+<itemize>
+ <item>The following macros should be defined:
+ <code>
+#define VERSION <version-as-an-int>
+#define ZZZ_NAME "ZZZ" /* the name used to prefix messages */
+#define ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME "zzz" /* the driver name as used in config file */
+#define ZZZ_MAJOR_VERSION <int>
+#define ZZZ_MINOR_VERSION <int>
+#define ZZZ_PATCHLEVEL <int>
+ </code>
+<p>
+ NOTE: &s.code;ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME&e.code; should match the name of the
+ driver module without things like the "lib" prefix, the "_drv" suffix
+ or filename extensions.
+<p>
+
+ <item>A DriverRec must be defined, which includes the functions required
+ at the pre-probe phase. The name of this DriverRec must be an
+ upper-case version of ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME (for the purposes of static
+ linking).
+<p>
+ <code>
+DriverRec ZZZ = {
+ VERSION,
+ ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME,
+ ZZZIdentify,
+ ZZZProbe,
+ ZZZAvailableOptions,
+ NULL,
+ 0
+};
+ </code>
+
+ <item>Define list of supported chips and their matching ID:
+<p>
+ <code>
+static SymTabRec ZZZChipsets[] = {
+ { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, "zzz1234a" },
+ { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, "zzz5678a" },
+ { -1, NULL }
+};
+ </code>
+<p>
+ The token field may be any integer value that the driver may use to
+ uniquely identify the supported chipsets. For drivers that support
+ only PCI devices using the PCI device IDs might be a natural choice,
+ but this isn't mandatory. For drivers that support both PCI and other
+ devices (like ISA), some other ID should probably used. When other
+ IDs are used as the tokens it is recommended that the names be
+ defined as an &s.code;enum&e.code; type.
+<p>
+ <item>If the driver uses the &s.code;xf86MatchPciInstances(&e.code;)
+ helper (recommended for drivers that support PCI cards) a list that
+ maps PCI IDs to chip IDs and fixed resources must be defined:
+<p>
+ <code>
+static PciChipsets ZZZPciChipsets[] = {
+ { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, PCI_CHIP_ZZZ1234, RES_SHARED_VGA },
+ { PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, PCI_CHIP_ZZZ5678, RES_SHARED_VGA },
+ { -1, -1, RES_UNDEFINED }
+}
+ </code>
+<p>
+ <item>Define the &s.code;XF86ModuleVersionInfo&e.code; struct for the
+ driver. This is required for the dynamically loaded version:
+<p>
+ <code>
+static XF86ModuleVersionInfo zzzVersRec =
+{
+ "zzz",
+ MODULEVENDORSTRING,
+ MODINFOSTRING1,
+ MODINFOSTRING2,
+ XF86_VERSION_CURRENT,
+ ZZZ_MAJOR_VERSION, ZZZ_MINOR_VERSION, ZZZ_PATCHLEVEL,
+ ABI_CLASS_VIDEODRV,
+ ABI_VIDEODRV_VERSION,
+ MOD_CLASS_VIDEODRV,
+ {0,0,0,0}
+};
+ </code>
+<p>
+ <item>Define a data structure to hold the driver's screen-specific data.
+ This must be used instead of global variables. This would be defined
+ in the &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code; file, something like:
+<p>
+ <code>
+typedef struct {
+ type1 field1;
+ type2 field2;
+ int fooHack;
+ Bool pciRetry;
+ Bool noAccel;
+ Bool hwCursor;
+ CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+ OptionInfoPtr Options;
+ ...
+} ZZZRec, *ZZZPtr;
+ </code>
+<p>
+ <item>Define the list of config file Options that the driver accepts. For
+ consistency between drivers those in the list of ``standard'' options
+ should be used where appropriate before inventing new options.
+<p>
+ <code>
+typedef enum {
+ OPTION_FOO_HACK,
+ OPTION_PCI_RETRY,
+ OPTION_HW_CURSOR,
+ OPTION_NOACCEL
+} ZZZOpts;
+
+static const OptionInfoRec ZZZOptions[] = {
+ { OPTION_FOO_HACK, "FooHack", OPTV_INTEGER, {0}, FALSE },
+ { OPTION_PCI_RETRY, "PciRetry", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { OPTION_HW_CURSOR, "HWcursor", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { OPTION_NOACCEL, "NoAccel", OPTV_BOOLEAN, {0}, FALSE },
+ { -1, NULL, OPTV_NONE, {0}, FALSE }
+};
+ </code>
+<p>
+</itemize>
+
+<sect1>Functions
+<p>
+
+
+<sect2>SetupProc
+<p>
+
+ For dynamically loaded modules, a &s.code;ModuleData&e.code;
+ variable is required. It is should be the name of the driver
+ prepended to "ModuleData". A &s.code;Setup()&e.code; function is
+ also required, which calls &s.code;xf86AddDriver()&e.code; to add
+ the driver to the main list of drivers.
+
+ <code>
+static MODULESETUPPROTO(zzzSetup);
+
+XF86ModuleData zzzModuleData = { &zzzVersRec, zzzSetup, NULL };
+
+static pointer
+zzzSetup(pointer module, pointer opts, int *errmaj, int *errmin)
+{
+ static Bool setupDone = FALSE;
+
+ /* This module should be loaded only once, but check to be sure. */
+
+ if (!setupDone) {
+ /*
+ * Modules that this driver always requires may be loaded
+ * here by calling LoadSubModule().
+ */
+
+ setupDone = TRUE;
+ xf86AddDriver(&MGA, module, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * The return value must be non-NULL on success even though
+ * there is no TearDownProc.
+ */
+ return (pointer)1;
+ } else {
+ if (errmaj) *errmaj = LDR_ONCEONLY;
+ return NULL;
+ }
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>GetRec, FreeRec
+<p>
+
+ A function is usually required to allocate the driver's
+ screen-specific data structure and hook it into the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field.
+ The &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; is
+ initialised to &s.code;NULL&e.code;, so it is easy to check if the
+ initialisation has already been done. After allocating it, initialise
+ the fields. By using &s.code;xnfcalloc()&e.code; to do the allocation
+ it is zeroed, and if the allocation fails the server exits.
+<p>
+ NOTE:
+ When allocating structures from inside the driver which are defined
+ on the common level it is important to initialize the structure to
+ zero.
+ Only this guarantees that the server remains source compatible to
+ future changes in common level structures.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZGetRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ if (pScrn->driverPrivate != NULL)
+ return TRUE;
+ pScrn->driverPrivate = xnfcalloc(sizeof(ZZZRec), 1);
+ /* Initialise as required */
+ ...
+ return TRUE;
+}
+ </code>
+
+ Define a macro in &s.code;"zzz.h"&e.code; which gets a pointer to
+ the &s.code;ZZZRec&e.code; when given &s.code;pScrn&e.code;:
+
+ <code>
+#define ZZZPTR(p) ((ZZZPtr)((p)->driverPrivate))
+ </code>
+
+ Define a function to free the above, setting it to &s.code;NULL&e.code;
+ once it has been freed:
+
+ <code>
+static void
+ZZZFreeRec(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ if (pScrn->driverPrivate == NULL)
+ return;
+ xfree(pScrn->driverPrivate);
+ pScrn->driverPrivate = NULL;
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>Identify
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;Identify()&e.code; function. It is run before
+ the Probe, and typically prints out an identifying message, which
+ might include the chipsets it supports. This function is mandatory:
+
+ <code>
+static void
+ZZZIdentify(int flags)
+{
+ xf86PrintChipsets(ZZZ_NAME, "driver for ZZZ Tech chipsets",
+ ZZZChipsets);
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>Probe
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;Probe()&e.code; function. The purpose of this
+ is to find all instances of the hardware that the driver supports,
+ and for the ones not already claimed by another driver, claim the
+ slot, and allocate a &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;. This should be
+ a minimal probe, and it should under no circumstances leave the
+ state of the hardware changed. Because a device is found, don't
+ assume that it will be used. Don't do any initialisations other
+ than the required &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; initialisations.
+ Don't allocate any new data structures.
+
+ This function is mandatory.
+
+ NOTE: The &s.code;xf86DrvMsg()&e.code; functions cannot be used from
+ the Probe.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZProbe(DriverPtr drv, int flags)
+{
+ Bool foundScreen = FALSE;
+ int numDevSections, numUsed;
+ GDevPtr *devSections;
+ int *usedChips;
+ int i;
+
+ /*
+ * Find the config file Device sections that match this
+ * driver, and return if there are none.
+ */
+ if ((numDevSections = xf86MatchDevice(ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME,
+ &devSections)) <= 0) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Since this is a PCI card, "probing" just amounts to checking
+ * the PCI data that the server has already collected. If there
+ * is none, return.
+ *
+ * Although the config file is allowed to override things, it
+ * is reasonable to not allow it to override the detection
+ * of no PCI video cards.
+ *
+ * The provided xf86MatchPciInstances() helper takes care of
+ * the details.
+ */
+ /* test if PCI bus present */
+ if (xf86GetPciVideoInfo()) {
+
+ numUsed = xf86MatchPciInstances(ZZZ_NAME, PCI_VENDOR_ZZZ,
+ ZZZChipsets, ZZZPciChipsets, devSections,
+ numDevSections, drv, &usedChips);
+
+ for (i = 0; i < numUsed; i++) {
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = NULL;
+ if ((pScrn = xf86ConfigPciEntity(pScrn, flags, usedChips[i],
+ ZZZPciChipsets, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL))) {
+ /* Allocate a ScrnInfoRec */
+ pScrn->driverVersion = VERSION;
+ pScrn->driverName = ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME;
+ pScrn->name = ZZZ_NAME;
+ pScrn->Probe = ZZZProbe;
+ pScrn->PreInit = ZZZPreInit;
+ pScrn->ScreenInit = ZZZScreenInit;
+ pScrn->SwitchMode = ZZZSwitchMode;
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = ZZZAdjustFrame;
+ pScrn->EnterVT = ZZZEnterVT;
+ pScrn->LeaveVT = ZZZLeaveVT;
+ pScrn->FreeScreen = ZZZFreeScreen;
+ pScrn->ValidMode = ZZZValidMode;
+ foundScreen = TRUE;
+ /* add screen to entity */
+ }
+ }
+ xfree(usedChips);
+ }
+
+#ifdef HAS_ISA_DEVS
+ /*
+ * If the driver supports ISA hardware, the following block
+ * can be included too.
+ */
+ numUsed = xf86MatchIsaInstances(ZZZ_NAME, ZZZChipsets,
+ ZZZIsaChipsets, drv, ZZZFindIsaDevice,
+ devSections, numDevSections, &usedChips);
+ for (i = 0; i < numUsed; i++) {
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = NULL;
+ if ((pScrn = xf86ConfigIsaEntity(pScrn, flags, usedChips[i],
+ ZZZIsaChipsets, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+ NULL, NULL))) {
+ pScrn->driverVersion = VERSION;
+ pScrn->driverName = ZZZ_DRIVER_NAME;
+ pScrn->name = ZZZ_NAME;
+ pScrn->Probe = ZZZProbe;
+ pScrn->PreInit = ZZZPreInit;
+ pScrn->ScreenInit = ZZZScreenInit;
+ pScrn->SwitchMode = ZZZSwitchMode;
+ pScrn->AdjustFrame = ZZZAdjustFrame;
+ pScrn->EnterVT = ZZZEnterVT;
+ pScrn->LeaveVT = ZZZLeaveVT;
+ pScrn->FreeScreen = ZZZFreeScreen;
+ pScrn->ValidMode = ZZZValidMode;
+ foundScreen = TRUE;
+ }
+ }
+ xfree(usedChips);
+#endif /* HAS_ISA_DEVS */
+
+ xfree(devSections);
+ return foundScreen;
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>AvailableOptions
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;AvailableOptions()&e.code; function. The purpose
+ of this is to return the available driver options back to the
+ -configure option, so that an xorg.conf file can be built and the
+ user can see which options are available for them to use.
+
+<sect2>PreInit
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; function. The purpose of
+ this is to find all the information required to determine if the
+ configuration is usable, and to initialise those parts of the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; that can be set once at the beginning
+ of the first server generation. The information should be found in
+ the least intrusive way possible.
+
+ This function is mandatory.
+
+ NOTES:
+ <enum>
+ <item>The &s.code;PreInit()&e.code; function is only called once
+ during the life of the X server (at the start of the first
+ generation).
+
+ <item>Data allocated here must be of the type that persists for
+ the life of the X server. This means that data that hooks into
+ the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;'s &s.code;privates&e.code;
+ field should be allocated here, but data that hooks into the
+ &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;'s &s.code;devPrivates&e.code; field
+ should not be allocated here. The &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code;
+ field should also be allocated here.
+
+ <item>Although the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been allocated
+ before this function is called, the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code;
+ has not been allocated. That means that things requiring it
+ cannot be used in this function.
+
+ <item>Very little of the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code; has been
+ initialised when this function is called. It is important to
+ get the order of doing things right in this function.
+
+ </enum>
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZPreInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, int flags)
+{
+ /* Fill in the monitor field */
+ pScrn->monitor = pScrn->confScreen->monitor;
+
+ /*
+ * If using the vgahw module, it will typically be loaded
+ * here by calling xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "vgahw");
+ */
+
+ /*
+ * Set the depth/bpp. Use the globally preferred depth/bpp. If the
+ * driver has special default depth/bpp requirements, the defaults should
+ * be specified here explicitly.
+ * We support both 24bpp and 32bpp framebuffer layouts.
+ * This sets pScrn->display also.
+ */
+ if (!xf86SetDepthBpp(pScrn, 0, 0, 0,
+ Support24bppFb | Support32bppFb)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (depth/bpp isn't one we support) {
+ print error message;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Print out the depth/bpp that was set */
+ xf86PrintDepthBpp(pScrn);
+
+ /* Set bits per RGB for 8bpp */
+ if (pScrn->depth <= 8) {
+ /* Take into account a dac_6_bit option here */
+ pScrn->rgbBits = 6 or 8;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * xf86SetWeight() and xf86SetDefaultVisual() must be called
+ * after pScrn->display is initialised.
+ */
+
+ /* Set weight/mask/offset for depth > 8 */
+ if (pScrn->depth > 8) {
+ if (!xf86SetWeight(pScrn, defaultWeight, defaultMask)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (weight isn't one we support) {
+ print error message;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Set the default visual. */
+ if (!xf86SetDefaultVisual(pScrn, -1)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (visual isn't one we support) {
+ print error message;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If the driver supports gamma correction, set the gamma. */
+ if (!xf86SetGamma(pScrn, default_gamma)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* This driver uses a programmable clock */
+ pScrn->progClock = TRUE;
+
+ /* Allocate the ZZZRec driverPrivate */
+ if (!ZZZGetRec(pScrn)) {
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ pZzz = ZZZPTR(pScrn);
+
+ /* Collect all of the option flags (fill in pScrn->options) */
+ xf86CollectOptions(pScrn, NULL);
+
+ /*
+ * Process the options based on the information in ZZZOptions.
+ * The results are written to pZzz->Options. If all of the options
+ * processing is done within this function a local variable "options"
+ * can be used instead of pZzz->Options.
+ */
+ if (!(pZzz->Options = xalloc(sizeof(ZZZOptions))))
+ return FALSE;
+ (void)memcpy(pZzz->Options, ZZZOptions, sizeof(ZZZOptions));
+ xf86ProcessOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options, pZzz->Options);
+
+ /*
+ * Set various fields of ScrnInfoRec and/or ZZZRec based on
+ * the options found.
+ */
+ from = X_DEFAULT;
+ pZzz->hwCursor = FALSE;
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_HW_CURSOR)) {
+ from = X_CONFIG;
+ pZzz->hwCursor = TRUE;
+ }
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, from, "Using %s cursor\n",
+ pZzz->hwCursor ? "HW" : "SW");
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_NOACCEL)) {
+ pZzz->noAccel = TRUE;
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG,
+ "Acceleration disabled\n");
+ } else {
+ pZzz->noAccel = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (xf86IsOptionSet(pZzz->Options, OPTION_PCI_RETRY)) {
+ pZzz->UsePCIRetry = TRUE;
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, "PCI retry enabled\n");
+ }
+ pZzz->fooHack = 0;
+ if (xf86GetOptValInteger(pZzz->Options, OPTION_FOO_HACK,
+ &pZzz->fooHack)) {
+ xf86DrvMsg(pScrn->scrnIndex, X_CONFIG, "Foo Hack set to %d\n",
+ pZzz->fooHack);
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Find the PCI slot(s) that this screen claimed in the probe.
+ * In this case, exactly one is expected, so complain otherwise.
+ * Note in this case we're not interested in the card types so
+ * that parameter is set to NULL.
+ */
+ if ((i = xf86GetPciInfoForScreen(pScrn->scrnIndex, &pciList, NULL))
+ != 1) {
+ print error message;
+ ZZZFreeRec(pScrn);
+ if (i > 0)
+ xfree(pciList);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Note that pciList should be freed below when no longer needed */
+
+ /*
+ * Determine the chipset, allowing config file chipset and
+ * chipid values to override the probed information. The config
+ * chipset value has precedence over its chipid value if both
+ * are present.
+ *
+ * It isn't necessary to fill in pScrn->chipset if the driver
+ * keeps track of the chipset in its ZZZRec.
+ */
+
+ ...
+
+ /*
+ * Determine video memory, fb base address, I/O addresses, etc,
+ * allowing the config file to override probed values.
+ *
+ * Set the appropriate pScrn fields (videoRam is probably the
+ * most important one that other code might require), and
+ * print out the settings.
+ */
+
+ ...
+
+ /* Initialise a clockRanges list. */
+
+ ...
+
+ /* Set any other chipset specific things in the ZZZRec */
+
+ ...
+
+ /* Select valid modes from those available */
+
+ i = xf86ValidateModes(pScrn, pScrn->monitor->Modes,
+ pScrn->display->modes, clockRanges,
+ NULL, minPitch, maxPitch, rounding,
+ minHeight, maxHeight,
+ pScrn->display->virtualX,
+ pScrn->display->virtualY,
+ pScrn->videoRam * 1024,
+ LOOKUP_BEST_REFRESH);
+ if (i == -1) {
+ ZZZFreeRec(pScrn);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Prune the modes marked as invalid */
+
+ xf86PruneDriverModes(pScrn);
+
+ /* If no valid modes, return */
+
+ if (i == 0 || pScrn->modes == NULL) {
+ print error message;
+ ZZZFreeRec(pScrn);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Initialise the CRTC fields for the modes. This driver expects
+ * vertical values to be halved for interlaced modes.
+ */
+ xf86SetCrtcForModes(pScrn, INTERLACE_HALVE_V);
+
+ /* Set the current mode to the first in the list. */
+ pScrn->currentMode = pScrn->modes;
+
+ /* Print the list of modes being used. */
+ xf86PrintModes(pScrn);
+
+ /* Set the DPI */
+ xf86SetDpi(pScrn, 0, 0);
+
+ /* Load bpp-specific modules */
+ switch (pScrn->bitsPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ mod = "xf1bpp";
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ mod = "xf4bpp";
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ mod = "cfb";
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ mod = "cfb16";
+ break;
+ case 24:
+ mod = "cfb24";
+ break;
+ case 32:
+ mod = "cfb32";
+ break;
+ }
+ if (mod && !xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, mod))
+ ZZZFreeRec(pScrn);
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Load XAA if needed */
+ if (!pZzz->noAccel || pZzz->hwCursor)
+ if (!xf86LoadSubModule(pScrn, "xaa")) {
+ ZZZFreeRec(pScrn);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /* Done */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>MapMem, UnmapMem
+<p>
+
+ Define functions to map and unmap the video memory and any other
+ memory apertures required. These functions are not mandatory, but
+ it is often useful to have such functions.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZMapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ /* Call xf86MapPciMem() to map each PCI memory area */
+ ...
+ return TRUE or FALSE;
+}
+
+static Bool
+ZZZUnmapMem(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ /* Call xf86UnMapVidMem() to unmap each memory area */
+ ...
+ return TRUE or FALSE;
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>Save, Restore
+<p>
+
+ Define functions to save and restore the original video state. These
+ functions are not mandatory, but are often useful.
+
+ <code>
+static void
+ZZZSave(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ /*
+ * Save state into per-screen data structures.
+ * If using the vgahw module, vgaHWSave will typically be
+ * called here.
+ */
+ ...
+}
+
+static void
+ZZZRestore(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn)
+{
+ /*
+ * Restore state from per-screen data structures.
+ * If using the vgahw module, vgaHWRestore will typically be
+ * called here.
+ */
+ ...
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>ModeInit
+<p>
+
+ Define a function to initialise a new video mode. This function isn't
+ mandatory, but is often useful.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZModeInit(ScrnInfoPtr pScrn, DisplayModePtr mode)
+{
+ /*
+ * Program a video mode. If using the vgahw module,
+ * vgaHWInit and vgaRestore will typically be called here.
+ * Once up to the point where there can't be a failure
+ * set pScrn->vtSema to TRUE.
+ */
+ ...
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>ScreenInit
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;ScreenInit()&e.code; function. This is called
+ at the start of each server generation, and should fill in as much
+ of the &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; as possible as well as any other
+ data that is initialised once per generation. It should initialise
+ the framebuffer layers it is using, and initialise the initial video
+ mode.
+
+ This function is mandatory.
+
+ NOTE: The &s.code;ScreenRec&e.code; (&s.code;pScreen&e.code;) is
+ passed to this driver, but it and the
+ &s.code;ScrnInfoRecs&e.code; are not yet hooked into each
+ other. This means that in this function, and functions it
+ calls, one cannot be found from the other.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZScreenInit(int scrnIndex, ScreenPtr pScreen, int argc, char **argv)
+{
+ /* Get the ScrnInfoRec */
+ pScrn = xf86Screens[pScreen->myNum];
+
+ /*
+ * If using the vgahw module, its data structures and related
+ * things are typically initialised/mapped here.
+ */
+
+ /* Save the current video state */
+ ZZZSave(pScrn);
+
+ /* Initialise the first mode */
+ ZZZModeInit(pScrn, pScrn->currentMode);
+
+ /* Set the viewport if supported */
+
+ ZZZAdjustFrame(scrnIndex, pScrn->frameX0, pScrn->frameY0, 0);
+
+ /*
+ * Setup the screen's visuals, and initialise the framebuffer
+ * code.
+ */
+
+ /* Reset the visual list */
+ miClearVisualTypes();
+
+ /*
+ * Setup the visuals supported. This driver only supports
+ * TrueColor for bpp > 8, so the default set of visuals isn't
+ * acceptable. To deal with this, call miSetVisualTypes with
+ * the appropriate visual mask.
+ */
+
+ if (pScrn->bitsPerPixel > 8) {
+ if (!miSetVisualTypes(pScrn->depth, TrueColorMask,
+ pScrn->rgbBits, pScrn->defaultVisual))
+ return FALSE;
+ } else {
+ if (!miSetVisualTypes(pScrn->depth,
+ miGetDefaultVisualMask(pScrn->depth),
+ pScrn->rgbBits, pScrn->defaultVisual))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Initialise the framebuffer.
+ */
+
+ switch (pScrn->bitsPerPixel) {
+ case 1:
+ ret = xf1bppScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ ret = xf4bppScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ ret = cfbScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ ret = cfb16ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ case 24:
+ ret = cfb24ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ case 32:
+ ret = cfb32ScreenInit(pScreen, FbBase,
+ pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->xDpi, pScrn->yDpi,
+ pScrn->displayWidth);
+ break;
+ default:
+ print a message about an internal error;
+ ret = FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (!ret)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Override the default mask/offset settings */
+ if (pScrn->bitsPerPixel > 8) {
+ for (i = 0, visual = pScreen->visuals;
+ i < pScreen->numVisuals; i++, visual++) {
+ if ((visual->class | DynamicClass) == DirectColor) {
+ visual->offsetRed = pScrn->offset.red;
+ visual->offsetGreen = pScrn->offset.green;
+ visual->offsetBlue = pScrn->offset.blue;
+ visual->redMask = pScrn->mask.red;
+ visual->greenMask = pScrn->mask.green;
+ visual->blueMask = pScrn->mask.blue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * If banking is needed, initialise an miBankInfoRec (defined in
+ * "mibank.h"), and call miInitializeBanking().
+ */
+ if (!miInitializeBanking(pScreen, pScrn->virtualX, pScrn->virtualY,
+ pScrn->displayWidth, pBankInfo))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /*
+ * If backing store is to be supported (as is usually the case),
+ * initialise it.
+ */
+ miInitializeBackingStore(pScreen);
+
+ /*
+ * Set initial black & white colourmap indices.
+ */
+ xf86SetBlackWhitePixels(pScreen);
+
+ /*
+ * Install colourmap functions. If using the vgahw module,
+ * vgaHandleColormaps would usually be called here.
+ */
+
+ ...
+
+ /*
+ * Initialise cursor functions. This example is for the mi
+ * software cursor.
+ */
+ miDCInitialize(pScreen, xf86GetPointerScreenFuncs());
+
+ /* Initialise the default colourmap */
+ switch (pScrn->depth) {
+ case 1:
+ if (!xf1bppCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ if (!xf4bppCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+ break;
+ default:
+ if (!cfbCreateDefColormap(pScreen))
+ return FALSE;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Wrap the CloseScreen vector and set SaveScreen.
+ */
+ ZZZPTR(pScrn)->CloseScreen = pScreen->CloseScreen;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = ZZZCloseScreen;
+ pScreen->SaveScreen = ZZZSaveScreen;
+
+ /* Report any unused options (only for the first generation) */
+ if (serverGeneration == 1) {
+ xf86ShowUnusedOptions(pScrn->scrnIndex, pScrn->options);
+ }
+
+ /* Done */
+ return TRUE;
+}
+ </code>
+
+
+<sect2>SwitchMode
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;SwitchMode()&e.code; function if mode switching
+ is supported by the driver.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZSwitchMode(int scrnIndex, DisplayModePtr mode, int flags)
+{
+ return ZZZModeInit(xf86Screens[scrnIndex], mode);
+}
+ </code>
+
+
+<sect2>AdjustFrame
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;AdjustFrame()&e.code; function if the driver
+ supports this.
+
+ <code>
+static void
+ZZZAdjustFrame(int scrnIndex, int x, int y, int flags)
+{
+ /* Adjust the viewport */
+}
+ </code>
+
+
+<sect2>EnterVT, LeaveVT
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;EnterVT()&e.code; and &s.code;LeaveVT()&e.code;
+ functions.
+
+ These functions are mandatory.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZEnterVT(int scrnIndex, int flags)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ return ZZZModeInit(pScrn, pScrn->currentMode);
+}
+
+static void
+ZZZLeaveVT(int scrnIndex, int flags)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ ZZZRestore(pScrn);
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>CloseScreen
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function:
+
+ This function is mandatory. Note that it unwraps the previously
+ wrapped &s.code;pScreen->CloseScreen&e.code;, and finishes by
+ calling it.
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZCloseScreen(int scrnIndex, ScreenPtr pScreen)
+{
+ ScrnInfoPtr pScrn = xf86Screens[scrnIndex];
+ if (pScrn->vtSema) {
+ ZZZRestore(pScrn);
+ ZZZUnmapMem(pScrn);
+ }
+ pScrn->vtSema = FALSE;
+ pScreen->CloseScreen = ZZZPTR(pScrn)->CloseScreen;
+ return (*pScreen->CloseScreen)(scrnIndex, pScreen);
+}
+ </code>
+
+<sect2>SaveScreen
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;SaveScreen()&e.code; function (the screen
+ blanking function). When using the vgahw module, this will typically
+ be:
+
+ <code>
+static Bool
+ZZZSaveScreen(ScreenPtr pScreen, int mode)
+{
+ return vgaHWSaveScreen(pScreen, mode);
+}
+ </code>
+
+ This function is mandatory. Before modifying any hardware register
+ directly this function needs to make sure that the Xserver is active
+ by checking if &s.code;pScrn&e.code; is non-NULL and for
+ &s.code;pScrn->vtSema == TRUE&e.code;.
+
+<sect2>FreeScreen
+<p>
+
+ Define the &s.code;FreeScreen()&e.code; function. This function
+ is optional. It should be defined if the &s.code;ScrnInfoRec&e.code;
+ &s.code;driverPrivate&e.code; field is used so that it can be freed
+ when a screen is deleted by the common layer for reasons possibly
+ beyond the driver's control. This function is not used in during
+ normal (error free) operation. The per-generation data is freed by
+ the &s.code;CloseScreen()&e.code; function.
+
+ <code>
+static void
+ZZZFreeScreen(int scrnIndex, int flags)
+{
+ /*
+ * If the vgahw module is used vgaHWFreeHWRec() would be called
+ * here.
+ */
+ ZZZFreeRec(xf86Screens[scrnIndex]);
+}
+ </code>
+
+
+</article>
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri2/dri2ext.c b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri2/dri2ext.c index 38efc86e0..adbc9647b 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri2/dri2ext.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xfree86/dri2/dri2ext.c @@ -160,11 +160,7 @@ DRI2InvalidateBuffersEvent(DrawablePtr pDraw, void *priv) xDRI2InvalidateBuffers event;
ClientPtr client = priv;
- if (client->clientGone)
- return;
-
event.type = DRI2EventBase + DRI2_InvalidateBuffers;
- event.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
event.drawable = pDraw->id;
WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, (xEvent *)&event);
@@ -366,7 +362,6 @@ DRI2SwapEvent(ClientPtr client, void *data, int type, CARD64 ust, CARD64 msc, DrawablePtr pDrawable = data;
event.type = DRI2EventBase + DRI2_BufferSwapComplete;
- event.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
event.event_type = type;
event.drawable = pDrawable->id;
event.ust_hi = (CARD64)ust >> 32;
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/applewm.c b/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/applewm.c index b0f811750..64851e791 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/applewm.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/applewm.c @@ -341,7 +341,6 @@ ProcAppleWMSelectInput (register ClientPtr client) void
AppleWMSendEvent (int type, unsigned int mask, int which, int arg) {
WMEventPtr *pHead, pEvent;
- ClientPtr client;
xAppleWMNotifyEvent se;
int i;
@@ -349,18 +348,13 @@ AppleWMSendEvent (int type, unsigned int mask, int which, int arg) { if (i != Success || !pHead)
return;
for (pEvent = *pHead; pEvent; pEvent = pEvent->next) {
- client = pEvent->client;
- if ((pEvent->mask & mask) == 0
- || client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
- {
+ if ((pEvent->mask & mask) == 0)
continue;
- }
se.type = type + WMEventBase;
se.kind = which;
se.arg = arg;
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
+ WriteEventsToClient (pEvent->client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/xpr/appledri.c b/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/xpr/appledri.c index 87cb9016a..1fceb525c 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/xpr/appledri.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xquartz/xpr/appledri.c @@ -192,22 +192,16 @@ static void surface_notify( {
DRISurfaceNotifyArg *arg = _arg;
int client_index = (int) x_cvt_vptr_to_uint(data);
- ClientPtr client;
xAppleDRINotifyEvent se;
if (client_index < 0 || client_index >= currentMaxClients)
return;
- client = clients[client_index];
- if (client == NULL || client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
- return;
-
se.type = DRIEventBase + AppleDRISurfaceNotify;
se.kind = arg->kind;
se.arg = arg->id;
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
- WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
+ WriteEventsToClient (clients[client_index], 1, (xEvent *) &se);
}
static int
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.c b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.c index c972bbcad..d09173197 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.c @@ -673,6 +673,18 @@ winSetRealOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt) deflt = o.value.realnum;
return deflt;
}
+
+double
+winSetPercentOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt)
+{
+ OptionInfoRec o;
+
+ o.name = name;
+ o.type = OPTV_PERCENT;
+ if (ParseOptionValue (-1, optlist, &o))
+ deflt = o.value.realnum;
+ return deflt;
+}
#endif
@@ -851,6 +863,31 @@ ParseOptionValue (int scrnIndex, pointer options, OptionInfoPtr p) p->found = FALSE;
}
break;
+ case OPTV_PERCENT:
+ if (*s == '\0')
+ {
+ winDrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a percent value\n",
+ p->name);
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ double percent = strtod (s, &end);
+
+ if (end != s && winNameCompare (end, "%"))
+ {
+ p->found = TRUE;
+ p->value.realnum = percent;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ winDrvMsg (scrnIndex, X_WARNING,
+ "Option \"%s\" requires a frequency value\n",
+ p->name);
+ p->found = FALSE;
+ }
+ }
case OPTV_FREQ:
if (*s == '\0')
{
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.h b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.h index 058884abc..7f533cff0 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.h +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winconfig.h @@ -1,322 +1,324 @@ -#ifndef __WIN_CONFIG_H__ -#define __WIN_CONFIG_H__ -/* - *Copyright (C) 1994-2000 The XFree86 Project, Inc. All Rights Reserved. - * - *Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - *"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - *without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - *distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - *permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - *the following conditions: - * - *The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be - *included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - * - *THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - *EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - *MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - *NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE XFREE86 PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR - *ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF - *CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION - *WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - * - *Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project - *shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use - *or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization - *from the XFree86 Project. - * - * Authors: Alexander Gottwald - */ - -#include "win.h" -#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG -#include "../xfree86/parser/xf86Parser.h" -#endif - - -/* These are taken from hw/xfree86/common/xf86str.h */ - -typedef struct -{ - CARD32 red, green, blue; -} -rgb; - - -typedef struct -{ - float red, green, blue; -} -Gamma; - - -typedef struct -{ - char *identifier; - char *vendor; - char *board; - char *chipset; - char *ramdac; - char *driver; - struct _confscreenrec *myScreenSection; - Bool claimed; - Bool active; - Bool inUse; - int videoRam; - int textClockFreq; - pointer options; - int screen; /* For multi-CRTC cards */ -} -GDevRec, *GDevPtr; - - -typedef struct -{ - char *identifier; - char *driver; - pointer commonOptions; - pointer extraOptions; -} -IDevRec, *IDevPtr; - - -typedef struct -{ - int frameX0; - int frameY0; - int virtualX; - int virtualY; - int depth; - int fbbpp; - rgb weight; - rgb blackColour; - rgb whiteColour; - int defaultVisual; - char **modes; - pointer options; -} -DispRec, *DispPtr; - - -typedef struct _confxvportrec -{ - char *identifier; - pointer options; -} -confXvPortRec, *confXvPortPtr; - - -typedef struct _confxvadaptrec -{ - char *identifier; - int numports; - confXvPortPtr ports; - pointer options; -} -confXvAdaptorRec, *confXvAdaptorPtr; - - -typedef struct _confscreenrec -{ - char *id; - int screennum; - int defaultdepth; - int defaultbpp; - int defaultfbbpp; - GDevPtr device; - int numdisplays; - DispPtr displays; - int numxvadaptors; - confXvAdaptorPtr xvadaptors; - pointer options; -} -confScreenRec, *confScreenPtr; - - -typedef enum -{ - PosObsolete = -1, - PosAbsolute = 0, - PosRightOf, - PosLeftOf, - PosAbove, - PosBelow, - PosRelative -} -PositionType; - - -typedef struct _screenlayoutrec -{ - confScreenPtr screen; - char *topname; - confScreenPtr top; - char *bottomname; - confScreenPtr bottom; - char *leftname; - confScreenPtr left; - char *rightname; - confScreenPtr right; - PositionType where; - int x; - int y; - char *refname; - confScreenPtr refscreen; -} -screenLayoutRec, *screenLayoutPtr; - - -typedef struct _serverlayoutrec -{ - char *id; - screenLayoutPtr screens; - GDevPtr inactives; - IDevPtr inputs; - pointer options; -} -serverLayoutRec, *serverLayoutPtr; - - -/* - * winconfig.c - */ - -typedef struct -{ - /* Files */ -#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG - char *configFile; - char *configDir; -#endif - char *fontPath; - /* input devices - keyboard */ -#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG - char *keyboard; -#endif - char *xkbRules; - char *xkbModel; - char *xkbLayout; - char *xkbVariant; - char *xkbOptions; - /* layout */ - char *screenname; - /* mouse settings */ - char *mouse; - Bool emulate3buttons; - long emulate3timeout; -} -WinCmdlineRec, *WinCmdlinePtr; - - -extern WinCmdlineRec g_cmdline; -#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG -extern XF86ConfigPtr g_xf86configptr; -#endif -extern serverLayoutRec g_winConfigLayout; - - -/* - * Function prototypes - */ - -Bool winReadConfigfile (void); -Bool winConfigFiles (void); -Bool winConfigOptions (void); -Bool winConfigScreens (void); -Bool winConfigKeyboard (DeviceIntPtr pDevice); -Bool winConfigMouse (DeviceIntPtr pDevice); - - -typedef struct -{ - double freq; - int units; -} -OptFrequency; - - -typedef union -{ - unsigned long num; - char *str; - double realnum; - Bool bool; - OptFrequency freq; -} -ValueUnion; - - -typedef enum -{ - OPTV_NONE = 0, - OPTV_INTEGER, - OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */ - OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */ - OPTV_REAL, - OPTV_BOOLEAN, - OPTV_FREQ -} -OptionValueType; - - -typedef enum -{ - OPTUNITS_HZ = 1, - OPTUNITS_KHZ, - OPTUNITS_MHZ -} -OptFreqUnits; - - -typedef struct -{ - int token; - const char *name; - OptionValueType type; - ValueUnion value; - Bool found; -} -OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr; - - -/* - * Function prototypes - */ - -char *winSetStrOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt); -int winSetBoolOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt); -int winSetIntOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt); -double winSetRealOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt); -#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG -XF86OptionPtr winFindOption (XF86OptionPtr list, const char *name); -char *winFindOptionValue (XF86OptionPtr list, const char *name); -#endif -int winNameCompare (const char *s1, const char *s2); -char *winNormalizeName (const char *s); - - -typedef struct -{ - struct - { - long leds; - long delay; - long rate; - } - keyboard; - XkbRMLVOSet xkb; - struct - { - Bool emulate3Buttons; - long emulate3Timeout; - } - pointer; -} -winInfoRec, *winInfoPtr; - - -extern winInfoRec g_winInfo; - -#endif +#ifndef __WIN_CONFIG_H__
+#define __WIN_CONFIG_H__
+/*
+ *Copyright (C) 1994-2000 The XFree86 Project, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining
+ * a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
+ *"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
+ *without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
+ *distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
+ *permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
+ *the following conditions:
+ *
+ *The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
+ *included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ *THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ *EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
+ *MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
+ *NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE XFREE86 PROJECT BE LIABLE FOR
+ *ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
+ *CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
+ *WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ *Except as contained in this notice, the name of the XFree86 Project
+ *shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use
+ *or other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
+ *from the XFree86 Project.
+ *
+ * Authors: Alexander Gottwald
+ */
+
+#include "win.h"
+#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG
+#include "../xfree86/parser/xf86Parser.h"
+#endif
+
+
+/* These are taken from hw/xfree86/common/xf86str.h */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ CARD32 red, green, blue;
+}
+rgb;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ float red, green, blue;
+}
+Gamma;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *identifier;
+ char *vendor;
+ char *board;
+ char *chipset;
+ char *ramdac;
+ char *driver;
+ struct _confscreenrec *myScreenSection;
+ Bool claimed;
+ Bool active;
+ Bool inUse;
+ int videoRam;
+ int textClockFreq;
+ pointer options;
+ int screen; /* For multi-CRTC cards */
+}
+GDevRec, *GDevPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ char *identifier;
+ char *driver;
+ pointer commonOptions;
+ pointer extraOptions;
+}
+IDevRec, *IDevPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int frameX0;
+ int frameY0;
+ int virtualX;
+ int virtualY;
+ int depth;
+ int fbbpp;
+ rgb weight;
+ rgb blackColour;
+ rgb whiteColour;
+ int defaultVisual;
+ char **modes;
+ pointer options;
+}
+DispRec, *DispPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct _confxvportrec
+{
+ char *identifier;
+ pointer options;
+}
+confXvPortRec, *confXvPortPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct _confxvadaptrec
+{
+ char *identifier;
+ int numports;
+ confXvPortPtr ports;
+ pointer options;
+}
+confXvAdaptorRec, *confXvAdaptorPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct _confscreenrec
+{
+ char *id;
+ int screennum;
+ int defaultdepth;
+ int defaultbpp;
+ int defaultfbbpp;
+ GDevPtr device;
+ int numdisplays;
+ DispPtr displays;
+ int numxvadaptors;
+ confXvAdaptorPtr xvadaptors;
+ pointer options;
+}
+confScreenRec, *confScreenPtr;
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ PosObsolete = -1,
+ PosAbsolute = 0,
+ PosRightOf,
+ PosLeftOf,
+ PosAbove,
+ PosBelow,
+ PosRelative
+}
+PositionType;
+
+
+typedef struct _screenlayoutrec
+{
+ confScreenPtr screen;
+ char *topname;
+ confScreenPtr top;
+ char *bottomname;
+ confScreenPtr bottom;
+ char *leftname;
+ confScreenPtr left;
+ char *rightname;
+ confScreenPtr right;
+ PositionType where;
+ int x;
+ int y;
+ char *refname;
+ confScreenPtr refscreen;
+}
+screenLayoutRec, *screenLayoutPtr;
+
+
+typedef struct _serverlayoutrec
+{
+ char *id;
+ screenLayoutPtr screens;
+ GDevPtr inactives;
+ IDevPtr inputs;
+ pointer options;
+}
+serverLayoutRec, *serverLayoutPtr;
+
+
+/*
+ * winconfig.c
+ */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ /* Files */
+#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG
+ char *configFile;
+ char *configDir;
+#endif
+ char *fontPath;
+ /* input devices - keyboard */
+#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG
+ char *keyboard;
+#endif
+ char *xkbRules;
+ char *xkbModel;
+ char *xkbLayout;
+ char *xkbVariant;
+ char *xkbOptions;
+ /* layout */
+ char *screenname;
+ /* mouse settings */
+ char *mouse;
+ Bool emulate3buttons;
+ long emulate3timeout;
+}
+WinCmdlineRec, *WinCmdlinePtr;
+
+
+extern WinCmdlineRec g_cmdline;
+#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG
+extern XF86ConfigPtr g_xf86configptr;
+#endif
+extern serverLayoutRec g_winConfigLayout;
+
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes
+ */
+
+Bool winReadConfigfile (void);
+Bool winConfigFiles (void);
+Bool winConfigOptions (void);
+Bool winConfigScreens (void);
+Bool winConfigKeyboard (DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+Bool winConfigMouse (DeviceIntPtr pDevice);
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ double freq;
+ int units;
+}
+OptFrequency;
+
+
+typedef union
+{
+ unsigned long num;
+ char *str;
+ double realnum;
+ Bool bool;
+ OptFrequency freq;
+}
+ValueUnion;
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ OPTV_NONE = 0,
+ OPTV_INTEGER,
+ OPTV_STRING, /* a non-empty string */
+ OPTV_ANYSTR, /* Any string, including an empty one */
+ OPTV_REAL,
+ OPTV_BOOLEAN,
+ OPTV_PERCENT,
+ OPTV_FREQ
+}
+OptionValueType;
+
+
+typedef enum
+{
+ OPTUNITS_HZ = 1,
+ OPTUNITS_KHZ,
+ OPTUNITS_MHZ
+}
+OptFreqUnits;
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ int token;
+ const char *name;
+ OptionValueType type;
+ ValueUnion value;
+ Bool found;
+}
+OptionInfoRec, *OptionInfoPtr;
+
+
+/*
+ * Function prototypes
+ */
+
+char *winSetStrOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, char *deflt);
+int winSetBoolOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt);
+int winSetIntOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, int deflt);
+double winSetRealOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt);
+double winSetPercentOption (pointer optlist, const char *name, double deflt);
+#ifdef XWIN_XF86CONFIG
+XF86OptionPtr winFindOption (XF86OptionPtr list, const char *name);
+char *winFindOptionValue (XF86OptionPtr list, const char *name);
+#endif
+int winNameCompare (const char *s1, const char *s2);
+char *winNormalizeName (const char *s);
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ struct
+ {
+ long leds;
+ long delay;
+ long rate;
+ }
+ keyboard;
+ XkbRMLVOSet xkb;
+ struct
+ {
+ Bool emulate3Buttons;
+ long emulate3Timeout;
+ }
+ pointer;
+}
+winInfoRec, *winInfoPtr;
+
+
+extern winInfoRec g_winInfo;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winwindowswm.c b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winwindowswm.c index d8cacdc99..218fddb6a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winwindowswm.c +++ b/xorg-server/hw/xwin/winwindowswm.c @@ -304,8 +304,7 @@ winWindowsWMSendEvent (int type, unsigned int mask, int which, int arg, #if CYGMULTIWINDOW_DEBUG
ErrorF ("winWindowsWMSendEvent - x%08x\n", (int) client);
#endif
- if ((pEvent->mask & mask) == 0
- || client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
+ if ((pEvent->mask & mask) == 0)
{
continue;
}
@@ -320,7 +319,6 @@ winWindowsWMSendEvent (int type, unsigned int mask, int which, int arg, se.y = y;
se.w = w;
se.h = h;
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.time = currentTime.milliseconds;
WriteEventsToClient (client, 1, (xEvent *) &se);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/inputstr.h b/xorg-server/include/inputstr.h index 6da3f38e4..fa21c7b3a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/include/inputstr.h +++ b/xorg-server/include/inputstr.h @@ -1,599 +1,607 @@ -/************************************************************ - -Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be -used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings -in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. - - -Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts. - - All Rights Reserved - -Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its -documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, -provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that -both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in -supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be -used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the -software without specific, written prior permission. - -DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING -ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL -DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR -ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, -WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, -ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS -SOFTWARE. - -********************************************************/ - - -#ifndef INPUTSTRUCT_H -#define INPUTSTRUCT_H - -#include "input.h" -#include "window.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "geext.h" -#include "privates.h" - -#define BitIsOn(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *) (ptr))[(bit)>>3] & (1 << ((bit) & 7))) -#define SetBit(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *) (ptr))[(bit)>>3] |= (1 << ((bit) & 7))) -#define ClearBit(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *)(ptr))[(bit)>>3] &= ~(1 << ((bit) & 7))) - -#define SameClient(obj,client) \ - (CLIENT_BITS((obj)->resource) == (client)->clientAsMask) - -#define EMASKSIZE MAXDEVICES + 2 - -/* This is the last XI2 event supported by the server. If you add - * events to the protocol, the server will not support these events until - * this number here is bumped. - */ -#define XI2LASTEVENT 17 /* XI_RawMotion */ -#define XI2MASKSIZE ((XI2LASTEVENT + 7)/8) /* no of bits for masks */ - -/** - * This struct stores the core event mask for each client except the client - * that created the window. - * - * Each window that has events selected from other clients has at least one of - * these masks. If multiple clients selected for events on the same window, - * these masks are in a linked list. - * - * The event mask for the client that created the window is stored in - * win->eventMask instead. - * - * The resource id is simply a fake client ID to associate this mask with a - * client. - * - * Kludge: OtherClients and InputClients must be compatible, see code. - */ -typedef struct _OtherClients { - OtherClientsPtr next; /**< Pointer to the next mask */ - XID resource; /**< id for putting into resource manager */ - Mask mask; /**< Core event mask */ -} OtherClients; - -/** - * This struct stores the XI event mask for each client. - * - * Each window that has events selected has at least one of these masks. If - * multiple client selected for events on the same window, these masks are in - * a linked list. - */ -typedef struct _InputClients { - InputClientsPtr next; /**< Pointer to the next mask */ - XID resource; /**< id for putting into resource manager */ - Mask mask[EMASKSIZE]; /**< Actual XI event mask, deviceid is index */ - /** XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */ - unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE]; -} InputClients; - -/** - * Combined XI event masks from all devices. - * - * This is the XI equivalent of the deliverableEvents, eventMask and - * dontPropagate mask of the WindowRec (or WindowOptRec). - * - * A window that has an XI client selecting for events has exactly one - * OtherInputMasks struct and exactly one InputClients struct hanging off - * inputClients. Each further client appends to the inputClients list. - * Each Mask field is per-device, with the device id as the index. - * Exception: for non-device events (Presence events), the MAXDEVICES - * deviceid is used. - */ -typedef struct _OtherInputMasks { - /** - * Bitwise OR of all masks by all clients and the window's parent's masks. - */ - Mask deliverableEvents[EMASKSIZE]; - /** - * Bitwise OR of all masks by all clients on this window. - */ - Mask inputEvents[EMASKSIZE]; - /** The do-not-propagate masks for each device. */ - Mask dontPropagateMask[EMASKSIZE]; - /** The clients that selected for events */ - InputClientsPtr inputClients; - /* XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */ - unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE]; -} OtherInputMasks; - -/* - * The following structure gets used for both active and passive grabs. For - * active grabs some of the fields (e.g. modifiers) are not used. However, - * that is not much waste since there aren't many active grabs (one per - * keyboard/pointer device) going at once in the server. - */ - -#define MasksPerDetailMask 8 /* 256 keycodes and 256 possible - modifier combinations, but only - 3 buttons. */ - -typedef struct _DetailRec { /* Grab details may be bit masks */ - unsigned int exact; - Mask *pMask; -} DetailRec; - -typedef enum { - GRABTYPE_CORE, - GRABTYPE_XI, - GRABTYPE_XI2 -} GrabType; - -union _GrabMask { - Mask core; - Mask xi; - char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE]; -}; - -/** - * Central struct for device grabs. - * The same struct is used for both core grabs and device grabs, with - * different fields being set. - * If the grab is a core grab (GrabPointer/GrabKeyboard), then the eventMask - * is a combination of standard event masks (i.e. PointerMotionMask | - * ButtonPressMask). - * If the grab is a device grab (GrabDevice), then the eventMask is a - * combination of event masks for a given XI event type (see SetEventInfo). - * - * If the grab is a result of a ButtonPress, then eventMask is the core mask - * and deviceMask is set to the XI event mask for the grab. - */ -typedef struct _GrabRec { - GrabPtr next; /* for chain of passive grabs */ - XID resource; - DeviceIntPtr device; - WindowPtr window; - unsigned ownerEvents:1; - unsigned keyboardMode:1; - unsigned pointerMode:1; - GrabType grabtype; - CARD8 type; /* event type */ - DetailRec modifiersDetail; - DeviceIntPtr modifierDevice; - DetailRec detail; /* key or button */ - WindowPtr confineTo; /* always NULL for keyboards */ - CursorPtr cursor; /* always NULL for keyboards */ - Mask eventMask; - Mask deviceMask; - /* XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */ - unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE]; -} GrabRec; - -typedef struct _KeyClassRec { - int sourceid; - CARD8 down[DOWN_LENGTH]; - CARD8 postdown[DOWN_LENGTH]; - int modifierKeyCount[8]; - struct _XkbSrvInfo *xkbInfo; -} KeyClassRec, *KeyClassPtr; - -typedef struct _AxisInfo { - int resolution; - int min_resolution; - int max_resolution; - int min_value; - int max_value; - Atom label; -} AxisInfo, *AxisInfoPtr; - -typedef struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec { - int number; - PointerAccelSchemeProc AccelSchemeProc; - void *accelData; /* at disposal of AccelScheme */ - DeviceCallbackProc AccelCleanupProc; -} ValuatorAccelerationRec, *ValuatorAccelerationPtr; - -typedef struct _ValuatorClassRec { - int sourceid; - int numMotionEvents; - int first_motion; - int last_motion; - void *motion; /* motion history buffer. Different layout - for MDs and SDs!*/ - WindowPtr motionHintWindow; - - AxisInfoPtr axes; - unsigned short numAxes; - double *axisVal; /* always absolute, but device-coord system */ - CARD8 mode; - ValuatorAccelerationRec accelScheme; -} ValuatorClassRec, *ValuatorClassPtr; - -typedef struct _ButtonClassRec { - int sourceid; - CARD8 numButtons; - CARD8 buttonsDown; /* number of buttons currently down - This counts logical buttons, not - physical ones, i.e if some buttons - are mapped to 0, they're not counted - here */ - unsigned short state; - Mask motionMask; - CARD8 down[DOWN_LENGTH]; - CARD8 postdown[DOWN_LENGTH]; - CARD8 map[MAP_LENGTH]; - union _XkbAction *xkb_acts; - Atom labels[MAX_BUTTONS]; -} ButtonClassRec, *ButtonClassPtr; - -typedef struct _FocusClassRec { - int sourceid; - WindowPtr win; /* May be set to a int constant (e.g. PointerRootWin)! */ - int revert; - TimeStamp time; - WindowPtr *trace; - int traceSize; - int traceGood; -} FocusClassRec, *FocusClassPtr; - -typedef struct _ProximityClassRec { - int sourceid; - char pad; -} ProximityClassRec, *ProximityClassPtr; - -typedef struct _AbsoluteClassRec { - int sourceid; - /* Calibration. */ - int min_x; - int max_x; - int min_y; - int max_y; - int flip_x; - int flip_y; - int rotation; - int button_threshold; - - /* Area. */ - int offset_x; - int offset_y; - int width; - int height; - int screen; - XID following; -} AbsoluteClassRec, *AbsoluteClassPtr; - -typedef struct _KbdFeedbackClassRec *KbdFeedbackPtr; -typedef struct _PtrFeedbackClassRec *PtrFeedbackPtr; -typedef struct _IntegerFeedbackClassRec *IntegerFeedbackPtr; -typedef struct _StringFeedbackClassRec *StringFeedbackPtr; -typedef struct _BellFeedbackClassRec *BellFeedbackPtr; -typedef struct _LedFeedbackClassRec *LedFeedbackPtr; - -typedef struct _KbdFeedbackClassRec { - BellProcPtr BellProc; - KbdCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - KeybdCtrl ctrl; - KbdFeedbackPtr next; - struct _XkbSrvLedInfo *xkb_sli; -} KbdFeedbackClassRec; - -typedef struct _PtrFeedbackClassRec { - PtrCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - PtrCtrl ctrl; - PtrFeedbackPtr next; -} PtrFeedbackClassRec; - -typedef struct _IntegerFeedbackClassRec { - IntegerCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - IntegerCtrl ctrl; - IntegerFeedbackPtr next; -} IntegerFeedbackClassRec; - -typedef struct _StringFeedbackClassRec { - StringCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - StringCtrl ctrl; - StringFeedbackPtr next; -} StringFeedbackClassRec; - -typedef struct _BellFeedbackClassRec { - BellProcPtr BellProc; - BellCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - BellCtrl ctrl; - BellFeedbackPtr next; -} BellFeedbackClassRec; - -typedef struct _LedFeedbackClassRec { - LedCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc; - LedCtrl ctrl; - LedFeedbackPtr next; - struct _XkbSrvLedInfo *xkb_sli; -} LedFeedbackClassRec; - - -typedef struct _ClassesRec { - KeyClassPtr key; - ValuatorClassPtr valuator; - ButtonClassPtr button; - FocusClassPtr focus; - ProximityClassPtr proximity; - AbsoluteClassPtr absolute; - KbdFeedbackPtr kbdfeed; - PtrFeedbackPtr ptrfeed; - IntegerFeedbackPtr intfeed; - StringFeedbackPtr stringfeed; - BellFeedbackPtr bell; - LedFeedbackPtr leds; -} ClassesRec; - - -/** - * Sprite information for a device. - */ -typedef struct { - CursorPtr current; - BoxRec hotLimits; /* logical constraints of hot spot */ - Bool confined; /* confined to screen */ - RegionPtr hotShape; /* additional logical shape constraint */ - BoxRec physLimits; /* physical constraints of hot spot */ - WindowPtr win; /* window of logical position */ - HotSpot hot; /* logical pointer position */ - HotSpot hotPhys; /* physical pointer position */ -#ifdef PANORAMIX - ScreenPtr screen; /* all others are in Screen 0 coordinates */ - RegionRec Reg1; /* Region 1 for confining motion */ - RegionRec Reg2; /* Region 2 for confining virtual motion */ - WindowPtr windows[MAXSCREENS]; - WindowPtr confineWin; /* confine window */ -#endif - /* The window trace information is used at dix/events.c to avoid having - * to compute all the windows between the root and the current pointer - * window each time a button or key goes down. The grabs on each of those - * windows must be checked. - * spriteTraces should only be used at dix/events.c! */ - WindowPtr *spriteTrace; - int spriteTraceSize; - int spriteTraceGood; - - /* Due to delays between event generation and event processing, it is - * possible that the pointer has crossed screen boundaries between the - * time in which it begins generating events and the time when - * those events are processed. - * - * pEnqueueScreen: screen the pointer was on when the event was generated - * pDequeueScreen: screen the pointer was on when the event is processed - */ - ScreenPtr pEnqueueScreen; - ScreenPtr pDequeueScreen; - -} SpriteRec, *SpritePtr; - -/* Device properties */ -typedef struct _XIPropertyValue -{ - Atom type; /* ignored by server */ - short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */ - long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */ - pointer data; /* private to client */ -} XIPropertyValueRec; - -typedef struct _XIProperty -{ - struct _XIProperty *next; - Atom propertyName; - BOOL deletable; /* clients can delete this prop? */ - XIPropertyValueRec value; -} XIPropertyRec; - -typedef XIPropertyRec *XIPropertyPtr; -typedef XIPropertyValueRec *XIPropertyValuePtr; - - -typedef struct _XIPropertyHandler -{ - struct _XIPropertyHandler* next; - long id; - int (*SetProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev, - Atom property, - XIPropertyValuePtr prop, - BOOL checkonly); - int (*GetProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev, - Atom property); - int (*DeleteProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev, - Atom property); -} XIPropertyHandler, *XIPropertyHandlerPtr; - -/* states for devices */ - -#define NOT_GRABBED 0 -#define THAWED 1 -#define THAWED_BOTH 2 /* not a real state */ -#define FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT 3 -#define FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT 4 -#define FROZEN 5 /* any state >= has device frozen */ -#define FROZEN_NO_EVENT 5 -#define FROZEN_WITH_EVENT 6 -#define THAW_OTHERS 7 - - -typedef struct _GrabInfoRec { - TimeStamp grabTime; - Bool fromPassiveGrab; /* true if from passive grab */ - Bool implicitGrab; /* implicit from ButtonPress */ - GrabRec activeGrab; - GrabPtr grab; - CARD8 activatingKey; - void (*ActivateGrab) ( - DeviceIntPtr /*device*/, - GrabPtr /*grab*/, - TimeStamp /*time*/, - Bool /*autoGrab*/); - void (*DeactivateGrab)( - DeviceIntPtr /*device*/); - struct { - Bool frozen; - int state; - GrabPtr other; /* if other grab has this frozen */ - DeviceEvent *event; /* saved to be replayed */ - } sync; -} GrabInfoRec, *GrabInfoPtr; - -typedef struct _SpriteInfoRec { - /* sprite must always point to a valid sprite. For devices sharing the - * sprite, let sprite point to a paired spriteOwner's sprite. */ - SpritePtr sprite; /* sprite information */ - Bool spriteOwner; /* True if device owns the sprite */ - DeviceIntPtr paired; /* The paired device. Keyboard if - spriteOwner is TRUE, otherwise the - pointer that owns the sprite. */ -} SpriteInfoRec, *SpriteInfoPtr; - -/* device types */ -#define MASTER_POINTER 1 -#define MASTER_KEYBOARD 2 -#define SLAVE 3 - -typedef struct _DeviceIntRec { - DeviceRec public; - DeviceIntPtr next; - Bool startup; /* true if needs to be turned on at - server intialization time */ - DeviceProc deviceProc; /* proc(DevicePtr, DEVICE_xx). It is - used to initialize, turn on, or - turn off the device */ - Bool inited; /* TRUE if INIT returns Success */ - Bool enabled; /* TRUE if ON returns Success */ - Bool coreEvents; /* TRUE if device also sends core */ - GrabInfoRec deviceGrab; /* grab on the device */ - int type; /* MASTER_POINTER, MASTER_KEYBOARD, SLAVE */ - Atom xinput_type; - char *name; - int id; - KeyClassPtr key; - ValuatorClassPtr valuator; - ButtonClassPtr button; - FocusClassPtr focus; - ProximityClassPtr proximity; - AbsoluteClassPtr absolute; - KbdFeedbackPtr kbdfeed; - PtrFeedbackPtr ptrfeed; - IntegerFeedbackPtr intfeed; - StringFeedbackPtr stringfeed; - BellFeedbackPtr bell; - LedFeedbackPtr leds; - struct _XkbInterest *xkb_interest; - char *config_info; /* used by the hotplug layer */ - ClassesPtr unused_classes; /* for master devices */ - int saved_master_id; /* for slaves while grabbed */ - PrivateRec *devPrivates; - DeviceUnwrapProc unwrapProc; - SpriteInfoPtr spriteInfo; - union { - DeviceIntPtr master; /* master device */ - DeviceIntPtr lastSlave; /* last slave device used */ - } u; - - /* last valuator values recorded, not posted to client; - * for slave devices, valuators is in device coordinates - * for master devices, valuators is in screen coordinates - * see dix/getevents.c - * remainder supports acceleration - */ - struct { - int valuators[MAX_VALUATORS]; - float remainder[MAX_VALUATORS]; - int numValuators; - DeviceIntPtr slave; - } last; - - /* Input device property handling. */ - struct { - XIPropertyPtr properties; - XIPropertyHandlerPtr handlers; /* NULL-terminated */ - } properties; -} DeviceIntRec; - -typedef struct { - int numDevices; /* total number of devices */ - DeviceIntPtr devices; /* all devices turned on */ - DeviceIntPtr off_devices; /* all devices turned off */ - DeviceIntPtr keyboard; /* the main one for the server */ - DeviceIntPtr pointer; - DeviceIntPtr all_devices; - DeviceIntPtr all_master_devices; -} InputInfo; - -extern _X_EXPORT InputInfo inputInfo; - -/* for keeping the events for devices grabbed synchronously */ -typedef struct _QdEvent *QdEventPtr; -typedef struct _QdEvent { - QdEventPtr next; - DeviceIntPtr device; - ScreenPtr pScreen; /* what screen the pointer was on */ - unsigned long months; /* milliseconds is in the event */ - InternalEvent *event; -} QdEventRec; - -/** - * syncEvents is the global structure for queued events. - * - * Devices can be frozen through GrabModeSync pointer grabs. If this is the - * case, events from these devices are added to "pending" instead of being - * processed normally. When the device is unfrozen, events in "pending" are - * replayed and processed as if they would come from the device directly. - */ -typedef struct _EventSyncInfo { - QdEventPtr pending, /**< list of queued events */ - *pendtail; /**< last event in list */ - /** The device to replay events for. Only set in AllowEvents(), in which - * case it is set to the device specified in the request. */ - DeviceIntPtr replayDev; /* kludgy rock to put flag for */ - - /** - * The window the events are supposed to be replayed on. - * This window may be set to the grab's window (but only when - * Replay{Pointer|Keyboard} is given in the XAllowEvents() - * request. */ - WindowPtr replayWin; /* ComputeFreezes */ - /** - * Flag to indicate whether we're in the process of - * replaying events. Only set in ComputeFreezes(). */ - Bool playingEvents; - TimeStamp time; -} EventSyncInfoRec, *EventSyncInfoPtr; - -extern EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents; - -#endif /* INPUTSTRUCT_H */ +/************************************************************
+
+Copyright 1987, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+
+
+Copyright 1987 by Digital Equipment Corporation, Maynard, Massachusetts.
+
+ All Rights Reserved
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted,
+provided that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that
+both that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in
+supporting documentation, and that the name of Digital not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
+software without specific, written prior permission.
+
+DIGITAL DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
+ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL
+DIGITAL BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR
+ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
+WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
+ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
+SOFTWARE.
+
+********************************************************/
+
+
+#ifndef INPUTSTRUCT_H
+#define INPUTSTRUCT_H
+
+#include "input.h"
+#include "window.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "geext.h"
+#include "privates.h"
+
+#define BitIsOn(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *) (ptr))[(bit)>>3] & (1 << ((bit) & 7)))
+#define SetBit(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *) (ptr))[(bit)>>3] |= (1 << ((bit) & 7)))
+#define ClearBit(ptr, bit) (((BYTE *)(ptr))[(bit)>>3] &= ~(1 << ((bit) & 7)))
+
+#define SameClient(obj,client) \
+ (CLIENT_BITS((obj)->resource) == (client)->clientAsMask)
+
+#define EMASKSIZE MAXDEVICES + 2
+
+/* This is the last XI2 event supported by the server. If you add
+ * events to the protocol, the server will not support these events until
+ * this number here is bumped.
+ */
+#define XI2LASTEVENT 17 /* XI_RawMotion */
+#define XI2MASKSIZE ((XI2LASTEVENT + 7)/8) /* no of bits for masks */
+
+/**
+ * This struct stores the core event mask for each client except the client
+ * that created the window.
+ *
+ * Each window that has events selected from other clients has at least one of
+ * these masks. If multiple clients selected for events on the same window,
+ * these masks are in a linked list.
+ *
+ * The event mask for the client that created the window is stored in
+ * win->eventMask instead.
+ *
+ * The resource id is simply a fake client ID to associate this mask with a
+ * client.
+ *
+ * Kludge: OtherClients and InputClients must be compatible, see code.
+ */
+typedef struct _OtherClients {
+ OtherClientsPtr next; /**< Pointer to the next mask */
+ XID resource; /**< id for putting into resource manager */
+ Mask mask; /**< Core event mask */
+} OtherClients;
+
+/**
+ * This struct stores the XI event mask for each client.
+ *
+ * Each window that has events selected has at least one of these masks. If
+ * multiple client selected for events on the same window, these masks are in
+ * a linked list.
+ */
+typedef struct _InputClients {
+ InputClientsPtr next; /**< Pointer to the next mask */
+ XID resource; /**< id for putting into resource manager */
+ Mask mask[EMASKSIZE]; /**< Actual XI event mask, deviceid is index */
+ /** XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */
+ unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE];
+} InputClients;
+
+/**
+ * Combined XI event masks from all devices.
+ *
+ * This is the XI equivalent of the deliverableEvents, eventMask and
+ * dontPropagate mask of the WindowRec (or WindowOptRec).
+ *
+ * A window that has an XI client selecting for events has exactly one
+ * OtherInputMasks struct and exactly one InputClients struct hanging off
+ * inputClients. Each further client appends to the inputClients list.
+ * Each Mask field is per-device, with the device id as the index.
+ * Exception: for non-device events (Presence events), the MAXDEVICES
+ * deviceid is used.
+ */
+typedef struct _OtherInputMasks {
+ /**
+ * Bitwise OR of all masks by all clients and the window's parent's masks.
+ */
+ Mask deliverableEvents[EMASKSIZE];
+ /**
+ * Bitwise OR of all masks by all clients on this window.
+ */
+ Mask inputEvents[EMASKSIZE];
+ /** The do-not-propagate masks for each device. */
+ Mask dontPropagateMask[EMASKSIZE];
+ /** The clients that selected for events */
+ InputClientsPtr inputClients;
+ /* XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */
+ unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE];
+} OtherInputMasks;
+
+/*
+ * The following structure gets used for both active and passive grabs. For
+ * active grabs some of the fields (e.g. modifiers) are not used. However,
+ * that is not much waste since there aren't many active grabs (one per
+ * keyboard/pointer device) going at once in the server.
+ */
+
+#define MasksPerDetailMask 8 /* 256 keycodes and 256 possible
+ modifier combinations, but only
+ 3 buttons. */
+
+typedef struct _DetailRec { /* Grab details may be bit masks */
+ unsigned int exact;
+ Mask *pMask;
+} DetailRec;
+
+typedef enum {
+ GRABTYPE_CORE,
+ GRABTYPE_XI,
+ GRABTYPE_XI2
+} GrabType;
+
+union _GrabMask {
+ Mask core;
+ Mask xi;
+ char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE];
+};
+
+/**
+ * Central struct for device grabs.
+ * The same struct is used for both core grabs and device grabs, with
+ * different fields being set.
+ * If the grab is a core grab (GrabPointer/GrabKeyboard), then the eventMask
+ * is a combination of standard event masks (i.e. PointerMotionMask |
+ * ButtonPressMask).
+ * If the grab is a device grab (GrabDevice), then the eventMask is a
+ * combination of event masks for a given XI event type (see SetEventInfo).
+ *
+ * If the grab is a result of a ButtonPress, then eventMask is the core mask
+ * and deviceMask is set to the XI event mask for the grab.
+ */
+typedef struct _GrabRec {
+ GrabPtr next; /* for chain of passive grabs */
+ XID resource;
+ DeviceIntPtr device;
+ WindowPtr window;
+ unsigned ownerEvents:1;
+ unsigned keyboardMode:1;
+ unsigned pointerMode:1;
+ GrabType grabtype;
+ CARD8 type; /* event type */
+ DetailRec modifiersDetail;
+ DeviceIntPtr modifierDevice;
+ DetailRec detail; /* key or button */
+ WindowPtr confineTo; /* always NULL for keyboards */
+ CursorPtr cursor; /* always NULL for keyboards */
+ Mask eventMask;
+ Mask deviceMask;
+ /* XI2 event masks. One per device, each bit is a mask of (1 << type) */
+ unsigned char xi2mask[EMASKSIZE][XI2MASKSIZE];
+} GrabRec;
+
+typedef struct _KeyClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ CARD8 down[DOWN_LENGTH];
+ CARD8 postdown[DOWN_LENGTH];
+ int modifierKeyCount[8];
+ struct _XkbSrvInfo *xkbInfo;
+} KeyClassRec, *KeyClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _AxisInfo {
+ int resolution;
+ int min_resolution;
+ int max_resolution;
+ int min_value;
+ int max_value;
+ Atom label;
+} AxisInfo, *AxisInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ValuatorAccelerationRec {
+ int number;
+ PointerAccelSchemeProc AccelSchemeProc;
+ void *accelData; /* at disposal of AccelScheme */
+ DeviceCallbackProc AccelCleanupProc;
+} ValuatorAccelerationRec, *ValuatorAccelerationPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ValuatorClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ int numMotionEvents;
+ int first_motion;
+ int last_motion;
+ void *motion; /* motion history buffer. Different layout
+ for MDs and SDs!*/
+ WindowPtr motionHintWindow;
+
+ AxisInfoPtr axes;
+ unsigned short numAxes;
+ double *axisVal; /* always absolute, but device-coord system */
+ CARD8 mode;
+ ValuatorAccelerationRec accelScheme;
+} ValuatorClassRec, *ValuatorClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ButtonClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ CARD8 numButtons;
+ CARD8 buttonsDown; /* number of buttons currently down
+ This counts logical buttons, not
+ physical ones, i.e if some buttons
+ are mapped to 0, they're not counted
+ here */
+ unsigned short state;
+ Mask motionMask;
+ CARD8 down[DOWN_LENGTH];
+ CARD8 postdown[DOWN_LENGTH];
+ CARD8 map[MAP_LENGTH];
+ union _XkbAction *xkb_acts;
+ Atom labels[MAX_BUTTONS];
+} ButtonClassRec, *ButtonClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _FocusClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ WindowPtr win; /* May be set to a int constant (e.g. PointerRootWin)! */
+ int revert;
+ TimeStamp time;
+ WindowPtr *trace;
+ int traceSize;
+ int traceGood;
+} FocusClassRec, *FocusClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _ProximityClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ char pad;
+} ProximityClassRec, *ProximityClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _AbsoluteClassRec {
+ int sourceid;
+ /* Calibration. */
+ int min_x;
+ int max_x;
+ int min_y;
+ int max_y;
+ int flip_x;
+ int flip_y;
+ int rotation;
+ int button_threshold;
+
+ /* Area. */
+ int offset_x;
+ int offset_y;
+ int width;
+ int height;
+ int screen;
+ XID following;
+} AbsoluteClassRec, *AbsoluteClassPtr;
+
+typedef struct _KbdFeedbackClassRec *KbdFeedbackPtr;
+typedef struct _PtrFeedbackClassRec *PtrFeedbackPtr;
+typedef struct _IntegerFeedbackClassRec *IntegerFeedbackPtr;
+typedef struct _StringFeedbackClassRec *StringFeedbackPtr;
+typedef struct _BellFeedbackClassRec *BellFeedbackPtr;
+typedef struct _LedFeedbackClassRec *LedFeedbackPtr;
+
+typedef struct _KbdFeedbackClassRec {
+ BellProcPtr BellProc;
+ KbdCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ KeybdCtrl ctrl;
+ KbdFeedbackPtr next;
+ struct _XkbSrvLedInfo *xkb_sli;
+} KbdFeedbackClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _PtrFeedbackClassRec {
+ PtrCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ PtrCtrl ctrl;
+ PtrFeedbackPtr next;
+} PtrFeedbackClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _IntegerFeedbackClassRec {
+ IntegerCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ IntegerCtrl ctrl;
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr next;
+} IntegerFeedbackClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _StringFeedbackClassRec {
+ StringCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ StringCtrl ctrl;
+ StringFeedbackPtr next;
+} StringFeedbackClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _BellFeedbackClassRec {
+ BellProcPtr BellProc;
+ BellCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ BellCtrl ctrl;
+ BellFeedbackPtr next;
+} BellFeedbackClassRec;
+
+typedef struct _LedFeedbackClassRec {
+ LedCtrlProcPtr CtrlProc;
+ LedCtrl ctrl;
+ LedFeedbackPtr next;
+ struct _XkbSrvLedInfo *xkb_sli;
+} LedFeedbackClassRec;
+
+
+typedef struct _ClassesRec {
+ KeyClassPtr key;
+ ValuatorClassPtr valuator;
+ ButtonClassPtr button;
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ ProximityClassPtr proximity;
+ AbsoluteClassPtr absolute;
+ KbdFeedbackPtr kbdfeed;
+ PtrFeedbackPtr ptrfeed;
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr intfeed;
+ StringFeedbackPtr stringfeed;
+ BellFeedbackPtr bell;
+ LedFeedbackPtr leds;
+} ClassesRec;
+
+
+/**
+ * Sprite information for a device.
+ */
+typedef struct {
+ CursorPtr current;
+ BoxRec hotLimits; /* logical constraints of hot spot */
+ Bool confined; /* confined to screen */
+ RegionPtr hotShape; /* additional logical shape constraint */
+ BoxRec physLimits; /* physical constraints of hot spot */
+ WindowPtr win; /* window of logical position */
+ HotSpot hot; /* logical pointer position */
+ HotSpot hotPhys; /* physical pointer position */
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ ScreenPtr screen; /* all others are in Screen 0 coordinates */
+ RegionRec Reg1; /* Region 1 for confining motion */
+ RegionRec Reg2; /* Region 2 for confining virtual motion */
+ WindowPtr windows[MAXSCREENS];
+ WindowPtr confineWin; /* confine window */
+#endif
+ /* The window trace information is used at dix/events.c to avoid having
+ * to compute all the windows between the root and the current pointer
+ * window each time a button or key goes down. The grabs on each of those
+ * windows must be checked.
+ * spriteTraces should only be used at dix/events.c! */
+ WindowPtr *spriteTrace;
+ int spriteTraceSize;
+ int spriteTraceGood;
+
+ /* Due to delays between event generation and event processing, it is
+ * possible that the pointer has crossed screen boundaries between the
+ * time in which it begins generating events and the time when
+ * those events are processed.
+ *
+ * pEnqueueScreen: screen the pointer was on when the event was generated
+ * pDequeueScreen: screen the pointer was on when the event is processed
+ */
+ ScreenPtr pEnqueueScreen;
+ ScreenPtr pDequeueScreen;
+
+} SpriteRec, *SpritePtr;
+
+/* Device properties */
+typedef struct _XIPropertyValue
+{
+ Atom type; /* ignored by server */
+ short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
+ long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
+ pointer data; /* private to client */
+} XIPropertyValueRec;
+
+typedef struct _XIProperty
+{
+ struct _XIProperty *next;
+ Atom propertyName;
+ BOOL deletable; /* clients can delete this prop? */
+ XIPropertyValueRec value;
+} XIPropertyRec;
+
+typedef XIPropertyRec *XIPropertyPtr;
+typedef XIPropertyValueRec *XIPropertyValuePtr;
+
+
+typedef struct _XIPropertyHandler
+{
+ struct _XIPropertyHandler* next;
+ long id;
+ int (*SetProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ Atom property,
+ XIPropertyValuePtr prop,
+ BOOL checkonly);
+ int (*GetProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ Atom property);
+ int (*DeleteProperty) (DeviceIntPtr dev,
+ Atom property);
+} XIPropertyHandler, *XIPropertyHandlerPtr;
+
+/* states for devices */
+
+#define NOT_GRABBED 0
+#define THAWED 1
+#define THAWED_BOTH 2 /* not a real state */
+#define FREEZE_NEXT_EVENT 3
+#define FREEZE_BOTH_NEXT_EVENT 4
+#define FROZEN 5 /* any state >= has device frozen */
+#define FROZEN_NO_EVENT 5
+#define FROZEN_WITH_EVENT 6
+#define THAW_OTHERS 7
+
+
+typedef struct _GrabInfoRec {
+ TimeStamp grabTime;
+ Bool fromPassiveGrab; /* true if from passive grab */
+ Bool implicitGrab; /* implicit from ButtonPress */
+ GrabRec activeGrab;
+ GrabPtr grab;
+ CARD8 activatingKey;
+ void (*ActivateGrab) (
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/,
+ GrabPtr /*grab*/,
+ TimeStamp /*time*/,
+ Bool /*autoGrab*/);
+ void (*DeactivateGrab)(
+ DeviceIntPtr /*device*/);
+ struct {
+ Bool frozen;
+ int state;
+ GrabPtr other; /* if other grab has this frozen */
+ DeviceEvent *event; /* saved to be replayed */
+ } sync;
+} GrabInfoRec, *GrabInfoPtr;
+
+typedef struct _SpriteInfoRec {
+ /* sprite must always point to a valid sprite. For devices sharing the
+ * sprite, let sprite point to a paired spriteOwner's sprite. */
+ SpritePtr sprite; /* sprite information */
+ Bool spriteOwner; /* True if device owns the sprite */
+ DeviceIntPtr paired; /* The paired device. Keyboard if
+ spriteOwner is TRUE, otherwise the
+ pointer that owns the sprite. */
+
+ /* keep states for animated cursor */
+ struct {
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ int elt;
+ CARD32 time;
+ } anim;
+} SpriteInfoRec, *SpriteInfoPtr;
+
+/* device types */
+#define MASTER_POINTER 1
+#define MASTER_KEYBOARD 2
+#define SLAVE 3
+
+typedef struct _DeviceIntRec {
+ DeviceRec public;
+ DeviceIntPtr next;
+ Bool startup; /* true if needs to be turned on at
+ server intialization time */
+ DeviceProc deviceProc; /* proc(DevicePtr, DEVICE_xx). It is
+ used to initialize, turn on, or
+ turn off the device */
+ Bool inited; /* TRUE if INIT returns Success */
+ Bool enabled; /* TRUE if ON returns Success */
+ Bool coreEvents; /* TRUE if device also sends core */
+ GrabInfoRec deviceGrab; /* grab on the device */
+ int type; /* MASTER_POINTER, MASTER_KEYBOARD, SLAVE */
+ Atom xinput_type;
+ char *name;
+ int id;
+ KeyClassPtr key;
+ ValuatorClassPtr valuator;
+ ButtonClassPtr button;
+ FocusClassPtr focus;
+ ProximityClassPtr proximity;
+ AbsoluteClassPtr absolute;
+ KbdFeedbackPtr kbdfeed;
+ PtrFeedbackPtr ptrfeed;
+ IntegerFeedbackPtr intfeed;
+ StringFeedbackPtr stringfeed;
+ BellFeedbackPtr bell;
+ LedFeedbackPtr leds;
+ struct _XkbInterest *xkb_interest;
+ char *config_info; /* used by the hotplug layer */
+ ClassesPtr unused_classes; /* for master devices */
+ int saved_master_id; /* for slaves while grabbed */
+ PrivateRec *devPrivates;
+ DeviceUnwrapProc unwrapProc;
+ SpriteInfoPtr spriteInfo;
+ union {
+ DeviceIntPtr master; /* master device */
+ DeviceIntPtr lastSlave; /* last slave device used */
+ } u;
+
+ /* last valuator values recorded, not posted to client;
+ * for slave devices, valuators is in device coordinates
+ * for master devices, valuators is in screen coordinates
+ * see dix/getevents.c
+ * remainder supports acceleration
+ */
+ struct {
+ int valuators[MAX_VALUATORS];
+ float remainder[MAX_VALUATORS];
+ int numValuators;
+ DeviceIntPtr slave;
+ } last;
+
+ /* Input device property handling. */
+ struct {
+ XIPropertyPtr properties;
+ XIPropertyHandlerPtr handlers; /* NULL-terminated */
+ } properties;
+} DeviceIntRec;
+
+typedef struct {
+ int numDevices; /* total number of devices */
+ DeviceIntPtr devices; /* all devices turned on */
+ DeviceIntPtr off_devices; /* all devices turned off */
+ DeviceIntPtr keyboard; /* the main one for the server */
+ DeviceIntPtr pointer;
+ DeviceIntPtr all_devices;
+ DeviceIntPtr all_master_devices;
+} InputInfo;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT InputInfo inputInfo;
+
+/* for keeping the events for devices grabbed synchronously */
+typedef struct _QdEvent *QdEventPtr;
+typedef struct _QdEvent {
+ QdEventPtr next;
+ DeviceIntPtr device;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen; /* what screen the pointer was on */
+ unsigned long months; /* milliseconds is in the event */
+ InternalEvent *event;
+} QdEventRec;
+
+/**
+ * syncEvents is the global structure for queued events.
+ *
+ * Devices can be frozen through GrabModeSync pointer grabs. If this is the
+ * case, events from these devices are added to "pending" instead of being
+ * processed normally. When the device is unfrozen, events in "pending" are
+ * replayed and processed as if they would come from the device directly.
+ */
+typedef struct _EventSyncInfo {
+ QdEventPtr pending, /**< list of queued events */
+ *pendtail; /**< last event in list */
+ /** The device to replay events for. Only set in AllowEvents(), in which
+ * case it is set to the device specified in the request. */
+ DeviceIntPtr replayDev; /* kludgy rock to put flag for */
+
+ /**
+ * The window the events are supposed to be replayed on.
+ * This window may be set to the grab's window (but only when
+ * Replay{Pointer|Keyboard} is given in the XAllowEvents()
+ * request. */
+ WindowPtr replayWin; /* ComputeFreezes */
+ /**
+ * Flag to indicate whether we're in the process of
+ * replaying events. Only set in ComputeFreezes(). */
+ Bool playingEvents;
+ TimeStamp time;
+} EventSyncInfoRec, *EventSyncInfoPtr;
+
+extern EventSyncInfoRec syncEvents;
+
+#endif /* INPUTSTRUCT_H */
diff --git a/xorg-server/include/resource.h b/xorg-server/include/resource.h index d2a8422b4..aa719aa0a 100644 --- a/xorg-server/include/resource.h +++ b/xorg-server/include/resource.h @@ -157,6 +157,9 @@ typedef Bool (*FindComplexResType)( extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceType(
DeleteType /*deleteFunc*/, char * /*name*/);
+extern _X_EXPORT void SetResourceTypeErrorValue(
+ RESTYPE /*type*/, int /*errorValue*/);
+
extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE CreateNewResourceClass(void);
extern _X_EXPORT Bool InitClientResources(
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/midispcur.c b/xorg-server/mi/midispcur.c index d4b7f132b..d8fe26ada 100644 --- a/xorg-server/mi/midispcur.c +++ b/xorg-server/mi/midispcur.c @@ -97,44 +97,6 @@ typedef struct { #endif
} miDCCursorRec, *miDCCursorPtr;
-/*
- * sprite/cursor method table
- */
-
-static Bool miDCRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
-static Bool miDCUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
-static Bool miDCPutUpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y,
- unsigned long source, unsigned long mask);
-static Bool miDCSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y,
- int w, int h);
-static Bool miDCRestoreUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y,
- int w, int h);
-static Bool miDCMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y,
- int w, int h, int dx, int dy,
- unsigned long source, unsigned long mask);
-static Bool miDCChangeSave(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
- int x, int y, int w, int h,
- int dx, int dy);
-
-static Bool miDCDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-static void miDCDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
-
-static miSpriteCursorFuncRec miDCFuncs = {
- miDCRealizeCursor,
- miDCUnrealizeCursor,
- miDCPutUpCursor,
- miDCSaveUnderCursor,
- miDCRestoreUnderCursor,
- miDCMoveCursor,
- miDCChangeSave,
- miDCDeviceInitialize,
- miDCDeviceCleanup
-};
-
Bool
miDCInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen, miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs)
{
@@ -150,7 +112,7 @@ miDCInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen, miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs) dixSetPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miDCScreenKey, pScreenPriv);
- if (!miSpriteInitialize (pScreen, &miDCFuncs, screenFuncs))
+ if (!miSpriteInitialize (pScreen, screenFuncs))
{
free((pointer) pScreenPriv);
return FALSE;
@@ -170,7 +132,7 @@ miDCCloseScreen (int index, ScreenPtr pScreen) return (*pScreen->CloseScreen) (index, pScreen);
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCRealizeCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
if (pCursor->bits->refcnt <= 1)
@@ -329,7 +291,7 @@ miDCRealize (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor) return pPriv;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCUnrealizeCursor (ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
miDCCursorPtr pPriv;
@@ -426,7 +388,7 @@ miDCMakeGC(WindowPtr pWin) }
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCPutUpCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor,
int x, int y, unsigned long source, unsigned long mask)
{
@@ -471,7 +433,7 @@ miDCPutUpCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, return TRUE;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCSaveUnderCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
int x, int y, int w, int h)
{
@@ -505,7 +467,7 @@ miDCSaveUnderCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, return TRUE;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCRestoreUnderCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
int x, int y, int w, int h)
{
@@ -532,7 +494,7 @@ miDCRestoreUnderCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, return TRUE;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCChangeSave (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
int x, int y, int w, int h, int dx, int dy)
{
@@ -665,7 +627,7 @@ miDCChangeSave (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, return TRUE;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor,
int x, int y, int w, int h, int dx, int dy,
unsigned long source, unsigned long mask)
@@ -764,7 +726,7 @@ miDCMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor, return TRUE;
}
-static Bool
+Bool
miDCDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
miDCBufferPtr pBuffer;
@@ -839,7 +801,7 @@ failure: return FALSE;
}
-static void
+void
miDCDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
miDCBufferPtr pBuffer;
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/miexpose.c b/xorg-server/mi/miexpose.c index f6f195daa..2fc19f6ec 100644 --- a/xorg-server/mi/miexpose.c +++ b/xorg-server/mi/miexpose.c @@ -374,6 +374,8 @@ miSendGraphicsExpose (ClientPtr client, RegionPtr pRgn, XID drawable, pe->u.graphicsExposure.majorEvent = major;
pe->u.graphicsExposure.minorEvent = minor;
}
+ /* GraphicsExpose is a "critical event", which TryClientEvents
+ * handles specially. */
TryClientEvents(client, NULL, pEvent, numRects,
(Mask)0, NoEventMask, NullGrab);
free(pEvent);
@@ -386,8 +388,7 @@ miSendGraphicsExpose (ClientPtr client, RegionPtr pRgn, XID drawable, event.u.noExposure.drawable = drawable;
event.u.noExposure.majorEvent = major;
event.u.noExposure.minorEvent = minor;
- TryClientEvents(client, NULL, &event, 1,
- (Mask)0, NoEventMask, NullGrab);
+ WriteEventsToClient(client, 1, &event);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c index b0f7ecd39..69494b9dc 100644 --- a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c +++ b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.c @@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ typedef struct { ColormapPtr pInstalledMap;
ColormapPtr pColormap;
VisualPtr pVisual;
- miSpriteCursorFuncPtr funcs;
DamagePtr pDamage; /* damage tracking structure */
Bool damageRegistered;
} miSpriteScreenRec, *miSpriteScreenPtr;
@@ -258,12 +257,9 @@ static void miSpriteReportDamage (DamagePtr pDamage, RegionPtr pRegion, void *closure)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = closure;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
DeviceIntPtr pDev;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
-
for (pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
@@ -289,7 +285,6 @@ miSpriteReportDamage (DamagePtr pDamage, RegionPtr pRegion, void *closure) Bool
miSpriteInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
- miSpriteCursorFuncPtr cursorFuncs,
miPointerScreenFuncPtr screenFuncs)
{
miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
@@ -336,7 +331,6 @@ miSpriteInitialize (ScreenPtr pScreen, pScreenPriv->pInstalledMap = NULL;
pScreenPriv->pColormap = NULL;
- pScreenPriv->funcs = cursorFuncs;
pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].red = 0;
pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].green = 0;
pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].blue = 0;
@@ -397,7 +391,6 @@ miSpriteGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h, char *pdstLine)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
DeviceIntPtr pDev;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
@@ -405,7 +398,6 @@ miSpriteGetImage (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int sx, int sy, int w, int h, if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
{
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates,miSpriteScreenKey);
for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
@@ -433,7 +425,6 @@ miSpriteGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt, int *pwidth, int nspans, char *pdstStart)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
DeviceIntPtr pDev;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
@@ -441,8 +432,6 @@ miSpriteGetSpans (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int wMax, DDXPointPtr ppt, if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
{
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates,miSpriteScreenKey);
-
for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
@@ -487,7 +476,6 @@ miSpriteSourceValidate (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y, int width, int height)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
DeviceIntPtr pDev;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
@@ -495,8 +483,6 @@ miSpriteSourceValidate (DrawablePtr pDrawable, int x, int y, int width, if (pDrawable->type == DRAWABLE_WINDOW)
{
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates,miSpriteScreenKey);
-
for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
@@ -523,14 +509,11 @@ static void miSpriteCopyWindow (WindowPtr pWindow, DDXPointRec ptOldOrg, RegionPtr prgnSrc)
{
ScreenPtr pScreen = pWindow->drawable.pScreen;
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
DeviceIntPtr pDev;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
SCREEN_PROLOGUE (pScreen, CopyWindow);
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
-
for(pDev = inputInfo.devices; pDev; pDev = pDev->next)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
@@ -760,10 +743,8 @@ miSpriteFindColors (miCursorInfoPtr pDevCursor, ScreenPtr pScreen) static Bool
miSpriteRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !pDev->u.master)
return FALSE;
@@ -772,27 +753,21 @@ miSpriteRealizeCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor) if (pCursor == pCursorInfo->pCursor)
pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
- return (*pScreenPriv->funcs->RealizeCursor) (pScreen, pCursor);
+ return miDCRealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
}
static Bool
miSpriteUnrealizeCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
-
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
- return (*pScreenPriv->funcs->UnrealizeCursor) (pScreen, pCursor);
+ return miDCUnrealizeCursor(pScreen, pCursor);
}
static void
miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
miCursorInfoPtr pPointer;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
-
if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !pDev->u.master)
return;
@@ -861,7 +836,7 @@ miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, pointer->saved.y1 -= dy;
pointer->saved.x2 -= dx;
pointer->saved.y2 -= dy;
- (void) (*pScreenPriv->funcs->ChangeSave) (pScreen,
+ (void) miDCChangeSave(pScreen,
pointer->saved.x1,
pointer->saved.y1,
pointer->saved.x2 -
@@ -870,7 +845,7 @@ miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, pointer->saved.y1,
dx, dy);
}
- (void) (*pScreenPriv->funcs->MoveCursor) (pScreen, pCursor,
+ (void) miDCMoveCursor(pScreen, pCursor,
pointer->saved.x1,
pointer->saved.y1,
pointer->saved.x2 -
@@ -904,10 +879,8 @@ miSpriteSetCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, static void
miSpriteMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
CursorPtr pCursor;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !pDev->u.master)
return;
@@ -920,12 +893,9 @@ miSpriteMoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y) static Bool
miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
miCursorInfoPtr pCursorInfo;
int ret = FALSE;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
-
pCursorInfo = malloc(sizeof(miCursorInfoRec));
if (!pCursorInfo)
return FALSE;
@@ -940,7 +910,7 @@ miSpriteDeviceCursorInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) pCursorInfo->checkPixels = TRUE;
pCursorInfo->pScreen = FALSE;
- ret = (*pScreenPriv->funcs->DeviceCursorInitialize)(pDev, pScreen);
+ ret = miDCDeviceInitialize(pDev, pScreen);
if (!ret)
{
free(pCursorInfo);
@@ -954,13 +924,7 @@ static void miSpriteDeviceCursorCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
if (DevHasCursor(pDev))
- {
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates,
- miSpriteScreenKey);
-
- (*pScreenPriv->funcs->DeviceCursorCleanup)(pDev, pScreen);
- }
+ miDCDeviceCleanup(pDev, pScreen);
}
/*
@@ -984,16 +948,16 @@ miSpriteRemoveCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) miSpriteIsDown(pCursorInfo);
pCursorInfo->pCacheWin = NullWindow;
miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- if (!(*pScreenPriv->funcs->RestoreUnderCursor) (pDev,
- pScreen,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1))
+ if (!miDCRestoreUnderCursor(pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1))
{
- miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
+ miSpriteIsUp(pCursorInfo);
}
miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
@@ -1026,14 +990,14 @@ miSpriteSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) y = pCursorInfo->y - (int)pCursor->bits->yhot;
miSpriteDisableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
- (*pScreenPriv->funcs->SaveUnderCursor) (pDev,
- pScreen,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
- pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
- pCursorInfo->saved.y1);
+ miDCSaveUnderCursor(pDev,
+ pScreen,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.x1,
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y2 -
+ pCursorInfo->saved.y1);
SPRITE_DEBUG(("SaveUnderCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
miSpriteEnableDamage(pScreen, pScreenPriv);
DamageDrawInternal (pScreen, FALSE);
@@ -1069,7 +1033,7 @@ miSpriteRestoreCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) SPRITE_DEBUG(("RestoreCursor %d\n", pDev->id));
if (pCursorInfo->checkPixels)
miSpriteFindColors (pCursorInfo, pScreen);
- if ((*pScreenPriv->funcs->PutUpCursor) (pDev, pScreen,
+ if (miDCPutUpCursor(pDev, pScreen,
pCursor, x, y,
pScreenPriv->colors[SOURCE_COLOR].pixel,
pScreenPriv->colors[MASK_COLOR].pixel))
@@ -1088,7 +1052,6 @@ miSpriteRestoreCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) static void
miSpriteComputeSaved (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen)
{
- miSpriteScreenPtr pScreenPriv;
int x, y, w, h;
int wpad, hpad;
CursorPtr pCursor;
@@ -1097,7 +1060,6 @@ miSpriteComputeSaved (DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen) if (!IsMaster(pDev) && !pDev->u.master)
return;
- pScreenPriv = dixLookupPrivate(&pScreen->devPrivates, miSpriteScreenKey);
pCursorInfo = MISPRITE(pDev);
pCursor = pCursorInfo->pCursor;
diff --git a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.h b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.h index 72dc06fc7..6dbc48460 100644 --- a/xorg-server/mi/misprite.h +++ b/xorg-server/mi/misprite.h @@ -1,107 +1,57 @@ -/* - * misprite.h - * - * software-sprite/sprite drawing interface spec - * - * mi versions of these routines exist. - */ - - -/* - -Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group - -Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its -documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that -the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that -copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting -documentation. - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN -CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be -used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings -in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. -*/ - -typedef struct { - Bool (*RealizeCursor)( - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - CursorPtr /*pCursor*/ -); - Bool (*UnrealizeCursor)( - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - CursorPtr /*pCursor*/ -); - Bool (*PutUpCursor)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - CursorPtr /*pCursor*/, - int /*x*/, - int /*y*/, - unsigned long /*source*/, - unsigned long /*mask*/ -); - Bool (*SaveUnderCursor)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - int /*x*/, - int /*y*/, - int /*w*/, - int /*h*/ -); - Bool (*RestoreUnderCursor)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - int /*x*/, - int /*y*/, - int /*w*/, - int /*h*/ -); - Bool (*MoveCursor)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - CursorPtr /*pCursor*/, - int /*x*/, - int /*y*/, - int /*w*/, - int /*h*/, - int /*dx*/, - int /*dy*/, - unsigned long /*source*/, - unsigned long /*mask*/ -); - Bool (*ChangeSave)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - int /*x*/, - int /*y*/, - int /*w*/, - int /*h*/, - int /*dx*/, - int /*dy*/ -); - Bool (*DeviceCursorInitialize)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/ -); - void (*DeviceCursorCleanup)( - DeviceIntPtr /*pDev*/, - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/ -); - -} miSpriteCursorFuncRec, *miSpriteCursorFuncPtr; - -extern Bool miSpriteInitialize( - ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/, - miSpriteCursorFuncPtr /*cursorFuncs*/, - miPointerScreenFuncPtr /*screenFuncs*/ -); +/*
+ * misprite.h
+ *
+ * software-sprite/sprite drawing interface spec
+ *
+ * mi versions of these routines exist.
+ */
+
+
+/*
+
+Copyright 1989, 1998 The Open Group
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation.
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
+all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+
+Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not be
+used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
+in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
+*/
+
+extern Bool miSpriteInitialize(
+ ScreenPtr /*pScreen*/,
+ miPointerScreenFuncPtr /*screenFuncs*/
+);
+
+extern Bool miDCRealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
+extern Bool miDCUnrealizeCursor(ScreenPtr pScreen, CursorPtr pCursor);
+extern Bool miDCPutUpCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y,
+ unsigned long source, unsigned long mask);
+extern Bool miDCSaveUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h);
+extern Bool miDCRestoreUnderCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h);
+extern Bool miDCMoveCursor(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CursorPtr pCursor, int x, int y,
+ int w, int h, int dx, int dy,
+ unsigned long source, unsigned long mask);
+extern Bool miDCChangeSave(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ int x, int y, int w, int h,
+ int dx, int dy);
+extern Bool miDCDeviceInitialize(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+extern void miDCDeviceCleanup(DeviceIntPtr pDev, ScreenPtr pScreen);
diff --git a/xorg-server/os/io.c b/xorg-server/os/io.c index a963d8653..82a2c5875 100644 --- a/xorg-server/os/io.c +++ b/xorg-server/os/io.c @@ -698,15 +698,17 @@ SetCriticalOutputPending(void) int
WriteToClient (ClientPtr who, int count, const void *__buf)
{
- OsCommPtr oc = (OsCommPtr)who->osPrivate;
- ConnectionOutputPtr oco = oc->output;
+ OsCommPtr oc;
+ ConnectionOutputPtr oco;
int padBytes;
const char *buf = __buf;
#ifdef DEBUG_COMMUNICATION
Bool multicount = FALSE;
#endif
- if (!count)
+ if (!count || !who || who == serverClient || who->clientGone)
return(0);
+ oc = who->osPrivate;
+ oco = oc->output;
#ifdef DEBUG_COMMUNICATION
{
char info[128];
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h b/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h index b163a73da..aa938d651 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h +++ b/xorg-server/randr/randrstr.h @@ -1,987 +1,987 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation - * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company - * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation - * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc. - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright - * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and - * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations - * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as - * is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE - * OF THIS SOFTWARE. - * - * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc. - * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _RANDRSTR_H_ -#define _RANDRSTR_H_ - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "pixmapstr.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "servermd.h" -#include "rrtransform.h" -#include <X11/extensions/randr.h> -#include <X11/extensions/randrproto.h> -#include <X11/extensions/render.h> /* we share subpixel order information */ -#include "picturestr.h" -#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> - -/* required for ABI compatibility for now */ -#define RANDR_10_INTERFACE 1 -#define RANDR_12_INTERFACE 1 -#define RANDR_13_INTERFACE 1 /* requires RANDR_12_INTERFACE */ -#define RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE 1 - -#define RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0103 - -typedef XID RRMode; -typedef XID RROutput; -typedef XID RRCrtc; - -extern _X_EXPORT int RREventBase, RRErrorBase; - -extern _X_EXPORT int (*ProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr); -extern _X_EXPORT int (*SProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr); - -/* - * Modeline for a monitor. Name follows directly after this struct - */ - -#define RRModeName(pMode) ((char *) (pMode + 1)) -typedef struct _rrMode RRModeRec, *RRModePtr; -typedef struct _rrPropertyValue RRPropertyValueRec, *RRPropertyValuePtr; -typedef struct _rrProperty RRPropertyRec, *RRPropertyPtr; -typedef struct _rrCrtc RRCrtcRec, *RRCrtcPtr; -typedef struct _rrOutput RROutputRec, *RROutputPtr; - -struct _rrMode { - int refcnt; - xRRModeInfo mode; - char *name; - ScreenPtr userScreen; -}; - -struct _rrPropertyValue { - Atom type; /* ignored by server */ - short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */ - long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */ - pointer data; /* private to client */ -}; - -struct _rrProperty { - RRPropertyPtr next; - ATOM propertyName; - Bool is_pending; - Bool range; - Bool immutable; - int num_valid; - INT32 *valid_values; - RRPropertyValueRec current, pending; -}; - -struct _rrCrtc { - RRCrtc id; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - RRModePtr mode; - int x, y; - Rotation rotation; - Rotation rotations; - Bool changed; - int numOutputs; - RROutputPtr *outputs; - int gammaSize; - CARD16 *gammaRed; - CARD16 *gammaBlue; - CARD16 *gammaGreen; - void *devPrivate; - Bool transforms; - RRTransformRec client_pending_transform; - RRTransformRec client_current_transform; - PictTransform transform; - struct pict_f_transform f_transform; - struct pict_f_transform f_inverse; -}; - -struct _rrOutput { - RROutput id; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - char *name; - int nameLength; - CARD8 connection; - CARD8 subpixelOrder; - int mmWidth; - int mmHeight; - RRCrtcPtr crtc; - int numCrtcs; - RRCrtcPtr *crtcs; - int numClones; - RROutputPtr *clones; - int numModes; - int numPreferred; - RRModePtr *modes; - int numUserModes; - RRModePtr *userModes; - Bool changed; - RRPropertyPtr properties; - Bool pendingProperties; - void *devPrivate; -}; - -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE -typedef Bool (*RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - CARD16 width, - CARD16 height, - CARD32 mmWidth, - CARD32 mmHeight); - -typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr crtc, - RRModePtr mode, - int x, - int y, - Rotation rotation, - int numOutputs, - RROutputPtr *outputs); - -typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -typedef Bool (*RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -typedef Bool (*RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - Atom property, - RRPropertyValuePtr value); - -typedef Bool (*RROutputValidateModeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - RRModePtr mode); - -typedef void (*RRModeDestroyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRModePtr mode); - -#endif - -#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE -typedef Bool (*RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - Atom property); -typedef Bool (*RRGetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn, - RRCrtcPtr crtc, - BoxPtr totalArea, - BoxPtr trackingArea, - INT16 *border); -typedef Bool (*RRSetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn, - RRCrtcPtr crtc, - BoxPtr totalArea, - BoxPtr trackingArea, - INT16 *border); - -#endif /* RANDR_13_INTERFACE */ - -typedef Bool (*RRGetInfoProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations); -typedef Bool (*RRCloseScreenProcPtr) ( int i, ScreenPtr pscreen); - -/* These are for 1.0 compatibility */ - -typedef struct _rrRefresh { - CARD16 rate; - RRModePtr mode; -} RRScreenRate, *RRScreenRatePtr; - -typedef struct _rrScreenSize { - int id; - short width, height; - short mmWidth, mmHeight; - int nRates; - RRScreenRatePtr pRates; -} RRScreenSize, *RRScreenSizePtr; - -#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE - -typedef Bool (*RRSetConfigProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, - Rotation rotation, - int rate, - RRScreenSizePtr pSize); - -#endif - - -typedef struct _rrScrPriv { - /* - * 'public' part of the structure; DDXen fill this in - * as they initialize - */ -#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE - RRSetConfigProcPtr rrSetConfig; -#endif - RRGetInfoProcPtr rrGetInfo; -#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE - RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr rrScreenSetSize; - RRCrtcSetProcPtr rrCrtcSet; - RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcSetGamma; - RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcGetGamma; - RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputSetProperty; - RROutputValidateModeProcPtr rrOutputValidateMode; - RRModeDestroyProcPtr rrModeDestroy; -#endif -#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE - RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputGetProperty; - RRGetPanningProcPtr rrGetPanning; - RRSetPanningProcPtr rrSetPanning; -#endif - - /* - * Private part of the structure; not considered part of the ABI - */ - TimeStamp lastSetTime; /* last changed by client */ - TimeStamp lastConfigTime; /* possible configs changed */ - RRCloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen; - - Bool changed; /* some config changed */ - Bool configChanged; /* configuration changed */ - Bool layoutChanged; /* screen layout changed */ - - CARD16 minWidth, minHeight; - CARD16 maxWidth, maxHeight; - CARD16 width, height; /* last known screen size */ - CARD16 mmWidth, mmHeight; /* last known screen size */ - - int numOutputs; - RROutputPtr *outputs; - RROutputPtr primaryOutput; - - int numCrtcs; - RRCrtcPtr *crtcs; - - /* Last known pointer position */ - RRCrtcPtr pointerCrtc; - -#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE - /* - * Configuration information - */ - Rotation rotations; - CARD16 reqWidth, reqHeight; - - int nSizes; - RRScreenSizePtr pSizes; - - Rotation rotation; - int rate; - int size; -#endif -} rrScrPrivRec, *rrScrPrivPtr; - -extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey rrPrivKey; - -#define rrGetScrPriv(pScr) ((rrScrPrivPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pScr)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey)) -#define rrScrPriv(pScr) rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScr) -#define SetRRScreen(s,p) dixSetPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey, p) - -/* - * each window has a list of clients requesting - * RRNotify events. Each client has a resource - * for each window it selects RRNotify input for, - * this resource is used to delete the RRNotifyRec - * entry from the per-window queue. - */ - -typedef struct _RREvent *RREventPtr; - -typedef struct _RREvent { - RREventPtr next; - ClientPtr client; - WindowPtr window; - XID clientResource; - int mask; -} RREventRec; - -typedef struct _RRTimes { - TimeStamp setTime; - TimeStamp configTime; -} RRTimesRec, *RRTimesPtr; - -typedef struct _RRClient { - int major_version; - int minor_version; -/* RRTimesRec times[0]; */ -} RRClientRec, *RRClientPtr; - -extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */ -extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey RRClientPrivateKey; -extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRCrtcType, RRModeType, RROutputType; - -#define VERIFY_RR_OUTPUT(id, ptr, a)\ - {\ - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\ - RROutputType, client, a);\ - if (rc != Success) {\ - client->errorValue = id;\ - return (rc == BadValue) ? RRErrorBase + BadRROutput : rc;\ - }\ - } - -#define VERIFY_RR_CRTC(id, ptr, a)\ - {\ - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\ - RRCrtcType, client, a);\ - if (rc != Success) {\ - client->errorValue = id;\ - return (rc == BadValue) ? RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc : rc;\ - }\ - } - -#define VERIFY_RR_MODE(id, ptr, a)\ - {\ - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\ - RRModeType, client, a);\ - if (rc != Success) {\ - client->errorValue = id;\ - return (rc == BadValue) ? RRErrorBase + BadRRMode : rc;\ - }\ - } - -#define GetRRClient(pClient) ((RRClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RRClientPrivateKey)) -#define rrClientPriv(pClient) RRClientPtr pRRClient = GetRRClient(pClient) - -/* Initialize the extension */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRExtensionInit (void); - -#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE -/* - * Set the range of sizes for the screen - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRScreenSetSizeRange (ScreenPtr pScreen, - CARD16 minWidth, - CARD16 minHeight, - CARD16 maxWidth, - CARD16 maxHeight); -#endif - -/* rrscreen.c */ -/* - * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed. - * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed - * the size of the screen - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* - * Request that the screen be resized - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr pScreen, - CARD16 width, - CARD16 height, - CARD32 mmWidth, - CARD32 mmHeight); - -/* - * Send ConfigureNotify event to root window when 'something' happens - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* - * screen dispatch - */ -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client); - -/* - * Deliver a ScreenNotify event - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* mirandr.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRandRInit (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRRCrtcSet (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRCrtcPtr crtc, - RRModePtr mode, - int x, - int y, - Rotation rotation, - int numOutput, - RROutputPtr *outputs); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRROutputSetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - Atom property, - RRPropertyValuePtr value); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRROutputGetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - Atom property); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -miRROutputValidateMode (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RROutputPtr output, - RRModePtr mode); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -miRRModeDestroy (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRModePtr mode); - -/* randr.c */ -/* - * Send all pending events - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* - * Poll the driver for changed information - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool force_query); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRInit (void); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr -RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT Rotation -RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT CARD16 -RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode); - -#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE -/* - * This is the old interface, deprecated but left - * around for compatibility - */ - -/* - * Then, register the specific size with the screen - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT RRScreenSizePtr -RRRegisterSize (ScreenPtr pScreen, - short width, - short height, - short mmWidth, - short mmHeight); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRRegisterRate (ScreenPtr pScreen, - RRScreenSizePtr pSize, - int rate); - -/* - * Finally, set the current configuration of the screen - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRSetCurrentConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen, - Rotation rotation, - int rate, - RRScreenSizePtr pSize); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -extern _X_EXPORT Rotation -RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -#endif - -/* rrcrtc.c */ - -/* - * Notify the CRTC of some change; layoutChanged indicates that - * some position or size element changed - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged); - -/* - * Create a CRTC - */ -extern _X_EXPORT RRCrtcPtr -RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate); - -/* - * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations); - -/* - * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms); - -/* - * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured, - * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc, - RRModePtr mode, - int x, - int y, - Rotation rotation, - RRTransformPtr transform, - int numOutputs, - RROutputPtr *outputs); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc, - RRModePtr mode, - int x, - int y, - Rotation rotation, - int numOutput, - RROutputPtr *outputs); - -/* - * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc, - CARD16 *red, - CARD16 *green, - CARD16 *blue); - -/* - * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible). - * This includes gamma size. - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed - * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values - * in the RRCrtcRec - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc, - int size); - -/* - * Return the area of the frame buffer scanned out by the crtc, - * taking into account the current mode and rotation - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height); - -/* - * Compute the complete transformation matrix including - * client-specified transform, rotation/reflection values and the crtc - * offset. - * - * Return TRUE if the resulting transform is not a simple translation. - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRTransformCompute (int x, - int y, - int width, - int height, - Rotation rotation, - RRTransformPtr rr_transform, - - PictTransformPtr transform, - struct pict_f_transform *f_transform, - struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse); - -/* - * Return crtc transform - */ -extern _X_EXPORT RRTransformPtr -RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc); - -/* - * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc); - - -/* - * Set the pending CRTC transformation - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT int -RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc, - PictTransformPtr transform, - struct pict_f_transform *f_transform, - struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse, - char *filter, - int filter_len, - xFixed *params, - int nparams); - -/* - * Initialize crtc type - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRCrtcInit (void); - -/* - * Crtc dispatch - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client); - -int -ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client); - -int -ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client); - -/* rrdispatch.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRClientKnowsRates (ClientPtr pClient); - -/* rrmode.c */ -/* - * Find, and if necessary, create a mode - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr -RRModeGet (xRRModeInfo *modeInfo, - const char *name); - -/* - * Destroy a mode. - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRModeDestroy (RRModePtr mode); - -/* - * Return a list of modes that are valid for some output in pScreen - */ -extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr * -RRModesForScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, int *num_ret); - -/* - * Initialize mode type - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRModeInit (void); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRCreateMode (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRDestroyMode (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRAddOutputMode (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRDeleteOutputMode (ClientPtr client); - -/* rroutput.c */ - -/* - * Notify the output of some change. configChanged indicates whether - * any external configuration (mode list, clones, connected status) - * has changed, or whether the change was strictly internal - * (which crtc is in use) - */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RROutputChanged (RROutputPtr output, Bool configChanged); - -/* - * Create an output - */ - -extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr -RROutputCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, - const char *name, - int nameLength, - void *devPrivate); - -/* - * Notify extension that output parameters have been changed - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetClones (RROutputPtr output, - RROutputPtr *clones, - int numClones); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr output, - RRModePtr *modes, - int numModes, - int numPreferred); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -RROutputAddUserMode (RROutputPtr output, - RRModePtr mode); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -RROutputDeleteUserMode (RROutputPtr output, - RRModePtr mode); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetCrtcs (RROutputPtr output, - RRCrtcPtr *crtcs, - int numCrtcs); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetConnection (RROutputPtr output, - CARD8 connection); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (RROutputPtr output, - int subpixelOrder); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputSetPhysicalSize (RROutputPtr output, - int mmWidth, - int mmHeight); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRDeliverOutputEvent(ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RROutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RROutputDestroy (RROutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetOutputInfo (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRSetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client); - -/* - * Initialize output type - */ -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RROutputInit (void); - -/* rrpointer.c */ -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRPointerMoved (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRPointerScreenConfigured (ScreenPtr pScreen); - -/* rrproperty.c */ - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRDeleteAllOutputProperties (RROutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyValuePtr -RRGetOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Bool pending); - -extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyPtr -RRQueryOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property); - -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRDeleteOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property); - -extern _X_EXPORT Bool -RRPostPendingProperties (RROutputPtr output); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -RRChangeOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Atom type, - int format, int mode, unsigned long len, - pointer value, Bool sendevent, Bool pending); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -RRConfigureOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, - Bool pending, Bool range, Bool immutable, - int num_values, INT32 *values); -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRChangeOutputProperty (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRGetOutputProperty (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRListOutputProperties (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRQueryOutputProperty (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRConfigureOutputProperty (ClientPtr client); - -extern _X_EXPORT int -ProcRRDeleteOutputProperty (ClientPtr client); - -/* rrxinerama.c */ -#ifdef XINERAMA -extern _X_EXPORT void -RRXineramaExtensionInit(void); -#endif - -#endif /* _RANDRSTR_H_ */ - -/* - -randr extension implementation structure - -Query state: - ProcRRGetScreenInfo/ProcRRGetScreenResources - RRGetInfo - - • Request configuration from driver, either 1.0 or 1.2 style - • These functions only record state changes, all - other actions are pended until RRTellChanged is called - - ->rrGetInfo - 1.0: - RRRegisterSize - RRRegisterRate - RRSetCurrentConfig - 1.2: - RRScreenSetSizeRange - RROutputSetCrtcs - RRModeGet - RROutputSetModes - RROutputSetConnection - RROutputSetSubpixelOrder - RROutputSetClones - RRCrtcNotify - - • Must delay scanning configuration until after ->rrGetInfo returns - because some drivers will call SetCurrentConfig in the middle - of the ->rrGetInfo operation. - - 1.0: - - • Scan old configuration, mirror to new structures - - RRScanOldConfig - RRCrtcCreate - RROutputCreate - RROutputSetCrtcs - RROutputSetConnection - RROutputSetSubpixelOrder - RROldModeAdd • This adds modes one-at-a-time - RRModeGet - RRCrtcNotify - - • send events, reset pointer if necessary - - RRTellChanged - WalkTree (sending events) - - • when layout has changed: - RRPointerScreenConfigured - RRSendConfigNotify - -Asynchronous state setting (1.2 only) - When setting state asynchronously, the driver invokes the - ->rrGetInfo function and then calls RRTellChanged to flush - the changes to the clients and reset pointer if necessary - -Set state - - ProcRRSetScreenConfig - RRCrtcSet - 1.2: - ->rrCrtcSet - RRCrtcNotify - 1.0: - ->rrSetConfig - RRCrtcNotify - RRTellChanged - */ +/*
+ * Copyright © 2000 Compaq Computer Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2002 Hewlett-Packard Company
+ * Copyright © 2006 Intel Corporation
+ * Copyright © 2008 Red Hat, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that copyright
+ * notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and
+ * that the name of the copyright holders not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. The copyright holders make no representations
+ * about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as
+ * is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE
+ * OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Jim Gettys, Hewlett-Packard Company, Inc.
+ * Keith Packard, Intel Corporation
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _RANDRSTR_H_
+#define _RANDRSTR_H_
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include "rrtransform.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/randr.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/randrproto.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/render.h> /* we share subpixel order information */
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+
+/* required for ABI compatibility for now */
+#define RANDR_10_INTERFACE 1
+#define RANDR_12_INTERFACE 1
+#define RANDR_13_INTERFACE 1 /* requires RANDR_12_INTERFACE */
+#define RANDR_GET_CRTC_INTERFACE 1
+
+#define RANDR_INTERFACE_VERSION 0x0103
+
+typedef XID RRMode;
+typedef XID RROutput;
+typedef XID RRCrtc;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int RREventBase, RRErrorBase;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int (*ProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
+extern _X_EXPORT int (*SProcRandrVector[RRNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
+
+/*
+ * Modeline for a monitor. Name follows directly after this struct
+ */
+
+#define RRModeName(pMode) ((char *) (pMode + 1))
+typedef struct _rrMode RRModeRec, *RRModePtr;
+typedef struct _rrPropertyValue RRPropertyValueRec, *RRPropertyValuePtr;
+typedef struct _rrProperty RRPropertyRec, *RRPropertyPtr;
+typedef struct _rrCrtc RRCrtcRec, *RRCrtcPtr;
+typedef struct _rrOutput RROutputRec, *RROutputPtr;
+
+struct _rrMode {
+ int refcnt;
+ xRRModeInfo mode;
+ char *name;
+ ScreenPtr userScreen;
+};
+
+struct _rrPropertyValue {
+ Atom type; /* ignored by server */
+ short format; /* format of data for swapping - 8,16,32 */
+ long size; /* size of data in (format/8) bytes */
+ pointer data; /* private to client */
+};
+
+struct _rrProperty {
+ RRPropertyPtr next;
+ ATOM propertyName;
+ Bool is_pending;
+ Bool range;
+ Bool immutable;
+ int num_valid;
+ INT32 *valid_values;
+ RRPropertyValueRec current, pending;
+};
+
+struct _rrCrtc {
+ RRCrtc id;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+ int x, y;
+ Rotation rotation;
+ Rotation rotations;
+ Bool changed;
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *outputs;
+ int gammaSize;
+ CARD16 *gammaRed;
+ CARD16 *gammaBlue;
+ CARD16 *gammaGreen;
+ void *devPrivate;
+ Bool transforms;
+ RRTransformRec client_pending_transform;
+ RRTransformRec client_current_transform;
+ PictTransform transform;
+ struct pict_f_transform f_transform;
+ struct pict_f_transform f_inverse;
+};
+
+struct _rrOutput {
+ RROutput id;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ char *name;
+ int nameLength;
+ CARD8 connection;
+ CARD8 subpixelOrder;
+ int mmWidth;
+ int mmHeight;
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc;
+ int numCrtcs;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+ int numClones;
+ RROutputPtr *clones;
+ int numModes;
+ int numPreferred;
+ RRModePtr *modes;
+ int numUserModes;
+ RRModePtr *userModes;
+ Bool changed;
+ RRPropertyPtr properties;
+ Bool pendingProperties;
+ void *devPrivate;
+};
+
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+typedef Bool (*RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height,
+ CARD32 mmWidth,
+ CARD32 mmHeight);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+typedef Bool (*RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+typedef Bool (*RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property,
+ RRPropertyValuePtr value);
+
+typedef Bool (*RROutputValidateModeProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+typedef void (*RRModeDestroyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+#endif
+
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+typedef Bool (*RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property);
+typedef Bool (*RRGetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border);
+typedef Bool (*RRSetPanningProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScrn,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ BoxPtr totalArea,
+ BoxPtr trackingArea,
+ INT16 *border);
+
+#endif /* RANDR_13_INTERFACE */
+
+typedef Bool (*RRGetInfoProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations);
+typedef Bool (*RRCloseScreenProcPtr) ( int i, ScreenPtr pscreen);
+
+/* These are for 1.0 compatibility */
+
+typedef struct _rrRefresh {
+ CARD16 rate;
+ RRModePtr mode;
+} RRScreenRate, *RRScreenRatePtr;
+
+typedef struct _rrScreenSize {
+ int id;
+ short width, height;
+ short mmWidth, mmHeight;
+ int nRates;
+ RRScreenRatePtr pRates;
+} RRScreenSize, *RRScreenSizePtr;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+
+typedef Bool (*RRSetConfigProcPtr) (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
+
+#endif
+
+
+typedef struct _rrScrPriv {
+ /*
+ * 'public' part of the structure; DDXen fill this in
+ * as they initialize
+ */
+#if RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ RRSetConfigProcPtr rrSetConfig;
+#endif
+ RRGetInfoProcPtr rrGetInfo;
+#if RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+ RRScreenSetSizeProcPtr rrScreenSetSize;
+ RRCrtcSetProcPtr rrCrtcSet;
+ RRCrtcSetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcSetGamma;
+ RRCrtcGetGammaProcPtr rrCrtcGetGamma;
+ RROutputSetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputSetProperty;
+ RROutputValidateModeProcPtr rrOutputValidateMode;
+ RRModeDestroyProcPtr rrModeDestroy;
+#endif
+#if RANDR_13_INTERFACE
+ RROutputGetPropertyProcPtr rrOutputGetProperty;
+ RRGetPanningProcPtr rrGetPanning;
+ RRSetPanningProcPtr rrSetPanning;
+#endif
+
+ /*
+ * Private part of the structure; not considered part of the ABI
+ */
+ TimeStamp lastSetTime; /* last changed by client */
+ TimeStamp lastConfigTime; /* possible configs changed */
+ RRCloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
+
+ Bool changed; /* some config changed */
+ Bool configChanged; /* configuration changed */
+ Bool layoutChanged; /* screen layout changed */
+
+ CARD16 minWidth, minHeight;
+ CARD16 maxWidth, maxHeight;
+ CARD16 width, height; /* last known screen size */
+ CARD16 mmWidth, mmHeight; /* last known screen size */
+
+ int numOutputs;
+ RROutputPtr *outputs;
+ RROutputPtr primaryOutput;
+
+ int numCrtcs;
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs;
+
+ /* Last known pointer position */
+ RRCrtcPtr pointerCrtc;
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+ /*
+ * Configuration information
+ */
+ Rotation rotations;
+ CARD16 reqWidth, reqHeight;
+
+ int nSizes;
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSizes;
+
+ Rotation rotation;
+ int rate;
+ int size;
+#endif
+} rrScrPrivRec, *rrScrPrivPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey rrPrivKey;
+
+#define rrGetScrPriv(pScr) ((rrScrPrivPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pScr)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey))
+#define rrScrPriv(pScr) rrScrPrivPtr pScrPriv = rrGetScrPriv(pScr)
+#define SetRRScreen(s,p) dixSetPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, rrPrivKey, p)
+
+/*
+ * each window has a list of clients requesting
+ * RRNotify events. Each client has a resource
+ * for each window it selects RRNotify input for,
+ * this resource is used to delete the RRNotifyRec
+ * entry from the per-window queue.
+ */
+
+typedef struct _RREvent *RREventPtr;
+
+typedef struct _RREvent {
+ RREventPtr next;
+ ClientPtr client;
+ WindowPtr window;
+ XID clientResource;
+ int mask;
+} RREventRec;
+
+typedef struct _RRTimes {
+ TimeStamp setTime;
+ TimeStamp configTime;
+} RRTimesRec, *RRTimesPtr;
+
+typedef struct _RRClient {
+ int major_version;
+ int minor_version;
+/* RRTimesRec times[0]; */
+} RRClientRec, *RRClientPtr;
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRClientType, RREventType; /* resource types for event masks */
+extern _X_EXPORT DevPrivateKey RRClientPrivateKey;
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RRCrtcType, RRModeType, RROutputType;
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_OUTPUT(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RROutputType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_CRTC(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RRCrtcType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define VERIFY_RR_MODE(id, ptr, a)\
+ {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(ptr), id,\
+ RRModeType, client, a);\
+ if (rc != Success) {\
+ client->errorValue = id;\
+ return rc;\
+ }\
+ }
+
+#define GetRRClient(pClient) ((RRClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RRClientPrivateKey))
+#define rrClientPriv(pClient) RRClientPtr pRRClient = GetRRClient(pClient)
+
+/* Initialize the extension */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRExtensionInit (void);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_12_INTERFACE
+/*
+ * Set the range of sizes for the screen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRScreenSetSizeRange (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 minWidth,
+ CARD16 minHeight,
+ CARD16 maxWidth,
+ CARD16 maxHeight);
+#endif
+
+/* rrscreen.c */
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the screen size has been changed.
+ * The driver is responsible for calling this whenever it has changed
+ * the size of the screen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRScreenSizeNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the screen be resized
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRScreenSizeSet (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ CARD16 width,
+ CARD16 height,
+ CARD32 mmWidth,
+ CARD32 mmHeight);
+
+/*
+ * Send ConfigureNotify event to root window when 'something' happens
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRSendConfigNotify (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * screen dispatch
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenSizeRange (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetScreenSize (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenResources (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenResourcesCurrent (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetScreenConfig (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetScreenInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+/*
+ * Deliver a ScreenNotify event
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/* mirandr.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRandRInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Rotation *rotations);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRRCrtcSet (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutput,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRROutputSetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property,
+ RRPropertyValuePtr value);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRROutputGetProperty (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ Atom property);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+miRROutputValidateMode (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+miRRModeDestroy (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+/* randr.c */
+/*
+ * Send all pending events
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRTellChanged (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/*
+ * Poll the driver for changed information
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRGetInfo (ScreenPtr pScreen, Bool force_query);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRInit (void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit(ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
+RRFirstOutput (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
+RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT CARD16
+RRVerticalRefresh (xRRModeInfo *mode);
+
+#ifdef RANDR_10_INTERFACE
+/*
+ * This is the old interface, deprecated but left
+ * around for compatibility
+ */
+
+/*
+ * Then, register the specific size with the screen
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRScreenSizePtr
+RRRegisterSize (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ short width,
+ short height,
+ short mmWidth,
+ short mmHeight);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRRegisterRate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize,
+ int rate);
+
+/*
+ * Finally, set the current configuration of the screen
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRSetCurrentConfig (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int rate,
+ RRScreenSizePtr pSize);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool RRScreenInit (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Rotation
+RRGetRotation (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+#endif
+
+/* rrcrtc.c */
+
+/*
+ * Notify the CRTC of some change; layoutChanged indicates that
+ * some position or size element changed
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcChanged (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool layoutChanged);
+
+/*
+ * Create a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRCrtcPtr
+RRCrtcCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen, void *devPrivate);
+
+/*
+ * Set the allowed rotations on a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcSetRotations (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Rotation rotations);
+
+/*
+ * Set whether transforms are allowed on a CRTC
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcSetTransformSupport (RRCrtcPtr crtc, Bool transforms);
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc has been reconfigured,
+ * the driver calls this whenever it has updated the mode
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr transform,
+ int numOutputs,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc be reconfigured
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ RRModePtr mode,
+ int x,
+ int y,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ int numOutput,
+ RROutputPtr *outputs);
+
+/*
+ * Request that the Crtc gamma be changed
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ CARD16 *red,
+ CARD16 *green,
+ CARD16 *blue);
+
+/*
+ * Request current gamma back from the DDX (if possible).
+ * This includes gamma size.
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaGet(RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Notify the extension that the Crtc gamma has been changed
+ * The driver calls this whenever it has changed the gamma values
+ * in the RRCrtcRec
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaNotify (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Set the size of the gamma table at server startup time
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcGammaSetSize (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ int size);
+
+/*
+ * Return the area of the frame buffer scanned out by the crtc,
+ * taking into account the current mode and rotation
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcGetScanoutSize(RRCrtcPtr crtc, int *width, int *height);
+
+/*
+ * Compute the complete transformation matrix including
+ * client-specified transform, rotation/reflection values and the crtc
+ * offset.
+ *
+ * Return TRUE if the resulting transform is not a simple translation.
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRTransformCompute (int x,
+ int y,
+ int width,
+ int height,
+ Rotation rotation,
+ RRTransformPtr rr_transform,
+
+ PictTransformPtr transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse);
+
+/*
+ * Return crtc transform
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRTransformPtr
+RRCrtcGetTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Check whether the pending and current transforms are the same
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcPendingTransform (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a Crtc at shutdown
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRCrtcDestroy (RRCrtcPtr crtc);
+
+
+/*
+ * Set the pending CRTC transformation
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRCrtcTransformSet (RRCrtcPtr crtc,
+ PictTransformPtr transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_transform,
+ struct pict_f_transform *f_inverse,
+ char *filter,
+ int filter_len,
+ xFixed *params,
+ int nparams);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize crtc type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRCrtcInit (void);
+
+/*
+ * Crtc dispatch
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGammaSize (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcGamma (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetCrtcTransform (ClientPtr client);
+
+int
+ProcRRGetPanning (ClientPtr client);
+
+int
+ProcRRSetPanning (ClientPtr client);
+
+/* rrdispatch.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRClientKnowsRates (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+/* rrmode.c */
+/*
+ * Find, and if necessary, create a mode
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr
+RRModeGet (xRRModeInfo *modeInfo,
+ const char *name);
+
+/*
+ * Destroy a mode.
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRModeDestroy (RRModePtr mode);
+
+/*
+ * Return a list of modes that are valid for some output in pScreen
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT RRModePtr *
+RRModesForScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen, int *num_ret);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize mode type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRModeInit (void);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRCreateMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDestroyMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRAddOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDeleteOutputMode (ClientPtr client);
+
+/* rroutput.c */
+
+/*
+ * Notify the output of some change. configChanged indicates whether
+ * any external configuration (mode list, clones, connected status)
+ * has changed, or whether the change was strictly internal
+ * (which crtc is in use)
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RROutputChanged (RROutputPtr output, Bool configChanged);
+
+/*
+ * Create an output
+ */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RROutputPtr
+RROutputCreate (ScreenPtr pScreen,
+ const char *name,
+ int nameLength,
+ void *devPrivate);
+
+/*
+ * Notify extension that output parameters have been changed
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetClones (RROutputPtr output,
+ RROutputPtr *clones,
+ int numClones);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetModes (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr *modes,
+ int numModes,
+ int numPreferred);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RROutputAddUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RROutputDeleteUserMode (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRModePtr mode);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetCrtcs (RROutputPtr output,
+ RRCrtcPtr *crtcs,
+ int numCrtcs);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetConnection (RROutputPtr output,
+ CARD8 connection);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetSubpixelOrder (RROutputPtr output,
+ int subpixelOrder);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputSetPhysicalSize (RROutputPtr output,
+ int mmWidth,
+ int mmHeight);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeliverOutputEvent(ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RROutputDestroy (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputInfo (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRSetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputPrimary (ClientPtr client);
+
+/*
+ * Initialize output type
+ */
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RROutputInit (void);
+
+/* rrpointer.c */
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRPointerMoved (ScreenPtr pScreen, int x, int y);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRPointerScreenConfigured (ScreenPtr pScreen);
+
+/* rrproperty.c */
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeleteAllOutputProperties (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyValuePtr
+RRGetOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Bool pending);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RRPropertyPtr
+RRQueryOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRDeleteOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT Bool
+RRPostPendingProperties (RROutputPtr output);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRChangeOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property, Atom type,
+ int format, int mode, unsigned long len,
+ pointer value, Bool sendevent, Bool pending);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+RRConfigureOutputProperty (RROutputPtr output, Atom property,
+ Bool pending, Bool range, Bool immutable,
+ int num_values, INT32 *values);
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRChangeOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRGetOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRListOutputProperties (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRQueryOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRConfigureOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+extern _X_EXPORT int
+ProcRRDeleteOutputProperty (ClientPtr client);
+
+/* rrxinerama.c */
+#ifdef XINERAMA
+extern _X_EXPORT void
+RRXineramaExtensionInit(void);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _RANDRSTR_H_ */
+
+/*
+
+randr extension implementation structure
+
+Query state:
+ ProcRRGetScreenInfo/ProcRRGetScreenResources
+ RRGetInfo
+
+ • Request configuration from driver, either 1.0 or 1.2 style
+ • These functions only record state changes, all
+ other actions are pended until RRTellChanged is called
+
+ ->rrGetInfo
+ 1.0:
+ RRRegisterSize
+ RRRegisterRate
+ RRSetCurrentConfig
+ 1.2:
+ RRScreenSetSizeRange
+ RROutputSetCrtcs
+ RRModeGet
+ RROutputSetModes
+ RROutputSetConnection
+ RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
+ RROutputSetClones
+ RRCrtcNotify
+
+ • Must delay scanning configuration until after ->rrGetInfo returns
+ because some drivers will call SetCurrentConfig in the middle
+ of the ->rrGetInfo operation.
+
+ 1.0:
+
+ • Scan old configuration, mirror to new structures
+
+ RRScanOldConfig
+ RRCrtcCreate
+ RROutputCreate
+ RROutputSetCrtcs
+ RROutputSetConnection
+ RROutputSetSubpixelOrder
+ RROldModeAdd • This adds modes one-at-a-time
+ RRModeGet
+ RRCrtcNotify
+
+ • send events, reset pointer if necessary
+
+ RRTellChanged
+ WalkTree (sending events)
+
+ • when layout has changed:
+ RRPointerScreenConfigured
+ RRSendConfigNotify
+
+Asynchronous state setting (1.2 only)
+ When setting state asynchronously, the driver invokes the
+ ->rrGetInfo function and then calls RRTellChanged to flush
+ the changes to the clients and reset pointer if necessary
+
+Set state
+
+ ProcRRSetScreenConfig
+ RRCrtcSet
+ 1.2:
+ ->rrCrtcSet
+ RRCrtcNotify
+ 1.0:
+ ->rrSetConfig
+ RRCrtcNotify
+ RRTellChanged
+ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c index 2544903e9..278b7ff77 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c +++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrcrtc.c @@ -254,7 +254,6 @@ RRDeliverCrtcEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RRCrtcPtr crtc) ce.type = RRNotify + RREventBase;
ce.subCode = RRNotify_CrtcChange;
- ce.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
ce.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
ce.window = pWin->drawable.id;
ce.crtc = crtc->id;
@@ -635,6 +634,7 @@ RRCrtcInit (void) RRCrtcType = CreateNewResourceType (RRCrtcDestroyResource, "CRTC");
if (!RRCrtcType)
return FALSE;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RRCrtcType, RRErrorBase + BadRRCrtc);
return TRUE;
}
@@ -807,7 +807,7 @@ ProcRRSetCrtcConfig (ClientPtr client) {
if (outputs)
free(outputs);
- return (rc == BadValue) ? RRErrorBase + BadRROutput : rc;
+ return rc;
}
/* validate crtc for this output */
for (j = 0; j < outputs[i]->numCrtcs; j++)
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrmode.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrmode.c index 7412e6f3e..a28d9ca6c 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/rrmode.c +++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrmode.c @@ -268,6 +268,7 @@ RRModeInit (void) RRModeType = CreateNewResourceType (RRModeDestroyResource, "MODE");
if (!RRModeType)
return FALSE;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RRModeType, RRErrorBase + BadRRMode);
return TRUE;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rroutput.c b/xorg-server/randr/rroutput.c index a65b45912..51ebaa861 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/rroutput.c +++ b/xorg-server/randr/rroutput.c @@ -337,7 +337,6 @@ RRDeliverOutputEvent(ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, RROutputPtr output) oe.type = RRNotify + RREventBase;
oe.subCode = RRNotify_OutputChange;
- oe.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
oe.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
oe.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
oe.window = pWin->drawable.id;
@@ -424,6 +423,7 @@ RROutputInit (void) RROutputType = CreateNewResourceType (RROutputDestroyResource, "OUTPUT");
if (!RROutputType)
return FALSE;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RROutputType, RRErrorBase + BadRROutput);
return TRUE;
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrproperty.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrproperty.c index 20f07f42a..898730eef 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/rrproperty.c +++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrproperty.c @@ -29,7 +29,6 @@ DeliverPropertyEvent(WindowPtr pWin, void *value) {
xRROutputPropertyNotifyEvent *event = value;
RREventPtr *pHead, pRREvent;
- ClientPtr client;
dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pHead, pWin->drawable.id,
RREventType, serverClient, DixReadAccess);
@@ -38,14 +37,9 @@ DeliverPropertyEvent(WindowPtr pWin, void *value) for (pRREvent = *pHead; pRREvent; pRREvent = pRREvent->next)
{
- client = pRREvent->client;
- if (client == serverClient || client->clientGone)
- continue;
-
if (!(pRREvent->mask & RROutputPropertyNotifyMask))
continue;
- event->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
event->window = pRREvent->window->drawable.id;
WriteEventsToClient(pRREvent->client, 1, (xEvent *)event);
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c b/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c index 526e95177..a5e01dced 100644 --- a/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c +++ b/xorg-server/randr/rrscreen.c @@ -102,13 +102,11 @@ RRDeliverScreenEvent (ClientPtr client, WindowPtr pWin, ScreenPtr pScreen) se.type = RRScreenChangeNotify + RREventBase;
se.rotation = (CARD8) (crtc ? crtc->rotation : RR_Rotate_0);
se.timestamp = pScrPriv->lastSetTime.milliseconds;
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.configTimestamp = pScrPriv->lastConfigTime.milliseconds;
se.root = pRoot->drawable.id;
se.window = pWin->drawable.id;
se.subpixelOrder = PictureGetSubpixelOrder (pScreen);
- se.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
se.sizeID = RR10CurrentSizeID (pScreen);
if (se.rotation & (RR_Rotate_90 | RR_Rotate_270)) {
diff --git a/xorg-server/record/record.c b/xorg-server/record/record.c index f79a5a889..a2698d1f3 100644 --- a/xorg-server/record/record.c +++ b/xorg-server/record/record.c @@ -58,7 +58,6 @@ and Jim Haggerty of Metheus. #include "protocol-versions.h"
static RESTYPE RTContext; /* internal resource type for Record contexts */
-static int RecordErrorBase; /* first Record error number */
/* How many bytes of protocol data to buffer in a context. Don't set to less
* than 32.
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ static int numEnabledRCAPs; int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(_pContext), _contextid, \
RTContext, _client, DixUseAccess); \
if (rc != Success) \
- return (rc == BadValue) ? RecordErrorBase + XRecordBadContext : rc; \
+ return rc; \
}
static int RecordDeleteContext(
@@ -2911,7 +2910,7 @@ RecordExtensionInit(void) DeleteCallback(&ClientStateCallback, RecordAClientStateChange, NULL);
return;
}
- RecordErrorBase = extentry->errorBase;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RTContext, extentry->errorBase + XRecordBadContext);
} /* RecordExtensionInit */
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/animcur.c b/xorg-server/render/animcur.c index dd44bd17f..13f09d387 100644 --- a/xorg-server/render/animcur.c +++ b/xorg-server/render/animcur.c @@ -58,10 +58,6 @@ typedef struct _AnimCur { } AnimCurRec, *AnimCurPtr;
typedef struct _AnimScrPriv {
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- int elt;
- CARD32 time;
-
CloseScreenProcPtr CloseScreen;
ScreenBlockHandlerProcPtr BlockHandler;
@@ -74,31 +70,18 @@ typedef struct _AnimScrPriv { RecolorCursorProcPtr RecolorCursor;
} AnimCurScreenRec, *AnimCurScreenPtr;
-typedef struct _AnimCurState {
- CursorPtr pCursor;
- ScreenPtr pScreen;
- int elt;
- CARD32 time;
-} AnimCurStateRec, *AnimCurStatePtr;
-
-/* What a waste. But we need an API change to alloc it per device only. */
-static AnimCurStateRec animCurState[MAXDEVICES];
-
static unsigned char empty[4];
static CursorBits animCursorBits = {
empty, empty, 2, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1
};
-static int AnimCurGeneration;
-
static int AnimCurScreenPrivateKeyIndex;
static DevPrivateKey AnimCurScreenPrivateKey = &AnimCurScreenPrivateKeyIndex;
#define IsAnimCur(c) ((c) && ((c)->bits == &animCursorBits))
#define GetAnimCur(c) ((AnimCurPtr) ((c) + 1))
#define GetAnimCurScreen(s) ((AnimCurScreenPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, AnimCurScreenPrivateKey))
-#define GetAnimCurScreenIfSet(s) GetAnimCurScreen(s)
#define SetAnimCurScreen(s,p) dixSetPrivate(&(s)->devPrivates, AnimCurScreenPrivateKey, p)
#define Wrap(as,s,elt,func) (((as)->elt = (s)->elt), (s)->elt = func)
@@ -172,14 +155,14 @@ AnimCurScreenBlockHandler (int screenNum, for (dev = inputInfo.devices; dev; dev = dev->next)
{
- if (IsPointerDevice(dev) && pScreen == animCurState[dev->id].pScreen)
+ if (IsPointerDevice(dev) && pScreen == dev->spriteInfo->anim.pScreen)
{
if (!now) now = GetTimeInMillis ();
- if ((INT32) (now - animCurState[dev->id].time) >= 0)
+ if ((INT32) (now - dev->spriteInfo->anim.time) >= 0)
{
- AnimCurPtr ac = GetAnimCur(animCurState[dev->id].pCursor);
- int elt = (animCurState[dev->id].elt + 1) % ac->nelt;
+ AnimCurPtr ac = GetAnimCur(dev->spriteInfo->anim.pCursor);
+ int elt = (dev->spriteInfo->anim.elt + 1) % ac->nelt;
DisplayCursorProcPtr DisplayCursor;
/*
@@ -195,12 +178,12 @@ AnimCurScreenBlockHandler (int screenNum, as->DisplayCursor = pScreen->DisplayCursor;
pScreen->DisplayCursor = DisplayCursor;
- animCurState[dev->id].elt = elt;
- animCurState[dev->id].time = now + ac->elts[elt].delay;
+ dev->spriteInfo->anim.elt = elt;
+ dev->spriteInfo->anim.time = now + ac->elts[elt].delay;
}
- if (soonest > animCurState[dev->id].time)
- soonest = animCurState[dev->id].time;
+ if (soonest > dev->spriteInfo->anim.time)
+ soonest = dev->spriteInfo->anim.time;
}
}
@@ -223,7 +206,7 @@ AnimCurDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, Unwrap (as, pScreen, DisplayCursor);
if (IsAnimCur(pCursor))
{
- if (pCursor != animCurState[pDev->id].pCursor)
+ if (pCursor != pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pCursor)
{
AnimCurPtr ac = GetAnimCur(pCursor);
@@ -231,10 +214,10 @@ AnimCurDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, (pDev, pScreen, ac->elts[0].pCursor);
if (ret)
{
- animCurState[pDev->id].elt = 0;
- animCurState[pDev->id].time = GetTimeInMillis () + ac->elts[0].delay;
- animCurState[pDev->id].pCursor = pCursor;
- animCurState[pDev->id].pScreen = pScreen;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.elt = 0;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.time = GetTimeInMillis () + ac->elts[0].delay;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pCursor = pCursor;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pScreen = pScreen;
}
}
else
@@ -242,8 +225,8 @@ AnimCurDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, }
else
{
- animCurState[pDev->id].pCursor = 0;
- animCurState[pDev->id].pScreen = 0;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pCursor = 0;
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pScreen = 0;
ret = (*pScreen->DisplayCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor);
}
Wrap (as, pScreen, DisplayCursor, AnimCurDisplayCursor);
@@ -261,8 +244,8 @@ AnimCurSetCursorPosition (DeviceIntPtr pDev, Bool ret;
Unwrap (as, pScreen, SetCursorPosition);
- if (animCurState[pDev->id].pCursor)
- animCurState[pDev->id].pScreen = pScreen;
+ if (pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pCursor)
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.pScreen = pScreen;
ret = (*pScreen->SetCursorPosition) (pDev, pScreen, x, y, generateEvent);
Wrap (as, pScreen, SetCursorPosition, AnimCurSetCursorPosition);
return ret;
@@ -327,7 +310,7 @@ AnimCurRecolorCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, for (i = 0; i < ac->nelt; i++)
(*pScreen->RecolorCursor) (pDev, pScreen, ac->elts[i].pCursor,
displayed &&
- animCurState[pDev->id].elt == i);
+ pDev->spriteInfo->anim.elt == i);
}
else
(*pScreen->RecolorCursor) (pDev, pScreen, pCursor, displayed);
@@ -339,17 +322,6 @@ AnimCurInit (ScreenPtr pScreen) {
AnimCurScreenPtr as;
- if (AnimCurGeneration != serverGeneration)
- {
- int i;
- AnimCurGeneration = serverGeneration;
- for (i = 0; i < MAXDEVICES; i++) {
- animCurState[i].pCursor = 0;
- animCurState[i].pScreen = 0;
- animCurState[i].elt = 0;
- animCurState[i].time = 0;
- }
- }
as = (AnimCurScreenPtr) malloc(sizeof (AnimCurScreenRec));
if (!as)
return FALSE;
@@ -375,7 +347,7 @@ AnimCursorCreate (CursorPtr *cursors, CARD32 *deltas, int ncursor, CursorPtr *pp AnimCurPtr ac;
for (i = 0; i < screenInfo.numScreens; i++)
- if (!GetAnimCurScreenIfSet (screenInfo.screens[i]))
+ if (!GetAnimCurScreen (screenInfo.screens[i]))
return BadImplementation;
for (i = 0; i < ncursor; i++)
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/picture.c b/xorg-server/render/picture.c index 12d1cee93..a67a95888 100644 --- a/xorg-server/render/picture.c +++ b/xorg-server/render/picture.c @@ -1115,7 +1115,6 @@ ChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, if (error != Success)
{
client->errorValue = pid;
- error = (error == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPicture : error;
break;
}
if (pAlpha->pDrawable == NULL ||
@@ -1176,7 +1175,6 @@ ChangePicture (PicturePtr pPicture, if (error != Success)
{
client->errorValue = pid;
- error = (error == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : error;
break;
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h b/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h index 6b265d77f..7d04deacf 100644 --- a/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h +++ b/xorg-server/render/picturestr.h @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE GlyphSetType; int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer)&(pPicture), pid,\
PictureType, client, mode);\
if (rc != Success)\
- return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPicture : rc;\
+ return rc;\
}
#define VERIFY_ALPHA(pPicture, pid, client, mode) {\
diff --git a/xorg-server/render/render.c b/xorg-server/render/render.c index 9aabcfb20..600ffc645 100644 --- a/xorg-server/render/render.c +++ b/xorg-server/render/render.c @@ -1,3370 +1,3382 @@ -/* - * - * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc. - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or - * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific, - * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the - * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is" - * without express or implied warranty. - * - * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL - * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE - * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES - * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION - * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN - * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - * - * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#include <X11/X.h> -#include <X11/Xproto.h> -#include "misc.h" -#include "os.h" -#include "dixstruct.h" -#include "resource.h" -#include "scrnintstr.h" -#include "windowstr.h" -#include "pixmapstr.h" -#include "colormapst.h" -#include "extnsionst.h" -#include "servermd.h" -#include <X11/extensions/render.h> -#include <X11/extensions/renderproto.h> -#include "picturestr.h" -#include "glyphstr.h" -#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h> -#include "cursorstr.h" -#include "xace.h" -#include "protocol-versions.h" - -#if HAVE_STDINT_H -#include <stdint.h> -#elif !defined(UINT32_MAX) -#define UINT32_MAX 0xffffffffU -#endif - -static int ProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderScale (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr pClient); -static int ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr pClient); - -static int ProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr pClient); - -static int SProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderScale (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr pClient); -static int SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr pClient); - -static int SProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr pClient); - -int (*ProcRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr) = { - ProcRenderQueryVersion, - ProcRenderQueryPictFormats, - ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues, - ProcRenderQueryDithers, - ProcRenderCreatePicture, - ProcRenderChangePicture, - ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles, - ProcRenderFreePicture, - ProcRenderComposite, - ProcRenderScale, - ProcRenderTrapezoids, - ProcRenderTriangles, - ProcRenderTriStrip, - ProcRenderTriFan, - ProcRenderColorTrapezoids, - ProcRenderColorTriangles, - ProcRenderTransform, - ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet, - ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet, - ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet, - ProcRenderAddGlyphs, - ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture, - ProcRenderFreeGlyphs, - ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - ProcRenderFillRectangles, - ProcRenderCreateCursor, - ProcRenderSetPictureTransform, - ProcRenderQueryFilters, - ProcRenderSetPictureFilter, - ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor, - ProcRenderAddTraps, - ProcRenderCreateSolidFill, - ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient, - ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient, - ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient -}; - -int (*SProcRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr) = { - SProcRenderQueryVersion, - SProcRenderQueryPictFormats, - SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues, - SProcRenderQueryDithers, - SProcRenderCreatePicture, - SProcRenderChangePicture, - SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles, - SProcRenderFreePicture, - SProcRenderComposite, - SProcRenderScale, - SProcRenderTrapezoids, - SProcRenderTriangles, - SProcRenderTriStrip, - SProcRenderTriFan, - SProcRenderColorTrapezoids, - SProcRenderColorTriangles, - SProcRenderTransform, - SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet, - SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet, - SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet, - SProcRenderAddGlyphs, - SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture, - SProcRenderFreeGlyphs, - SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs, - SProcRenderFillRectangles, - SProcRenderCreateCursor, - SProcRenderSetPictureTransform, - SProcRenderQueryFilters, - SProcRenderSetPictureFilter, - SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor, - SProcRenderAddTraps, - SProcRenderCreateSolidFill, - SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient, - SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient, - SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient -}; - -int RenderErrBase; -static int RenderClientPrivateKeyIndex; -DevPrivateKey RenderClientPrivateKey = &RenderClientPrivateKeyIndex; - -typedef struct _RenderClient { - int major_version; - int minor_version; -} RenderClientRec, *RenderClientPtr; - -#define GetRenderClient(pClient) ((RenderClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RenderClientPrivateKey)) - -static void -RenderClientCallback (CallbackListPtr *list, - pointer closure, - pointer data) -{ - NewClientInfoRec *clientinfo = (NewClientInfoRec *) data; - ClientPtr pClient = clientinfo->client; - RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (pClient); - - pRenderClient->major_version = 0; - pRenderClient->minor_version = 0; -} - -void -RenderExtensionInit (void) -{ - ExtensionEntry *extEntry; - - if (!PictureType) - return; - if (!PictureFinishInit ()) - return; - if (!dixRequestPrivate(RenderClientPrivateKey, sizeof(RenderClientRec))) - return; - if (!AddCallback (&ClientStateCallback, RenderClientCallback, 0)) - return; - - extEntry = AddExtension (RENDER_NAME, 0, RenderNumberErrors, - ProcRenderDispatch, SProcRenderDispatch, - NULL, StandardMinorOpcode); - if (!extEntry) - return; - RenderErrBase = extEntry->errorBase; -} - -static int -ProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr client) -{ - RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (client); - xRenderQueryVersionReply rep; - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderQueryVersionReq); - - pRenderClient->major_version = stuff->majorVersion; - pRenderClient->minor_version = stuff->minorVersion; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryVersionReq); - memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xRenderQueryVersionReply)); - rep.type = X_Reply; - rep.length = 0; - rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - - if ((stuff->majorVersion * 1000 + stuff->minorVersion) < - (SERVER_RENDER_MAJOR_VERSION * 1000 + SERVER_RENDER_MINOR_VERSION)) - { - rep.majorVersion = stuff->majorVersion; - rep.minorVersion = stuff->minorVersion; - } else - { - rep.majorVersion = SERVER_RENDER_MAJOR_VERSION; - rep.minorVersion = SERVER_RENDER_MINOR_VERSION; - } - - if (client->swapped) { - swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&rep.length, n); - swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n); - swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n); - } - WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRenderQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep); - return Success; -} - -static VisualPtr -findVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid) -{ - VisualPtr pVisual; - int v; - - for (v = 0; v < pScreen->numVisuals; v++) - { - pVisual = pScreen->visuals + v; - if (pVisual->vid == vid) - return pVisual; - } - return 0; -} - -static int -ProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr client) -{ - RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (client); - xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply *reply; - xPictScreen *pictScreen; - xPictDepth *pictDepth; - xPictVisual *pictVisual; - xPictFormInfo *pictForm; - CARD32 *pictSubpixel; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - VisualPtr pVisual; - DepthPtr pDepth; - int v, d; - PictureScreenPtr ps; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - int nformat; - int ndepth; - int nvisual; - int rlength; - int s; - int n; - int numScreens; - int numSubpixel; -/* REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq); */ - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq); - -#ifdef PANORAMIX - if (noPanoramiXExtension) - numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens; - else - numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots; -#else - numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens; -#endif - ndepth = nformat = nvisual = 0; - for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s]; - for (d = 0; d < pScreen->numDepths; d++) - { - pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths + d; - ++ndepth; - - for (v = 0; v < pDepth->numVids; v++) - { - pVisual = findVisual (pScreen, pDepth->vids[v]); - if (pVisual && PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pDepth->depth, pVisual)) - ++nvisual; - } - } - ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen); - if (ps) - nformat += ps->nformats; - } - if (pRenderClient->major_version == 0 && pRenderClient->minor_version < 6) - numSubpixel = 0; - else - numSubpixel = numScreens; - - rlength = (sizeof (xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply) + - nformat * sizeof (xPictFormInfo) + - numScreens * sizeof (xPictScreen) + - ndepth * sizeof (xPictDepth) + - nvisual * sizeof (xPictVisual) + - numSubpixel * sizeof (CARD32)); - reply = (xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply *) calloc(1, rlength); - if (!reply) - return BadAlloc; - reply->type = X_Reply; - reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply)); - reply->numFormats = nformat; - reply->numScreens = numScreens; - reply->numDepths = ndepth; - reply->numVisuals = nvisual; - reply->numSubpixel = numSubpixel; - - pictForm = (xPictFormInfo *) (reply + 1); - - for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s]; - ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen); - if (ps) - { - for (nformat = 0, pFormat = ps->formats; - nformat < ps->nformats; - nformat++, pFormat++) - { - pictForm->id = pFormat->id; - pictForm->type = pFormat->type; - pictForm->depth = pFormat->depth; - pictForm->direct.red = pFormat->direct.red; - pictForm->direct.redMask = pFormat->direct.redMask; - pictForm->direct.green = pFormat->direct.green; - pictForm->direct.greenMask = pFormat->direct.greenMask; - pictForm->direct.blue = pFormat->direct.blue; - pictForm->direct.blueMask = pFormat->direct.blueMask; - pictForm->direct.alpha = pFormat->direct.alpha; - pictForm->direct.alphaMask = pFormat->direct.alphaMask; - if (pFormat->type == PictTypeIndexed && pFormat->index.pColormap) - pictForm->colormap = pFormat->index.pColormap->mid; - else - pictForm->colormap = None; - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl (&pictForm->id, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.red, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.redMask, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.green, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.greenMask, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.blue, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.blueMask, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.alpha, n); - swaps (&pictForm->direct.alphaMask, n); - swapl (&pictForm->colormap, n); - } - pictForm++; - } - } - } - - pictScreen = (xPictScreen *) pictForm; - for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s]; - pictDepth = (xPictDepth *) (pictScreen + 1); - ndepth = 0; - for (d = 0; d < pScreen->numDepths; d++) - { - pictVisual = (xPictVisual *) (pictDepth + 1); - pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths + d; - - nvisual = 0; - for (v = 0; v < pDepth->numVids; v++) - { - pVisual = findVisual (pScreen, pDepth->vids[v]); - if (pVisual && (pFormat = PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, - pDepth->depth, - pVisual))) - { - pictVisual->visual = pVisual->vid; - pictVisual->format = pFormat->id; - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl (&pictVisual->visual, n); - swapl (&pictVisual->format, n); - } - pictVisual++; - nvisual++; - } - } - pictDepth->depth = pDepth->depth; - pictDepth->nPictVisuals = nvisual; - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps (&pictDepth->nPictVisuals, n); - } - ndepth++; - pictDepth = (xPictDepth *) pictVisual; - } - pictScreen->nDepth = ndepth; - ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen); - if (ps) - pictScreen->fallback = ps->fallback->id; - else - pictScreen->fallback = 0; - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl (&pictScreen->nDepth, n); - swapl (&pictScreen->fallback, n); - } - pictScreen = (xPictScreen *) pictDepth; - } - pictSubpixel = (CARD32 *) pictScreen; - - for (s = 0; s < numSubpixel; s++) - { - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s]; - ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen); - if (ps) - *pictSubpixel = ps->subpixel; - else - *pictSubpixel = SubPixelUnknown; - if (client->swapped) - { - swapl (pictSubpixel, n); - } - ++pictSubpixel; - } - - if (client->swapped) - { - swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n); - swapl (&reply->length, n); - swapl (&reply->numFormats, n); - swapl (&reply->numScreens, n); - swapl (&reply->numDepths, n); - swapl (&reply->numVisuals, n); - swapl (&reply->numSubpixel, n); - } - WriteToClient(client, rlength, (char *) reply); - free(reply); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr client) -{ - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - int rc, num; - int rlength; - int i, n; - REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq); - xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply *reply; - xIndexValue *values; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->format, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - - if (pFormat->type != PictTypeIndexed) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->format; - return BadMatch; - } - num = pFormat->index.nvalues; - rlength = (sizeof (xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply) + - num * sizeof(xIndexValue)); - reply = (xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply *) malloc(rlength); - if (!reply) - return BadAlloc; - - reply->type = X_Reply; - reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply)); - reply->numIndexValues = num; - - values = (xIndexValue *) (reply + 1); - - memcpy (reply + 1, pFormat->index.pValues, num * sizeof (xIndexValue)); - - if (client->swapped) - { - for (i = 0; i < num; i++) - { - swapl (&values[i].pixel, n); - swaps (&values[i].red, n); - swaps (&values[i].green, n); - swaps (&values[i].blue, n); - swaps (&values[i].alpha, n); - } - swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n); - swapl (&reply->length, n); - swapl (&reply->numIndexValues, n); - } - - WriteToClient(client, rlength, (char *) reply); - free(reply); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - DrawablePtr pDrawable; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - int len, error, rc; - REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreatePictureReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); - rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDrawable, stuff->drawable, client, 0, - DixReadAccess|DixAddAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->format, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - - if (pFormat->depth != pDrawable->depth) - return BadMatch; - len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderCreatePictureReq)); - if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len) - return BadLength; - - pPicture = CreatePicture (stuff->pid, - pDrawable, - pFormat, - stuff->mask, - (XID *) (stuff + 1), - client, - &error); - if (!pPicture) - return error; - if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq); - int len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderChangePictureReq); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - - len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderChangePictureReq)); - if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len) - return BadLength; - - return ChangePicture (pPicture, stuff->mask, (XID *) (stuff + 1), - (DevUnion *) 0, client); -} - -static int -ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - PicturePtr pPicture; - int nr; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - if (!pPicture->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - - nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - if (nr & 4) - return BadLength; - nr >>= 3; - return SetPictureClipRects (pPicture, - stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin, - nr, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]); -} - -static int -ProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreePictureReq); - - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixDestroyAccess); - FreeResource (stuff->picture, RT_NONE); - return Success; -} - -static Bool -PictOpValid (CARD8 op) -{ - if (/*PictOpMinimum <= op && */ op <= PictOpMaximum) - return TRUE; - if (PictOpDisjointMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpDisjointMaximum) - return TRUE; - if (PictOpConjointMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpConjointMaximum) - return TRUE; - if (PictOpBlendMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpBlendMaximum) - return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -static int -ProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pSrc, pMask, pDst; - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCompositeReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_ALPHA (pMask, stuff->mask, client, DixReadAccess); - if ((pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) || - (pMask && pMask->pDrawable && pDst->pDrawable->pScreen != pMask->pDrawable->pScreen)) - return BadMatch; - CompositePicture (stuff->op, - pSrc, - pMask, - pDst, - stuff->xSrc, - stuff->ySrc, - stuff->xMask, - stuff->yMask, - stuff->xDst, - stuff->yDst, - stuff->width, - stuff->height); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderScale (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr client) -{ - int rc, ntraps; - PicturePtr pSrc, pDst; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) - return BadMatch; - if (stuff->maskFormat) - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - } - else - pFormat = 0; - ntraps = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - if (ntraps % sizeof (xTrapezoid)) - return BadLength; - ntraps /= sizeof (xTrapezoid); - if (ntraps) - CompositeTrapezoids (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat, - stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc, - ntraps, (xTrapezoid *) &stuff[1]); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - int rc, ntris; - PicturePtr pSrc, pDst; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) - return BadMatch; - if (stuff->maskFormat) - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - } - else - pFormat = 0; - ntris = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrianglesReq); - if (ntris % sizeof (xTriangle)) - return BadLength; - ntris /= sizeof (xTriangle); - if (ntris) - CompositeTriangles (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat, - stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc, - ntris, (xTriangle *) &stuff[1]); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr client) -{ - int rc, npoints; - PicturePtr pSrc, pDst; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) - return BadMatch; - if (stuff->maskFormat) - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - } - else - pFormat = 0; - npoints = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq)); - if (npoints & 4) - return(BadLength); - npoints >>= 3; - if (npoints >= 3) - CompositeTriStrip (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat, - stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc, - npoints, (xPointFixed *) &stuff[1]); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr client) -{ - int rc, npoints; - PicturePtr pSrc, pDst; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) - return BadMatch; - if (stuff->maskFormat) - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - } - else - pFormat = 0; - npoints = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq)); - if (npoints & 4) - return(BadLength); - npoints >>= 3; - if (npoints >= 3) - CompositeTriFan (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat, - stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc, - npoints, (xPointFixed *) &stuff[1]); - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - PictFormatPtr format; - int rc, f; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gsid, client); - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&format, stuff->format, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - - switch (format->depth) { - case 1: - f = GlyphFormat1; - break; - case 4: - f = GlyphFormat4; - break; - case 8: - f = GlyphFormat8; - break; - case 16: - f = GlyphFormat16; - break; - case 32: - f = GlyphFormat32; - break; - default: - return BadMatch; - } - if (format->type != PictTypeDirect) - return BadMatch; - glyphSet = AllocateGlyphSet (f, format); - if (!glyphSet) - return BadAlloc; - /* security creation/labeling check */ - rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType, - glyphSet, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - if (!AddResource (stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType, (pointer)glyphSet)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - int rc; - REQUEST(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gsid, client); - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->existing, GlyphSetType, - client, DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->existing; - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : rc; - } - glyphSet->refcnt++; - if (!AddResource (stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType, (pointer)glyphSet)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -#define NLOCALDELTA 64 -#define NLOCALGLYPH 256 - -static int -ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - int rc; - REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq); - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType, - client, DixDestroyAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset; - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : rc; - } - FreeResource (stuff->glyphset, RT_NONE); - return Success; -} - -typedef struct _GlyphNew { - Glyph id; - GlyphPtr glyph; - Bool found; - unsigned char sha1[20]; -} GlyphNewRec, *GlyphNewPtr; - -#define NeedsComponent(f) (PICT_FORMAT_A(f) != 0 && PICT_FORMAT_RGB(f) != 0) - -static int -ProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - REQUEST(xRenderAddGlyphsReq); - GlyphNewRec glyphsLocal[NLOCALGLYPH]; - GlyphNewPtr glyphsBase, glyphs, glyph_new; - int remain, nglyphs; - CARD32 *gids; - xGlyphInfo *gi; - CARD8 *bits; - unsigned int size; - int err; - int i, screen; - PicturePtr pSrc = NULL, pDst = NULL; - PixmapPtr pSrcPix = NULL, pDstPix = NULL; - CARD32 component_alpha; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderAddGlyphsReq); - err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType, - client, DixAddAccess); - if (err != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset; - return (err == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : err; - } - - err = BadAlloc; - nglyphs = stuff->nglyphs; - if (nglyphs > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(GlyphNewRec)) - return BadAlloc; - - component_alpha = NeedsComponent (glyphSet->format->format); - - if (nglyphs <= NLOCALGLYPH) { - memset (glyphsLocal, 0, sizeof (glyphsLocal)); - glyphsBase = glyphsLocal; - } - else - { - glyphsBase = (GlyphNewPtr)calloc(nglyphs, sizeof (GlyphNewRec)); - if (!glyphsBase) - return BadAlloc; - } - - remain = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddGlyphsReq); - - glyphs = glyphsBase; - - gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1); - gi = (xGlyphInfo *) (gids + nglyphs); - bits = (CARD8 *) (gi + nglyphs); - remain -= (sizeof (CARD32) + sizeof (xGlyphInfo)) * nglyphs; - for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++) - { - size_t padded_width; - glyph_new = &glyphs[i]; - - padded_width = PixmapBytePad (gi[i].width, - glyphSet->format->depth); - - if (gi[i].height && padded_width > (UINT32_MAX - sizeof(GlyphRec))/gi[i].height) - break; - - size = gi[i].height * padded_width; - if (remain < size) - break; - - err = HashGlyph (&gi[i], bits, size, glyph_new->sha1); - if (err) - goto bail; - - glyph_new->glyph = FindGlyphByHash (glyph_new->sha1, - glyphSet->fdepth); - - if (glyph_new->glyph && glyph_new->glyph != DeletedGlyph) - { - glyph_new->found = TRUE; - } - else - { - GlyphPtr glyph; - - glyph_new->found = FALSE; - glyph_new->glyph = glyph = AllocateGlyph (&gi[i], glyphSet->fdepth); - if (! glyph) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - - for (screen = 0; screen < screenInfo.numScreens; screen++) - { - int width = gi[i].width; - int height = gi[i].height; - int depth = glyphSet->format->depth; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - int error; - - /* Skip work if it's invisibly small anyway */ - if (!width || !height) - break; - - pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen]; - pSrcPix = GetScratchPixmapHeader (pScreen, - width, height, - depth, depth, - -1, bits); - if (! pSrcPix) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - - pSrc = CreatePicture (0, &pSrcPix->drawable, - glyphSet->format, 0, NULL, - serverClient, &error); - if (! pSrc) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - - pDstPix = (pScreen->CreatePixmap) (pScreen, - width, height, depth, - CREATE_PIXMAP_USAGE_GLYPH_PICTURE); - - if (!pDstPix) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - - GlyphPicture (glyph)[screen] = pDst = - CreatePicture (0, &pDstPix->drawable, - glyphSet->format, - CPComponentAlpha, &component_alpha, - serverClient, &error); - - /* The picture takes a reference to the pixmap, so we - drop ours. */ - (pScreen->DestroyPixmap) (pDstPix); - pDstPix = NULL; - - if (! pDst) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - - CompositePicture (PictOpSrc, - pSrc, - None, - pDst, - 0, 0, - 0, 0, - 0, 0, - width, height); - - FreePicture ((pointer) pSrc, 0); - pSrc = NULL; - FreeScratchPixmapHeader (pSrcPix); - pSrcPix = NULL; - } - - memcpy (glyph_new->glyph->sha1, glyph_new->sha1, 20); - } - - glyph_new->id = gids[i]; - - if (size & 3) - size += 4 - (size & 3); - bits += size; - remain -= size; - } - if (remain || i < nglyphs) - { - err = BadLength; - goto bail; - } - if (!ResizeGlyphSet (glyphSet, nglyphs)) - { - err = BadAlloc; - goto bail; - } - for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++) - AddGlyph (glyphSet, glyphs[i].glyph, glyphs[i].id); - - if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal) - free(glyphsBase); - return Success; -bail: - if (pSrc) - FreePicture ((pointer) pSrc, 0); - if (pSrcPix) - FreeScratchPixmapHeader (pSrcPix); - for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++) - if (glyphs[i].glyph && ! glyphs[i].found) - free(glyphs[i].glyph); - if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal) - free(glyphsBase); - return err; -} - -static int -ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -ProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq); - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - int rc, nglyph; - CARD32 *gids; - CARD32 glyph; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq); - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType, - client, DixRemoveAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset; - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : rc; - } - nglyph = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderFreeGlyphsReq)); - gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1); - while (nglyph-- > 0) - { - glyph = *gids++; - if (!DeleteGlyph (glyphSet, glyph)) - { - client->errorValue = glyph; - return RenderErrBase + BadGlyph; - } - } - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - GlyphSetPtr glyphSet; - GlyphSet gs; - PicturePtr pSrc, pDst; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - GlyphListRec listsLocal[NLOCALDELTA]; - GlyphListPtr lists, listsBase; - GlyphPtr glyphsLocal[NLOCALGLYPH]; - Glyph glyph; - GlyphPtr *glyphs, *glyphsBase; - xGlyphElt *elt; - CARD8 *buffer, *end; - int nglyph; - int nlist; - int space; - int size; - int rc, n; - - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq); - - switch (stuff->renderReqType) { - default: size = 1; break; - case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16: size = 2; break; - case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32: size = 4; break; - } - - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) - return BadMatch; - if (stuff->maskFormat) - { - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat, - PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat : rc; - } - else - pFormat = 0; - - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, - GlyphSetType, client, DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : rc; - - buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1); - end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2); - nglyph = 0; - nlist = 0; - while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end) - { - elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer; - buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt); - - if (elt->len == 0xff) - { - buffer += 4; - } - else - { - nlist++; - nglyph += elt->len; - space = size * elt->len; - if (space & 3) - space += 4 - (space & 3); - buffer += space; - } - } - if (nglyph <= NLOCALGLYPH) - glyphsBase = glyphsLocal; - else - { - glyphsBase = (GlyphPtr *) malloc(nglyph * sizeof (GlyphPtr)); - if (!glyphsBase) - return BadAlloc; - } - if (nlist <= NLOCALDELTA) - listsBase = listsLocal; - else - { - listsBase = (GlyphListPtr) malloc(nlist * sizeof (GlyphListRec)); - if (!listsBase) - return BadAlloc; - } - buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1); - glyphs = glyphsBase; - lists = listsBase; - while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end) - { - elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer; - buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt); - - if (elt->len == 0xff) - { - if (buffer + sizeof (GlyphSet) < end) - { - memcpy(&gs, buffer, sizeof(GlyphSet)); - rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, gs, - GlyphSetType, client, - DixUseAccess); - if (rc != Success) - { - if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal) - free(glyphsBase); - if (listsBase != listsLocal) - free(listsBase); - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet : rc; - } - } - buffer += 4; - } - else - { - lists->xOff = elt->deltax; - lists->yOff = elt->deltay; - lists->format = glyphSet->format; - lists->len = 0; - n = elt->len; - while (n--) - { - if (buffer + size <= end) - { - switch (size) { - case 1: - glyph = *((CARD8 *)buffer); break; - case 2: - glyph = *((CARD16 *)buffer); break; - case 4: - default: - glyph = *((CARD32 *)buffer); break; - } - if ((*glyphs = FindGlyph (glyphSet, glyph))) - { - lists->len++; - glyphs++; - } - } - buffer += size; - } - space = size * elt->len; - if (space & 3) - buffer += 4 - (space & 3); - lists++; - } - } - if (buffer > end) - return BadLength; - - CompositeGlyphs (stuff->op, - pSrc, - pDst, - pFormat, - stuff->xSrc, - stuff->ySrc, - nlist, - listsBase, - glyphsBase); - - if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal) - free(glyphsBase); - if (listsBase != listsLocal) - free(listsBase); - - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pDst; - int things; - REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op)) - { - client->errorValue = stuff->op; - return BadValue; - } - VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pDst->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - - things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - if (things & 4) - return(BadLength); - things >>= 3; - - CompositeRects (stuff->op, - pDst, - &stuff->color, - things, - (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]); - - return Success; -} - -static void -RenderSetBit (unsigned char *line, int x, int bit) -{ - unsigned char mask; - - if (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst) - mask = (1 << (x & 7)); - else - mask = (0x80 >> (x & 7)); - /* XXX assumes byte order is host byte order */ - line += (x >> 3); - if (bit) - *line |= mask; - else - *line &= ~mask; -} - -#define DITHER_DIM 2 - -static CARD32 orderedDither[DITHER_DIM][DITHER_DIM] = { - { 1, 3, }, - { 4, 2, }, -}; - -#define DITHER_SIZE ((sizeof orderedDither / sizeof orderedDither[0][0]) + 1) - -static int -ProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateCursorReq); - PicturePtr pSrc; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - unsigned short width, height; - CARD32 *argbbits, *argb; - unsigned char *srcbits, *srcline; - unsigned char *mskbits, *mskline; - int stride; - int x, y; - int nbytes_mono; - CursorMetricRec cm; - CursorPtr pCursor; - CARD32 twocolor[3]; - int rc, ncolor; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderCreateCursorReq); - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client); - - VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - if (!pSrc->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - pScreen = pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen; - width = pSrc->pDrawable->width; - height = pSrc->pDrawable->height; - if (height && width > UINT32_MAX/(height*sizeof(CARD32))) - return BadAlloc; - if ( stuff->x > width - || stuff->y > height ) - return (BadMatch); - argbbits = malloc(width * height * sizeof (CARD32)); - if (!argbbits) - return (BadAlloc); - - stride = BitmapBytePad(width); - nbytes_mono = stride*height; - srcbits = calloc(1, nbytes_mono); - if (!srcbits) - { - free(argbbits); - return (BadAlloc); - } - mskbits = calloc(1, nbytes_mono); - if (!mskbits) - { - free(argbbits); - free(srcbits); - return (BadAlloc); - } - - if (pSrc->format == PICT_a8r8g8b8) - { - (*pScreen->GetImage) (pSrc->pDrawable, - 0, 0, width, height, ZPixmap, - 0xffffffff, (pointer) argbbits); - } - else - { - PixmapPtr pPixmap; - PicturePtr pPicture; - PictFormatPtr pFormat; - int error; - - pFormat = PictureMatchFormat (pScreen, 32, PICT_a8r8g8b8); - if (!pFormat) - { - free(argbbits); - free(srcbits); - free(mskbits); - return (BadImplementation); - } - pPixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap) (pScreen, width, height, 32, - CREATE_PIXMAP_USAGE_SCRATCH); - if (!pPixmap) - { - free(argbbits); - free(srcbits); - free(mskbits); - return (BadAlloc); - } - pPicture = CreatePicture (0, &pPixmap->drawable, pFormat, 0, 0, - client, &error); - if (!pPicture) - { - free(argbbits); - free(srcbits); - free(mskbits); - return error; - } - (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap) (pPixmap); - CompositePicture (PictOpSrc, - pSrc, 0, pPicture, - 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); - (*pScreen->GetImage) (pPicture->pDrawable, - 0, 0, width, height, ZPixmap, - 0xffffffff, (pointer) argbbits); - FreePicture (pPicture, 0); - } - /* - * Check whether the cursor can be directly supported by - * the core cursor code - */ - ncolor = 0; - argb = argbbits; - for (y = 0; ncolor <= 2 && y < height; y++) - { - for (x = 0; ncolor <= 2 && x < width; x++) - { - CARD32 p = *argb++; - CARD32 a = (p >> 24); - - if (a == 0) /* transparent */ - continue; - if (a == 0xff) /* opaque */ - { - int n; - for (n = 0; n < ncolor; n++) - if (p == twocolor[n]) - break; - if (n == ncolor) - twocolor[ncolor++] = p; - } - else - ncolor = 3; - } - } - - /* - * Convert argb image to two plane cursor - */ - srcline = srcbits; - mskline = mskbits; - argb = argbbits; - for (y = 0; y < height; y++) - { - for (x = 0; x < width; x++) - { - CARD32 p = *argb++; - - if (ncolor <= 2) - { - CARD32 a = ((p >> 24)); - - RenderSetBit (mskline, x, a != 0); - RenderSetBit (srcline, x, a != 0 && p == twocolor[0]); - } - else - { - CARD32 a = ((p >> 24) * DITHER_SIZE + 127) / 255; - CARD32 i = ((CvtR8G8B8toY15(p) >> 7) * DITHER_SIZE + 127) / 255; - CARD32 d = orderedDither[y&(DITHER_DIM-1)][x&(DITHER_DIM-1)]; - /* Set mask from dithered alpha value */ - RenderSetBit(mskline, x, a > d); - /* Set src from dithered intensity value */ - RenderSetBit(srcline, x, a > d && i <= d); - } - } - srcline += stride; - mskline += stride; - } - /* - * Dither to white and black if the cursor has more than two colors - */ - if (ncolor > 2) - { - twocolor[0] = 0xff000000; - twocolor[1] = 0xffffffff; - } - else - { - free(argbbits); - argbbits = 0; - } - -#define GetByte(p,s) (((p) >> (s)) & 0xff) -#define GetColor(p,s) (GetByte(p,s) | (GetByte(p,s) << 8)) - - cm.width = width; - cm.height = height; - cm.xhot = stuff->x; - cm.yhot = stuff->y; - rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, argbbits, &cm, - GetColor(twocolor[0], 16), - GetColor(twocolor[0], 8), - GetColor(twocolor[0], 0), - GetColor(twocolor[1], 16), - GetColor(twocolor[1], 8), - GetColor(twocolor[1], 0), - &pCursor, client, stuff->cid); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) - return BadAlloc; - - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - PicturePtr pPicture; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - return SetPictureTransform (pPicture, (PictTransform *) &stuff->transform); -} - -static int -ProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST (xRenderQueryFiltersReq); - DrawablePtr pDrawable; - xRenderQueryFiltersReply *reply; - int nbytesName; - int nnames; - ScreenPtr pScreen; - PictureScreenPtr ps; - int i, j, len, total_bytes, rc; - INT16 *aliases; - char *names; - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryFiltersReq); - rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDrawable, stuff->drawable, client, 0, - DixGetAttrAccess); - if (rc != Success) - return rc; - - pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen; - nbytesName = 0; - nnames = 0; - ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen); - if (ps) - { - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++) - nbytesName += 1 + strlen (ps->filters[i].name); - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++) - nbytesName += 1 + strlen (ps->filterAliases[i].alias); - nnames = ps->nfilters + ps->nfilterAliases; - } - len = ((nnames + 1) >> 1) + bytes_to_int32(nbytesName); - total_bytes = sizeof (xRenderQueryFiltersReply) + (len << 2); - reply = (xRenderQueryFiltersReply *) malloc(total_bytes); - if (!reply) - return BadAlloc; - aliases = (INT16 *) (reply + 1); - names = (char *) (aliases + ((nnames + 1) & ~1)); - - reply->type = X_Reply; - reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence; - reply->length = len; - reply->numAliases = nnames; - reply->numFilters = nnames; - if (ps) - { - - /* fill in alias values */ - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++) - aliases[i] = FilterAliasNone; - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++) - { - for (j = 0; j < ps->nfilters; j++) - if (ps->filterAliases[i].filter_id == ps->filters[j].id) - break; - if (j == ps->nfilters) - { - for (j = 0; j < ps->nfilterAliases; j++) - if (ps->filterAliases[i].filter_id == - ps->filterAliases[j].alias_id) - { - break; - } - if (j == ps->nfilterAliases) - j = FilterAliasNone; - else - j = j + ps->nfilters; - } - aliases[i + ps->nfilters] = j; - } - - /* fill in filter names */ - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++) - { - j = strlen (ps->filters[i].name); - *names++ = j; - strncpy (names, ps->filters[i].name, j); - names += j; - } - - /* fill in filter alias names */ - for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++) - { - j = strlen (ps->filterAliases[i].alias); - *names++ = j; - strncpy (names, ps->filterAliases[i].alias, j); - names += j; - } - } - - if (client->swapped) - { - register int n; - - for (i = 0; i < reply->numAliases; i++) - { - swaps (&aliases[i], n); - } - swaps(&reply->sequenceNumber, n); - swapl(&reply->length, n); - swapl(&reply->numAliases, n); - swapl(&reply->numFilters, n); - } - WriteToClient(client, total_bytes, (char *) reply); - free(reply); - - return Success; -} - -static int -ProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - PicturePtr pPicture; - int result; - xFixed *params; - int nparams; - char *name; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess); - name = (char *) (stuff + 1); - params = (xFixed *) (name + pad_to_int32(stuff->nbytes)); - nparams = ((xFixed *) stuff + client->req_len) - params; - result = SetPictureFilter (pPicture, name, stuff->nbytes, params, nparams); - return result; -} - -static int -ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq); - CursorPtr *cursors; - CARD32 *deltas; - CursorPtr pCursor; - int ncursor; - xAnimCursorElt *elt; - int i; - int ret; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq); - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client); - if (client->req_len & 1) - return BadLength; - ncursor = (client->req_len - (bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq)))) >> 1; - cursors = malloc(ncursor * (sizeof (CursorPtr) + sizeof (CARD32))); - if (!cursors) - return BadAlloc; - deltas = (CARD32 *) (cursors + ncursor); - elt = (xAnimCursorElt *) (stuff + 1); - for (i = 0; i < ncursor; i++) - { - ret = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)(cursors + i), elt->cursor, - RT_CURSOR, client, DixReadAccess); - if (ret != Success) - { - free(cursors); - return (ret == BadValue) ? BadCursor : ret; - } - deltas[i] = elt->delay; - elt++; - } - ret = AnimCursorCreate (cursors, deltas, ncursor, &pCursor, client, - stuff->cid); - free(cursors); - if (ret != Success) - return ret; - - if (AddResource (stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor)) - return Success; - return BadAlloc; -} - -static int -ProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client) -{ - int ntraps; - PicturePtr pPicture; - REQUEST(xRenderAddTrapsReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderAddTrapsReq); - VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (!pPicture->pDrawable) - return BadDrawable; - ntraps = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddTrapsReq); - if (ntraps % sizeof (xTrap)) - return BadLength; - ntraps /= sizeof (xTrap); - if (ntraps) - AddTraps (pPicture, - stuff->xOff, stuff->yOff, - ntraps, (xTrap *) &stuff[1]); - return Success; -} - -static int ProcRenderCreateSolidFill(ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - int error = 0; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); - - pPicture = CreateSolidPicture(stuff->pid, &stuff->color, &error); - if (!pPicture) - return error; - /* security creation/labeling check */ - error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType, - pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (error != Success) - return error; - if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -static int ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - int len; - int error = 0; - xFixed *stops; - xRenderColor *colors; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1); - colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops); - - pPicture = CreateLinearGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->p1, &stuff->p2, - stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error); - if (!pPicture) - return error; - /* security creation/labeling check */ - error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType, - pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (error != Success) - return error; - if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -static int ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - int len; - int error = 0; - xFixed *stops; - xRenderColor *colors; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1); - colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops); - - pPicture = CreateRadialGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->inner, &stuff->outer, - stuff->inner_radius, stuff->outer_radius, - stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error); - if (!pPicture) - return error; - /* security creation/labeling check */ - error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType, - pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (error != Success) - return error; - if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - -static int ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - PicturePtr pPicture; - int len; - int error = 0; - xFixed *stops; - xRenderColor *colors; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - - LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1); - colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops); - - pPicture = CreateConicalGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->center, stuff->angle, - stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error); - if (!pPicture) - return error; - /* security creation/labeling check */ - error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType, - pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess); - if (error != Success) - return error; - if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture)) - return BadAlloc; - return Success; -} - - -static int -ProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - if (stuff->data < RenderNumberRequests) - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->data]) (client); - else - return BadRequest; -} - -static int -SProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderQueryVersionReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->majorVersion, n); - swapl(&stuff->minorVersion, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType])(client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->format, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->pid, n); - swapl(&stuff->drawable, n); - swapl(&stuff->format, n); - swapl(&stuff->mask, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - swapl(&stuff->mask, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - swaps(&stuff->xOrigin, n); - swaps(&stuff->yOrigin, n); - SwapRestS(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->src, n); - swapl(&stuff->mask, n); - swapl(&stuff->dst, n); - swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n); - swaps(&stuff->xMask, n); - swaps(&stuff->yMask, n); - swaps(&stuff->xDst, n); - swaps(&stuff->yDst, n); - swaps(&stuff->width, n); - swaps(&stuff->height, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderScale (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderScaleReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->src, n); - swapl(&stuff->dst, n); - swapl(&stuff->colorScale, n); - swapl(&stuff->alphaScale, n); - swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n); - swaps(&stuff->xDst, n); - swaps(&stuff->yDst, n); - swaps(&stuff->width, n); - swaps(&stuff->height, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - swaps (&stuff->length, n); - swapl (&stuff->src, n); - swapl (&stuff->dst, n); - swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n); - swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq); - swaps (&stuff->length, n); - swapl (&stuff->src, n); - swapl (&stuff->dst, n); - swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n); - swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderTriStripReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTriStripReq); - swaps (&stuff->length, n); - swapl (&stuff->src, n); - swapl (&stuff->dst, n); - swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n); - swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderTriFanReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTriFanReq); - swaps (&stuff->length, n); - swapl (&stuff->src, n); - swapl (&stuff->dst, n); - swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n); - swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -SProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -SProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->gsid, n); - swapl(&stuff->format, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->gsid, n); - swapl(&stuff->existing, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - register int i; - CARD32 *gids; - void *end; - xGlyphInfo *gi; - REQUEST(xRenderAddGlyphsReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n); - swapl(&stuff->nglyphs, n); - if (stuff->nglyphs & 0xe0000000) - return BadLength; - end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2); - gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1); - gi = (xGlyphInfo *) (gids + stuff->nglyphs); - if ((char *) end - (char *) (gids + stuff->nglyphs) < 0) - return BadLength; - if ((char *) end - (char *) (gi + stuff->nglyphs) < 0) - return BadLength; - for (i = 0; i < stuff->nglyphs; i++) - { - swapl (&gids[i], n); - swaps (&gi[i].width, n); - swaps (&gi[i].height, n); - swaps (&gi[i].x, n); - swaps (&gi[i].y, n); - swaps (&gi[i].xOff, n); - swaps (&gi[i].yOff, n); - } - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - return BadImplementation; -} - -static int -SProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - xGlyphElt *elt; - CARD8 *buffer; - CARD8 *end; - int space; - int i; - int size; - - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq); - - switch (stuff->renderReqType) { - default: size = 1; break; - case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16: size = 2; break; - case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32: size = 4; break; - } - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->src, n); - swapl(&stuff->dst, n); - swapl(&stuff->maskFormat, n); - swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n); - swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n); - swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n); - buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1); - end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2); - while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end) - { - elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer; - buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt); - - swaps (&elt->deltax, n); - swaps (&elt->deltay, n); - - i = elt->len; - if (i == 0xff) - { - swapl (buffer, n); - buffer += 4; - } - else - { - space = size * i; - switch (size) { - case 1: - buffer += i; - break; - case 2: - while (i--) - { - swaps (buffer, n); - buffer += 2; - } - break; - case 4: - while (i--) - { - swapl (buffer, n); - buffer += 4; - } - break; - } - if (space & 3) - buffer += 4 - (space & 3); - } - } - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->dst, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.red, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.green, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.blue, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.alpha, n); - SwapRestS(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderCreateCursorReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderCreateCursorReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->cid, n); - swapl(&stuff->src, n); - swaps(&stuff->x, n); - swaps(&stuff->y, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix11, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix12, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix13, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix21, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix22, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix23, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix31, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix32, n); - swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix33, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST (xRenderQueryFiltersReq); - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderQueryFiltersReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->drawable, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - swaps(&stuff->nbytes, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST (xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->cid, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST (xRenderAddTrapsReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderAddTrapsReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->picture, n); - swaps(&stuff->xOff, n); - swaps(&stuff->yOff, n); - SwapRestL(stuff); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateSolidFill(ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - REQUEST (xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->pid, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.alpha, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.red, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.green, n); - swaps(&stuff->color.blue, n); - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static void swapStops(void *stuff, int num) -{ - int i, n; - CARD32 *stops; - CARD16 *colors; - stops = (CARD32 *)(stuff); - for (i = 0; i < num; ++i) { - swapl(stops, n); - ++stops; - } - colors = (CARD16 *)(stops); - for (i = 0; i < 4*num; ++i) { - swaps(stops, n); - ++stops; - } -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - int len; - REQUEST (xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->pid, n); - swapl(&stuff->p1.x, n); - swapl(&stuff->p1.y, n); - swapl(&stuff->p2.x, n); - swapl(&stuff->p2.y, n); - swapl(&stuff->nStops, n); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops); - - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - int len; - REQUEST (xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->pid, n); - swapl(&stuff->inner.x, n); - swapl(&stuff->inner.y, n); - swapl(&stuff->outer.x, n); - swapl(&stuff->outer.y, n); - swapl(&stuff->inner_radius, n); - swapl(&stuff->outer_radius, n); - swapl(&stuff->nStops, n); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops); - - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - register int n; - int len; - REQUEST (xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - - swaps(&stuff->length, n); - swapl(&stuff->pid, n); - swapl(&stuff->center.x, n); - swapl(&stuff->center.y, n); - swapl(&stuff->angle, n); - swapl(&stuff->nStops, n); - - len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor))) - return BadLength; - - swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops); - - return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); -} - -static int -SProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xReq); - - if (stuff->data < RenderNumberRequests) - return (*SProcRenderVector[stuff->data]) (client); - else - return BadRequest; -} - -#ifdef PANORAMIX -#include "panoramiX.h" -#include "panoramiXsrv.h" - -#define VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pPicture, pid, client, mode) {\ - int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(pPicture), pid,\ - XRT_PICTURE, client, mode);\ - if (rc != Success)\ - return (rc == BadValue) ? RenderErrBase + BadPicture : rc;\ -} - -#define VERIFY_XIN_ALPHA(pPicture, pid, client, mode) {\ - if (pid == None) \ - pPicture = 0; \ - else { \ - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pPicture, pid, client, mode); \ - } \ -} \ - -int (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr); - -unsigned long XRT_PICTURE; - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq); - PanoramiXRes *refDraw, *newPict; - int result, j; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreatePictureReq); - result = dixLookupResourceByClass((pointer *)&refDraw, stuff->drawable, - XRC_DRAWABLE, client, DixWriteAccess); - if (result != Success) - return (result == BadValue) ? BadDrawable : result; - if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes)))) - return BadAlloc; - newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE; - newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid; - - if (refDraw->type == XRT_WINDOW && - stuff->drawable == WindowTable[0]->drawable.id) - { - newPict->u.pict.root = TRUE; - } - else - newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE; - - for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) - newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id; - stuff->drawable = refDraw->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreatePicture]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - if (result == Success) - AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict); - else - free(newPict); - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *pict; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq); - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderChangePictureReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderChangePicture]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - int result = Success, j; - PanoramiXRes *pict; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureClipRectangles]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - int result = Success, j; - PanoramiXRes *pict; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureTransform]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - int result = Success, j; - PanoramiXRes *pict; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureFilterReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureFilter]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *pict; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreePictureReq); - - client->errorValue = stuff->picture; - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixDestroyAccess); - - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderFreePicture]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - /* Since ProcRenderFreePicture is using FreeResource, it will free - our resource for us on the last pass through the loop above */ - - return (result); -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderComposite (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *msk, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - xRenderCompositeReq orig; - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq); - - REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCompositeReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_ALPHA (msk, stuff->mask, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - orig = *stuff; - - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - if (src->u.pict.root) - { - stuff->xSrc = orig.xSrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - stuff->ySrc = orig.ySrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - if (dst->u.pict.root) - { - stuff->xDst = orig.xDst - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - stuff->yDst = orig.yDst - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - if (msk) - { - stuff->mask = msk->info[j].id; - if (msk->u.pict.root) - { - stuff->xMask = orig.xMask - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - stuff->yMask = orig.yMask - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - } - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderComposite]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq); - xGlyphElt origElt, *elt; - INT16 xSrc, ySrc; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - if (client->req_len << 2 >= (sizeof (xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq) + - sizeof (xGlyphElt))) - { - elt = (xGlyphElt *) (stuff + 1); - origElt = *elt; - xSrc = stuff->xSrc; - ySrc = stuff->ySrc; - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - if (src->u.pict.root) - { - stuff->xSrc = xSrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - stuff->ySrc = ySrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - if (dst->u.pict.root) - { - elt->deltax = origElt.deltax - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - elt->deltay = origElt.deltay - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderFillRectanglesReq); - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) - { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - if (dst->u.pict.root) - { - int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - - if(x_off || y_off) { - xRectangle *rects = (xRectangle *) (stuff + 1); - int i = extra_len / sizeof (xRectangle); - - while (i--) - { - rects->x -= x_off; - rects->y -= y_off; - rects++; - } - } - } - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderFillRectangles]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderTrapezoids(ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrapezoidsReq); - - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - if (dst->u.pict.root) { - int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - - if(x_off || y_off) { - xTrapezoid *trap = (xTrapezoid *) (stuff + 1); - int i = extra_len / sizeof (xTrapezoid); - - while (i--) { - trap->top -= y_off; - trap->bottom -= y_off; - trap->left.p1.x -= x_off; - trap->left.p1.y -= y_off; - trap->left.p2.x -= x_off; - trap->left.p2.y -= y_off; - trap->right.p1.x -= x_off; - trap->right.p1.y -= y_off; - trap->right.p2.x -= x_off; - trap->right.p2.y -= y_off; - trap++; - } - } - } - - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - result = - (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTrapezoids]) (client); - - if(result != Success) break; - } - - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderTriangles(ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTrianglesReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrianglesReq); - - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - if (dst->u.pict.root) { - int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - - if(x_off || y_off) { - xTriangle *tri = (xTriangle *) (stuff + 1); - int i = extra_len / sizeof (xTriangle); - - while (i--) { - tri->p1.x -= x_off; - tri->p1.y -= y_off; - tri->p2.x -= x_off; - tri->p2.y -= y_off; - tri->p3.x -= x_off; - tri->p3.y -= y_off; - tri++; - } - } - } - - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - result = - (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriangles]) (client); - - if(result != Success) break; - } - - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderTriStrip(ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderTriStripReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTriStripReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq); - - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - if (dst->u.pict.root) { - int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - - if(x_off || y_off) { - xPointFixed *fixed = (xPointFixed *) (stuff + 1); - int i = extra_len / sizeof (xPointFixed); - - while (i--) { - fixed->x -= x_off; - fixed->y -= y_off; - fixed++; - } - } - } - - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - result = - (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriStrip]) (client); - - if(result != Success) break; - } - - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderTriFan(ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *src, *dst; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderTriFanReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTriFanReq); - - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess); - - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriFanReq); - - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - if (dst->u.pict.root) { - int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - - if(x_off || y_off) { - xPointFixed *fixed = (xPointFixed *) (stuff + 1); - int i = extra_len / sizeof (xPointFixed); - - while (i--) { - fixed->x -= x_off; - fixed->y -= y_off; - fixed++; - } - } - } - - stuff->src = src->info[j].id; - stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id; - result = - (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriFan]) (client); - - if(result != Success) break; - } - - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client) -{ - PanoramiXRes *picture; - int result = Success, j; - REQUEST(xRenderAddTrapsReq); - char *extra; - int extra_len; - INT16 x_off, y_off; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderAddTrapsReq); - VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (picture, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess); - extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddTrapsReq); - if (extra_len && - (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) - { - memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len); - x_off = stuff->xOff; - y_off = stuff->yOff; - FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) { - if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len); - stuff->picture = picture->info[j].id; - - if (picture->u.pict.root) - { - stuff->xOff = x_off + panoramiXdataPtr[j].x; - stuff->yOff = y_off + panoramiXdataPtr[j].y; - } - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderAddTraps]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - free(extra); - } - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - PanoramiXRes *newPict; - int result = Success, j; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq); - - if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes)))) - return BadAlloc; - - newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE; - newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid; - newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE; - - for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) - newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateSolidFill]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - if (result == Success) - AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict); - else - free(newPict); - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - PanoramiXRes *newPict; - int result = Success, j; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq); - - if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes)))) - return BadAlloc; - - newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE; - newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid; - newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE; - - for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) - newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateLinearGradient]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - if (result == Success) - AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict); - else - free(newPict); - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - PanoramiXRes *newPict; - int result = Success, j; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq); - - if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes)))) - return BadAlloc; - - newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE; - newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid; - newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE; - - for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) - newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateRadialGradient]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - if (result == Success) - AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict); - else - free(newPict); - - return result; -} - -static int -PanoramiXRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client) -{ - REQUEST(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - PanoramiXRes *newPict; - int result = Success, j; - - REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq); - - if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes)))) - return BadAlloc; - - newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE; - newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid; - newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE; - - for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++) - newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index); - - FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) { - stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id; - result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateConicalGradient]) (client); - if(result != Success) break; - } - - if (result == Success) - AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict); - else - free(newPict); - - return result; -} - -void -PanoramiXRenderInit (void) -{ - int i; - - XRT_PICTURE = CreateNewResourceType (XineramaDeleteResource, - "XineramaPicture"); - for (i = 0; i < RenderNumberRequests; i++) - PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[i] = ProcRenderVector[i]; - /* - * Stuff in Xinerama aware request processing hooks - */ - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreatePicture] = PanoramiXRenderCreatePicture; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderChangePicture] = PanoramiXRenderChangePicture; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureTransform] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureTransform; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureFilter] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureFilter; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureClipRectangles] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureClipRectangles; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderFreePicture] = PanoramiXRenderFreePicture; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderComposite] = PanoramiXRenderComposite; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs8] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderFillRectangles] = PanoramiXRenderFillRectangles; - - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTrapezoids] = PanoramiXRenderTrapezoids; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriangles] = PanoramiXRenderTriangles; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriStrip] = PanoramiXRenderTriStrip; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriFan] = PanoramiXRenderTriFan; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderAddTraps] = PanoramiXRenderAddTraps; - - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateSolidFill] = PanoramiXRenderCreateSolidFill; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateLinearGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateLinearGradient; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateRadialGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateRadialGradient; - ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateConicalGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateConicalGradient; -} - -void -PanoramiXRenderReset (void) -{ - int i; - for (i = 0; i < RenderNumberRequests; i++) - ProcRenderVector[i] = PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[i]; -} - -#endif /* PANORAMIX */ +/*
+ *
+ * Copyright © 2000 SuSE, Inc.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of SuSE not be used in advertising or
+ * publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without specific,
+ * written prior permission. SuSE makes no representations about the
+ * suitability of this software for any purpose. It is provided "as is"
+ * without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * SuSE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL SuSE
+ * BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+ * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
+ * OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * Author: Keith Packard, SuSE, Inc.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <X11/X.h>
+#include <X11/Xproto.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "os.h"
+#include "dixstruct.h"
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "scrnintstr.h"
+#include "windowstr.h"
+#include "pixmapstr.h"
+#include "colormapst.h"
+#include "extnsionst.h"
+#include "servermd.h"
+#include <X11/extensions/render.h>
+#include <X11/extensions/renderproto.h>
+#include "picturestr.h"
+#include "glyphstr.h"
+#include <X11/Xfuncproto.h>
+#include "cursorstr.h"
+#include "xace.h"
+#include "protocol-versions.h"
+
+#if HAVE_STDINT_H
+#include <stdint.h>
+#elif !defined(UINT32_MAX)
+#define UINT32_MAX 0xffffffffU
+#endif
+
+static int ProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderScale (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+static int ProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+static int SProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderScale (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+static int SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+static int SProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr pClient);
+
+int (*ProcRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr) = {
+ ProcRenderQueryVersion,
+ ProcRenderQueryPictFormats,
+ ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues,
+ ProcRenderQueryDithers,
+ ProcRenderCreatePicture,
+ ProcRenderChangePicture,
+ ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles,
+ ProcRenderFreePicture,
+ ProcRenderComposite,
+ ProcRenderScale,
+ ProcRenderTrapezoids,
+ ProcRenderTriangles,
+ ProcRenderTriStrip,
+ ProcRenderTriFan,
+ ProcRenderColorTrapezoids,
+ ProcRenderColorTriangles,
+ ProcRenderTransform,
+ ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet,
+ ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet,
+ ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet,
+ ProcRenderAddGlyphs,
+ ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture,
+ ProcRenderFreeGlyphs,
+ ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ ProcRenderFillRectangles,
+ ProcRenderCreateCursor,
+ ProcRenderSetPictureTransform,
+ ProcRenderQueryFilters,
+ ProcRenderSetPictureFilter,
+ ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor,
+ ProcRenderAddTraps,
+ ProcRenderCreateSolidFill,
+ ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient,
+ ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient,
+ ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient
+};
+
+int (*SProcRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr) = {
+ SProcRenderQueryVersion,
+ SProcRenderQueryPictFormats,
+ SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues,
+ SProcRenderQueryDithers,
+ SProcRenderCreatePicture,
+ SProcRenderChangePicture,
+ SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles,
+ SProcRenderFreePicture,
+ SProcRenderComposite,
+ SProcRenderScale,
+ SProcRenderTrapezoids,
+ SProcRenderTriangles,
+ SProcRenderTriStrip,
+ SProcRenderTriFan,
+ SProcRenderColorTrapezoids,
+ SProcRenderColorTriangles,
+ SProcRenderTransform,
+ SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet,
+ SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet,
+ SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet,
+ SProcRenderAddGlyphs,
+ SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture,
+ SProcRenderFreeGlyphs,
+ SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs,
+ SProcRenderFillRectangles,
+ SProcRenderCreateCursor,
+ SProcRenderSetPictureTransform,
+ SProcRenderQueryFilters,
+ SProcRenderSetPictureFilter,
+ SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor,
+ SProcRenderAddTraps,
+ SProcRenderCreateSolidFill,
+ SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient,
+ SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient,
+ SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient
+};
+
+int RenderErrBase;
+static int RenderClientPrivateKeyIndex;
+DevPrivateKey RenderClientPrivateKey = &RenderClientPrivateKeyIndex;
+
+typedef struct _RenderClient {
+ int major_version;
+ int minor_version;
+} RenderClientRec, *RenderClientPtr;
+
+#define GetRenderClient(pClient) ((RenderClientPtr)dixLookupPrivate(&(pClient)->devPrivates, RenderClientPrivateKey))
+
+static void
+RenderClientCallback (CallbackListPtr *list,
+ pointer closure,
+ pointer data)
+{
+ NewClientInfoRec *clientinfo = (NewClientInfoRec *) data;
+ ClientPtr pClient = clientinfo->client;
+ RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (pClient);
+
+ pRenderClient->major_version = 0;
+ pRenderClient->minor_version = 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+unsigned long XRT_PICTURE;
+#endif
+
+void
+RenderExtensionInit (void)
+{
+ ExtensionEntry *extEntry;
+
+ if (!PictureType)
+ return;
+ if (!PictureFinishInit ())
+ return;
+ if (!dixRequestPrivate(RenderClientPrivateKey, sizeof(RenderClientRec)))
+ return;
+ if (!AddCallback (&ClientStateCallback, RenderClientCallback, 0))
+ return;
+
+ extEntry = AddExtension (RENDER_NAME, 0, RenderNumberErrors,
+ ProcRenderDispatch, SProcRenderDispatch,
+ NULL, StandardMinorOpcode);
+ if (!extEntry)
+ return;
+ RenderErrBase = extEntry->errorBase;
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (XRT_PICTURE)
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_PICTURE, RenderErrBase + BadPicture);
+#endif
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(PictureType, RenderErrBase + BadPicture);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(PictFormatType, RenderErrBase + BadPictFormat);
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(GlyphSetType, RenderErrBase + BadGlyphSet);
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (client);
+ xRenderQueryVersionReply rep;
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderQueryVersionReq);
+
+ pRenderClient->major_version = stuff->majorVersion;
+ pRenderClient->minor_version = stuff->minorVersion;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryVersionReq);
+ memset(&rep, 0, sizeof(xRenderQueryVersionReply));
+ rep.type = X_Reply;
+ rep.length = 0;
+ rep.sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+
+ if ((stuff->majorVersion * 1000 + stuff->minorVersion) <
+ (SERVER_RENDER_MAJOR_VERSION * 1000 + SERVER_RENDER_MINOR_VERSION))
+ {
+ rep.majorVersion = stuff->majorVersion;
+ rep.minorVersion = stuff->minorVersion;
+ } else
+ {
+ rep.majorVersion = SERVER_RENDER_MAJOR_VERSION;
+ rep.minorVersion = SERVER_RENDER_MINOR_VERSION;
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped) {
+ swaps(&rep.sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&rep.length, n);
+ swapl(&rep.majorVersion, n);
+ swapl(&rep.minorVersion, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, sizeof(xRenderQueryVersionReply), (char *)&rep);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static VisualPtr
+findVisual (ScreenPtr pScreen, VisualID vid)
+{
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ int v;
+
+ for (v = 0; v < pScreen->numVisuals; v++)
+ {
+ pVisual = pScreen->visuals + v;
+ if (pVisual->vid == vid)
+ return pVisual;
+ }
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ RenderClientPtr pRenderClient = GetRenderClient (client);
+ xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply *reply;
+ xPictScreen *pictScreen;
+ xPictDepth *pictDepth;
+ xPictVisual *pictVisual;
+ xPictFormInfo *pictForm;
+ CARD32 *pictSubpixel;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ VisualPtr pVisual;
+ DepthPtr pDepth;
+ int v, d;
+ PictureScreenPtr ps;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ int nformat;
+ int ndepth;
+ int nvisual;
+ int rlength;
+ int s;
+ int n;
+ int numScreens;
+ int numSubpixel;
+/* REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq); */
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq);
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+ if (noPanoramiXExtension)
+ numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+ else
+ numScreens = ((xConnSetup *)ConnectionInfo)->numRoots;
+#else
+ numScreens = screenInfo.numScreens;
+#endif
+ ndepth = nformat = nvisual = 0;
+ for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s];
+ for (d = 0; d < pScreen->numDepths; d++)
+ {
+ pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths + d;
+ ++ndepth;
+
+ for (v = 0; v < pDepth->numVids; v++)
+ {
+ pVisual = findVisual (pScreen, pDepth->vids[v]);
+ if (pVisual && PictureMatchVisual (pScreen, pDepth->depth, pVisual))
+ ++nvisual;
+ }
+ }
+ ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen);
+ if (ps)
+ nformat += ps->nformats;
+ }
+ if (pRenderClient->major_version == 0 && pRenderClient->minor_version < 6)
+ numSubpixel = 0;
+ else
+ numSubpixel = numScreens;
+
+ rlength = (sizeof (xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply) +
+ nformat * sizeof (xPictFormInfo) +
+ numScreens * sizeof (xPictScreen) +
+ ndepth * sizeof (xPictDepth) +
+ nvisual * sizeof (xPictVisual) +
+ numSubpixel * sizeof (CARD32));
+ reply = (xRenderQueryPictFormatsReply *) calloc(1, rlength);
+ if (!reply)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ reply->numFormats = nformat;
+ reply->numScreens = numScreens;
+ reply->numDepths = ndepth;
+ reply->numVisuals = nvisual;
+ reply->numSubpixel = numSubpixel;
+
+ pictForm = (xPictFormInfo *) (reply + 1);
+
+ for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s];
+ ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen);
+ if (ps)
+ {
+ for (nformat = 0, pFormat = ps->formats;
+ nformat < ps->nformats;
+ nformat++, pFormat++)
+ {
+ pictForm->id = pFormat->id;
+ pictForm->type = pFormat->type;
+ pictForm->depth = pFormat->depth;
+ pictForm->direct.red = pFormat->direct.red;
+ pictForm->direct.redMask = pFormat->direct.redMask;
+ pictForm->direct.green = pFormat->direct.green;
+ pictForm->direct.greenMask = pFormat->direct.greenMask;
+ pictForm->direct.blue = pFormat->direct.blue;
+ pictForm->direct.blueMask = pFormat->direct.blueMask;
+ pictForm->direct.alpha = pFormat->direct.alpha;
+ pictForm->direct.alphaMask = pFormat->direct.alphaMask;
+ if (pFormat->type == PictTypeIndexed && pFormat->index.pColormap)
+ pictForm->colormap = pFormat->index.pColormap->mid;
+ else
+ pictForm->colormap = None;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl (&pictForm->id, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.red, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.redMask, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.green, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.greenMask, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.blue, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.blueMask, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.alpha, n);
+ swaps (&pictForm->direct.alphaMask, n);
+ swapl (&pictForm->colormap, n);
+ }
+ pictForm++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ pictScreen = (xPictScreen *) pictForm;
+ for (s = 0; s < numScreens; s++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s];
+ pictDepth = (xPictDepth *) (pictScreen + 1);
+ ndepth = 0;
+ for (d = 0; d < pScreen->numDepths; d++)
+ {
+ pictVisual = (xPictVisual *) (pictDepth + 1);
+ pDepth = pScreen->allowedDepths + d;
+
+ nvisual = 0;
+ for (v = 0; v < pDepth->numVids; v++)
+ {
+ pVisual = findVisual (pScreen, pDepth->vids[v]);
+ if (pVisual && (pFormat = PictureMatchVisual (pScreen,
+ pDepth->depth,
+ pVisual)))
+ {
+ pictVisual->visual = pVisual->vid;
+ pictVisual->format = pFormat->id;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl (&pictVisual->visual, n);
+ swapl (&pictVisual->format, n);
+ }
+ pictVisual++;
+ nvisual++;
+ }
+ }
+ pictDepth->depth = pDepth->depth;
+ pictDepth->nPictVisuals = nvisual;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps (&pictDepth->nPictVisuals, n);
+ }
+ ndepth++;
+ pictDepth = (xPictDepth *) pictVisual;
+ }
+ pictScreen->nDepth = ndepth;
+ ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen);
+ if (ps)
+ pictScreen->fallback = ps->fallback->id;
+ else
+ pictScreen->fallback = 0;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl (&pictScreen->nDepth, n);
+ swapl (&pictScreen->fallback, n);
+ }
+ pictScreen = (xPictScreen *) pictDepth;
+ }
+ pictSubpixel = (CARD32 *) pictScreen;
+
+ for (s = 0; s < numSubpixel; s++)
+ {
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[s];
+ ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen);
+ if (ps)
+ *pictSubpixel = ps->subpixel;
+ else
+ *pictSubpixel = SubPixelUnknown;
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swapl (pictSubpixel, n);
+ }
+ ++pictSubpixel;
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl (&reply->length, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numFormats, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numScreens, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numDepths, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numVisuals, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numSubpixel, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, rlength, (char *) reply);
+ free(reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ int rc, num;
+ int rlength;
+ int i, n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq);
+ xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply *reply;
+ xIndexValue *values;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->format,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (pFormat->type != PictTypeIndexed)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->format;
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ num = pFormat->index.nvalues;
+ rlength = (sizeof (xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply) +
+ num * sizeof(xIndexValue));
+ reply = (xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReply *) malloc(rlength);
+ if (!reply)
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->length = bytes_to_int32(rlength - sizeof(xGenericReply));
+ reply->numIndexValues = num;
+
+ values = (xIndexValue *) (reply + 1);
+
+ memcpy (reply + 1, pFormat->index.pValues, num * sizeof (xIndexValue));
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < num; i++)
+ {
+ swapl (&values[i].pixel, n);
+ swaps (&values[i].red, n);
+ swaps (&values[i].green, n);
+ swaps (&values[i].blue, n);
+ swaps (&values[i].alpha, n);
+ }
+ swaps (&reply->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl (&reply->length, n);
+ swapl (&reply->numIndexValues, n);
+ }
+
+ WriteToClient(client, rlength, (char *) reply);
+ free(reply);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ DrawablePtr pDrawable;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ int len, error, rc;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreatePictureReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDrawable, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
+ DixReadAccess|DixAddAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->format,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ if (pFormat->depth != pDrawable->depth)
+ return BadMatch;
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderCreatePictureReq));
+ if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ pPicture = CreatePicture (stuff->pid,
+ pDrawable,
+ pFormat,
+ stuff->mask,
+ (XID *) (stuff + 1),
+ client,
+ &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq);
+ int len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderChangePictureReq);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+
+ len = client->req_len - bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderChangePictureReq));
+ if (Ones(stuff->mask) != len)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ return ChangePicture (pPicture, stuff->mask, (XID *) (stuff + 1),
+ (DevUnion *) 0, client);
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int nr;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ if (!pPicture->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+
+ nr = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+ if (nr & 4)
+ return BadLength;
+ nr >>= 3;
+ return SetPictureClipRects (pPicture,
+ stuff->xOrigin, stuff->yOrigin,
+ nr, (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreePictureReq);
+
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ FreeResource (stuff->picture, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static Bool
+PictOpValid (CARD8 op)
+{
+ if (/*PictOpMinimum <= op && */ op <= PictOpMaximum)
+ return TRUE;
+ if (PictOpDisjointMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpDisjointMaximum)
+ return TRUE;
+ if (PictOpConjointMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpConjointMaximum)
+ return TRUE;
+ if (PictOpBlendMinimum <= op && op <= PictOpBlendMaximum)
+ return TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pMask, pDst;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCompositeReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_ALPHA (pMask, stuff->mask, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if ((pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen) ||
+ (pMask && pMask->pDrawable && pDst->pDrawable->pScreen != pMask->pDrawable->pScreen))
+ return BadMatch;
+ CompositePicture (stuff->op,
+ pSrc,
+ pMask,
+ pDst,
+ stuff->xSrc,
+ stuff->ySrc,
+ stuff->xMask,
+ stuff->yMask,
+ stuff->xDst,
+ stuff->yDst,
+ stuff->width,
+ stuff->height);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderScale (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, ntraps;
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pDst;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->maskFormat)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ pFormat = 0;
+ ntraps = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+ if (ntraps % sizeof (xTrapezoid))
+ return BadLength;
+ ntraps /= sizeof (xTrapezoid);
+ if (ntraps)
+ CompositeTrapezoids (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat,
+ stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc,
+ ntraps, (xTrapezoid *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, ntris;
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pDst;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->maskFormat)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ pFormat = 0;
+ ntris = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ if (ntris % sizeof (xTriangle))
+ return BadLength;
+ ntris /= sizeof (xTriangle);
+ if (ntris)
+ CompositeTriangles (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat,
+ stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc,
+ ntris, (xTriangle *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, npoints;
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pDst;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->maskFormat)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ pFormat = 0;
+ npoints = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq));
+ if (npoints & 4)
+ return(BadLength);
+ npoints >>= 3;
+ if (npoints >= 3)
+ CompositeTriStrip (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat,
+ stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc,
+ npoints, (xPointFixed *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int rc, npoints;
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pDst;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->maskFormat)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ pFormat = 0;
+ npoints = ((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq));
+ if (npoints & 4)
+ return(BadLength);
+ npoints >>= 3;
+ if (npoints >= 3)
+ CompositeTriFan (stuff->op, pSrc, pDst, pFormat,
+ stuff->xSrc, stuff->ySrc,
+ npoints, (xPointFixed *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ PictFormatPtr format;
+ int rc, f;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gsid, client);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&format, stuff->format,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ switch (format->depth) {
+ case 1:
+ f = GlyphFormat1;
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ f = GlyphFormat4;
+ break;
+ case 8:
+ f = GlyphFormat8;
+ break;
+ case 16:
+ f = GlyphFormat16;
+ break;
+ case 32:
+ f = GlyphFormat32;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return BadMatch;
+ }
+ if (format->type != PictTypeDirect)
+ return BadMatch;
+ glyphSet = AllocateGlyphSet (f, format);
+ if (!glyphSet)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ rc = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType,
+ glyphSet, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType, (pointer)glyphSet))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->gsid, client);
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->existing, GlyphSetType,
+ client, DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->existing;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ glyphSet->refcnt++;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->gsid, GlyphSetType, (pointer)glyphSet))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+#define NLOCALDELTA 64
+#define NLOCALGLYPH 256
+
+static int
+ProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ int rc;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType,
+ client, DixDestroyAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ FreeResource (stuff->glyphset, RT_NONE);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+typedef struct _GlyphNew {
+ Glyph id;
+ GlyphPtr glyph;
+ Bool found;
+ unsigned char sha1[20];
+} GlyphNewRec, *GlyphNewPtr;
+
+#define NeedsComponent(f) (PICT_FORMAT_A(f) != 0 && PICT_FORMAT_RGB(f) != 0)
+
+static int
+ProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ REQUEST(xRenderAddGlyphsReq);
+ GlyphNewRec glyphsLocal[NLOCALGLYPH];
+ GlyphNewPtr glyphsBase, glyphs, glyph_new;
+ int remain, nglyphs;
+ CARD32 *gids;
+ xGlyphInfo *gi;
+ CARD8 *bits;
+ unsigned int size;
+ int err;
+ int i, screen;
+ PicturePtr pSrc = NULL, pDst = NULL;
+ PixmapPtr pSrcPix = NULL, pDstPix = NULL;
+ CARD32 component_alpha;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderAddGlyphsReq);
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType,
+ client, DixAddAccess);
+ if (err != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset;
+ return err;
+ }
+
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ nglyphs = stuff->nglyphs;
+ if (nglyphs > UINT32_MAX / sizeof(GlyphNewRec))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ component_alpha = NeedsComponent (glyphSet->format->format);
+
+ if (nglyphs <= NLOCALGLYPH) {
+ memset (glyphsLocal, 0, sizeof (glyphsLocal));
+ glyphsBase = glyphsLocal;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ glyphsBase = (GlyphNewPtr)calloc(nglyphs, sizeof (GlyphNewRec));
+ if (!glyphsBase)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+
+ remain = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddGlyphsReq);
+
+ glyphs = glyphsBase;
+
+ gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1);
+ gi = (xGlyphInfo *) (gids + nglyphs);
+ bits = (CARD8 *) (gi + nglyphs);
+ remain -= (sizeof (CARD32) + sizeof (xGlyphInfo)) * nglyphs;
+ for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++)
+ {
+ size_t padded_width;
+ glyph_new = &glyphs[i];
+
+ padded_width = PixmapBytePad (gi[i].width,
+ glyphSet->format->depth);
+
+ if (gi[i].height && padded_width > (UINT32_MAX - sizeof(GlyphRec))/gi[i].height)
+ break;
+
+ size = gi[i].height * padded_width;
+ if (remain < size)
+ break;
+
+ err = HashGlyph (&gi[i], bits, size, glyph_new->sha1);
+ if (err)
+ goto bail;
+
+ glyph_new->glyph = FindGlyphByHash (glyph_new->sha1,
+ glyphSet->fdepth);
+
+ if (glyph_new->glyph && glyph_new->glyph != DeletedGlyph)
+ {
+ glyph_new->found = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ GlyphPtr glyph;
+
+ glyph_new->found = FALSE;
+ glyph_new->glyph = glyph = AllocateGlyph (&gi[i], glyphSet->fdepth);
+ if (! glyph)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ for (screen = 0; screen < screenInfo.numScreens; screen++)
+ {
+ int width = gi[i].width;
+ int height = gi[i].height;
+ int depth = glyphSet->format->depth;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ int error;
+
+ /* Skip work if it's invisibly small anyway */
+ if (!width || !height)
+ break;
+
+ pScreen = screenInfo.screens[screen];
+ pSrcPix = GetScratchPixmapHeader (pScreen,
+ width, height,
+ depth, depth,
+ -1, bits);
+ if (! pSrcPix)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ pSrc = CreatePicture (0, &pSrcPix->drawable,
+ glyphSet->format, 0, NULL,
+ serverClient, &error);
+ if (! pSrc)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ pDstPix = (pScreen->CreatePixmap) (pScreen,
+ width, height, depth,
+ CREATE_PIXMAP_USAGE_GLYPH_PICTURE);
+
+ if (!pDstPix)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ GlyphPicture (glyph)[screen] = pDst =
+ CreatePicture (0, &pDstPix->drawable,
+ glyphSet->format,
+ CPComponentAlpha, &component_alpha,
+ serverClient, &error);
+
+ /* The picture takes a reference to the pixmap, so we
+ drop ours. */
+ (pScreen->DestroyPixmap) (pDstPix);
+ pDstPix = NULL;
+
+ if (! pDst)
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+
+ CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
+ pSrc,
+ None,
+ pDst,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ 0, 0,
+ width, height);
+
+ FreePicture ((pointer) pSrc, 0);
+ pSrc = NULL;
+ FreeScratchPixmapHeader (pSrcPix);
+ pSrcPix = NULL;
+ }
+
+ memcpy (glyph_new->glyph->sha1, glyph_new->sha1, 20);
+ }
+
+ glyph_new->id = gids[i];
+
+ if (size & 3)
+ size += 4 - (size & 3);
+ bits += size;
+ remain -= size;
+ }
+ if (remain || i < nglyphs)
+ {
+ err = BadLength;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ if (!ResizeGlyphSet (glyphSet, nglyphs))
+ {
+ err = BadAlloc;
+ goto bail;
+ }
+ for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++)
+ AddGlyph (glyphSet, glyphs[i].glyph, glyphs[i].id);
+
+ if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal)
+ free(glyphsBase);
+ return Success;
+bail:
+ if (pSrc)
+ FreePicture ((pointer) pSrc, 0);
+ if (pSrcPix)
+ FreeScratchPixmapHeader (pSrcPix);
+ for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; i++)
+ if (glyphs[i].glyph && ! glyphs[i].found)
+ free(glyphs[i].glyph);
+ if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal)
+ free(glyphsBase);
+ return err;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq);
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ int rc, nglyph;
+ CARD32 *gids;
+ CARD32 glyph;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq);
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset, GlyphSetType,
+ client, DixRemoveAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->glyphset;
+ return rc;
+ }
+ nglyph = bytes_to_int32((client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderFreeGlyphsReq));
+ gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1);
+ while (nglyph-- > 0)
+ {
+ glyph = *gids++;
+ if (!DeleteGlyph (glyphSet, glyph))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = glyph;
+ return RenderErrBase + BadGlyph;
+ }
+ }
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ GlyphSetPtr glyphSet;
+ GlyphSet gs;
+ PicturePtr pSrc, pDst;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ GlyphListRec listsLocal[NLOCALDELTA];
+ GlyphListPtr lists, listsBase;
+ GlyphPtr glyphsLocal[NLOCALGLYPH];
+ Glyph glyph;
+ GlyphPtr *glyphs, *glyphsBase;
+ xGlyphElt *elt;
+ CARD8 *buffer, *end;
+ int nglyph;
+ int nlist;
+ int space;
+ int size;
+ int rc, n;
+
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->renderReqType) {
+ default: size = 1; break;
+ case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16: size = 2; break;
+ case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32: size = 4; break;
+ }
+
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ if (pSrc->pDrawable && pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen != pDst->pDrawable->pScreen)
+ return BadMatch;
+ if (stuff->maskFormat)
+ {
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&pFormat, stuff->maskFormat,
+ PictFormatType, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ }
+ else
+ pFormat = 0;
+
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, stuff->glyphset,
+ GlyphSetType, client, DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1);
+ end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2);
+ nglyph = 0;
+ nlist = 0;
+ while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end)
+ {
+ elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt);
+
+ if (elt->len == 0xff)
+ {
+ buffer += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ nlist++;
+ nglyph += elt->len;
+ space = size * elt->len;
+ if (space & 3)
+ space += 4 - (space & 3);
+ buffer += space;
+ }
+ }
+ if (nglyph <= NLOCALGLYPH)
+ glyphsBase = glyphsLocal;
+ else
+ {
+ glyphsBase = (GlyphPtr *) malloc(nglyph * sizeof (GlyphPtr));
+ if (!glyphsBase)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ if (nlist <= NLOCALDELTA)
+ listsBase = listsLocal;
+ else
+ {
+ listsBase = (GlyphListPtr) malloc(nlist * sizeof (GlyphListRec));
+ if (!listsBase)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ }
+ buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1);
+ glyphs = glyphsBase;
+ lists = listsBase;
+ while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end)
+ {
+ elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt);
+
+ if (elt->len == 0xff)
+ {
+ if (buffer + sizeof (GlyphSet) < end)
+ {
+ memcpy(&gs, buffer, sizeof(GlyphSet));
+ rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&glyphSet, gs,
+ GlyphSetType, client,
+ DixUseAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ {
+ if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal)
+ free(glyphsBase);
+ if (listsBase != listsLocal)
+ free(listsBase);
+ return rc;
+ }
+ }
+ buffer += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lists->xOff = elt->deltax;
+ lists->yOff = elt->deltay;
+ lists->format = glyphSet->format;
+ lists->len = 0;
+ n = elt->len;
+ while (n--)
+ {
+ if (buffer + size <= end)
+ {
+ switch (size) {
+ case 1:
+ glyph = *((CARD8 *)buffer); break;
+ case 2:
+ glyph = *((CARD16 *)buffer); break;
+ case 4:
+ default:
+ glyph = *((CARD32 *)buffer); break;
+ }
+ if ((*glyphs = FindGlyph (glyphSet, glyph)))
+ {
+ lists->len++;
+ glyphs++;
+ }
+ }
+ buffer += size;
+ }
+ space = size * elt->len;
+ if (space & 3)
+ buffer += 4 - (space & 3);
+ lists++;
+ }
+ }
+ if (buffer > end)
+ return BadLength;
+
+ CompositeGlyphs (stuff->op,
+ pSrc,
+ pDst,
+ pFormat,
+ stuff->xSrc,
+ stuff->ySrc,
+ nlist,
+ listsBase,
+ glyphsBase);
+
+ if (glyphsBase != glyphsLocal)
+ free(glyphsBase);
+ if (listsBase != listsLocal)
+ free(listsBase);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pDst;
+ int things;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ if (!PictOpValid (stuff->op))
+ {
+ client->errorValue = stuff->op;
+ return BadValue;
+ }
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pDst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pDst->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+
+ things = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ if (things & 4)
+ return(BadLength);
+ things >>= 3;
+
+ CompositeRects (stuff->op,
+ pDst,
+ &stuff->color,
+ things,
+ (xRectangle *) &stuff[1]);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static void
+RenderSetBit (unsigned char *line, int x, int bit)
+{
+ unsigned char mask;
+
+ if (screenInfo.bitmapBitOrder == LSBFirst)
+ mask = (1 << (x & 7));
+ else
+ mask = (0x80 >> (x & 7));
+ /* XXX assumes byte order is host byte order */
+ line += (x >> 3);
+ if (bit)
+ *line |= mask;
+ else
+ *line &= ~mask;
+}
+
+#define DITHER_DIM 2
+
+static CARD32 orderedDither[DITHER_DIM][DITHER_DIM] = {
+ { 1, 3, },
+ { 4, 2, },
+};
+
+#define DITHER_SIZE ((sizeof orderedDither / sizeof orderedDither[0][0]) + 1)
+
+static int
+ProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateCursorReq);
+ PicturePtr pSrc;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ unsigned short width, height;
+ CARD32 *argbbits, *argb;
+ unsigned char *srcbits, *srcline;
+ unsigned char *mskbits, *mskline;
+ int stride;
+ int x, y;
+ int nbytes_mono;
+ CursorMetricRec cm;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ CARD32 twocolor[3];
+ int rc, ncolor;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderCreateCursorReq);
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pSrc, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (!pSrc->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ pScreen = pSrc->pDrawable->pScreen;
+ width = pSrc->pDrawable->width;
+ height = pSrc->pDrawable->height;
+ if (height && width > UINT32_MAX/(height*sizeof(CARD32)))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ if ( stuff->x > width
+ || stuff->y > height )
+ return (BadMatch);
+ argbbits = malloc(width * height * sizeof (CARD32));
+ if (!argbbits)
+ return (BadAlloc);
+
+ stride = BitmapBytePad(width);
+ nbytes_mono = stride*height;
+ srcbits = calloc(1, nbytes_mono);
+ if (!srcbits)
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ mskbits = calloc(1, nbytes_mono);
+ if (!mskbits)
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ free(srcbits);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+
+ if (pSrc->format == PICT_a8r8g8b8)
+ {
+ (*pScreen->GetImage) (pSrc->pDrawable,
+ 0, 0, width, height, ZPixmap,
+ 0xffffffff, (pointer) argbbits);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ PixmapPtr pPixmap;
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ PictFormatPtr pFormat;
+ int error;
+
+ pFormat = PictureMatchFormat (pScreen, 32, PICT_a8r8g8b8);
+ if (!pFormat)
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ return (BadImplementation);
+ }
+ pPixmap = (*pScreen->CreatePixmap) (pScreen, width, height, 32,
+ CREATE_PIXMAP_USAGE_SCRATCH);
+ if (!pPixmap)
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ return (BadAlloc);
+ }
+ pPicture = CreatePicture (0, &pPixmap->drawable, pFormat, 0, 0,
+ client, &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ free(srcbits);
+ free(mskbits);
+ return error;
+ }
+ (*pScreen->DestroyPixmap) (pPixmap);
+ CompositePicture (PictOpSrc,
+ pSrc, 0, pPicture,
+ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height);
+ (*pScreen->GetImage) (pPicture->pDrawable,
+ 0, 0, width, height, ZPixmap,
+ 0xffffffff, (pointer) argbbits);
+ FreePicture (pPicture, 0);
+ }
+ /*
+ * Check whether the cursor can be directly supported by
+ * the core cursor code
+ */
+ ncolor = 0;
+ argb = argbbits;
+ for (y = 0; ncolor <= 2 && y < height; y++)
+ {
+ for (x = 0; ncolor <= 2 && x < width; x++)
+ {
+ CARD32 p = *argb++;
+ CARD32 a = (p >> 24);
+
+ if (a == 0) /* transparent */
+ continue;
+ if (a == 0xff) /* opaque */
+ {
+ int n;
+ for (n = 0; n < ncolor; n++)
+ if (p == twocolor[n])
+ break;
+ if (n == ncolor)
+ twocolor[ncolor++] = p;
+ }
+ else
+ ncolor = 3;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /*
+ * Convert argb image to two plane cursor
+ */
+ srcline = srcbits;
+ mskline = mskbits;
+ argb = argbbits;
+ for (y = 0; y < height; y++)
+ {
+ for (x = 0; x < width; x++)
+ {
+ CARD32 p = *argb++;
+
+ if (ncolor <= 2)
+ {
+ CARD32 a = ((p >> 24));
+
+ RenderSetBit (mskline, x, a != 0);
+ RenderSetBit (srcline, x, a != 0 && p == twocolor[0]);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ CARD32 a = ((p >> 24) * DITHER_SIZE + 127) / 255;
+ CARD32 i = ((CvtR8G8B8toY15(p) >> 7) * DITHER_SIZE + 127) / 255;
+ CARD32 d = orderedDither[y&(DITHER_DIM-1)][x&(DITHER_DIM-1)];
+ /* Set mask from dithered alpha value */
+ RenderSetBit(mskline, x, a > d);
+ /* Set src from dithered intensity value */
+ RenderSetBit(srcline, x, a > d && i <= d);
+ }
+ }
+ srcline += stride;
+ mskline += stride;
+ }
+ /*
+ * Dither to white and black if the cursor has more than two colors
+ */
+ if (ncolor > 2)
+ {
+ twocolor[0] = 0xff000000;
+ twocolor[1] = 0xffffffff;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free(argbbits);
+ argbbits = 0;
+ }
+
+#define GetByte(p,s) (((p) >> (s)) & 0xff)
+#define GetColor(p,s) (GetByte(p,s) | (GetByte(p,s) << 8))
+
+ cm.width = width;
+ cm.height = height;
+ cm.xhot = stuff->x;
+ cm.yhot = stuff->y;
+ rc = AllocARGBCursor(srcbits, mskbits, argbbits, &cm,
+ GetColor(twocolor[0], 16),
+ GetColor(twocolor[0], 8),
+ GetColor(twocolor[0], 0),
+ GetColor(twocolor[1], 16),
+ GetColor(twocolor[1], 8),
+ GetColor(twocolor[1], 0),
+ &pCursor, client, stuff->cid);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+ if (!AddResource(stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ return SetPictureTransform (pPicture, (PictTransform *) &stuff->transform);
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST (xRenderQueryFiltersReq);
+ DrawablePtr pDrawable;
+ xRenderQueryFiltersReply *reply;
+ int nbytesName;
+ int nnames;
+ ScreenPtr pScreen;
+ PictureScreenPtr ps;
+ int i, j, len, total_bytes, rc;
+ INT16 *aliases;
+ char *names;
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderQueryFiltersReq);
+ rc = dixLookupDrawable(&pDrawable, stuff->drawable, client, 0,
+ DixGetAttrAccess);
+ if (rc != Success)
+ return rc;
+
+ pScreen = pDrawable->pScreen;
+ nbytesName = 0;
+ nnames = 0;
+ ps = GetPictureScreenIfSet(pScreen);
+ if (ps)
+ {
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++)
+ nbytesName += 1 + strlen (ps->filters[i].name);
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++)
+ nbytesName += 1 + strlen (ps->filterAliases[i].alias);
+ nnames = ps->nfilters + ps->nfilterAliases;
+ }
+ len = ((nnames + 1) >> 1) + bytes_to_int32(nbytesName);
+ total_bytes = sizeof (xRenderQueryFiltersReply) + (len << 2);
+ reply = (xRenderQueryFiltersReply *) malloc(total_bytes);
+ if (!reply)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ aliases = (INT16 *) (reply + 1);
+ names = (char *) (aliases + ((nnames + 1) & ~1));
+
+ reply->type = X_Reply;
+ reply->sequenceNumber = client->sequence;
+ reply->length = len;
+ reply->numAliases = nnames;
+ reply->numFilters = nnames;
+ if (ps)
+ {
+
+ /* fill in alias values */
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++)
+ aliases[i] = FilterAliasNone;
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < ps->nfilters; j++)
+ if (ps->filterAliases[i].filter_id == ps->filters[j].id)
+ break;
+ if (j == ps->nfilters)
+ {
+ for (j = 0; j < ps->nfilterAliases; j++)
+ if (ps->filterAliases[i].filter_id ==
+ ps->filterAliases[j].alias_id)
+ {
+ break;
+ }
+ if (j == ps->nfilterAliases)
+ j = FilterAliasNone;
+ else
+ j = j + ps->nfilters;
+ }
+ aliases[i + ps->nfilters] = j;
+ }
+
+ /* fill in filter names */
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilters; i++)
+ {
+ j = strlen (ps->filters[i].name);
+ *names++ = j;
+ strncpy (names, ps->filters[i].name, j);
+ names += j;
+ }
+
+ /* fill in filter alias names */
+ for (i = 0; i < ps->nfilterAliases; i++)
+ {
+ j = strlen (ps->filterAliases[i].alias);
+ *names++ = j;
+ strncpy (names, ps->filterAliases[i].alias, j);
+ names += j;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (client->swapped)
+ {
+ register int n;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < reply->numAliases; i++)
+ {
+ swaps (&aliases[i], n);
+ }
+ swaps(&reply->sequenceNumber, n);
+ swapl(&reply->length, n);
+ swapl(&reply->numAliases, n);
+ swapl(&reply->numFilters, n);
+ }
+ WriteToClient(client, total_bytes, (char *) reply);
+ free(reply);
+
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int result;
+ xFixed *params;
+ int nparams;
+ char *name;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixSetAttrAccess);
+ name = (char *) (stuff + 1);
+ params = (xFixed *) (name + pad_to_int32(stuff->nbytes));
+ nparams = ((xFixed *) stuff + client->req_len) - params;
+ result = SetPictureFilter (pPicture, name, stuff->nbytes, params, nparams);
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq);
+ CursorPtr *cursors;
+ CARD32 *deltas;
+ CursorPtr pCursor;
+ int ncursor;
+ xAnimCursorElt *elt;
+ int i;
+ int ret;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq);
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->cid, client);
+ if (client->req_len & 1)
+ return BadLength;
+ ncursor = (client->req_len - (bytes_to_int32(sizeof(xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq)))) >> 1;
+ cursors = malloc(ncursor * (sizeof (CursorPtr) + sizeof (CARD32)));
+ if (!cursors)
+ return BadAlloc;
+ deltas = (CARD32 *) (cursors + ncursor);
+ elt = (xAnimCursorElt *) (stuff + 1);
+ for (i = 0; i < ncursor; i++)
+ {
+ ret = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)(cursors + i), elt->cursor,
+ RT_CURSOR, client, DixReadAccess);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ {
+ free(cursors);
+ return ret;
+ }
+ deltas[i] = elt->delay;
+ elt++;
+ }
+ ret = AnimCursorCreate (cursors, deltas, ncursor, &pCursor, client,
+ stuff->cid);
+ free(cursors);
+ if (ret != Success)
+ return ret;
+
+ if (AddResource (stuff->cid, RT_CURSOR, (pointer)pCursor))
+ return Success;
+ return BadAlloc;
+}
+
+static int
+ProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ int ntraps;
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ REQUEST(xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ VERIFY_PICTURE (pPicture, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (!pPicture->pDrawable)
+ return BadDrawable;
+ ntraps = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ if (ntraps % sizeof (xTrap))
+ return BadLength;
+ ntraps /= sizeof (xTrap);
+ if (ntraps)
+ AddTraps (pPicture,
+ stuff->xOff, stuff->yOff,
+ ntraps, (xTrap *) &stuff[1]);
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcRenderCreateSolidFill(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int error = 0;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+
+ pPicture = CreateSolidPicture(stuff->pid, &stuff->color, &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ return error;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType,
+ pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (error != Success)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int len;
+ int error = 0;
+ xFixed *stops;
+ xRenderColor *colors;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+ if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1);
+ colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops);
+
+ pPicture = CreateLinearGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->p1, &stuff->p2,
+ stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ return error;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType,
+ pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (error != Success)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int len;
+ int error = 0;
+ xFixed *stops;
+ xRenderColor *colors;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1);
+ colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops);
+
+ pPicture = CreateRadialGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->inner, &stuff->outer,
+ stuff->inner_radius, stuff->outer_radius,
+ stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ return error;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType,
+ pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (error != Success)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+static int ProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PicturePtr pPicture;
+ int len;
+ int error = 0;
+ xFixed *stops;
+ xRenderColor *colors;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+
+ LEGAL_NEW_RESOURCE(stuff->pid, client);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ stops = (xFixed *)(stuff + 1);
+ colors = (xRenderColor *)(stops + stuff->nStops);
+
+ pPicture = CreateConicalGradientPicture (stuff->pid, &stuff->center, stuff->angle,
+ stuff->nStops, stops, colors, &error);
+ if (!pPicture)
+ return error;
+ /* security creation/labeling check */
+ error = XaceHook(XACE_RESOURCE_ACCESS, client, stuff->pid, PictureType,
+ pPicture, RT_NONE, NULL, DixCreateAccess);
+ if (error != Success)
+ return error;
+ if (!AddResource (stuff->pid, PictureType, (pointer)pPicture))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ return Success;
+}
+
+
+static int
+ProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ if (stuff->data < RenderNumberRequests)
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->data]) (client);
+ else
+ return BadRequest;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderQueryVersion (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderQueryVersionReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->majorVersion, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->minorVersion, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType])(client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderQueryPictFormats (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictFormatsReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderQueryPictIndexValues (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderQueryPictIndexValuesReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->format, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderQueryDithers (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->pid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->drawable, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->format, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->mask, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->mask, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xOrigin, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->yOrigin, n);
+ SwapRestS(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderComposite (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->mask, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->dst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xMask, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->yMask, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xDst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->yDst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->width, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->height, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderScale (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderScaleReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->colorScale, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->alphaScale, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xDst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->yDst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->width, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->height, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderTrapezoids (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+ swaps (&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderTriangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ swaps (&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderTriStrip (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTriStripReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTriStripReq);
+ swaps (&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderTriFan (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTriFanReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderTriFanReq);
+ swaps (&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl (&stuff->maskFormat, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps (&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderColorTrapezoids (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderColorTriangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateGlyphSetReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->gsid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->format, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderReferenceGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderReferenceGlyphSetReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->gsid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->existing, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderFreeGlyphSet (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphSetReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderAddGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ register int i;
+ CARD32 *gids;
+ void *end;
+ xGlyphInfo *gi;
+ REQUEST(xRenderAddGlyphsReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nglyphs, n);
+ if (stuff->nglyphs & 0xe0000000)
+ return BadLength;
+ end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2);
+ gids = (CARD32 *) (stuff + 1);
+ gi = (xGlyphInfo *) (gids + stuff->nglyphs);
+ if ((char *) end - (char *) (gids + stuff->nglyphs) < 0)
+ return BadLength;
+ if ((char *) end - (char *) (gi + stuff->nglyphs) < 0)
+ return BadLength;
+ for (i = 0; i < stuff->nglyphs; i++)
+ {
+ swapl (&gids[i], n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].width, n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].height, n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].x, n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].y, n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].xOff, n);
+ swaps (&gi[i].yOff, n);
+ }
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderAddGlyphsFromPicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ return BadImplementation;
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderFreeGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreeGlyphsReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ xGlyphElt *elt;
+ CARD8 *buffer;
+ CARD8 *end;
+ int space;
+ int i;
+ int size;
+
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq);
+
+ switch (stuff->renderReqType) {
+ default: size = 1; break;
+ case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16: size = 2; break;
+ case X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32: size = 4; break;
+ }
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->src, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->dst, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->maskFormat, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->glyphset, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xSrc, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->ySrc, n);
+ buffer = (CARD8 *) (stuff + 1);
+ end = (CARD8 *) stuff + (client->req_len << 2);
+ while (buffer + sizeof (xGlyphElt) < end)
+ {
+ elt = (xGlyphElt *) buffer;
+ buffer += sizeof (xGlyphElt);
+
+ swaps (&elt->deltax, n);
+ swaps (&elt->deltay, n);
+
+ i = elt->len;
+ if (i == 0xff)
+ {
+ swapl (buffer, n);
+ buffer += 4;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ space = size * i;
+ switch (size) {
+ case 1:
+ buffer += i;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ swaps (buffer, n);
+ buffer += 2;
+ }
+ break;
+ case 4:
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ swapl (buffer, n);
+ buffer += 4;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+ if (space & 3)
+ buffer += 4 - (space & 3);
+ }
+ }
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->dst, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.red, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.green, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.blue, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.alpha, n);
+ SwapRestS(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateCursorReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderCreateCursorReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->src, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->x, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->y, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix11, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix12, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix13, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix21, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix22, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix23, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix31, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix32, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->transform.matrix33, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderQueryFilters (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST (xRenderQueryFiltersReq);
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH (xRenderQueryFiltersReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->drawable, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->nbytes, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateAnimCursor (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST (xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateAnimCursorReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->cid, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST (xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->picture, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->xOff, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->yOff, n);
+ SwapRestL(stuff);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateSolidFill(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ REQUEST (xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->pid, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.alpha, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.red, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.green, n);
+ swaps(&stuff->color.blue, n);
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static void swapStops(void *stuff, int num)
+{
+ int i, n;
+ CARD32 *stops;
+ CARD16 *colors;
+ stops = (CARD32 *)(stuff);
+ for (i = 0; i < num; ++i) {
+ swapl(stops, n);
+ ++stops;
+ }
+ colors = (CARD16 *)(stops);
+ for (i = 0; i < 4*num; ++i) {
+ swaps(stops, n);
+ ++stops;
+ }
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ int len;
+ REQUEST (xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->pid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->p1.x, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->p1.y, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->p2.x, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->p2.y, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nStops, n);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+ if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops);
+
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ int len;
+ REQUEST (xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->pid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->inner.x, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->inner.y, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->outer.x, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->outer.y, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->inner_radius, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->outer_radius, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nStops, n);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+ if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops);
+
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ register int n;
+ int len;
+ REQUEST (xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+
+ swaps(&stuff->length, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->pid, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->center.x, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->center.y, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->angle, n);
+ swapl(&stuff->nStops, n);
+
+ len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+ if (stuff->nStops > UINT32_MAX/(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+ if (len != stuff->nStops*(sizeof(xFixed) + sizeof(xRenderColor)))
+ return BadLength;
+
+ swapStops(stuff+1, stuff->nStops);
+
+ return (*ProcRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+}
+
+static int
+SProcRenderDispatch (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xReq);
+
+ if (stuff->data < RenderNumberRequests)
+ return (*SProcRenderVector[stuff->data]) (client);
+ else
+ return BadRequest;
+}
+
+#ifdef PANORAMIX
+#include "panoramiX.h"
+#include "panoramiXsrv.h"
+
+#define VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pPicture, pid, client, mode) {\
+ int rc = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *)&(pPicture), pid,\
+ XRT_PICTURE, client, mode);\
+ if (rc != Success)\
+ return rc;\
+}
+
+#define VERIFY_XIN_ALPHA(pPicture, pid, client, mode) {\
+ if (pid == None) \
+ pPicture = 0; \
+ else { \
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pPicture, pid, client, mode); \
+ } \
+} \
+
+int (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[RenderNumberRequests])(ClientPtr);
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCreatePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreatePictureReq);
+ PanoramiXRes *refDraw, *newPict;
+ int result, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreatePictureReq);
+ result = dixLookupResourceByClass((pointer *)&refDraw, stuff->drawable,
+ XRC_DRAWABLE, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ if (result != Success)
+ return (result == BadValue) ? BadDrawable : result;
+ if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+ newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE;
+ newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid;
+
+ if (refDraw->type == XRT_WINDOW &&
+ stuff->drawable == WindowTable[0]->drawable.id)
+ {
+ newPict->u.pict.root = TRUE;
+ }
+ else
+ newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE;
+
+ for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++)
+ newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id;
+ stuff->drawable = refDraw->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreatePicture]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ if (result == Success)
+ AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict);
+ else
+ free(newPict);
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderChangePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *pict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderChangePictureReq);
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderChangePictureReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderChangePicture]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderSetPictureClipRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+ int result = Success, j;
+ PanoramiXRes *pict;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureClipRectanglesReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureClipRectangles]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderSetPictureTransform (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+ int result = Success, j;
+ PanoramiXRes *pict;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureTransformReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureTransform]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderSetPictureFilter (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+ int result = Success, j;
+ PanoramiXRes *pict;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderSetPictureFilterReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureFilter]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderFreePicture (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *pict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFreePictureReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderFreePictureReq);
+
+ client->errorValue = stuff->picture;
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE(pict, stuff->picture, client, DixDestroyAccess);
+
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->picture = pict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderFreePicture]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ /* Since ProcRenderFreePicture is using FreeResource, it will free
+ our resource for us on the last pass through the loop above */
+
+ return (result);
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderComposite (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *msk, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ xRenderCompositeReq orig;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeReq);
+
+ REQUEST_SIZE_MATCH(xRenderCompositeReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_ALPHA (msk, stuff->mask, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ orig = *stuff;
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ if (src->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ stuff->xSrc = orig.xSrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ stuff->ySrc = orig.ySrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ if (dst->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ stuff->xDst = orig.xDst - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ stuff->yDst = orig.yDst - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ if (msk)
+ {
+ stuff->mask = msk->info[j].id;
+ if (msk->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ stuff->xMask = orig.xMask - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ stuff->yMask = orig.yMask - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ }
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderComposite]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq);
+ xGlyphElt origElt, *elt;
+ INT16 xSrc, ySrc;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ if (client->req_len << 2 >= (sizeof (xRenderCompositeGlyphsReq) +
+ sizeof (xGlyphElt)))
+ {
+ elt = (xGlyphElt *) (stuff + 1);
+ origElt = *elt;
+ xSrc = stuff->xSrc;
+ ySrc = stuff->ySrc;
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ if (src->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ stuff->xSrc = xSrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ stuff->ySrc = ySrc - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ if (dst->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ elt->deltax = origElt.deltax - panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ elt->deltay = origElt.deltay - panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[stuff->renderReqType]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderFillRectangles (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderFillRectanglesReq);
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len)))
+ {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ if (dst->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+
+ if(x_off || y_off) {
+ xRectangle *rects = (xRectangle *) (stuff + 1);
+ int i = extra_len / sizeof (xRectangle);
+
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ rects->x -= x_off;
+ rects->y -= y_off;
+ rects++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderFillRectangles]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderTrapezoids(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrapezoidsReq);
+
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ if (dst->u.pict.root) {
+ int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+
+ if(x_off || y_off) {
+ xTrapezoid *trap = (xTrapezoid *) (stuff + 1);
+ int i = extra_len / sizeof (xTrapezoid);
+
+ while (i--) {
+ trap->top -= y_off;
+ trap->bottom -= y_off;
+ trap->left.p1.x -= x_off;
+ trap->left.p1.y -= y_off;
+ trap->left.p2.x -= x_off;
+ trap->left.p2.y -= y_off;
+ trap->right.p1.x -= x_off;
+ trap->right.p1.y -= y_off;
+ trap->right.p2.x -= x_off;
+ trap->right.p2.y -= y_off;
+ trap++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ result =
+ (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTrapezoids]) (client);
+
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderTriangles(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTrianglesReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTrianglesReq);
+
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ if (dst->u.pict.root) {
+ int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+
+ if(x_off || y_off) {
+ xTriangle *tri = (xTriangle *) (stuff + 1);
+ int i = extra_len / sizeof (xTriangle);
+
+ while (i--) {
+ tri->p1.x -= x_off;
+ tri->p1.y -= y_off;
+ tri->p2.x -= x_off;
+ tri->p2.y -= y_off;
+ tri->p3.x -= x_off;
+ tri->p3.y -= y_off;
+ tri++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ result =
+ (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriangles]) (client);
+
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderTriStrip(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTriStripReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTriStripReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriStripReq);
+
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ if (dst->u.pict.root) {
+ int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+
+ if(x_off || y_off) {
+ xPointFixed *fixed = (xPointFixed *) (stuff + 1);
+ int i = extra_len / sizeof (xPointFixed);
+
+ while (i--) {
+ fixed->x -= x_off;
+ fixed->y -= y_off;
+ fixed++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ result =
+ (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriStrip]) (client);
+
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderTriFan(ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *src, *dst;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderTriFanReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderTriFanReq);
+
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (src, stuff->src, client, DixReadAccess);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (dst, stuff->dst, client, DixWriteAccess);
+
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderTriFanReq);
+
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len))) {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ if (dst->u.pict.root) {
+ int x_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ int y_off = panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+
+ if(x_off || y_off) {
+ xPointFixed *fixed = (xPointFixed *) (stuff + 1);
+ int i = extra_len / sizeof (xPointFixed);
+
+ while (i--) {
+ fixed->x -= x_off;
+ fixed->y -= y_off;
+ fixed++;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ stuff->src = src->info[j].id;
+ stuff->dst = dst->info[j].id;
+ result =
+ (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderTriFan]) (client);
+
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderAddTraps (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ PanoramiXRes *picture;
+ int result = Success, j;
+ REQUEST(xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ char *extra;
+ int extra_len;
+ INT16 x_off, y_off;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE (xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ VERIFY_XIN_PICTURE (picture, stuff->picture, client, DixWriteAccess);
+ extra_len = (client->req_len << 2) - sizeof (xRenderAddTrapsReq);
+ if (extra_len &&
+ (extra = (char *) malloc(extra_len)))
+ {
+ memcpy (extra, stuff + 1, extra_len);
+ x_off = stuff->xOff;
+ y_off = stuff->yOff;
+ FOR_NSCREENS_FORWARD(j) {
+ if (j) memcpy (stuff + 1, extra, extra_len);
+ stuff->picture = picture->info[j].id;
+
+ if (picture->u.pict.root)
+ {
+ stuff->xOff = x_off + panoramiXdataPtr[j].x;
+ stuff->yOff = y_off + panoramiXdataPtr[j].y;
+ }
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderAddTraps]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+ free(extra);
+ }
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCreateSolidFill (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+ PanoramiXRes *newPict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateSolidFillReq);
+
+ if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE;
+ newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid;
+ newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE;
+
+ for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++)
+ newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateSolidFill]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ if (result == Success)
+ AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict);
+ else
+ free(newPict);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCreateLinearGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+ PanoramiXRes *newPict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateLinearGradientReq);
+
+ if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE;
+ newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid;
+ newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE;
+
+ for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++)
+ newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateLinearGradient]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ if (result == Success)
+ AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict);
+ else
+ free(newPict);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCreateRadialGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+ PanoramiXRes *newPict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateRadialGradientReq);
+
+ if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE;
+ newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid;
+ newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE;
+
+ for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++)
+ newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateRadialGradient]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ if (result == Success)
+ AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict);
+ else
+ free(newPict);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+static int
+PanoramiXRenderCreateConicalGradient (ClientPtr client)
+{
+ REQUEST(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+ PanoramiXRes *newPict;
+ int result = Success, j;
+
+ REQUEST_AT_LEAST_SIZE(xRenderCreateConicalGradientReq);
+
+ if(!(newPict = (PanoramiXRes *) malloc(sizeof(PanoramiXRes))))
+ return BadAlloc;
+
+ newPict->type = XRT_PICTURE;
+ newPict->info[0].id = stuff->pid;
+ newPict->u.pict.root = FALSE;
+
+ for(j = 1; j < PanoramiXNumScreens; j++)
+ newPict->info[j].id = FakeClientID(client->index);
+
+ FOR_NSCREENS_BACKWARD(j) {
+ stuff->pid = newPict->info[j].id;
+ result = (*PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[X_RenderCreateConicalGradient]) (client);
+ if(result != Success) break;
+ }
+
+ if (result == Success)
+ AddResource(newPict->info[0].id, XRT_PICTURE, newPict);
+ else
+ free(newPict);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+void
+PanoramiXRenderInit (void)
+{
+ int i;
+
+ XRT_PICTURE = CreateNewResourceType (XineramaDeleteResource,
+ "XineramaPicture");
+ if (RenderErrBase)
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(XRT_PICTURE, RenderErrBase + BadPicture);
+ for (i = 0; i < RenderNumberRequests; i++)
+ PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[i] = ProcRenderVector[i];
+ /*
+ * Stuff in Xinerama aware request processing hooks
+ */
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreatePicture] = PanoramiXRenderCreatePicture;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderChangePicture] = PanoramiXRenderChangePicture;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureTransform] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureTransform;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureFilter] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureFilter;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderSetPictureClipRectangles] = PanoramiXRenderSetPictureClipRectangles;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderFreePicture] = PanoramiXRenderFreePicture;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderComposite] = PanoramiXRenderComposite;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs8] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs16] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCompositeGlyphs32] = PanoramiXRenderCompositeGlyphs;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderFillRectangles] = PanoramiXRenderFillRectangles;
+
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTrapezoids] = PanoramiXRenderTrapezoids;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriangles] = PanoramiXRenderTriangles;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriStrip] = PanoramiXRenderTriStrip;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderTriFan] = PanoramiXRenderTriFan;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderAddTraps] = PanoramiXRenderAddTraps;
+
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateSolidFill] = PanoramiXRenderCreateSolidFill;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateLinearGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateLinearGradient;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateRadialGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateRadialGradient;
+ ProcRenderVector[X_RenderCreateConicalGradient] = PanoramiXRenderCreateConicalGradient;
+}
+
+void
+PanoramiXRenderReset (void)
+{
+ int i;
+ for (i = 0; i < RenderNumberRequests; i++)
+ ProcRenderVector[i] = PanoramiXSaveRenderVector[i];
+ RenderErrBase = 0;
+}
+
+#endif /* PANORAMIX */
diff --git a/xorg-server/xfixes/cursor.c b/xorg-server/xfixes/cursor.c index 296836055..d133f8c7b 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xfixes/cursor.c +++ b/xorg-server/xfixes/cursor.c @@ -70,10 +70,7 @@ static void deleteCursorHideCountsForScreen (ScreenPtr pScreen); int err; \
err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) &pCursor, cursor, \
RT_CURSOR, client, access); \
- if (err == BadValue) { \
- client->errorValue = cursor; \
- return BadCursor; \
- } else if (err != Success) { \
+ if (err != Success) { \
client->errorValue = cursor; \
return err; \
} \
@@ -164,13 +161,11 @@ CursorDisplayCursor (DeviceIntPtr pDev, CursorCurrent[pDev->id] = pCursor;
for (e = cursorEvents; e; e = e->next)
{
- if ((e->eventMask & XFixesDisplayCursorNotifyMask) &&
- !e->pClient->clientGone)
+ if ((e->eventMask & XFixesDisplayCursorNotifyMask))
{
xXFixesCursorNotifyEvent ev;
ev.type = XFixesEventBase + XFixesCursorNotify;
ev.subtype = XFixesDisplayCursorNotify;
- ev.sequenceNumber = e->pClient->sequence;
ev.window = e->pWindow->drawable.id;
ev.cursorSerial = pCursor->serialNumber;
ev.timestamp = currentTime.milliseconds;
@@ -884,7 +879,7 @@ ProcXFixesHideCursor (ClientPtr client) client, DixGetAttrAccess);
if (ret != Success) {
client->errorValue = stuff->window;
- return (ret == BadValue) ? BadWindow : ret;
+ return ret;
}
/*
@@ -947,7 +942,7 @@ ProcXFixesShowCursor (ClientPtr client) client, DixGetAttrAccess);
if (rc != Success) {
client->errorValue = stuff->window;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadWindow : rc;
+ return rc;
}
/*
diff --git a/xorg-server/xfixes/region.c b/xorg-server/xfixes/region.c index 2276ab8b6..7b1c40b15 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xfixes/region.c +++ b/xorg-server/xfixes/region.c @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ProcXFixesCreateRegionFromBitmap (ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->bitmap;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadPixmap : rc;
+ return rc;
}
if (pPixmap->drawable.depth != 1)
return BadMatch;
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ProcXFixesCreateRegionFromWindow (ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->window;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadWindow : rc;
+ return rc;
}
switch (stuff->kind) {
case WindowRegionBounding:
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ ProcXFixesSetWindowShapeRegion (ClientPtr client) if (rc != Success)
{
client->errorValue = stuff->dest;
- return (rc == BadValue) ? BadWindow : rc;
+ return rc;
}
VERIFY_REGION_OR_NONE(pRegion, stuff->region, client, DixWriteAccess);
pScreen = pWin->drawable.pScreen;
diff --git a/xorg-server/xfixes/select.c b/xorg-server/xfixes/select.c index 044294ee1..00b693f9d 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xfixes/select.c +++ b/xorg-server/xfixes/select.c @@ -78,15 +78,13 @@ XFixesSelectionCallback (CallbackListPtr *callbacks, pointer data, pointer args) for (e = selectionEvents; e; e = e->next)
{
if (e->selection == selection->selection &&
- (e->eventMask & eventMask) &&
- !e->pClient->clientGone)
+ (e->eventMask & eventMask))
{
xXFixesSelectionNotifyEvent ev;
memset(&ev, 0, sizeof(xXFixesSelectionNotifyEvent));
ev.type = XFixesEventBase + XFixesSelectionNotify;
ev.subtype = subtype;
- ev.sequenceNumber = e->pClient->sequence;
ev.window = e->pWindow->drawable.id;
if (subtype == XFixesSetSelectionOwnerNotify)
ev.owner = selection->window;
diff --git a/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.c b/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.c index fd23a5cb7..36eda56a5 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.c +++ b/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.c @@ -259,5 +259,6 @@ XFixesExtensionInit(void) (EventSwapPtr) SXFixesSelectionNotifyEvent;
EventSwapVector[XFixesEventBase + XFixesCursorNotify] =
(EventSwapPtr) SXFixesCursorNotifyEvent;
+ SetResourceTypeErrorValue(RegionResType, XFixesErrorBase + BadRegion);
}
}
diff --git a/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.h b/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.h index 69d162ffe..f834305bf 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.h +++ b/xorg-server/xfixes/xfixes.h @@ -1,58 +1,55 @@ -/* - * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard - * - * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its - * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that - * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in - * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without - * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no - * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It - * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty. - * - * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, - * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO - * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR - * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, - * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER - * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR - * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE. - */ - -#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H -#include <dix-config.h> -#endif - -#ifndef _XFIXES_H_ -#define _XFIXES_H_ - -#include "resource.h" - -extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RegionResType; -extern _X_EXPORT int XFixesErrorBase; - -#define VERIFY_REGION(pRegion, rid, client, mode) \ - do { \ - int err; \ - err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) &pRegion, rid, \ - RegionResType, client, mode); \ - if (err == BadValue) { \ - client->errorValue = rid; \ - return XFixesErrorBase + BadRegion; \ - } else if (err != Success) { \ - client->errorValue = rid; \ - return err; \ - } \ - } while (0) - -#define VERIFY_REGION_OR_NONE(pRegion, rid, client, mode) { \ - pRegion = 0; \ - if (rid) VERIFY_REGION(pRegion, rid, client, mode); \ -} - -extern _X_EXPORT RegionPtr -XFixesRegionCopy (RegionPtr pRegion); - - -#endif /* _XFIXES_H_ */ +/*
+ * Copyright © 2002 Keith Packard
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
+ * documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
+ * the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+ * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+ * documentation, and that the name of Keith Packard not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software without
+ * specific, written prior permission. Keith Packard makes no
+ * representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose. It
+ * is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+ *
+ * KEITH PACKARD DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
+ * INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, IN NO
+ * EVENT SHALL KEITH PACKARD BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR
+ * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE,
+ * DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER
+ * TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
+ * PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DIX_CONFIG_H
+#include <dix-config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _XFIXES_H_
+#define _XFIXES_H_
+
+#include "resource.h"
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RESTYPE RegionResType;
+extern _X_EXPORT int XFixesErrorBase;
+
+#define VERIFY_REGION(pRegion, rid, client, mode) \
+ do { \
+ int err; \
+ err = dixLookupResourceByType((pointer *) &pRegion, rid, \
+ RegionResType, client, mode); \
+ if (err != Success) { \
+ client->errorValue = rid; \
+ return err; \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+
+#define VERIFY_REGION_OR_NONE(pRegion, rid, client, mode) { \
+ pRegion = 0; \
+ if (rid) VERIFY_REGION(pRegion, rid, client, mode); \
+}
+
+extern _X_EXPORT RegionPtr
+XFixesRegionCopy (RegionPtr pRegion);
+
+
+#endif /* _XFIXES_H_ */
diff --git a/xorg-server/xkb/xkbEvents.c b/xorg-server/xkb/xkbEvents.c index 659c8c89d..ee62b9947 100644 --- a/xorg-server/xkb/xkbEvents.c +++ b/xorg-server/xkb/xkbEvents.c @@ -102,7 +102,6 @@ XkbSendLegacyMapNotify(DeviceIntPtr kbd, CARD16 xkb_event, CARD16 changed, if (!XIShouldNotify(clients[i], kbd))
continue;
- core_mn.u.u.sequenceNumber = clients[i]->sequence;
if (keymap_changed) {
core_mn.u.mappingNotify.request = MappingKeyboard;
|